Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/940/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/940/ en-US All rights reserved Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:53 GMT Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:53 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/940/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/940/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/940/ thebookvoice.com no Myrtie Muller bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/940/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390149 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bird Therapy Author: Joe Harkness Narrator: Joe Harkness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'I can't remember the last book I read that I could say with absolute assurance would save lives. But this one will' Chris Packham When Joe Harkness suffered a breakdown in 2013, he tried all the things his doctor recommended: medication helped, counselling was enlightening, and mindfulness grounded him. But nothing came close to nature, particularly birds. How had he never noticed such beauty before? Soon, every avian encounter took him one step closer to accepting who he is. The positive change in Joe's wellbeing was so profound that he started a blog to record his experience. Three years later he has become a spokesperson for the benefits of birdwatching, spreading the word everywhere from Radio 4 to Downing Street. In this groundbreaking book filled with practical advice, Joe explains the impact that birdwatching had on his life, and invites the reader to discover these extraordinary effects for themselves. Joe Harkness Thu, 12 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390149 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bird Therapy Author: Joe Harkness Narrator: Joe Harkness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'I can't remember the last book I read that I could say with absolute assurance would save lives. But this one will' Chris Packham When Joe Harkness suffered a breakdown in 2013, he tried all the things his doctor recommended: medication helped, counselling was enlightening, and mindfulness grounded him. But nothing came close to nature, particularly birds. How had he never noticed such beauty before? Soon, every avian encounter took him one step closer to accepting who he is. The positive change in Joe's wellbeing was so profound that he started a blog to record his experience. Three years later he has become a spokesperson for the benefits of birdwatching, spreading the word everywhere from Radio 4 to Downing Street. In this groundbreaking book filled with practical advice, Joe explains the impact that birdwatching had on his life, and invites the reader to discover these extraordinary effects for themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bird Therapy Author: Joe Harkness Narrator: Joe Harkness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'I can't remember the last book I read that I could say with absolute assurance would save lives. But this one will' Chris Packham When Joe Harkness suffered a breakdown in 2013, he tried all the things his doctor recommended: medication helped, counselling was enlightening, and mindfulness grounded him. But nothing came close to nature, particularly birds. How had he never noticed such beauty before? Soon, every avian encounter took him one step closer to accepting who he is. The positive change in Joe's wellbeing was so profound that he started a blog to record his experience. Three years later he has become a spokesperson for the benefits of birdwatching, spreading the word everywhere from Radio 4 to Downing Street. In this groundbreaking book filled with practical advice, Joe explains the impact that birdwatching had on his life, and invites the reader to discover these extraordinary effects for themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390148 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Do Animals Think and Feel? Author: Karsten Brensing Narrator: Kris Dyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In What Do Animals Think and Feel?, the biologist Karsten Brensing has something astonishing to tell us about the animal kingdom: namely that animals, by any reasonable assessment, have developed the sophisticated systems of social organization and behaviour that human beings call 'culture'. Dolphins call one another by name and orcas inhabit a culture that is over 700,000 years old. Chimpanzees wage strategic warfare, while bonobos delight in dirty talk. Ravens enjoy snowboarding on snow-covered roofs, and snails like to spin on hamster exercise wheels. Humped-back whales follow the dictates of fashion and rats are dedicated party animals. Ants recognize themselves in mirrors and spruce themselves up before they return home. Ducklings can pass complicated tests in abstract thinking. Dogs punish disloyalty, though they are also capable of forgiveness if you apologize to them. Brensing draws on the latest scientific findings as well as his own experience working with animals, to reveal a world of behavioural and cognitive sophistication that is remarkable similar to our own. Karsten Brensing Thu, 03 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390148 thebookvoice.com 11:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Do Animals Think and Feel? Author: Karsten Brensing Narrator: Kris Dyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In What Do Animals Think and Feel?, the biologist Karsten Brensing has something astonishing to tell us about the animal kingdom: namely that animals, by any reasonable assessment, have developed the sophisticated systems of social organization and behaviour that human beings call 'culture'. Dolphins call one another by name and orcas inhabit a culture that is over 700,000 years old. Chimpanzees wage strategic warfare, while bonobos delight in dirty talk. Ravens enjoy snowboarding on snow-covered roofs, and snails like to spin on hamster exercise wheels. Humped-back whales follow the dictates of fashion and rats are dedicated party animals. Ants recognize themselves in mirrors and spruce themselves up before they return home. Ducklings can pass complicated tests in abstract thinking. Dogs punish disloyalty, though they are also capable of forgiveness if you apologize to them. Brensing draws on the latest scientific findings as well as his own experience working with animals, to reveal a world of behavioural and cognitive sophistication that is remarkable similar to our own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390148]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Do Animals Think and Feel? Author: Karsten Brensing Narrator: Kris Dyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In What Do Animals Think and Feel?, the biologist Karsten Brensing has something astonishing to tell us about the animal kingdom: namely that animals, by any reasonable assessment, have developed the sophisticated systems of social organization and behaviour that human beings call 'culture'. Dolphins call one another by name and orcas inhabit a culture that is over 700,000 years old. Chimpanzees wage strategic warfare, while bonobos delight in dirty talk. Ravens enjoy snowboarding on snow-covered roofs, and snails like to spin on hamster exercise wheels. Humped-back whales follow the dictates of fashion and rats are dedicated party animals. Ants recognize themselves in mirrors and spruce themselves up before they return home. Ducklings can pass complicated tests in abstract thinking. Dogs punish disloyalty, though they are also capable of forgiveness if you apologize to them. Brensing draws on the latest scientific findings as well as his own experience working with animals, to reveal a world of behavioural and cognitive sophistication that is remarkable similar to our own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388324 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilience Thinking: Sustaining Ecosystems and People in a Changing World Author: Brian Walker, David Salt Narrator: Tom Bromhead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Increasingly, cracks are appearing in the capacity of communities, ecosystems, and landscapes to provide the goods and services that sustain our planet's well-being. The response from most quarters has been for 'more of the same' that created the situation in the first place: more control, more intensification, and greater efficiency. 'Resilience thinking' offers a different way of understanding the world and a new approach to managing resources. It embraces human and natural systems as complex entities continually adapting through cycles of change, and seeks to understand the qualities of a system that must be maintained or enhanced in order to achieve sustainability. It explains why greater efficiency by itself cannot solve resource problems and offers a constructive alternative that opens up options rather than closing them down. In Resilience Thinking, scientist Brian Walker and science writer David Salt present an accessible introduction to the emerging paradigm of resilience. The book arose out of appeals from colleagues in science and industry for a plainly written account of what resilience is all about and how a resilience approach differs from current practices. Rather than complicated theory, the book offers a conceptual overview along with five case studies of resilience thinking in the real world. Brian Walker, David Salt Wed, 24 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388324 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilience Thinking: Sustaining Ecosystems and People in a Changing World Author: Brian Walker, David Salt Narrator: Tom Bromhead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Increasingly, cracks are appearing in the capacity of communities, ecosystems, and landscapes to provide the goods and services that sustain our planet's well-being. The response from most quarters has been for 'more of the same' that created the situation in the first place: more control, more intensification, and greater efficiency. 'Resilience thinking' offers a different way of understanding the world and a new approach to managing resources. It embraces human and natural systems as complex entities continually adapting through cycles of change, and seeks to understand the qualities of a system that must be maintained or enhanced in order to achieve sustainability. It explains why greater efficiency by itself cannot solve resource problems and offers a constructive alternative that opens up options rather than closing them down. In Resilience Thinking, scientist Brian Walker and science writer David Salt present an accessible introduction to the emerging paradigm of resilience. The book arose out of appeals from colleagues in science and industry for a plainly written account of what resilience is all about and how a resilience approach differs from current practices. Rather than complicated theory, the book offers a conceptual overview along with five case studies of resilience thinking in the real world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilience Thinking: Sustaining Ecosystems and People in a Changing World Author: Brian Walker, David Salt Narrator: Tom Bromhead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Increasingly, cracks are appearing in the capacity of communities, ecosystems, and landscapes to provide the goods and services that sustain our planet's well-being. The response from most quarters has been for 'more of the same' that created the situation in the first place: more control, more intensification, and greater efficiency. 'Resilience thinking' offers a different way of understanding the world and a new approach to managing resources. It embraces human and natural systems as complex entities continually adapting through cycles of change, and seeks to understand the qualities of a system that must be maintained or enhanced in order to achieve sustainability. It explains why greater efficiency by itself cannot solve resource problems and offers a constructive alternative that opens up options rather than closing them down. In Resilience Thinking, scientist Brian Walker and science writer David Salt present an accessible introduction to the emerging paradigm of resilience. The book arose out of appeals from colleagues in science and industry for a plainly written account of what resilience is all about and how a resilience approach differs from current practices. Rather than complicated theory, the book offers a conceptual overview along with five case studies of resilience thinking in the real world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Chance!: The Shaking of an All-American City, A Voice That Held It Together Author: Jon Mooallem Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The thrilling, cinematic story of a community shattered by disaster—and the extraordinary woman who helped pull it back together “A powerful, heart-wrenching book, as much art as it is journalism.”—The Wall Street Journal   “A beautifully wrought and profoundly joyful story of compassion and perseverance.”—BuzzFeed (Best Books of the Year) In the spring of 1964, Anchorage, Alaska, was a modern-day frontier town yearning to be a metropolis—the largest, proudest city in a state that was still brand-new. But just before sundown on Good Friday, the community was jolted by the most powerful earthquake in American history, a catastrophic 9.2 on the Richter Scale. For four and a half minutes, the ground lurched and rolled. Streets cracked open and swallowed buildings whole. And once the shaking stopped, night fell and Anchorage went dark. The city was in disarray and sealed off from the outside world. Slowly, people switched on their transistor radios and heard a familiar woman’s voice explaining what had just happened and what to do next. Genie Chance was a part-time radio reporter and working mother who would play an unlikely role in the wake of the disaster, helping to put her fractured community back together. Her tireless broadcasts over the next three days would transform her into a legendary figure in Alaska and bring her fame worldwide—but only briefly. That Easter weekend in Anchorage, Genie and a cast of endearingly eccentric characters—from a mountaineering psychologist to the local community theater group staging Our Town—were thrown into a jumbled world they could not recognize. Together, they would make a home in it again. Drawing on thousands of pages of unpublished documents, interviews with survivors, and original broadcast recordings, This Is Chance! is the hopeful, gorgeously told story of a single catastrophic weekend and proof of our collective strength in a turbulent world. There are moments when reality instantly changes—when the life we assume is stable gets upended by pure chance. This Is Chance! is an electrifying and lavishly empathetic portrayal of one community rising above the randomness, a real-life fable of human connection withstanding chaos. Jon Mooallem Tue, 24 Mar 2020 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715 thebookvoice.com 8:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Chance!: The Shaking of an All-American City, A Voice That Held It Together Author: Jon Mooallem Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The thrilling, cinematic story of a community shattered by disaster—and the extraordinary woman who helped pull it back together “A powerful, heart-wrenching book, as much art as it is journalism.”—The Wall Street Journal   “A beautifully wrought and profoundly joyful story of compassion and perseverance.”—BuzzFeed (Best Books of the Year) In the spring of 1964, Anchorage, Alaska, was a modern-day frontier town yearning to be a metropolis—the largest, proudest city in a state that was still brand-new. But just before sundown on Good Friday, the community was jolted by the most powerful earthquake in American history, a catastrophic 9.2 on the Richter Scale. For four and a half minutes, the ground lurched and rolled. Streets cracked open and swallowed buildings whole. And once the shaking stopped, night fell and Anchorage went dark. The city was in disarray and sealed off from the outside world. Slowly, people switched on their transistor radios and heard a familiar woman’s voice explaining what had just happened and what to do next. Genie Chance was a part-time radio reporter and working mother who would play an unlikely role in the wake of the disaster, helping to put her fractured community back together. Her tireless broadcasts over the next three days would transform her into a legendary figure in Alaska and bring her fame worldwide—but only briefly. That Easter weekend in Anchorage, Genie and a cast of endearingly eccentric characters—from a mountaineering psychologist to the local community theater group staging Our Town—were thrown into a jumbled world they could not recognize. Together, they would make a home in it again. Drawing on thousands of pages of unpublished documents, interviews with survivors, and original broadcast recordings, This Is Chance! is the hopeful, gorgeously told story of a single catastrophic weekend and proof of our collective strength in a turbulent world. There are moments when reality instantly changes—when the life we assume is stable gets upended by pure chance. This Is Chance! is an electrifying and lavishly empathetic portrayal of one community rising above the randomness, a real-life fable of human connection withstanding chaos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Chance!: The Shaking of an All-American City, A Voice That Held It Together Author: Jon Mooallem Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The thrilling, cinematic story of a community shattered by disaster—and the extraordinary woman who helped pull it back together “A powerful, heart-wrenching book, as much art as it is journalism.”—The Wall Street Journal   “A beautifully wrought and profoundly joyful story of compassion and perseverance.”—BuzzFeed (Best Books of the Year) In the spring of 1964, Anchorage, Alaska, was a modern-day frontier town yearning to be a metropolis—the largest, proudest city in a state that was still brand-new. But just before sundown on Good Friday, the community was jolted by the most powerful earthquake in American history, a catastrophic 9.2 on the Richter Scale. For four and a half minutes, the ground lurched and rolled. Streets cracked open and swallowed buildings whole. And once the shaking stopped, night fell and Anchorage went dark. The city was in disarray and sealed off from the outside world. Slowly, people switched on their transistor radios and heard a familiar woman’s voice explaining what had just happened and what to do next. Genie Chance was a part-time radio reporter and working mother who would play an unlikely role in the wake of the disaster, helping to put her fractured community back together. Her tireless broadcasts over the next three days would transform her into a legendary figure in Alaska and bring her fame worldwide—but only briefly. That Easter weekend in Anchorage, Genie and a cast of endearingly eccentric characters—from a mountaineering psychologist to the local community theater group staging Our Town—were thrown into a jumbled world they could not recognize. Together, they would make a home in it again. Drawing on thousands of pages of unpublished documents, interviews with survivors, and original broadcast recordings, This Is Chance! is the hopeful, gorgeously told story of a single catastrophic weekend and proof of our collective strength in a turbulent world. There are moments when reality instantly changes—when the life we assume is stable gets upended by pure chance. This Is Chance! is an electrifying and lavishly empathetic portrayal of one community rising above the randomness, a real-life fable of human connection withstanding chaos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387647 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out of Our Minds: What We Think and How We Came to Think It Author: Felipe Fernandez-Armesto Narrator: Kris Dyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: To imagine – to see that which is not there – is the startling ability that has fuelled human development and innovation through the centuries. As a species we stand alone in our remarkable capacity to refashion the world after the pictures in our minds. Traversing the realms of science, politics, religion, culture, philosophy and history, Felipe Fernández-Armesto reveals the thrilling and disquieting tales of our imaginative leaps – from the first Homo sapiens to the present day. Through groundbreaking insights in cognitive science, he explores how and why we have ideas in the first place, providing a tantalising glimpse into who we are and what we might yet accomplish. Fernández-Armesto shows that bad ideas are often more influential than good ones; that the oldest recoverable thoughts include some of the best; that ideas of Western origin often issued from exchanges with the wider world; and that the pace of innovative thinking is under threat. Felipe Fernandez-Armesto Thu, 25 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387647 thebookvoice.com 19:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out of Our Minds: What We Think and How We Came to Think It Author: Felipe Fernandez-Armesto Narrator: Kris Dyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: To imagine – to see that which is not there – is the startling ability that has fuelled human development and innovation through the centuries. As a species we stand alone in our remarkable capacity to refashion the world after the pictures in our minds. Traversing the realms of science, politics, religion, culture, philosophy and history, Felipe Fernández-Armesto reveals the thrilling and disquieting tales of our imaginative leaps – from the first Homo sapiens to the present day. Through groundbreaking insights in cognitive science, he explores how and why we have ideas in the first place, providing a tantalising glimpse into who we are and what we might yet accomplish. Fernández-Armesto shows that bad ideas are often more influential than good ones; that the oldest recoverable thoughts include some of the best; that ideas of Western origin often issued from exchanges with the wider world; and that the pace of innovative thinking is under threat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out of Our Minds: What We Think and How We Came to Think It Author: Felipe Fernandez-Armesto Narrator: Kris Dyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: To imagine – to see that which is not there – is the startling ability that has fuelled human development and innovation through the centuries. As a species we stand alone in our remarkable capacity to refashion the world after the pictures in our minds. Traversing the realms of science, politics, religion, culture, philosophy and history, Felipe Fernández-Armesto reveals the thrilling and disquieting tales of our imaginative leaps – from the first Homo sapiens to the present day. Through groundbreaking insights in cognitive science, he explores how and why we have ideas in the first place, providing a tantalising glimpse into who we are and what we might yet accomplish. Fernández-Armesto shows that bad ideas are often more influential than good ones; that the oldest recoverable thoughts include some of the best; that ideas of Western origin often issued from exchanges with the wider world; and that the pace of innovative thinking is under threat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387318 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Jade Home: The True Story of a Dog Lost in Yellowstone and the People Who Searched for Her Author: Michelle Caffrey Narrator: Kristin James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Imagine your dog, suddenly lost in the wilds of Yellowstone National Park. Alone. At night. Surrounded by wolves and grizzly bears. Day after day, week after week. How far would you go to find your dog? Time is running out. Predators. Frigid nights. A dangerous landscape. Starvation. Bring Jade Home is the gripping true story of Jade, a young Australian shepherd, who disappears into Yellowstone's wilderness after a horrific car wreck. Despite their injuries and against doctor's orders, her owners David and Laura leave the Trauma Center to begin a desperate search—can they find Jade before—it's too late? A must-listen for dog lovers and wilderness enthusiasts alike, Bring Jade Home is the heartwarming tale of the owners, park employees, and huge search effort to bring Jade home. This story will melt your heart and renew your faith in dogs—and people. Michelle Caffrey Tue, 16 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387318 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Jade Home: The True Story of a Dog Lost in Yellowstone and the People Who Searched for Her Author: Michelle Caffrey Narrator: Kristin James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Imagine your dog, suddenly lost in the wilds of Yellowstone National Park. Alone. At night. Surrounded by wolves and grizzly bears. Day after day, week after week. How far would you go to find your dog? Time is running out. Predators. Frigid nights. A dangerous landscape. Starvation. Bring Jade Home is the gripping true story of Jade, a young Australian shepherd, who disappears into Yellowstone's wilderness after a horrific car wreck. Despite their injuries and against doctor's orders, her owners David and Laura leave the Trauma Center to begin a desperate search—can they find Jade before—it's too late? A must-listen for dog lovers and wilderness enthusiasts alike, Bring Jade Home is the heartwarming tale of the owners, park employees, and huge search effort to bring Jade home. This story will melt your heart and renew your faith in dogs—and people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Jade Home: The True Story of a Dog Lost in Yellowstone and the People Who Searched for Her Author: Michelle Caffrey Narrator: Kristin James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Imagine your dog, suddenly lost in the wilds of Yellowstone National Park. Alone. At night. Surrounded by wolves and grizzly bears. Day after day, week after week. How far would you go to find your dog? Time is running out. Predators. Frigid nights. A dangerous landscape. Starvation. Bring Jade Home is the gripping true story of Jade, a young Australian shepherd, who disappears into Yellowstone's wilderness after a horrific car wreck. Despite their injuries and against doctor's orders, her owners David and Laura leave the Trauma Center to begin a desperate search—can they find Jade before—it's too late? A must-listen for dog lovers and wilderness enthusiasts alike, Bring Jade Home is the heartwarming tale of the owners, park employees, and huge search effort to bring Jade home. This story will melt your heart and renew your faith in dogs—and people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387279 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Nature: Women, Ecology, and the Scientific Revolution Author: Carolyn Merchant Narrator: Juliet Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An examination of the Scientific Revolution that shows how the mechanistic world view of modern science has sanctioned the exploitation of nature, unrestrained commercial expansion, and a new socioeconomic order that subordinates women. Carolyn Merchant Tue, 24 Mar 2020 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387279 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Nature: Women, Ecology, and the Scientific Revolution Author: Carolyn Merchant Narrator: Juliet Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An examination of the Scientific Revolution that shows how the mechanistic world view of modern science has sanctioned the exploitation of nature, unrestrained commercial expansion, and a new socioeconomic order that subordinates women. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Nature: Women, Ecology, and the Scientific Revolution Author: Carolyn Merchant Narrator: Juliet Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An examination of the Scientific Revolution that shows how the mechanistic world view of modern science has sanctioned the exploitation of nature, unrestrained commercial expansion, and a new socioeconomic order that subordinates women. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tying Down the Wind Author: Eric Pinder Narrator: John Lescault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 1, 2002 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Where can you find the worst weather on earth? The surprising answer in Tying Down the Wind is: everywhere. You don’t need to climb Mount Everest or voyage to the icy desert of Antarctica to witness both the beauty and the destructiveness of weather. The same forces are at work in your own backyard. Eric Pinder, certified observer at Mount Washington Meteorological Observatory, takes readers on a voyage of discovery through the atmosphere, a swirling ocean of air that surrounds and sustains life. The journey begins in a sunny New England woodlot and ends atop the polar ice of Antarctica—where we learn, remarkably, that the two extremes are not so different after all. Tying Down the Wind invites you to experience the excitement of the world’s worst weather in the comfort of your own home. Eric Pinder Fri, 01 Feb 2002 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386707 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tying Down the Wind Author: Eric Pinder Narrator: John Lescault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 1, 2002 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Where can you find the worst weather on earth? The surprising answer in Tying Down the Wind is: everywhere. You don’t need to climb Mount Everest or voyage to the icy desert of Antarctica to witness both the beauty and the destructiveness of weather. The same forces are at work in your own backyard. Eric Pinder, certified observer at Mount Washington Meteorological Observatory, takes readers on a voyage of discovery through the atmosphere, a swirling ocean of air that surrounds and sustains life. The journey begins in a sunny New England woodlot and ends atop the polar ice of Antarctica—where we learn, remarkably, that the two extremes are not so different after all. Tying Down the Wind invites you to experience the excitement of the world’s worst weather in the comfort of your own home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tying Down the Wind Author: Eric Pinder Narrator: John Lescault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 1, 2002 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Where can you find the worst weather on earth? The surprising answer in Tying Down the Wind is: everywhere. You don’t need to climb Mount Everest or voyage to the icy desert of Antarctica to witness both the beauty and the destructiveness of weather. The same forces are at work in your own backyard. Eric Pinder, certified observer at Mount Washington Meteorological Observatory, takes readers on a voyage of discovery through the atmosphere, a swirling ocean of air that surrounds and sustains life. The journey begins in a sunny New England woodlot and ends atop the polar ice of Antarctica—where we learn, remarkably, that the two extremes are not so different after all. Tying Down the Wind invites you to experience the excitement of the world’s worst weather in the comfort of your own home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Chickens For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Robert T. Ludlow, Kimberley Willis Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Thinking about raising chickens? You've come to the right place! This new edition of Raising Chickens For Dummies provides the most up-to-date, thorough information on the many aspects of keeping chickens in your backyard. You'll hear hands-on, easy-to-follow instructions on choosing and purchasing chickens, constructing housing for your birds, feeding your chickens for optimal health, combating laying issues, controlling pests and predators, optimizing egg production, and much more. Raising chickens on a small scale is a popular—and growing—pastime. If you're interested in keeping chickens as pets or as a source for eggs, Raising Chickens For Dummies gives you plain-English explanations of everything you need to know to about caring for chickens. You'll learn about basic chicken biology, breeds, and behavior, which chicken breed is best for you, how many you need, ways to spot healthy chickens, how to build a chicken coop, best practices for mating your chickens, how to incubate eggs, how to hatch and nurture chicks, manage laying hens, collect and store eggs, and butcher meat birds. Whether you're a first-time poulterer or you've been raising chickens for years, this comprehensive guide provides practical how-to advice for keeping chickens in virtually any backyard. Robert T. Ludlow, Kimberley Willis Tue, 16 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386555 thebookvoice.com 14:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Chickens For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Robert T. Ludlow, Kimberley Willis Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Thinking about raising chickens? You've come to the right place! This new edition of Raising Chickens For Dummies provides the most up-to-date, thorough information on the many aspects of keeping chickens in your backyard. You'll hear hands-on, easy-to-follow instructions on choosing and purchasing chickens, constructing housing for your birds, feeding your chickens for optimal health, combating laying issues, controlling pests and predators, optimizing egg production, and much more. Raising chickens on a small scale is a popular—and growing—pastime. If you're interested in keeping chickens as pets or as a source for eggs, Raising Chickens For Dummies gives you plain-English explanations of everything you need to know to about caring for chickens. You'll learn about basic chicken biology, breeds, and behavior, which chicken breed is best for you, how many you need, ways to spot healthy chickens, how to build a chicken coop, best practices for mating your chickens, how to incubate eggs, how to hatch and nurture chicks, manage laying hens, collect and store eggs, and butcher meat birds. Whether you're a first-time poulterer or you've been raising chickens for years, this comprehensive guide provides practical how-to advice for keeping chickens in virtually any backyard. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Chickens For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Robert T. Ludlow, Kimberley Willis Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Thinking about raising chickens? You've come to the right place! This new edition of Raising Chickens For Dummies provides the most up-to-date, thorough information on the many aspects of keeping chickens in your backyard. You'll hear hands-on, easy-to-follow instructions on choosing and purchasing chickens, constructing housing for your birds, feeding your chickens for optimal health, combating laying issues, controlling pests and predators, optimizing egg production, and much more. Raising chickens on a small scale is a popular—and growing—pastime. If you're interested in keeping chickens as pets or as a source for eggs, Raising Chickens For Dummies gives you plain-English explanations of everything you need to know to about caring for chickens. You'll learn about basic chicken biology, breeds, and behavior, which chicken breed is best for you, how many you need, ways to spot healthy chickens, how to build a chicken coop, best practices for mating your chickens, how to incubate eggs, how to hatch and nurture chicks, manage laying hens, collect and store eggs, and butcher meat birds. Whether you're a first-time poulterer or you've been raising chickens for years, this comprehensive guide provides practical how-to advice for keeping chickens in virtually any backyard. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386437 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animalkind: Remarkable Discoveries About Animals and Revolutionary New Ways to Show Them Compassion Author: Gene Stone, Ingrid Newkirk Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The founder and president of PETA, Ingrid Newkirk, and bestselling author Gene Stone explore the wonders of animal life with “admiration and empathy” (The New York Times Book Review) and offer tools for living more kindly toward them. In the last few decades, a wealth of new information has emerged about who animals are: astounding beings with intelligence, emotions, intricate communications networks, and myriad abilities. In Animalkind, Ingrid Newkirk and Gene Stone present these findings in a concise and awe-inspiring way, detailing a range of surprising discoveries, like that geese fall in love and stay with a partner for life, that fish “sing” underwater, and that elephants use their trunks to send subsonic signals, alerting other herds to danger miles away. Newkirk and Stone pair their tour through the astounding lives of animals with a guide to the exciting new tools that allow humans to avoid using or abusing animals as we once did. Whether it’s medicine, product testing, entertainment, clothing, or food, there are now better options to all the uses animals once served in human life. We can substitute warmer, lighter faux fleece for wool, choose vegan versions of everything from shrimp to marshmallows, reap the benefits of animal-free medical research, and scrap captive orca exhibits and elephant rides for virtual reality and animatronics. Animalkind provides a fascinating look at why our fellow living beings deserve our respect, and lays out the steps everyone can take to put this new understanding into action. Gene Stone, Ingrid Newkirk Tue, 07 Jan 2020 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386437 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animalkind: Remarkable Discoveries About Animals and Revolutionary New Ways to Show Them Compassion Author: Gene Stone, Ingrid Newkirk Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The founder and president of PETA, Ingrid Newkirk, and bestselling author Gene Stone explore the wonders of animal life with “admiration and empathy” (The New York Times Book Review) and offer tools for living more kindly toward them. In the last few decades, a wealth of new information has emerged about who animals are: astounding beings with intelligence, emotions, intricate communications networks, and myriad abilities. In Animalkind, Ingrid Newkirk and Gene Stone present these findings in a concise and awe-inspiring way, detailing a range of surprising discoveries, like that geese fall in love and stay with a partner for life, that fish “sing” underwater, and that elephants use their trunks to send subsonic signals, alerting other herds to danger miles away. Newkirk and Stone pair their tour through the astounding lives of animals with a guide to the exciting new tools that allow humans to avoid using or abusing animals as we once did. Whether it’s medicine, product testing, entertainment, clothing, or food, there are now better options to all the uses animals once served in human life. We can substitute warmer, lighter faux fleece for wool, choose vegan versions of everything from shrimp to marshmallows, reap the benefits of animal-free medical research, and scrap captive orca exhibits and elephant rides for virtual reality and animatronics. Animalkind provides a fascinating look at why our fellow living beings deserve our respect, and lays out the steps everyone can take to put this new understanding into action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animalkind: Remarkable Discoveries About Animals and Revolutionary New Ways to Show Them Compassion Author: Gene Stone, Ingrid Newkirk Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The founder and president of PETA, Ingrid Newkirk, and bestselling author Gene Stone explore the wonders of animal life with “admiration and empathy” (The New York Times Book Review) and offer tools for living more kindly toward them. In the last few decades, a wealth of new information has emerged about who animals are: astounding beings with intelligence, emotions, intricate communications networks, and myriad abilities. In Animalkind, Ingrid Newkirk and Gene Stone present these findings in a concise and awe-inspiring way, detailing a range of surprising discoveries, like that geese fall in love and stay with a partner for life, that fish “sing” underwater, and that elephants use their trunks to send subsonic signals, alerting other herds to danger miles away. Newkirk and Stone pair their tour through the astounding lives of animals with a guide to the exciting new tools that allow humans to avoid using or abusing animals as we once did. Whether it’s medicine, product testing, entertainment, clothing, or food, there are now better options to all the uses animals once served in human life. We can substitute warmer, lighter faux fleece for wool, choose vegan versions of everything from shrimp to marshmallows, reap the benefits of animal-free medical research, and scrap captive orca exhibits and elephant rides for virtual reality and animatronics. Animalkind provides a fascinating look at why our fellow living beings deserve our respect, and lays out the steps everyone can take to put this new understanding into action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386405 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Falcon Thief: A True Tale of Adventure, Treachery, and the Hunt for the Perfect Bird Author: Joshua Hammer Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A rollicking true-crime adventure about a rogue who trades in rare birds and their eggs—and the wildlife detective determined to stop him. On May 3, 2010, an Irish national named Jeffrey Lendrum was apprehended at Britain’s Birmingham International Airport with a suspicious parcel strapped to his stomach. Inside were fourteen rare peregrine falcon eggs snatched from a remote cliffside in Wales. So begins a tale almost too bizarre to believe, following the parallel lives of a globe-trotting smuggler who spent two decades capturing endangered raptors worth millions of dollars as race champions—and Detective Andy McWilliam of the United Kingdom’s National Wildlife Crime Unit, who’s hell bent on protecting the world’s birds of prey. The Falcon Thief whisks readers from the volcanoes of Patagonia to Zimbabwe’s Matobo National Park, and from the frigid tundra near the Arctic Circle to luxurious aviaries in the deserts of Dubai, all in pursuit of a man who is reckless, arrogant, and gripped by a destructive compulsion to make the most beautiful creatures in nature his own. It’s a story that’s part true-crime narrative, part epic adventure—and wholly unputdownable until the very last page. Joshua Hammer Tue, 11 Feb 2020 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386405 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Falcon Thief: A True Tale of Adventure, Treachery, and the Hunt for the Perfect Bird Author: Joshua Hammer Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A rollicking true-crime adventure about a rogue who trades in rare birds and their eggs—and the wildlife detective determined to stop him. On May 3, 2010, an Irish national named Jeffrey Lendrum was apprehended at Britain’s Birmingham International Airport with a suspicious parcel strapped to his stomach. Inside were fourteen rare peregrine falcon eggs snatched from a remote cliffside in Wales. So begins a tale almost too bizarre to believe, following the parallel lives of a globe-trotting smuggler who spent two decades capturing endangered raptors worth millions of dollars as race champions—and Detective Andy McWilliam of the United Kingdom’s National Wildlife Crime Unit, who’s hell bent on protecting the world’s birds of prey. The Falcon Thief whisks readers from the volcanoes of Patagonia to Zimbabwe’s Matobo National Park, and from the frigid tundra near the Arctic Circle to luxurious aviaries in the deserts of Dubai, all in pursuit of a man who is reckless, arrogant, and gripped by a destructive compulsion to make the most beautiful creatures in nature his own. It’s a story that’s part true-crime narrative, part epic adventure—and wholly unputdownable until the very last page. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Falcon Thief: A True Tale of Adventure, Treachery, and the Hunt for the Perfect Bird Author: Joshua Hammer Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A rollicking true-crime adventure about a rogue who trades in rare birds and their eggs—and the wildlife detective determined to stop him. On May 3, 2010, an Irish national named Jeffrey Lendrum was apprehended at Britain’s Birmingham International Airport with a suspicious parcel strapped to his stomach. Inside were fourteen rare peregrine falcon eggs snatched from a remote cliffside in Wales. So begins a tale almost too bizarre to believe, following the parallel lives of a globe-trotting smuggler who spent two decades capturing endangered raptors worth millions of dollars as race champions—and Detective Andy McWilliam of the United Kingdom’s National Wildlife Crime Unit, who’s hell bent on protecting the world’s birds of prey. The Falcon Thief whisks readers from the volcanoes of Patagonia to Zimbabwe’s Matobo National Park, and from the frigid tundra near the Arctic Circle to luxurious aviaries in the deserts of Dubai, all in pursuit of a man who is reckless, arrogant, and gripped by a destructive compulsion to make the most beautiful creatures in nature his own. It’s a story that’s part true-crime narrative, part epic adventure—and wholly unputdownable until the very last page. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386258 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephants: Birth, Life, and Death in the World of the Giants Author: Hannah Mumby Narrator: Gemma Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: What Jane Goodall did for chimpanzees, international ecologist and conservation scientist Hannah Mumby now does for elephants in this compelling, eye-opening account that brings into focus this species remarkably similar to humans—and makes a persuasive argument for saving them. From early childhood, Dr. Hannah Mumby has loved wildlife, especially elephants. Her first wild elephant sighting at twenty-four changed the course of her life. Since then, she has devoted herself to studying these incredible animals and educating humanity about them. Hannahs field work has taken her around the world, where she has studied many elephant groups, including both orphaned elephants and the solitary elephant males. These remarkable animals have so much to teach us, Mumby argues, and Elephants takes readers into their world as never before, revealing a society as complex as the chimpanzees, maybe even humans. Mumby's exploration of elephant culture provides an empathetic, humanistic portrait of these majestic animals, illuminating their personalities, memories, and rich emotional lives. Mumby explains how elephants communicate with one another and demonstrates the connection between memory and trauma—how it affects individual elephants and their interactions with others in their herd. Elephants and humans, Mumby makes clear, are not very different. From emotional bonding to communication, human and elephant experience similarly nuanced lives, and the commonalities she uncovers are both surprising and heartwarming. Elephants is a captivating, deeply moving exploration that offers a new way to look at these pachyderms and ourselves and a persuasive, passionate argument for rethinking our approach to animals and their conservation. Hannah Mumby Tue, 12 May 2020 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386258 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephants: Birth, Life, and Death in the World of the Giants Author: Hannah Mumby Narrator: Gemma Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: What Jane Goodall did for chimpanzees, international ecologist and conservation scientist Hannah Mumby now does for elephants in this compelling, eye-opening account that brings into focus this species remarkably similar to humans—and makes a persuasive argument for saving them. From early childhood, Dr. Hannah Mumby has loved wildlife, especially elephants. Her first wild elephant sighting at twenty-four changed the course of her life. Since then, she has devoted herself to studying these incredible animals and educating humanity about them. Hannahs field work has taken her around the world, where she has studied many elephant groups, including both orphaned elephants and the solitary elephant males. These remarkable animals have so much to teach us, Mumby argues, and Elephants takes readers into their world as never before, revealing a society as complex as the chimpanzees, maybe even humans. Mumby's exploration of elephant culture provides an empathetic, humanistic portrait of these majestic animals, illuminating their personalities, memories, and rich emotional lives. Mumby explains how elephants communicate with one another and demonstrates the connection between memory and trauma—how it affects individual elephants and their interactions with others in their herd. Elephants and humans, Mumby makes clear, are not very different. From emotional bonding to communication, human and elephant experience similarly nuanced lives, and the commonalities she uncovers are both surprising and heartwarming. Elephants is a captivating, deeply moving exploration that offers a new way to look at these pachyderms and ourselves and a persuasive, passionate argument for rethinking our approach to animals and their conservation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephants: Birth, Life, and Death in the World of the Giants Author: Hannah Mumby Narrator: Gemma Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: What Jane Goodall did for chimpanzees, international ecologist and conservation scientist Hannah Mumby now does for elephants in this compelling, eye-opening account that brings into focus this species remarkably similar to humans—and makes a persuasive argument for saving them. From early childhood, Dr. Hannah Mumby has loved wildlife, especially elephants. Her first wild elephant sighting at twenty-four changed the course of her life. Since then, she has devoted herself to studying these incredible animals and educating humanity about them. Hannahs field work has taken her around the world, where she has studied many elephant groups, including both orphaned elephants and the solitary elephant males. These remarkable animals have so much to teach us, Mumby argues, and Elephants takes readers into their world as never before, revealing a society as complex as the chimpanzees, maybe even humans. Mumby's exploration of elephant culture provides an empathetic, humanistic portrait of these majestic animals, illuminating their personalities, memories, and rich emotional lives. Mumby explains how elephants communicate with one another and demonstrates the connection between memory and trauma—how it affects individual elephants and their interactions with others in their herd. Elephants and humans, Mumby makes clear, are not very different. From emotional bonding to communication, human and elephant experience similarly nuanced lives, and the commonalities she uncovers are both surprising and heartwarming. Elephants is a captivating, deeply moving exploration that offers a new way to look at these pachyderms and ourselves and a persuasive, passionate argument for rethinking our approach to animals and their conservation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385703 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Butterflies: A Scientist's Quest to Save a Rare and Vanishing Creature Author: Nick Haddad Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Most of us have heard of such popular butterflies as the Monarch or Painted Lady. But what about the Fender's Blue? Or the St. Francis' Satyr? Because of their extreme rarity, these butterflies are not well-known, yet they are remarkable species with important lessons to teach us. The Last Butterflies spotlights the rarest of these creatures—some numbering no more than what can be held in one hand. Weaving a vivid and personal narrative with ideas from ecology and conservation, Haddad illustrates the race against time to reverse the decline of six butterfly species. Many scientists mistakenly assume we fully understand butterflies' natural histories. Yet, as with the Large Blue in England, we too often know too little and the conservation consequences are dire. Haddad argues that a hands-off approach is not effective and that in many instances, like for the Fender’s Blue and Bay Checkerspot, active and aggressive management is necessary. With deliberate conservation, rare butterflies can coexist with people, inhabit urban fringes, and, in the case of the St. Francis' Satyr, even reside on bomb ranges and military land. Haddad shows how, through protection and restoration efforts, we might face conservation issues for all animals and plants. Nick Haddad Tue, 25 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385703 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Butterflies: A Scientist's Quest to Save a Rare and Vanishing Creature Author: Nick Haddad Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Most of us have heard of such popular butterflies as the Monarch or Painted Lady. But what about the Fender's Blue? Or the St. Francis' Satyr? Because of their extreme rarity, these butterflies are not well-known, yet they are remarkable species with important lessons to teach us. The Last Butterflies spotlights the rarest of these creatures—some numbering no more than what can be held in one hand. Weaving a vivid and personal narrative with ideas from ecology and conservation, Haddad illustrates the race against time to reverse the decline of six butterfly species. Many scientists mistakenly assume we fully understand butterflies' natural histories. Yet, as with the Large Blue in England, we too often know too little and the conservation consequences are dire. Haddad argues that a hands-off approach is not effective and that in many instances, like for the Fender’s Blue and Bay Checkerspot, active and aggressive management is necessary. With deliberate conservation, rare butterflies can coexist with people, inhabit urban fringes, and, in the case of the St. Francis' Satyr, even reside on bomb ranges and military land. Haddad shows how, through protection and restoration efforts, we might face conservation issues for all animals and plants. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Butterflies: A Scientist's Quest to Save a Rare and Vanishing Creature Author: Nick Haddad Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Most of us have heard of such popular butterflies as the Monarch or Painted Lady. But what about the Fender's Blue? Or the St. Francis' Satyr? Because of their extreme rarity, these butterflies are not well-known, yet they are remarkable species with important lessons to teach us. The Last Butterflies spotlights the rarest of these creatures—some numbering no more than what can be held in one hand. Weaving a vivid and personal narrative with ideas from ecology and conservation, Haddad illustrates the race against time to reverse the decline of six butterfly species. Many scientists mistakenly assume we fully understand butterflies' natural histories. Yet, as with the Large Blue in England, we too often know too little and the conservation consequences are dire. Haddad argues that a hands-off approach is not effective and that in many instances, like for the Fender’s Blue and Bay Checkerspot, active and aggressive management is necessary. With deliberate conservation, rare butterflies can coexist with people, inhabit urban fringes, and, in the case of the St. Francis' Satyr, even reside on bomb ranges and military land. Haddad shows how, through protection and restoration efforts, we might face conservation issues for all animals and plants. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Worlds One Planet Author: Scott Alexander, Jonny Keeling Narrator: Scott Alexander, Jonny Keeling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Welcome home. A place 200 million years in the making. Long ago, our planet had only one gigantic land mass. Then something monumental happened. That supercontinent ruptured and seven different worlds were born. Each of those worlds - or continents - evolved, and continues to evolve, its own way of life. From the jungle of the Congo or the majestic Himalayas to the densely populated wilds of Europe or the comparatively isolated Australasia, Seven Worlds, One Planet explores the natural wonders that give each of our continents its distinct character. Following the animals that have made these iconic environments their home, it discovers spectacular wildlife stories that reveal what makes each of these seven worlds unique. With a foreword by Sir David Attenborough, Seven Worlds, One Planet is a stunning exploration of the planet, and the worlds within it, that we call home. Scott Alexander, Jonny Keeling Thu, 10 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385537 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Worlds One Planet Author: Scott Alexander, Jonny Keeling Narrator: Scott Alexander, Jonny Keeling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Welcome home. A place 200 million years in the making. Long ago, our planet had only one gigantic land mass. Then something monumental happened. That supercontinent ruptured and seven different worlds were born. Each of those worlds - or continents - evolved, and continues to evolve, its own way of life. From the jungle of the Congo or the majestic Himalayas to the densely populated wilds of Europe or the comparatively isolated Australasia, Seven Worlds, One Planet explores the natural wonders that give each of our continents its distinct character. Following the animals that have made these iconic environments their home, it discovers spectacular wildlife stories that reveal what makes each of these seven worlds unique. With a foreword by Sir David Attenborough, Seven Worlds, One Planet is a stunning exploration of the planet, and the worlds within it, that we call home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Worlds One Planet Author: Scott Alexander, Jonny Keeling Narrator: Scott Alexander, Jonny Keeling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Welcome home. A place 200 million years in the making. Long ago, our planet had only one gigantic land mass. Then something monumental happened. That supercontinent ruptured and seven different worlds were born. Each of those worlds - or continents - evolved, and continues to evolve, its own way of life. From the jungle of the Congo or the majestic Himalayas to the densely populated wilds of Europe or the comparatively isolated Australasia, Seven Worlds, One Planet explores the natural wonders that give each of our continents its distinct character. Following the animals that have made these iconic environments their home, it discovers spectacular wildlife stories that reveal what makes each of these seven worlds unique. With a foreword by Sir David Attenborough, Seven Worlds, One Planet is a stunning exploration of the planet, and the worlds within it, that we call home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385198 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Oceans Deep: Courage, Innovation, and Adventure Beneath the Waves Author: Bill Streever Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this masterful account in the spirit of Bill Bryson and Ian Frazier, a longtime deep-sea diver masterfully weaves together the science and history of Earth's last remaining frontier: the sea. In an age of unprecedented exploration and innovation, our oceans remain largely unknown, and endlessly fascinating: full of mystery, danger, beauty, and inspiration. In Oceans Deepcelebrates the daring pioneers who tested the limits of what the human body can endure under water: free divers able to reach 300 feet on a single breath; engineers and scientists who uncovered the secrets of decompression; teenagers who built their own diving gear from discarded boilers and garden hoses in the 1930s; saturation divers who lived under water for weeks at a time in the 1960s; and the trailblazing men who voluntarily breathed experimental gases at pressures sufficient to trigger insanity. Tracing both the little-known history and exciting future of how we travel and study the depths, Streever's captivating journey includes seventeenth-century leather-hulled submarines, their nuclear-powered descendants, a workshop where luxury submersibles are built for billionaire clients, and robots capable of roving unsupervised between continents, revolutionizing access to the ocean. In this far-flung trip to the wild, night-dark place of shipwrecks, trapped submariners, oil wells, innovative technologies, and people willing to risk their lives while challenging the deep, we discover all the adventures our seas have to offer -- and why they are in such dire need of conservation. Bill Streever Tue, 02 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385198 thebookvoice.com 9:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Oceans Deep: Courage, Innovation, and Adventure Beneath the Waves Author: Bill Streever Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this masterful account in the spirit of Bill Bryson and Ian Frazier, a longtime deep-sea diver masterfully weaves together the science and history of Earth's last remaining frontier: the sea. In an age of unprecedented exploration and innovation, our oceans remain largely unknown, and endlessly fascinating: full of mystery, danger, beauty, and inspiration. In Oceans Deepcelebrates the daring pioneers who tested the limits of what the human body can endure under water: free divers able to reach 300 feet on a single breath; engineers and scientists who uncovered the secrets of decompression; teenagers who built their own diving gear from discarded boilers and garden hoses in the 1930s; saturation divers who lived under water for weeks at a time in the 1960s; and the trailblazing men who voluntarily breathed experimental gases at pressures sufficient to trigger insanity. Tracing both the little-known history and exciting future of how we travel and study the depths, Streever's captivating journey includes seventeenth-century leather-hulled submarines, their nuclear-powered descendants, a workshop where luxury submersibles are built for billionaire clients, and robots capable of roving unsupervised between continents, revolutionizing access to the ocean. In this far-flung trip to the wild, night-dark place of shipwrecks, trapped submariners, oil wells, innovative technologies, and people willing to risk their lives while challenging the deep, we discover all the adventures our seas have to offer -- and why they are in such dire need of conservation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Oceans Deep: Courage, Innovation, and Adventure Beneath the Waves Author: Bill Streever Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this masterful account in the spirit of Bill Bryson and Ian Frazier, a longtime deep-sea diver masterfully weaves together the science and history of Earth's last remaining frontier: the sea. In an age of unprecedented exploration and innovation, our oceans remain largely unknown, and endlessly fascinating: full of mystery, danger, beauty, and inspiration. In Oceans Deepcelebrates the daring pioneers who tested the limits of what the human body can endure under water: free divers able to reach 300 feet on a single breath; engineers and scientists who uncovered the secrets of decompression; teenagers who built their own diving gear from discarded boilers and garden hoses in the 1930s; saturation divers who lived under water for weeks at a time in the 1960s; and the trailblazing men who voluntarily breathed experimental gases at pressures sufficient to trigger insanity. Tracing both the little-known history and exciting future of how we travel and study the depths, Streever's captivating journey includes seventeenth-century leather-hulled submarines, their nuclear-powered descendants, a workshop where luxury submersibles are built for billionaire clients, and robots capable of roving unsupervised between continents, revolutionizing access to the ocean. In this far-flung trip to the wild, night-dark place of shipwrecks, trapped submariners, oil wells, innovative technologies, and people willing to risk their lives while challenging the deep, we discover all the adventures our seas have to offer -- and why they are in such dire need of conservation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384658 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunt For The Nightingale's Song Author: Chris Watson Narrator: Rob Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: When he was fourteen years old, some friends of his parents gave wildlife sound recordist, Chris Watson, ‘The Observer's Book of Birds’. Flicking through the pages, Chris was captivated by the description of a bird which sang at night. The bird was a Nightingale; and since first reading about it, Chris has been fortunate enough to hear Nightingales both in Britain and Europe but always as part of a chorus of birds. Now, in this programme, he tries to get a microphone really close to a Nightingale to record its remarkable song - a rich, mellow series of notes. The location is Rutland Water. There are two areas here which are regularly frequented by Nightingales - the Lyndon Reserve on the South Shore and Hambleton Wood, which is on a peninsula extending out into the Reservoir. Having been guided by the Wardens from the Nature Reserve to the areas of scrub where Nightingales have been heard singing, Chris is able to rig up microphones near potential song posts. The result, after several sleepless nights and a battle with brambles and nettles is the most astonishing clear, beautiful recording of a Nightingale. In ‘Hunt for the Nightingale's Song’, the story of Chris's quest to find and record a Nightingale is inter-cut with a commentary featuring Rob Thomas (Cardiff University), and Rob Fuller (British Trust for Ornithology) about the song of the Nightingale, its composition and function. Produced by Sarah Blunt. Chris Watson Sat, 01 Jan 2011 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384658 thebookvoice.com 0:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunt For The Nightingale's Song Author: Chris Watson Narrator: Rob Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: When he was fourteen years old, some friends of his parents gave wildlife sound recordist, Chris Watson, ‘The Observer's Book of Birds’. Flicking through the pages, Chris was captivated by the description of a bird which sang at night. The bird was a Nightingale; and since first reading about it, Chris has been fortunate enough to hear Nightingales both in Britain and Europe but always as part of a chorus of birds. Now, in this programme, he tries to get a microphone really close to a Nightingale to record its remarkable song - a rich, mellow series of notes. The location is Rutland Water. There are two areas here which are regularly frequented by Nightingales - the Lyndon Reserve on the South Shore and Hambleton Wood, which is on a peninsula extending out into the Reservoir. Having been guided by the Wardens from the Nature Reserve to the areas of scrub where Nightingales have been heard singing, Chris is able to rig up microphones near potential song posts. The result, after several sleepless nights and a battle with brambles and nettles is the most astonishing clear, beautiful recording of a Nightingale. In ‘Hunt for the Nightingale's Song’, the story of Chris's quest to find and record a Nightingale is inter-cut with a commentary featuring Rob Thomas (Cardiff University), and Rob Fuller (British Trust for Ornithology) about the song of the Nightingale, its composition and function. Produced by Sarah Blunt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunt For The Nightingale's Song Author: Chris Watson Narrator: Rob Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: When he was fourteen years old, some friends of his parents gave wildlife sound recordist, Chris Watson, ‘The Observer's Book of Birds’. Flicking through the pages, Chris was captivated by the description of a bird which sang at night. The bird was a Nightingale; and since first reading about it, Chris has been fortunate enough to hear Nightingales both in Britain and Europe but always as part of a chorus of birds. Now, in this programme, he tries to get a microphone really close to a Nightingale to record its remarkable song - a rich, mellow series of notes. The location is Rutland Water. There are two areas here which are regularly frequented by Nightingales - the Lyndon Reserve on the South Shore and Hambleton Wood, which is on a peninsula extending out into the Reservoir. Having been guided by the Wardens from the Nature Reserve to the areas of scrub where Nightingales have been heard singing, Chris is able to rig up microphones near potential song posts. The result, after several sleepless nights and a battle with brambles and nettles is the most astonishing clear, beautiful recording of a Nightingale. In ‘Hunt for the Nightingale's Song’, the story of Chris's quest to find and record a Nightingale is inter-cut with a commentary featuring Rob Thomas (Cardiff University), and Rob Fuller (British Trust for Ornithology) about the song of the Nightingale, its composition and function. Produced by Sarah Blunt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384172 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assembling the Dinosaur Author: Lukas Rieppel Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 24, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Although dinosaur fossils were first found in England, a series of dramatic discoveries during the late 1800s turned North America into a world center for vertebrate paleontology. At the same time, the United States emerged as the world’s largest industrial economy, and creatures like tyrannosaurus, brontosaurus, and triceratops became emblems of American capitalism. Large, fierce, and spectacular, American dinosaurs dominated the popular imagination, making front-page headlines and appearing in feature films. Assembling the Dinosaur follows dinosaur fossils from the field to the museum and into the commercial culture of North America’s Gilded Age. Business tycoons like Andrew Carnegie and J. P. Morgan made common cause with vertebrate paleontologists to capitalize on the widespread appeal of dinosaurs, using them to project American exceptionalism back into prehistory. Learning from the show-stopping techniques of P. T. Barnum, museums exhibited dinosaurs to attract, entertain, and educate the public. By assembling the skeletons of dinosaurs into eye-catching displays, wealthy industrialists sought to cement their own reputations as generous benefactors of science, showing that modern capitalism could produce public goods in addition to profits. Behind the scenes, museums adopted corporate management practices to control the movement of dinosaur bones, restricting their circulation to influence their meaning and value in popular culture. Lukas Rieppel Mon, 24 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384172 thebookvoice.com 9:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assembling the Dinosaur Author: Lukas Rieppel Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 24, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Although dinosaur fossils were first found in England, a series of dramatic discoveries during the late 1800s turned North America into a world center for vertebrate paleontology. At the same time, the United States emerged as the world’s largest industrial economy, and creatures like tyrannosaurus, brontosaurus, and triceratops became emblems of American capitalism. Large, fierce, and spectacular, American dinosaurs dominated the popular imagination, making front-page headlines and appearing in feature films. Assembling the Dinosaur follows dinosaur fossils from the field to the museum and into the commercial culture of North America’s Gilded Age. Business tycoons like Andrew Carnegie and J. P. Morgan made common cause with vertebrate paleontologists to capitalize on the widespread appeal of dinosaurs, using them to project American exceptionalism back into prehistory. Learning from the show-stopping techniques of P. T. Barnum, museums exhibited dinosaurs to attract, entertain, and educate the public. By assembling the skeletons of dinosaurs into eye-catching displays, wealthy industrialists sought to cement their own reputations as generous benefactors of science, showing that modern capitalism could produce public goods in addition to profits. Behind the scenes, museums adopted corporate management practices to control the movement of dinosaur bones, restricting their circulation to influence their meaning and value in popular culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assembling the Dinosaur Author: Lukas Rieppel Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 24, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Although dinosaur fossils were first found in England, a series of dramatic discoveries during the late 1800s turned North America into a world center for vertebrate paleontology. At the same time, the United States emerged as the world’s largest industrial economy, and creatures like tyrannosaurus, brontosaurus, and triceratops became emblems of American capitalism. Large, fierce, and spectacular, American dinosaurs dominated the popular imagination, making front-page headlines and appearing in feature films. Assembling the Dinosaur follows dinosaur fossils from the field to the museum and into the commercial culture of North America’s Gilded Age. Business tycoons like Andrew Carnegie and J. P. Morgan made common cause with vertebrate paleontologists to capitalize on the widespread appeal of dinosaurs, using them to project American exceptionalism back into prehistory. Learning from the show-stopping techniques of P. T. Barnum, museums exhibited dinosaurs to attract, entertain, and educate the public. By assembling the skeletons of dinosaurs into eye-catching displays, wealthy industrialists sought to cement their own reputations as generous benefactors of science, showing that modern capitalism could produce public goods in addition to profits. Behind the scenes, museums adopted corporate management practices to control the movement of dinosaur bones, restricting their circulation to influence their meaning and value in popular culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383877 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Path of the Puma: The Remarkable Resilience of the Mountain Lion Series: Part of Patagonia Author: Joe Glickman, Jim Williams Narrator: Jim Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An Expert's View of the Big Cat's Fight to Find Its Wild During a time when most wild animals are experiencing decline in the face of development and climate change, the intrepid mountain lion -- also known as a puma, a cougar, and by many other names - has experienced reinvigoration as well as expansion of territory. What makes this cat, the fourth carnivore in the food chain -- just ahead of humans - so resilient and resourceful? And what can conservationists and wild life managers learn from them about the web of biodiversity that is in desperate need of protection? Their story is fascinating for the lessons it can afford the protection of all species in times of dire challenge and decline. Joe Glickman, Jim Williams Tue, 27 Aug 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383877 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Path of the Puma: The Remarkable Resilience of the Mountain Lion Series: Part of Patagonia Author: Joe Glickman, Jim Williams Narrator: Jim Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An Expert's View of the Big Cat's Fight to Find Its Wild During a time when most wild animals are experiencing decline in the face of development and climate change, the intrepid mountain lion -- also known as a puma, a cougar, and by many other names - has experienced reinvigoration as well as expansion of territory. What makes this cat, the fourth carnivore in the food chain -- just ahead of humans - so resilient and resourceful? And what can conservationists and wild life managers learn from them about the web of biodiversity that is in desperate need of protection? Their story is fascinating for the lessons it can afford the protection of all species in times of dire challenge and decline. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Path of the Puma: The Remarkable Resilience of the Mountain Lion Series: Part of Patagonia Author: Joe Glickman, Jim Williams Narrator: Jim Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An Expert's View of the Big Cat's Fight to Find Its Wild During a time when most wild animals are experiencing decline in the face of development and climate change, the intrepid mountain lion -- also known as a puma, a cougar, and by many other names - has experienced reinvigoration as well as expansion of territory. What makes this cat, the fourth carnivore in the food chain -- just ahead of humans - so resilient and resourceful? And what can conservationists and wild life managers learn from them about the web of biodiversity that is in desperate need of protection? Their story is fascinating for the lessons it can afford the protection of all species in times of dire challenge and decline. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Puppy Handbook: Your Definitive Guide to Puppy Care and Early Training Author: Pippa Mattinson Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 29, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Pippa Mattinson, dog-training specialist, tells you everything you need to know about training and caring for your new puppy. From preparing the house and garden before the puppy arrives, to introducing your new friend to all the family (including children and other animals), and solving problems like crying, night waking, feeding, upset stomachs, biting, chewing and jumping up, this book is packed with all you need to know as a puppy owner. Pippa Mattinson Thu, 29 Aug 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383828 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Puppy Handbook: Your Definitive Guide to Puppy Care and Early Training Author: Pippa Mattinson Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 29, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Pippa Mattinson, dog-training specialist, tells you everything you need to know about training and caring for your new puppy. From preparing the house and garden before the puppy arrives, to introducing your new friend to all the family (including children and other animals), and solving problems like crying, night waking, feeding, upset stomachs, biting, chewing and jumping up, this book is packed with all you need to know as a puppy owner. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Puppy Handbook: Your Definitive Guide to Puppy Care and Early Training Author: Pippa Mattinson Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 29, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Pippa Mattinson, dog-training specialist, tells you everything you need to know about training and caring for your new puppy. From preparing the house and garden before the puppy arrives, to introducing your new friend to all the family (including children and other animals), and solving problems like crying, night waking, feeding, upset stomachs, biting, chewing and jumping up, this book is packed with all you need to know as a puppy owner. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383603 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Is Too Small to Make a Difference Author: Greta Thunberg Narrator: Greta Thunberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Everything needs to change. And it has to start today' In August 2018 a fifteen-year-old Swedish girl, Greta Thunberg, decided not to go to school one day. Her actions ended up sparking a global movement for action against the climate crisis, inspiring millions of pupils to go on strike for our planet, forcing governments to listen, and earning her a Nobel Peace Prize nomination. This book brings you Greta in her own words. Collecting her speeches that have made history across Europe, from the UN to mass street protests, No One Is Too Small to Make A Difference is a rallying cry for why we must all wake up and fight to protect the living planet, no matter how powerless we feel. Our future depends upon it. Greta Thunberg Thu, 08 Aug 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383603 thebookvoice.com 1:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Is Too Small to Make a Difference Author: Greta Thunberg Narrator: Greta Thunberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Everything needs to change. And it has to start today' In August 2018 a fifteen-year-old Swedish girl, Greta Thunberg, decided not to go to school one day. Her actions ended up sparking a global movement for action against the climate crisis, inspiring millions of pupils to go on strike for our planet, forcing governments to listen, and earning her a Nobel Peace Prize nomination. This book brings you Greta in her own words. Collecting her speeches that have made history across Europe, from the UN to mass street protests, No One Is Too Small to Make A Difference is a rallying cry for why we must all wake up and fight to protect the living planet, no matter how powerless we feel. Our future depends upon it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Is Too Small to Make a Difference Author: Greta Thunberg Narrator: Greta Thunberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Everything needs to change. And it has to start today' In August 2018 a fifteen-year-old Swedish girl, Greta Thunberg, decided not to go to school one day. Her actions ended up sparking a global movement for action against the climate crisis, inspiring millions of pupils to go on strike for our planet, forcing governments to listen, and earning her a Nobel Peace Prize nomination. This book brings you Greta in her own words. Collecting her speeches that have made history across Europe, from the UN to mass street protests, No One Is Too Small to Make A Difference is a rallying cry for why we must all wake up and fight to protect the living planet, no matter how powerless we feel. Our future depends upon it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383581 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Life of Fish Author: Jack Anderson Narrator: Jason Hill, William King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This book will explain the life of fish. The life of a fish is sometimes a simple life. A day in the life of a fish can be safe or unsafe depending what kid of fish they are. This audio book talks about the Jellyfish and other fish species. Jack Anderson Wed, 22 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383581 thebookvoice.com 0:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Life of Fish Author: Jack Anderson Narrator: Jason Hill, William King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This book will explain the life of fish. The life of a fish is sometimes a simple life. A day in the life of a fish can be safe or unsafe depending what kid of fish they are. This audio book talks about the Jellyfish and other fish species. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Life of Fish Author: Jack Anderson Narrator: Jason Hill, William King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This book will explain the life of fish. The life of a fish is sometimes a simple life. A day in the life of a fish can be safe or unsafe depending what kid of fish they are. This audio book talks about the Jellyfish and other fish species. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not A Drill: An Extinction Rebellion Handbook Author: Extinction Rebellion Narrator: Eva Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of This Is Not A Drill by Extinction Rebellion, read by Eva Pope. Extinction Rebellion are inspiring a whole generation to take action on climate breakdown. Now you can become part of the movement - and together, we can make history. It's time. This is our last chance to do anything about the global climate and ecological emergency. Our last chance to save the world as we know it. Now or never, we need to be radical. We need to rise up. And we need to rebel. Extinction Rebellion is a global activist movement of ordinary people, demanding action from Governments. This is a book of truth and action. It has facts to arm you, stories to empower you, pages to fill in and pages to rip out, alongside instructions on how to rebel - from organising a roadblock to facing arrest. By the time you finish this book you will have become an Extinction Rebellion activist. Act now before it's too late. Extinction Rebellion Thu, 13 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not A Drill: An Extinction Rebellion Handbook Author: Extinction Rebellion Narrator: Eva Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of This Is Not A Drill by Extinction Rebellion, read by Eva Pope. Extinction Rebellion are inspiring a whole generation to take action on climate breakdown. Now you can become part of the movement - and together, we can make history. It's time. This is our last chance to do anything about the global climate and ecological emergency. Our last chance to save the world as we know it. Now or never, we need to be radical. We need to rise up. And we need to rebel. Extinction Rebellion is a global activist movement of ordinary people, demanding action from Governments. This is a book of truth and action. It has facts to arm you, stories to empower you, pages to fill in and pages to rip out, alongside instructions on how to rebel - from organising a roadblock to facing arrest. By the time you finish this book you will have become an Extinction Rebellion activist. Act now before it's too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not A Drill: An Extinction Rebellion Handbook Author: Extinction Rebellion Narrator: Eva Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of This Is Not A Drill by Extinction Rebellion, read by Eva Pope. Extinction Rebellion are inspiring a whole generation to take action on climate breakdown. Now you can become part of the movement - and together, we can make history. It's time. This is our last chance to do anything about the global climate and ecological emergency. Our last chance to save the world as we know it. Now or never, we need to be radical. We need to rise up. And we need to rebel. Extinction Rebellion is a global activist movement of ordinary people, demanding action from Governments. This is a book of truth and action. It has facts to arm you, stories to empower you, pages to fill in and pages to rip out, alongside instructions on how to rebel - from organising a roadblock to facing arrest. By the time you finish this book you will have become an Extinction Rebellion activist. Act now before it's too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382210 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's Minding the Farm?: In this climate emergency Author: Patrice Newell Narrator: Patrice Newell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In an era of rapid climate change, this vital account of how agriculture can address major issues is an Australian story with global ramifications. Patrice is at the frontline of enormous challenges, from water scarcity and land stewardship to food security and the rural-urban divide. The devastation of drought and the crises created by industrial-scale chemically-dependent primary production are discussed and alternatives proposed - along with bold ideas for new sources of energy. Patrice has travelled the world exploring best practice and invested heavily in organic methods on her farm. She believes we can produce enough good food to feed the world without further environmental wreckage or loss of bio-diversity. With glimpses of the individuals who make working the farm so rewarding, Who's Minding the Farm? provides a window into the pains, pleasures and politics of life on the land, and promotes new ways of thinking, no matter where you live. Who's minding the farm? A shared responsibility for us all. Patrice Newell Tue, 18 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382210 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's Minding the Farm?: In this climate emergency Author: Patrice Newell Narrator: Patrice Newell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In an era of rapid climate change, this vital account of how agriculture can address major issues is an Australian story with global ramifications. Patrice is at the frontline of enormous challenges, from water scarcity and land stewardship to food security and the rural-urban divide. The devastation of drought and the crises created by industrial-scale chemically-dependent primary production are discussed and alternatives proposed - along with bold ideas for new sources of energy. Patrice has travelled the world exploring best practice and invested heavily in organic methods on her farm. She believes we can produce enough good food to feed the world without further environmental wreckage or loss of bio-diversity. With glimpses of the individuals who make working the farm so rewarding, Who's Minding the Farm? provides a window into the pains, pleasures and politics of life on the land, and promotes new ways of thinking, no matter where you live. Who's minding the farm? A shared responsibility for us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's Minding the Farm?: In this climate emergency Author: Patrice Newell Narrator: Patrice Newell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In an era of rapid climate change, this vital account of how agriculture can address major issues is an Australian story with global ramifications. Patrice is at the frontline of enormous challenges, from water scarcity and land stewardship to food security and the rural-urban divide. The devastation of drought and the crises created by industrial-scale chemically-dependent primary production are discussed and alternatives proposed - along with bold ideas for new sources of energy. Patrice has travelled the world exploring best practice and invested heavily in organic methods on her farm. She believes we can produce enough good food to feed the world without further environmental wreckage or loss of bio-diversity. With glimpses of the individuals who make working the farm so rewarding, Who's Minding the Farm? provides a window into the pains, pleasures and politics of life on the land, and promotes new ways of thinking, no matter where you live. Who's minding the farm? A shared responsibility for us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Migrations: A Natural History of Love and Loss Author: Margaret Renkl Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Selected as a TODAY Show #ReadWithJenna book club pick, Late Migrations is an unusual, captivating portrait of a family―and of the cycles of joy and grief that inscribe human lives within the natural world―from beloved New York Times opinion writer Margaret Renkl. Growing up in Alabama, Renkl was a devoted reader, an explorer of riverbeds and red-dirt roads, and a fiercely loved daughter. Here, in brief essays, she traces a tender and honest portrait of her complicated parents―her exuberant, creative mother; her steady, supportive father―and of the bittersweet moments that accompany a child’s transition to caregiver. And here, braided into the overall narrative, Renkl offers observations on the world surrounding her suburban Nashville home. Ringing with rapture and heartache, these essays convey the dignity of bluebirds and rat snakes, monarch butterflies and native bees. As these two threads haunt and harmonize with each other, Renkl suggests that there is astonishment to be found in common things: in what seems ordinary, in what we all share. For in both worlds―the natural one and our own―“the shadow side of love is always loss, and grief is only love’s own twin.” Gorgeously illustrated by the author’s brother, Billy Renkl, Late Migrations is an assured and memorable debut. Margaret Renkl Tue, 09 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381998 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Migrations: A Natural History of Love and Loss Author: Margaret Renkl Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Selected as a TODAY Show #ReadWithJenna book club pick, Late Migrations is an unusual, captivating portrait of a family―and of the cycles of joy and grief that inscribe human lives within the natural world―from beloved New York Times opinion writer Margaret Renkl. Growing up in Alabama, Renkl was a devoted reader, an explorer of riverbeds and red-dirt roads, and a fiercely loved daughter. Here, in brief essays, she traces a tender and honest portrait of her complicated parents―her exuberant, creative mother; her steady, supportive father―and of the bittersweet moments that accompany a child’s transition to caregiver. And here, braided into the overall narrative, Renkl offers observations on the world surrounding her suburban Nashville home. Ringing with rapture and heartache, these essays convey the dignity of bluebirds and rat snakes, monarch butterflies and native bees. As these two threads haunt and harmonize with each other, Renkl suggests that there is astonishment to be found in common things: in what seems ordinary, in what we all share. For in both worlds―the natural one and our own―“the shadow side of love is always loss, and grief is only love’s own twin.” Gorgeously illustrated by the author’s brother, Billy Renkl, Late Migrations is an assured and memorable debut. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Migrations: A Natural History of Love and Loss Author: Margaret Renkl Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Selected as a TODAY Show #ReadWithJenna book club pick, Late Migrations is an unusual, captivating portrait of a family―and of the cycles of joy and grief that inscribe human lives within the natural world―from beloved New York Times opinion writer Margaret Renkl. Growing up in Alabama, Renkl was a devoted reader, an explorer of riverbeds and red-dirt roads, and a fiercely loved daughter. Here, in brief essays, she traces a tender and honest portrait of her complicated parents―her exuberant, creative mother; her steady, supportive father―and of the bittersweet moments that accompany a child’s transition to caregiver. And here, braided into the overall narrative, Renkl offers observations on the world surrounding her suburban Nashville home. Ringing with rapture and heartache, these essays convey the dignity of bluebirds and rat snakes, monarch butterflies and native bees. As these two threads haunt and harmonize with each other, Renkl suggests that there is astonishment to be found in common things: in what seems ordinary, in what we all share. For in both worlds―the natural one and our own―“the shadow side of love is always loss, and grief is only love’s own twin.” Gorgeously illustrated by the author’s brother, Billy Renkl, Late Migrations is an assured and memorable debut. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. Tom Szaky Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381920 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing the Sun: The New Science of Sunlight and How it Shapes Our Bodies and Minds Author: Linda Geddes Narrator: Linda Geddes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Since the dawn of time, humans have worshipped the sun. And with good reason. Our biology is set up to work in partnership with the sun. From our sleep cycles to our immune systems and our mental health, access to sunlight is crucial for living a happy and fulfilling life. New research suggests that our sun exposure over a lifetime - even before we were born - may shape our risk of developing a range of different illnesses, from depression to diabetes. Chasing the Sun explores the extraordinary significance of sunlight. As more of us move into light-polluted cities, spending our days in dim offices and our evenings watching brightly lit screens, we are in danger of losing something vital: our connection to the star that gave us life. It's a loss that could have far-reaching consequences that we're only just beginning to grasp. “This is a sparkling and illuminating study, one of those rare books that could genuinely improve your life.” SUNDAY TIMES “Readable and frequently fascinating ... Geddes's lovely book will fill you with longing for bright summer days, blue skies and a baking hot sun dispensing vitamin D and happiness to all who bask in its glow. Roll on, summer!” TIMES “Dazzling ... Geddes is at her best when explaining complexities in accessible terms.” NEW SCIENTIST Linda Geddes Thu, 23 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381920 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing the Sun: The New Science of Sunlight and How it Shapes Our Bodies and Minds Author: Linda Geddes Narrator: Linda Geddes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Since the dawn of time, humans have worshipped the sun. And with good reason. Our biology is set up to work in partnership with the sun. From our sleep cycles to our immune systems and our mental health, access to sunlight is crucial for living a happy and fulfilling life. New research suggests that our sun exposure over a lifetime - even before we were born - may shape our risk of developing a range of different illnesses, from depression to diabetes. Chasing the Sun explores the extraordinary significance of sunlight. As more of us move into light-polluted cities, spending our days in dim offices and our evenings watching brightly lit screens, we are in danger of losing something vital: our connection to the star that gave us life. It's a loss that could have far-reaching consequences that we're only just beginning to grasp. “This is a sparkling and illuminating study, one of those rare books that could genuinely improve your life.” SUNDAY TIMES “Readable and frequently fascinating ... Geddes's lovely book will fill you with longing for bright summer days, blue skies and a baking hot sun dispensing vitamin D and happiness to all who bask in its glow. Roll on, summer!” TIMES “Dazzling ... Geddes is at her best when explaining complexities in accessible terms.” NEW SCIENTIST Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing the Sun: The New Science of Sunlight and How it Shapes Our Bodies and Minds Author: Linda Geddes Narrator: Linda Geddes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Since the dawn of time, humans have worshipped the sun. And with good reason. Our biology is set up to work in partnership with the sun. From our sleep cycles to our immune systems and our mental health, access to sunlight is crucial for living a happy and fulfilling life. New research suggests that our sun exposure over a lifetime - even before we were born - may shape our risk of developing a range of different illnesses, from depression to diabetes. Chasing the Sun explores the extraordinary significance of sunlight. As more of us move into light-polluted cities, spending our days in dim offices and our evenings watching brightly lit screens, we are in danger of losing something vital: our connection to the star that gave us life. It's a loss that could have far-reaching consequences that we're only just beginning to grasp. “This is a sparkling and illuminating study, one of those rare books that could genuinely improve your life.” SUNDAY TIMES “Readable and frequently fascinating ... Geddes's lovely book will fill you with longing for bright summer days, blue skies and a baking hot sun dispensing vitamin D and happiness to all who bask in its glow. Roll on, summer!” TIMES “Dazzling ... Geddes is at her best when explaining complexities in accessible terms.” NEW SCIENTIST https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden World of the Fox Author: Adele Brand Narrator: Jane Mcdowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘A lovely little book … quietly lyrical, often funny and gently persuasive’ Sunday Times ‘Succinct, clear, sophisticated. I couldn't stop reading it’ Jeff VanderMeer We’ve all seen the fox. A flash of his brushy tail disappearing between the gap of a fence, a blaze of orange caught in the headlights as he scampers across the road. We’ve heard him too, his strange barks echoing in the city night. Perhaps we’ve even come face to face with him, eyes meeting for a few moments before he disappears once more into the darkness. But where is he going, and what is his world really like? In The Hidden World of the Fox, ecologist Adele Brand shines a light on one of Britain’s most familiar yet enigmatic animals, showing us how the astonishing senses, intelligence and behaviour that allowed foxes to thrive in the ancient wildwood now help them survive in the concrete car parks and clattering railway lines of our cities and towns. The result of a lifelong obsession, Brand adds a wealth of firsthand experience to this charming, lyrical love letter to the fox, whether she’s fostering their cubs, studying their interactions with humans, or catching them on hidden cameras everywhere from the Białowieża forest of Poland and the Thar desert of India to the classic English countryside of her home in the North Downs. While encounters with a host of furry acquaintances – Chatter, Old Dogfox, Sooty, the Interloper, the Vixen from Across the Road – will delight and amuse, her message about the importance of living peaceably side-by-side with nature will linger long after the last page is turned. Adele Brand Thu, 17 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381129 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden World of the Fox Author: Adele Brand Narrator: Jane Mcdowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘A lovely little book … quietly lyrical, often funny and gently persuasive’ Sunday Times ‘Succinct, clear, sophisticated. I couldn't stop reading it’ Jeff VanderMeer We’ve all seen the fox. A flash of his brushy tail disappearing between the gap of a fence, a blaze of orange caught in the headlights as he scampers across the road. We’ve heard him too, his strange barks echoing in the city night. Perhaps we’ve even come face to face with him, eyes meeting for a few moments before he disappears once more into the darkness. But where is he going, and what is his world really like? In The Hidden World of the Fox, ecologist Adele Brand shines a light on one of Britain’s most familiar yet enigmatic animals, showing us how the astonishing senses, intelligence and behaviour that allowed foxes to thrive in the ancient wildwood now help them survive in the concrete car parks and clattering railway lines of our cities and towns. The result of a lifelong obsession, Brand adds a wealth of firsthand experience to this charming, lyrical love letter to the fox, whether she’s fostering their cubs, studying their interactions with humans, or catching them on hidden cameras everywhere from the Białowieża forest of Poland and the Thar desert of India to the classic English countryside of her home in the North Downs. While encounters with a host of furry acquaintances – Chatter, Old Dogfox, Sooty, the Interloper, the Vixen from Across the Road – will delight and amuse, her message about the importance of living peaceably side-by-side with nature will linger long after the last page is turned. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden World of the Fox Author: Adele Brand Narrator: Jane Mcdowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘A lovely little book … quietly lyrical, often funny and gently persuasive’ Sunday Times ‘Succinct, clear, sophisticated. I couldn't stop reading it’ Jeff VanderMeer We’ve all seen the fox. A flash of his brushy tail disappearing between the gap of a fence, a blaze of orange caught in the headlights as he scampers across the road. We’ve heard him too, his strange barks echoing in the city night. Perhaps we’ve even come face to face with him, eyes meeting for a few moments before he disappears once more into the darkness. But where is he going, and what is his world really like? In The Hidden World of the Fox, ecologist Adele Brand shines a light on one of Britain’s most familiar yet enigmatic animals, showing us how the astonishing senses, intelligence and behaviour that allowed foxes to thrive in the ancient wildwood now help them survive in the concrete car parks and clattering railway lines of our cities and towns. The result of a lifelong obsession, Brand adds a wealth of firsthand experience to this charming, lyrical love letter to the fox, whether she’s fostering their cubs, studying their interactions with humans, or catching them on hidden cameras everywhere from the Białowieża forest of Poland and the Thar desert of India to the classic English countryside of her home in the North Downs. While encounters with a host of furry acquaintances – Chatter, Old Dogfox, Sooty, the Interloper, the Vixen from Across the Road – will delight and amuse, her message about the importance of living peaceably side-by-side with nature will linger long after the last page is turned. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How Earth's History Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A New York Times-bestselling author explains how the physical world shaped the history of our species When we talk about human history, we often focus on great leaders, population forces, and decisive wars. But how has the earth itself determined our destiny? Our planet wobbles, driving changes in climate that forced the transition from nomadism to farming. Mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece. Atmospheric circulation patterns later on shaped the progression of global exploration, colonization, and trade. Even today, voting behavior in the south-east United States ultimately follows the underlying pattern of 75 million-year-old sediments from an ancient sea. Everywhere is the deep imprint of the planetary on the human. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the breathtaking impact of the earth beneath our feet on the shape of our human civilizations. Lewis Dartnell Tue, 14 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How Earth's History Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A New York Times-bestselling author explains how the physical world shaped the history of our species When we talk about human history, we often focus on great leaders, population forces, and decisive wars. But how has the earth itself determined our destiny? Our planet wobbles, driving changes in climate that forced the transition from nomadism to farming. Mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece. Atmospheric circulation patterns later on shaped the progression of global exploration, colonization, and trade. Even today, voting behavior in the south-east United States ultimately follows the underlying pattern of 75 million-year-old sediments from an ancient sea. Everywhere is the deep imprint of the planetary on the human. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the breathtaking impact of the earth beneath our feet on the shape of our human civilizations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How Earth's History Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A New York Times-bestselling author explains how the physical world shaped the history of our species When we talk about human history, we often focus on great leaders, population forces, and decisive wars. But how has the earth itself determined our destiny? Our planet wobbles, driving changes in climate that forced the transition from nomadism to farming. Mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece. Atmospheric circulation patterns later on shaped the progression of global exploration, colonization, and trade. Even today, voting behavior in the south-east United States ultimately follows the underlying pattern of 75 million-year-old sediments from an ancient sea. Everywhere is the deep imprint of the planetary on the human. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the breathtaking impact of the earth beneath our feet on the shape of our human civilizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380933 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Knowledge of Water: There Are Two Easy Ways to Die in the Desert: Thirst and Drowning Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Naturalist Craig Childs's "utterly memorable and fantastic" study of the desert's dangerous beauty is based on years of adventures in the deserts of the American West (Washington Post).  Like the highest mountain peaks, deserts are environments that can be inhospitable even to the most seasoned explorers. Craig Childs, who has spent years in the deserts of the American West as an adventurer, a river guide, and a field instructor in natural history, has developed a keen appreciation for these forbidding landscapes: their beauty, their wonder, and especially their paradoxes. His extraordinary treks through arid lands in search of water are an astonishing revelation of the natural world at its most extreme.  "Utterly memorable and fantastic...Certainly no reader will ever see the desert in the same way again." —Suzannah Lessard, Washington Post Craig Childs Tue, 07 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380933 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Knowledge of Water: There Are Two Easy Ways to Die in the Desert: Thirst and Drowning Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Naturalist Craig Childs's "utterly memorable and fantastic" study of the desert's dangerous beauty is based on years of adventures in the deserts of the American West (Washington Post).  Like the highest mountain peaks, deserts are environments that can be inhospitable even to the most seasoned explorers. Craig Childs, who has spent years in the deserts of the American West as an adventurer, a river guide, and a field instructor in natural history, has developed a keen appreciation for these forbidding landscapes: their beauty, their wonder, and especially their paradoxes. His extraordinary treks through arid lands in search of water are an astonishing revelation of the natural world at its most extreme.  "Utterly memorable and fantastic...Certainly no reader will ever see the desert in the same way again." —Suzannah Lessard, Washington Post Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Knowledge of Water: There Are Two Easy Ways to Die in the Desert: Thirst and Drowning Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Naturalist Craig Childs's "utterly memorable and fantastic" study of the desert's dangerous beauty is based on years of adventures in the deserts of the American West (Washington Post).  Like the highest mountain peaks, deserts are environments that can be inhospitable even to the most seasoned explorers. Craig Childs, who has spent years in the deserts of the American West as an adventurer, a river guide, and a field instructor in natural history, has developed a keen appreciation for these forbidding landscapes: their beauty, their wonder, and especially their paradoxes. His extraordinary treks through arid lands in search of water are an astonishing revelation of the natural world at its most extreme.  "Utterly memorable and fantastic...Certainly no reader will ever see the desert in the same way again." —Suzannah Lessard, Washington Post https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Novacene: The Coming Age of Hyperintelligence Author: James Lovelock Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Novacene written by James Lovelock, read by Roy McMillan. James Lovelock, creator of the Gaia hypothesis and the greatest environmental thinker of our time, has produced an astounding new theory about future of life on Earth. He argues that the anthropocene - the age in which humans acquired planetary-scale technologies - is, after 300 years, coming to an end. A new age - the novacene - has already begun. New beings will emerge from existing artificial intelligence systems. They will think 10,000 times faster than we do and they will regard us as we now regard plants - as desperately slow acting and thinking creatures. But this will not be the cruel, violent machine takeover of the planet imagined by sci-fi writers and film-makers. These hyper-intelligent beings will be as dependent on the health of the planet as we are. They will need the planetary cooling system of Gaia to defend them from the increasing heat of the sun as much as we do. And Gaia depends on organic life. We will be partners in this project. It is crucial, Lovelock argues, that the intelligence of Earth survives and prospers. He does not think there are intelligent aliens, so we are the only beings capable of understanding the cosmos. Maybe, he speculates, the novacene could even be the beginning of a process that will finally lead to intelligence suffusing the entire cosmos. At the age 100, James Lovelock has produced the most important and compelling work of his life. James Lovelock Thu, 04 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380537 thebookvoice.com 3:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Novacene: The Coming Age of Hyperintelligence Author: James Lovelock Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Novacene written by James Lovelock, read by Roy McMillan. James Lovelock, creator of the Gaia hypothesis and the greatest environmental thinker of our time, has produced an astounding new theory about future of life on Earth. He argues that the anthropocene - the age in which humans acquired planetary-scale technologies - is, after 300 years, coming to an end. A new age - the novacene - has already begun. New beings will emerge from existing artificial intelligence systems. They will think 10,000 times faster than we do and they will regard us as we now regard plants - as desperately slow acting and thinking creatures. But this will not be the cruel, violent machine takeover of the planet imagined by sci-fi writers and film-makers. These hyper-intelligent beings will be as dependent on the health of the planet as we are. They will need the planetary cooling system of Gaia to defend them from the increasing heat of the sun as much as we do. And Gaia depends on organic life. We will be partners in this project. It is crucial, Lovelock argues, that the intelligence of Earth survives and prospers. He does not think there are intelligent aliens, so we are the only beings capable of understanding the cosmos. Maybe, he speculates, the novacene could even be the beginning of a process that will finally lead to intelligence suffusing the entire cosmos. At the age 100, James Lovelock has produced the most important and compelling work of his life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Novacene: The Coming Age of Hyperintelligence Author: James Lovelock Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Novacene written by James Lovelock, read by Roy McMillan. James Lovelock, creator of the Gaia hypothesis and the greatest environmental thinker of our time, has produced an astounding new theory about future of life on Earth. He argues that the anthropocene - the age in which humans acquired planetary-scale technologies - is, after 300 years, coming to an end. A new age - the novacene - has already begun. New beings will emerge from existing artificial intelligence systems. They will think 10,000 times faster than we do and they will regard us as we now regard plants - as desperately slow acting and thinking creatures. But this will not be the cruel, violent machine takeover of the planet imagined by sci-fi writers and film-makers. These hyper-intelligent beings will be as dependent on the health of the planet as we are. They will need the planetary cooling system of Gaia to defend them from the increasing heat of the sun as much as we do. And Gaia depends on organic life. We will be partners in this project. It is crucial, Lovelock argues, that the intelligence of Earth survives and prospers. He does not think there are intelligent aliens, so we are the only beings capable of understanding the cosmos. Maybe, he speculates, the novacene could even be the beginning of a process that will finally lead to intelligence suffusing the entire cosmos. At the age 100, James Lovelock has produced the most important and compelling work of his life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Penguin Year: Life Among the Emperors Author: Lindsay Mccrae Narrator: Lindsay Mccrae Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An unprecedentedly intimate portrait of an emperor penguin colony in Antarctica, by a Bafta Award-winning BBC director of photography who observed these extraordinary birds for a year.  This is the ultimate gift for any penguin or nature lover. For 337 consecutive days, Lindsay McCrae followed 4,000 emperor penguins amid the singular beauty of Antarctica, chronicling their remarkable year-long journey of life, death, and birth. McCrae was there as the director of photography for the acclaimed BBC series Dynasties (narrated by Sir David Attenborough), for which he won a 2019 Bafta Award. Even in the depths of the Antarctic winter—the harshest environment on earth—McCrae witnessed the most intimate moments of these beloved animals as they sought survival with temperatures reaching 60 degrees below zero. An unforgettable narrative account that is poised to become a classic of nature writing, My Penguin Year takes readers into the world of the emperor penguin as no book has before. Emperors are the world’s largest penguins, and they play the game of life on the highest difficulty level, breeding in pairs on sea ice during the Antarctic winter. After mating, the female penguin lays her egg, and then disappears, not to return for months. The male penguin will starve himself for more than 100 days, incubating the egg in his pouch, while the female heads off in search of food. Finally, the female returns, and, recognizing her original mate by the sound of his call, is reunited with the father and their newly-hatched chick. Highlights: A decision to save penguins’ lives. McCrae details the difficult decision to break documentary protocol and intervene to save a band of penguins who had become trapped in an icy ravine, sure to die without human intervention. Becoming a new father while on the ice. While filming the lifecycle of the penguins, McCrae himself became a father. He did not see his son until the child was seven months old. The emperors’ uncertain future. The emperors breed on frozen sea ice. As ocean temperatures rise, their rookeries are endangered—and so too is this extraordinary species. Indeed in April 2019, the New York Times reported that “The Antarctic’s second-largest colony of emperor penguins collapsed … with more than 10,000 chicks lost, and the population has not recovered.” One year in the wild Antarctic. McCrae’s narrative is also wonderfully evokes an extraordinary natural place, from the rare vantage point of someone who has spent every season there. Wonderfully compelling, filled with surprising depth, insight, and warmth, My Penguin Year is essential listening for animal lovers, amateur naturalists, and fans of true-life adventure tales as well as H is for Hawk and The Shepherd’s Life. Lindsay Mccrae Tue, 12 Nov 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380304 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Penguin Year: Life Among the Emperors Author: Lindsay Mccrae Narrator: Lindsay Mccrae Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An unprecedentedly intimate portrait of an emperor penguin colony in Antarctica, by a Bafta Award-winning BBC director of photography who observed these extraordinary birds for a year.  This is the ultimate gift for any penguin or nature lover. For 337 consecutive days, Lindsay McCrae followed 4,000 emperor penguins amid the singular beauty of Antarctica, chronicling their remarkable year-long journey of life, death, and birth. McCrae was there as the director of photography for the acclaimed BBC series Dynasties (narrated by Sir David Attenborough), for which he won a 2019 Bafta Award. Even in the depths of the Antarctic winter—the harshest environment on earth—McCrae witnessed the most intimate moments of these beloved animals as they sought survival with temperatures reaching 60 degrees below zero. An unforgettable narrative account that is poised to become a classic of nature writing, My Penguin Year takes readers into the world of the emperor penguin as no book has before. Emperors are the world’s largest penguins, and they play the game of life on the highest difficulty level, breeding in pairs on sea ice during the Antarctic winter. After mating, the female penguin lays her egg, and then disappears, not to return for months. The male penguin will starve himself for more than 100 days, incubating the egg in his pouch, while the female heads off in search of food. Finally, the female returns, and, recognizing her original mate by the sound of his call, is reunited with the father and their newly-hatched chick. Highlights: A decision to save penguins’ lives. McCrae details the difficult decision to break documentary protocol and intervene to save a band of penguins who had become trapped in an icy ravine, sure to die without human intervention. Becoming a new father while on the ice. While filming the lifecycle of the penguins, McCrae himself became a father. He did not see his son until the child was seven months old. The emperors’ uncertain future. The emperors breed on frozen sea ice. As ocean temperatures rise, their rookeries are endangered—and so too is this extraordinary species. Indeed in April 2019, the New York Times reported that “The Antarctic’s second-largest colony of emperor penguins collapsed … with more than 10,000 chicks lost, and the population has not recovered.” One year in the wild Antarctic. McCrae’s narrative is also wonderfully evokes an extraordinary natural place, from the rare vantage point of someone who has spent every season there. Wonderfully compelling, filled with surprising depth, insight, and warmth, My Penguin Year is essential listening for animal lovers, amateur naturalists, and fans of true-life adventure tales as well as H is for Hawk and The Shepherd’s Life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Penguin Year: Life Among the Emperors Author: Lindsay Mccrae Narrator: Lindsay Mccrae Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An unprecedentedly intimate portrait of an emperor penguin colony in Antarctica, by a Bafta Award-winning BBC director of photography who observed these extraordinary birds for a year.  This is the ultimate gift for any penguin or nature lover. For 337 consecutive days, Lindsay McCrae followed 4,000 emperor penguins amid the singular beauty of Antarctica, chronicling their remarkable year-long journey of life, death, and birth. McCrae was there as the director of photography for the acclaimed BBC series Dynasties (narrated by Sir David Attenborough), for which he won a 2019 Bafta Award. Even in the depths of the Antarctic winter—the harshest environment on earth—McCrae witnessed the most intimate moments of these beloved animals as they sought survival with temperatures reaching 60 degrees below zero. An unforgettable narrative account that is poised to become a classic of nature writing, My Penguin Year takes readers into the world of the emperor penguin as no book has before. Emperors are the world’s largest penguins, and they play the game of life on the highest difficulty level, breeding in pairs on sea ice during the Antarctic winter. After mating, the female penguin lays her egg, and then disappears, not to return for months. The male penguin will starve himself for more than 100 days, incubating the egg in his pouch, while the female heads off in search of food. Finally, the female returns, and, recognizing her original mate by the sound of his call, is reunited with the father and their newly-hatched chick. Highlights: A decision to save penguins’ lives. McCrae details the difficult decision to break documentary protocol and intervene to save a band of penguins who had become trapped in an icy ravine, sure to die without human intervention. Becoming a new father while on the ice. While filming the lifecycle of the penguins, McCrae himself became a father. He did not see his son until the child was seven months old. The emperors’ uncertain future. The emperors breed on frozen sea ice. As ocean temperatures rise, their rookeries are endangered—and so too is this extraordinary species. Indeed in April 2019, the New York Times reported that “The Antarctic’s second-largest colony of emperor penguins collapsed … with more than 10,000 chicks lost, and the population has not recovered.” One year in the wild Antarctic. McCrae’s narrative is also wonderfully evokes an extraordinary natural place, from the rare vantage point of someone who has spent every season there. Wonderfully compelling, filled with surprising depth, insight, and warmth, My Penguin Year is essential listening for animal lovers, amateur naturalists, and fans of true-life adventure tales as well as H is for Hawk and The Shepherd’s Life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden World of the Fox Author: Adele Brand Narrator: Jane Mcdowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Ecologist Adele Brand has devoted her life to understanding the fabled yet enigmatic fox. Now she reveals their secrets in this extraordinary portrait of our most remarkable wild neighbors. The fox. For thousands of years myth and folklore have celebrated its cunning intelligence. Today the red fox is the nature’s most populous carnivore, its dancing orange tail a common sight in backyards. Yet who is this wild neighbor, truly? How do we negotiate this uneasy new chapter of an ancient relationship? Join British ecologist Adele Brand on a journey to discover the surprising secrets of the fabled fox, the familiar yet enigmatic creature that has adapted to the human world with astonishing—some say, unsettling—success. Brand has studied foxes for twenty years across four continents—from the Yucatán rainforest to India’s remote Thar Desert, from subarctic Canada to metropolitan London. Her observations have convinced her that the fox is arguably the most modern of all wildlife, uniquely suited to survival in the rapidly expanding urban/wild interface. Blending cutting-edge science, cultural anthropology, and intimate personal storytelling drawn from her own remarkable fieldwork, The Hidden World of the Fox is Brand’s rich and revelatory portrait of the extraordinary animal she has devoted her life to understanding. Adele Brand Tue, 22 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380297 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden World of the Fox Author: Adele Brand Narrator: Jane Mcdowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Ecologist Adele Brand has devoted her life to understanding the fabled yet enigmatic fox. Now she reveals their secrets in this extraordinary portrait of our most remarkable wild neighbors. The fox. For thousands of years myth and folklore have celebrated its cunning intelligence. Today the red fox is the nature’s most populous carnivore, its dancing orange tail a common sight in backyards. Yet who is this wild neighbor, truly? How do we negotiate this uneasy new chapter of an ancient relationship? Join British ecologist Adele Brand on a journey to discover the surprising secrets of the fabled fox, the familiar yet enigmatic creature that has adapted to the human world with astonishing—some say, unsettling—success. Brand has studied foxes for twenty years across four continents—from the Yucatán rainforest to India’s remote Thar Desert, from subarctic Canada to metropolitan London. Her observations have convinced her that the fox is arguably the most modern of all wildlife, uniquely suited to survival in the rapidly expanding urban/wild interface. Blending cutting-edge science, cultural anthropology, and intimate personal storytelling drawn from her own remarkable fieldwork, The Hidden World of the Fox is Brand’s rich and revelatory portrait of the extraordinary animal she has devoted her life to understanding. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden World of the Fox Author: Adele Brand Narrator: Jane Mcdowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Ecologist Adele Brand has devoted her life to understanding the fabled yet enigmatic fox. Now she reveals their secrets in this extraordinary portrait of our most remarkable wild neighbors. The fox. For thousands of years myth and folklore have celebrated its cunning intelligence. Today the red fox is the nature’s most populous carnivore, its dancing orange tail a common sight in backyards. Yet who is this wild neighbor, truly? How do we negotiate this uneasy new chapter of an ancient relationship? Join British ecologist Adele Brand on a journey to discover the surprising secrets of the fabled fox, the familiar yet enigmatic creature that has adapted to the human world with astonishing—some say, unsettling—success. Brand has studied foxes for twenty years across four continents—from the Yucatán rainforest to India’s remote Thar Desert, from subarctic Canada to metropolitan London. Her observations have convinced her that the fox is arguably the most modern of all wildlife, uniquely suited to survival in the rapidly expanding urban/wild interface. Blending cutting-edge science, cultural anthropology, and intimate personal storytelling drawn from her own remarkable fieldwork, The Hidden World of the Fox is Brand’s rich and revelatory portrait of the extraordinary animal she has devoted her life to understanding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drowning of Money Island: A Forgotten Community's Fight Against the Rising Seas Threatening Coastal America Author: Andrew S. Lewis Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Offers a glimpse of the future of vanishing shorelines in America in the age of climate change, where the wealthy will be able to remain the longest while the poor will be forced to leave. Journalist Andrew Lewis chronicles the struggle of his New Jersey hometown to rebuild their ravaged homes in the face of the same environmental stresses and governmental neglect that are endangering coastal areas throughout the United States. Lewis grew up on the Bayshore, a 40-mile stretch of Delaware Bay beaches, marshland, and fishing hamlets at the southern end of New Jersey, whose working-class community is fighting to retain their place in a country that has left them behind. The Bayshore, like so many rural places in the US, is under immense pressure from a combination of severe economic decline, industry loss, and regulation. But it is also contending with one of the fastest rates of sea level rise on the planet and the aftereffects of one of the most destructive hurricanes in American history, Superstorm Sandy. If in the years prior to Sandy the Bayshore had already been slowly disappearing, its beaches eroding and lowland cedar woods hollowing out into saltwater-bleached ghost forests, after the hurricane, the community was decimated. Today, homes and roads and memories are crumbling into the rising bay. Cumberland, the poor, rural county where the Bayshore is located, had been left out of the bulk of the initial federal disaster relief package post-Sandy. Instead of money to rebuild, the Bayshore got the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection’s Superstorm Sandy Blue Acres Program, which identified and purchased flood-prone neighborhoods where working-class citizens lived, then demolished them to be converted to open space. The Drowning of Money Island is an intimate yet unbiased, lyrical yet investigative portrait of a rural community ravaged by sea level rise and economic hardship, as well as the increasingly divisive politics those factors have helped spawn. It invites us to confront how climate change is already intensifying preexisting inequality. Andrew S. Lewis Tue, 01 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drowning of Money Island: A Forgotten Community's Fight Against the Rising Seas Threatening Coastal America Author: Andrew S. Lewis Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Offers a glimpse of the future of vanishing shorelines in America in the age of climate change, where the wealthy will be able to remain the longest while the poor will be forced to leave. Journalist Andrew Lewis chronicles the struggle of his New Jersey hometown to rebuild their ravaged homes in the face of the same environmental stresses and governmental neglect that are endangering coastal areas throughout the United States. Lewis grew up on the Bayshore, a 40-mile stretch of Delaware Bay beaches, marshland, and fishing hamlets at the southern end of New Jersey, whose working-class community is fighting to retain their place in a country that has left them behind. The Bayshore, like so many rural places in the US, is under immense pressure from a combination of severe economic decline, industry loss, and regulation. But it is also contending with one of the fastest rates of sea level rise on the planet and the aftereffects of one of the most destructive hurricanes in American history, Superstorm Sandy. If in the years prior to Sandy the Bayshore had already been slowly disappearing, its beaches eroding and lowland cedar woods hollowing out into saltwater-bleached ghost forests, after the hurricane, the community was decimated. Today, homes and roads and memories are crumbling into the rising bay. Cumberland, the poor, rural county where the Bayshore is located, had been left out of the bulk of the initial federal disaster relief package post-Sandy. Instead of money to rebuild, the Bayshore got the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection’s Superstorm Sandy Blue Acres Program, which identified and purchased flood-prone neighborhoods where working-class citizens lived, then demolished them to be converted to open space. The Drowning of Money Island is an intimate yet unbiased, lyrical yet investigative portrait of a rural community ravaged by sea level rise and economic hardship, as well as the increasingly divisive politics those factors have helped spawn. It invites us to confront how climate change is already intensifying preexisting inequality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drowning of Money Island: A Forgotten Community's Fight Against the Rising Seas Threatening Coastal America Author: Andrew S. Lewis Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Offers a glimpse of the future of vanishing shorelines in America in the age of climate change, where the wealthy will be able to remain the longest while the poor will be forced to leave. Journalist Andrew Lewis chronicles the struggle of his New Jersey hometown to rebuild their ravaged homes in the face of the same environmental stresses and governmental neglect that are endangering coastal areas throughout the United States. Lewis grew up on the Bayshore, a 40-mile stretch of Delaware Bay beaches, marshland, and fishing hamlets at the southern end of New Jersey, whose working-class community is fighting to retain their place in a country that has left them behind. The Bayshore, like so many rural places in the US, is under immense pressure from a combination of severe economic decline, industry loss, and regulation. But it is also contending with one of the fastest rates of sea level rise on the planet and the aftereffects of one of the most destructive hurricanes in American history, Superstorm Sandy. If in the years prior to Sandy the Bayshore had already been slowly disappearing, its beaches eroding and lowland cedar woods hollowing out into saltwater-bleached ghost forests, after the hurricane, the community was decimated. Today, homes and roads and memories are crumbling into the rising bay. Cumberland, the poor, rural county where the Bayshore is located, had been left out of the bulk of the initial federal disaster relief package post-Sandy. Instead of money to rebuild, the Bayshore got the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection’s Superstorm Sandy Blue Acres Program, which identified and purchased flood-prone neighborhoods where working-class citizens lived, then demolished them to be converted to open space. The Drowning of Money Island is an intimate yet unbiased, lyrical yet investigative portrait of a rural community ravaged by sea level rise and economic hardship, as well as the increasingly divisive politics those factors have helped spawn. It invites us to confront how climate change is already intensifying preexisting inequality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380035 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Molly and Me: An extraordinary tale of second chances and how a dog and her owner became the ultimate pet-detective duo Author: Colin Butcher Narrator: Colin Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Molly and Me, written and read by Colin Butcher. Ex-policeman Colin Butcher had just set up his own pet detective agency. It was running smoothly but he realized he needed a partner. And that's when inspiration struck... Enter Molly, an unloved and unwanted cocker spaniel rescued from a classifieds website. Clever and charismatic, she melts Colin's heart, the two are soon inseparable. With Colin by her side, Molly cracks cases and solve crimes across the country, using her exceptional sense of smell to locate missing pets and reunite them with their grateful owners. From the search for Pablo the ginger tom who's kidnapped from a sleepy Devonian village, to unearthing a treasure trove of stolen jewels in a north London wood, Colin and Molly's work takes them around the country, with plenty of new friends and eccentric encounters along the way. By turns charming, moving, and thrilling, Molly and Me is the story of a rescue cocker spaniel with a troubled past who - thanks to the love and devotion of her owner - finds a new life, a new purpose and a forever friend. Colin Butcher Thu, 02 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380035 thebookvoice.com 9:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Molly and Me: An extraordinary tale of second chances and how a dog and her owner became the ultimate pet-detective duo Author: Colin Butcher Narrator: Colin Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Molly and Me, written and read by Colin Butcher. Ex-policeman Colin Butcher had just set up his own pet detective agency. It was running smoothly but he realized he needed a partner. And that's when inspiration struck... Enter Molly, an unloved and unwanted cocker spaniel rescued from a classifieds website. Clever and charismatic, she melts Colin's heart, the two are soon inseparable. With Colin by her side, Molly cracks cases and solve crimes across the country, using her exceptional sense of smell to locate missing pets and reunite them with their grateful owners. From the search for Pablo the ginger tom who's kidnapped from a sleepy Devonian village, to unearthing a treasure trove of stolen jewels in a north London wood, Colin and Molly's work takes them around the country, with plenty of new friends and eccentric encounters along the way. By turns charming, moving, and thrilling, Molly and Me is the story of a rescue cocker spaniel with a troubled past who - thanks to the love and devotion of her owner - finds a new life, a new purpose and a forever friend. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Molly and Me: An extraordinary tale of second chances and how a dog and her owner became the ultimate pet-detective duo Author: Colin Butcher Narrator: Colin Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Molly and Me, written and read by Colin Butcher. Ex-policeman Colin Butcher had just set up his own pet detective agency. It was running smoothly but he realized he needed a partner. And that's when inspiration struck... Enter Molly, an unloved and unwanted cocker spaniel rescued from a classifieds website. Clever and charismatic, she melts Colin's heart, the two are soon inseparable. With Colin by her side, Molly cracks cases and solve crimes across the country, using her exceptional sense of smell to locate missing pets and reunite them with their grateful owners. From the search for Pablo the ginger tom who's kidnapped from a sleepy Devonian village, to unearthing a treasure trove of stolen jewels in a north London wood, Colin and Molly's work takes them around the country, with plenty of new friends and eccentric encounters along the way. By turns charming, moving, and thrilling, Molly and Me is the story of a rescue cocker spaniel with a troubled past who - thanks to the love and devotion of her owner - finds a new life, a new purpose and a forever friend. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blues Author: John Hersey Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the revered Pulitzer Prize winning journalist and writer, comes his National Bestseller on one of the world’s oldest and most popular activities, fishing. Presented in narrative form as a conversation between a Fisherman and the Stranger, Hersey draws upon his own experiences and passion as the fisherman reflects on the age old sport, offering his own insights and thoughts. From the depths of the ocean to the creatures near the shore, Hersey perfectly answers why fishing has been such an integral part of humanity. “Almost no one has answered “why fish?” better than Mr. Hersey . . . what he does best of all is evoke wonder.”—New York Times Book Review “Blues is, of course, about much more than the pleasures and techniqu3es of fishing; it is, as Fisherman tells Stranger, about interconnections—the ties between mankind and the natural world, among others.”—The New Yorker “Wonderful . . . He gives us a rich and vivid sense of ocean life. . . . The whole thing is as stately as a minuet, and as graceful.”—Chicago Sun-Times John Hersey Tue, 17 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376652 thebookvoice.com 5:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blues Author: John Hersey Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the revered Pulitzer Prize winning journalist and writer, comes his National Bestseller on one of the world’s oldest and most popular activities, fishing. Presented in narrative form as a conversation between a Fisherman and the Stranger, Hersey draws upon his own experiences and passion as the fisherman reflects on the age old sport, offering his own insights and thoughts. From the depths of the ocean to the creatures near the shore, Hersey perfectly answers why fishing has been such an integral part of humanity. “Almost no one has answered “why fish?” better than Mr. Hersey . . . what he does best of all is evoke wonder.”—New York Times Book Review “Blues is, of course, about much more than the pleasures and techniqu3es of fishing; it is, as Fisherman tells Stranger, about interconnections—the ties between mankind and the natural world, among others.”—The New Yorker “Wonderful . . . He gives us a rich and vivid sense of ocean life. . . . The whole thing is as stately as a minuet, and as graceful.”—Chicago Sun-Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blues Author: John Hersey Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the revered Pulitzer Prize winning journalist and writer, comes his National Bestseller on one of the world’s oldest and most popular activities, fishing. Presented in narrative form as a conversation between a Fisherman and the Stranger, Hersey draws upon his own experiences and passion as the fisherman reflects on the age old sport, offering his own insights and thoughts. From the depths of the ocean to the creatures near the shore, Hersey perfectly answers why fishing has been such an integral part of humanity. “Almost no one has answered “why fish?” better than Mr. Hersey . . . what he does best of all is evoke wonder.”—New York Times Book Review “Blues is, of course, about much more than the pleasures and techniqu3es of fishing; it is, as Fisherman tells Stranger, about interconnections—the ties between mankind and the natural world, among others.”—The New Yorker “Wonderful . . . He gives us a rich and vivid sense of ocean life. . . . The whole thing is as stately as a minuet, and as graceful.”—Chicago Sun-Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376433 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mutual Rescue: How Adopting a Homeless Animal Can Save You, Too Author: Carol Novello Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A moving and scientific look at the curative powers--both physical and mental--of rescuing a shelter animal, by the president of Humane Society Silicon Valley. MUTUAL RESCUE profiles the transformational impact that shelter pets have on humans, exploring the emotional, physical, and spiritual gifts that rescued animals provide. It explores through anecdote, observation, and scientific research, the complexity and depth of the role that pets play in our lives. Every story in the book brings an unrecognized benefit of adopting homeless animals to the forefront of the rescue conversation. In a nation plagued by illnesses--16 million adults suffer from depression, 29 million have diabetes, 8 million in any given year have PTSD, and nearly 40% are obese--rescue pets can help: 60% of doctors said they prescribe pet adoption and a staggering 97% believe that pet ownership provides health benefits. For people in chronic emotional, physical, or spiritual pain, adopting an animal can transform, and even save, their lives. Each story in the book takes a deep dive into one potent aspect of animal adoption, told through the lens of people's personal experiences with their rescued pets and the science that backs up the results. This book will resonate with readers hungering for stories of healing and redemption. Carol Novello Tue, 09 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376433 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mutual Rescue: How Adopting a Homeless Animal Can Save You, Too Author: Carol Novello Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A moving and scientific look at the curative powers--both physical and mental--of rescuing a shelter animal, by the president of Humane Society Silicon Valley. MUTUAL RESCUE profiles the transformational impact that shelter pets have on humans, exploring the emotional, physical, and spiritual gifts that rescued animals provide. It explores through anecdote, observation, and scientific research, the complexity and depth of the role that pets play in our lives. Every story in the book brings an unrecognized benefit of adopting homeless animals to the forefront of the rescue conversation. In a nation plagued by illnesses--16 million adults suffer from depression, 29 million have diabetes, 8 million in any given year have PTSD, and nearly 40% are obese--rescue pets can help: 60% of doctors said they prescribe pet adoption and a staggering 97% believe that pet ownership provides health benefits. For people in chronic emotional, physical, or spiritual pain, adopting an animal can transform, and even save, their lives. Each story in the book takes a deep dive into one potent aspect of animal adoption, told through the lens of people's personal experiences with their rescued pets and the science that backs up the results. This book will resonate with readers hungering for stories of healing and redemption. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mutual Rescue: How Adopting a Homeless Animal Can Save You, Too Author: Carol Novello Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A moving and scientific look at the curative powers--both physical and mental--of rescuing a shelter animal, by the president of Humane Society Silicon Valley. MUTUAL RESCUE profiles the transformational impact that shelter pets have on humans, exploring the emotional, physical, and spiritual gifts that rescued animals provide. It explores through anecdote, observation, and scientific research, the complexity and depth of the role that pets play in our lives. Every story in the book brings an unrecognized benefit of adopting homeless animals to the forefront of the rescue conversation. In a nation plagued by illnesses--16 million adults suffer from depression, 29 million have diabetes, 8 million in any given year have PTSD, and nearly 40% are obese--rescue pets can help: 60% of doctors said they prescribe pet adoption and a staggering 97% believe that pet ownership provides health benefits. For people in chronic emotional, physical, or spiritual pain, adopting an animal can transform, and even save, their lives. Each story in the book takes a deep dive into one potent aspect of animal adoption, told through the lens of people's personal experiences with their rescued pets and the science that backs up the results. This book will resonate with readers hungering for stories of healing and redemption. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376206 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376206]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wilderness Essays Author: John Muir Narrator: Steven Brand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Part of John Muir's appeal to modern readers is that he not only explored the American West and wrote about its beauties but also fought for their preservation. His successes dot the landscape and are evident in all the natural features that bear his name: forests, lakes, trails, and glaciers. Here collected are some of Muir's finest wilderness essays, ranging in subject matter from Alaska to Yellowstone, from Oregon to the High Sierra. John Muir Tue, 19 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376206 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376206]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wilderness Essays Author: John Muir Narrator: Steven Brand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Part of John Muir's appeal to modern readers is that he not only explored the American West and wrote about its beauties but also fought for their preservation. His successes dot the landscape and are evident in all the natural features that bear his name: forests, lakes, trails, and glaciers. Here collected are some of Muir's finest wilderness essays, ranging in subject matter from Alaska to Yellowstone, from Oregon to the High Sierra. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376206]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wilderness Essays Author: John Muir Narrator: Steven Brand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Part of John Muir's appeal to modern readers is that he not only explored the American West and wrote about its beauties but also fought for their preservation. His successes dot the landscape and are evident in all the natural features that bear his name: forests, lakes, trails, and glaciers. Here collected are some of Muir's finest wilderness essays, ranging in subject matter from Alaska to Yellowstone, from Oregon to the High Sierra. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375307 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Aliens Among Us: How Invasive Species Are Transforming the Planet - and Ourselves Author: Leslie Anthony Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 1 minute Release date: October 31, 2017 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning adventure and science journalist comes an eye-opening exploration of a burgeoning environmental phenomenon and the science coalescing around it. Leslie Anthony leads listeners on adventures physical and philosophical as he explores how and why invasive species are hijacking ecosystems around the globe. Weaving science, travel, history, and humor with diverse examples to chart and describe the phases of species invasion and human response, Anthony introduces field researchers and managers who seek to understand the biological, social, and economic aspects of this complex issue, and whose work collectively suggests the emergence of a global shadow economy centered on invasives. With tales of pythons in the Everglades, Asian carp and lamprey in the Great Lakes, Japanese knotweed seemingly everywhere, and the invasive organisms we don't see—pathogens and microbes such as the Zika virus—this book rivets attention on a new ecological reality. Leslie Anthony Tue, 31 Oct 2017 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375307 thebookvoice.com 15:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Aliens Among Us: How Invasive Species Are Transforming the Planet - and Ourselves Author: Leslie Anthony Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 1 minute Release date: October 31, 2017 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning adventure and science journalist comes an eye-opening exploration of a burgeoning environmental phenomenon and the science coalescing around it. Leslie Anthony leads listeners on adventures physical and philosophical as he explores how and why invasive species are hijacking ecosystems around the globe. Weaving science, travel, history, and humor with diverse examples to chart and describe the phases of species invasion and human response, Anthony introduces field researchers and managers who seek to understand the biological, social, and economic aspects of this complex issue, and whose work collectively suggests the emergence of a global shadow economy centered on invasives. With tales of pythons in the Everglades, Asian carp and lamprey in the Great Lakes, Japanese knotweed seemingly everywhere, and the invasive organisms we don't see—pathogens and microbes such as the Zika virus—this book rivets attention on a new ecological reality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Aliens Among Us: How Invasive Species Are Transforming the Planet - and Ourselves Author: Leslie Anthony Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 1 minute Release date: October 31, 2017 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning adventure and science journalist comes an eye-opening exploration of a burgeoning environmental phenomenon and the science coalescing around it. Leslie Anthony leads listeners on adventures physical and philosophical as he explores how and why invasive species are hijacking ecosystems around the globe. Weaving science, travel, history, and humor with diverse examples to chart and describe the phases of species invasion and human response, Anthony introduces field researchers and managers who seek to understand the biological, social, and economic aspects of this complex issue, and whose work collectively suggests the emergence of a global shadow economy centered on invasives. With tales of pythons in the Everglades, Asian carp and lamprey in the Great Lakes, Japanese knotweed seemingly everywhere, and the invasive organisms we don't see—pathogens and microbes such as the Zika virus—this book rivets attention on a new ecological reality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375250 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Neanderthals Rediscovered: How Modern Science Is Rewriting Their Story (Revised and Updated Edition) Author: Michael A. Morse, Dimitra Papagianni Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In recent years, the common perception of the Neanderthals has been transformed, thanks to new discoveries and paradigm-shattering scientific innovations. It turns out that the Neanderthals' behavior was surprisingly modern: they buried the dead, cared for the sick, hunted large animals in their prime, harvested seafood, and communicated with spoken language. Meanwhile, advances in DNA technologies are compelling us to reassess the Neanderthals' place in our own past. For hundreds of thousands of years, Neanderthals evolved in Europe parallel to Homo sapiens evolving in Africa, and, when both species made their first forays into Asia, the Neanderthals may even have had the upper hand. In this important volume, Dimitra Papagianni and Michael A. Morse compile the first full chronological narrative of the Neanderthals' dramatic existence—from their evolution in Europe to their expansion to Siberia, their subsequent extinction, and ultimately their revival in popular novels, cartoons, cult movies, and television commercials. Michael A. Morse, Dimitra Papagianni Tue, 31 Oct 2017 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375250 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Neanderthals Rediscovered: How Modern Science Is Rewriting Their Story (Revised and Updated Edition) Author: Michael A. Morse, Dimitra Papagianni Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In recent years, the common perception of the Neanderthals has been transformed, thanks to new discoveries and paradigm-shattering scientific innovations. It turns out that the Neanderthals' behavior was surprisingly modern: they buried the dead, cared for the sick, hunted large animals in their prime, harvested seafood, and communicated with spoken language. Meanwhile, advances in DNA technologies are compelling us to reassess the Neanderthals' place in our own past. For hundreds of thousands of years, Neanderthals evolved in Europe parallel to Homo sapiens evolving in Africa, and, when both species made their first forays into Asia, the Neanderthals may even have had the upper hand. In this important volume, Dimitra Papagianni and Michael A. Morse compile the first full chronological narrative of the Neanderthals' dramatic existence—from their evolution in Europe to their expansion to Siberia, their subsequent extinction, and ultimately their revival in popular novels, cartoons, cult movies, and television commercials. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Neanderthals Rediscovered: How Modern Science Is Rewriting Their Story (Revised and Updated Edition) Author: Michael A. Morse, Dimitra Papagianni Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In recent years, the common perception of the Neanderthals has been transformed, thanks to new discoveries and paradigm-shattering scientific innovations. It turns out that the Neanderthals' behavior was surprisingly modern: they buried the dead, cared for the sick, hunted large animals in their prime, harvested seafood, and communicated with spoken language. Meanwhile, advances in DNA technologies are compelling us to reassess the Neanderthals' place in our own past. For hundreds of thousands of years, Neanderthals evolved in Europe parallel to Homo sapiens evolving in Africa, and, when both species made their first forays into Asia, the Neanderthals may even have had the upper hand. In this important volume, Dimitra Papagianni and Michael A. Morse compile the first full chronological narrative of the Neanderthals' dramatic existence—from their evolution in Europe to their expansion to Siberia, their subsequent extinction, and ultimately their revival in popular novels, cartoons, cult movies, and television commercials. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carbon Capture Author: Howard J. Herzog Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The burning of fossil fuels releases carbon dioxide (CO2), and these CO2 emissions are a major driver of climate change. Carbon capture offers a path to climate change mitigation that has received relatively little attention. In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Howard Herzog offers a concise guide to carbon capture, covering basic information as well as the larger context of climate technology and policy. Carbon capture, or carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS), refers to a suite of technologies that reduce CO2 emissions by 'capturing' CO2 before it is released into the atmosphere and then transporting it to where it will be stored or used. It is the only climate change mitigation technique that deals directly with fossil fuels rather than providing alternatives to them. Herzog, a pioneer in carbon capture research, begins by discussing the fundamentals of climate change and how carbon capture can be one of the solutions. He explains capture and storage technologies, including chemical scrubbing and the injection of CO2 deep underground. He reports on current efforts to deploy CCS at factories and power plants and attempts to capture CO2 from the air itself. Finally, he explores the policies and politics in play around CCS and argues for elevating carbon capture in the policy agenda. Howard J. Herzog Tue, 26 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178 thebookvoice.com 4:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carbon Capture Author: Howard J. Herzog Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The burning of fossil fuels releases carbon dioxide (CO2), and these CO2 emissions are a major driver of climate change. Carbon capture offers a path to climate change mitigation that has received relatively little attention. In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Howard Herzog offers a concise guide to carbon capture, covering basic information as well as the larger context of climate technology and policy. Carbon capture, or carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS), refers to a suite of technologies that reduce CO2 emissions by 'capturing' CO2 before it is released into the atmosphere and then transporting it to where it will be stored or used. It is the only climate change mitigation technique that deals directly with fossil fuels rather than providing alternatives to them. Herzog, a pioneer in carbon capture research, begins by discussing the fundamentals of climate change and how carbon capture can be one of the solutions. He explains capture and storage technologies, including chemical scrubbing and the injection of CO2 deep underground. He reports on current efforts to deploy CCS at factories and power plants and attempts to capture CO2 from the air itself. Finally, he explores the policies and politics in play around CCS and argues for elevating carbon capture in the policy agenda. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carbon Capture Author: Howard J. Herzog Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The burning of fossil fuels releases carbon dioxide (CO2), and these CO2 emissions are a major driver of climate change. Carbon capture offers a path to climate change mitigation that has received relatively little attention. In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Howard Herzog offers a concise guide to carbon capture, covering basic information as well as the larger context of climate technology and policy. Carbon capture, or carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS), refers to a suite of technologies that reduce CO2 emissions by 'capturing' CO2 before it is released into the atmosphere and then transporting it to where it will be stored or used. It is the only climate change mitigation technique that deals directly with fossil fuels rather than providing alternatives to them. Herzog, a pioneer in carbon capture research, begins by discussing the fundamentals of climate change and how carbon capture can be one of the solutions. He explains capture and storage technologies, including chemical scrubbing and the injection of CO2 deep underground. He reports on current efforts to deploy CCS at factories and power plants and attempts to capture CO2 from the air itself. Finally, he explores the policies and politics in play around CCS and argues for elevating carbon capture in the policy agenda. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374967 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rescue Dogs: Where They Come From, Why They Act the Way They Do, and How to Love Them Well Author: Pete Paxton, Gene Stone Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A fascinating look at rescue dogs--where they come from, why every dog lover should consider adopting one, and how to make them part of your family. America's leading undercover animal investigator, Pete Paxton, has, among other exploits, infiltrated more than seven hundred puppy mills, worked undercover to close one of the largest and most infamous puppy mills in the United States, and shuttered the most notorious trafficker of dogs for experimentation in history. In this book, he shares stories of the amazing dogs he has rescued and brought to loving families, and also offers invaluable guidance and wisdom for anyone living with rescue dogs. Far too many people think rescue dogs have irredeemable anxieties, behavior issues, or other problems. In truth, rescue dogs can--and do--become wonderful companions. This groundbreaking book will help readers understand these dogs' unique ways of thinking, learning, and loving, and leaves no questions unanswered about the plight of dogs commercially bred in the United States--and what every dog lover can do about it. Pete Paxton, Gene Stone Tue, 01 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374967 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rescue Dogs: Where They Come From, Why They Act the Way They Do, and How to Love Them Well Author: Pete Paxton, Gene Stone Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A fascinating look at rescue dogs--where they come from, why every dog lover should consider adopting one, and how to make them part of your family. America's leading undercover animal investigator, Pete Paxton, has, among other exploits, infiltrated more than seven hundred puppy mills, worked undercover to close one of the largest and most infamous puppy mills in the United States, and shuttered the most notorious trafficker of dogs for experimentation in history. In this book, he shares stories of the amazing dogs he has rescued and brought to loving families, and also offers invaluable guidance and wisdom for anyone living with rescue dogs. Far too many people think rescue dogs have irredeemable anxieties, behavior issues, or other problems. In truth, rescue dogs can--and do--become wonderful companions. This groundbreaking book will help readers understand these dogs' unique ways of thinking, learning, and loving, and leaves no questions unanswered about the plight of dogs commercially bred in the United States--and what every dog lover can do about it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rescue Dogs: Where They Come From, Why They Act the Way They Do, and How to Love Them Well Author: Pete Paxton, Gene Stone Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A fascinating look at rescue dogs--where they come from, why every dog lover should consider adopting one, and how to make them part of your family. America's leading undercover animal investigator, Pete Paxton, has, among other exploits, infiltrated more than seven hundred puppy mills, worked undercover to close one of the largest and most infamous puppy mills in the United States, and shuttered the most notorious trafficker of dogs for experimentation in history. In this book, he shares stories of the amazing dogs he has rescued and brought to loving families, and also offers invaluable guidance and wisdom for anyone living with rescue dogs. Far too many people think rescue dogs have irredeemable anxieties, behavior issues, or other problems. In truth, rescue dogs can--and do--become wonderful companions. This groundbreaking book will help readers understand these dogs' unique ways of thinking, learning, and loving, and leaves no questions unanswered about the plight of dogs commercially bred in the United States--and what every dog lover can do about it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Animal's Companion: People & Their Pets, a 26,000-Year Love Story Author: Jacky Colliss Harvey Narrator: Nicola Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling author's compelling portrait of the universal human need for animal companions -- from dogs and cats to horses, birds, house-rabbits, and even exotica such as lizards and snakes.In The Animal's Companion, the acclaimed author of Red: A History of the Redhead, Jacky Colliss Harvey turns her keen eye for cultural investigation and her remarkable story-telling skills to a pet project: the history of animals as our companions in every-day life. It's a history that dates back as far as 26,000 years ago to a cave in France where anthropologists have since discovered evidence of a boy and his dog taking a walk together. From this point forward Colliss Harvey takes us on a sweeping journey through centuries and across continents to examine how our relationships with our pets have developed, but also stayed very much the same. Along the way she shares delightful stories of the most famous, endearing, and sometimes eccentric pet owners throughout history. Jacky Colliss Harvey Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374924 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Animal's Companion: People & Their Pets, a 26,000-Year Love Story Author: Jacky Colliss Harvey Narrator: Nicola Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling author's compelling portrait of the universal human need for animal companions -- from dogs and cats to horses, birds, house-rabbits, and even exotica such as lizards and snakes.In The Animal's Companion, the acclaimed author of Red: A History of the Redhead, Jacky Colliss Harvey turns her keen eye for cultural investigation and her remarkable story-telling skills to a pet project: the history of animals as our companions in every-day life. It's a history that dates back as far as 26,000 years ago to a cave in France where anthropologists have since discovered evidence of a boy and his dog taking a walk together. From this point forward Colliss Harvey takes us on a sweeping journey through centuries and across continents to examine how our relationships with our pets have developed, but also stayed very much the same. Along the way she shares delightful stories of the most famous, endearing, and sometimes eccentric pet owners throughout history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Animal's Companion: People & Their Pets, a 26,000-Year Love Story Author: Jacky Colliss Harvey Narrator: Nicola Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling author's compelling portrait of the universal human need for animal companions -- from dogs and cats to horses, birds, house-rabbits, and even exotica such as lizards and snakes.In The Animal's Companion, the acclaimed author of Red: A History of the Redhead, Jacky Colliss Harvey turns her keen eye for cultural investigation and her remarkable story-telling skills to a pet project: the history of animals as our companions in every-day life. It's a history that dates back as far as 26,000 years ago to a cave in France where anthropologists have since discovered evidence of a boy and his dog taking a walk together. From this point forward Colliss Harvey takes us on a sweeping journey through centuries and across continents to examine how our relationships with our pets have developed, but also stayed very much the same. Along the way she shares delightful stories of the most famous, endearing, and sometimes eccentric pet owners throughout history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374701 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tom Brown's Guide to Healing the Earth Author: Randy Walker, Tom Brown Narrator: James Lurie, Fred Sanders, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: As a child he was taught to respect nature by an Apache elder he called Grandfather, now as a bestselling author and master tracker Tom Brown, Jr., shares his secrets for nurturing and saving our planet. Tom Brown, Jr., is America's most acclaimed outdoorsman, tracker, and teacher. When he was eight he met Stalking Wolf, an Apache elder who taught the young man how to survive in the wild, and more importantly, how to value our place in the natural order. For more than three decades, Tom Brown, Jr., has shared these insights with the world through teaching, writing, and film. Now, for the first time, he has detailed actions that each of us can take to help heal our ailing planet. Read by James Lurie, Fred Sanders, Stephen Graybill, and Hillary Huber Randy Walker, Tom Brown Tue, 26 Nov 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374701 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tom Brown's Guide to Healing the Earth Author: Randy Walker, Tom Brown Narrator: James Lurie, Fred Sanders, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: As a child he was taught to respect nature by an Apache elder he called Grandfather, now as a bestselling author and master tracker Tom Brown, Jr., shares his secrets for nurturing and saving our planet. Tom Brown, Jr., is America's most acclaimed outdoorsman, tracker, and teacher. When he was eight he met Stalking Wolf, an Apache elder who taught the young man how to survive in the wild, and more importantly, how to value our place in the natural order. For more than three decades, Tom Brown, Jr., has shared these insights with the world through teaching, writing, and film. Now, for the first time, he has detailed actions that each of us can take to help heal our ailing planet. Read by James Lurie, Fred Sanders, Stephen Graybill, and Hillary Huber Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tom Brown's Guide to Healing the Earth Author: Randy Walker, Tom Brown Narrator: James Lurie, Fred Sanders, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: As a child he was taught to respect nature by an Apache elder he called Grandfather, now as a bestselling author and master tracker Tom Brown, Jr., shares his secrets for nurturing and saving our planet. Tom Brown, Jr., is America's most acclaimed outdoorsman, tracker, and teacher. When he was eight he met Stalking Wolf, an Apache elder who taught the young man how to survive in the wild, and more importantly, how to value our place in the natural order. For more than three decades, Tom Brown, Jr., has shared these insights with the world through teaching, writing, and film. Now, for the first time, he has detailed actions that each of us can take to help heal our ailing planet. Read by James Lurie, Fred Sanders, Stephen Graybill, and Hillary Huber https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betta Fish: The Ultimate Guide to Keeping Bettas Author: Mathias S. Hawthorn Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you keep Betta fish or are you thinking about buying some? Do you know how to look after them to make sure they have the best live possible? This book will help you to make the right choices! Betta fish are some of the most beautiful and colourful marine creatures alive. Their exquisite features and attractiveness means that they are the fish of choice for many when they are deciding on what to stock their home aquariums with. But, as with all pets, we must know how to care for them properly. This book, Betta Fish: The Ultimate Guide to Keeping Bettas, shows you how to do that and will help you with all aspects of keeping and looking after your new Betta fish, with chapters that provide help with: - The anatomy of Betta fish - The history of them - How to care for Betta fish - Different breeds - Colouration and designs - And lots more... Your experiences with your new Betta fish will be fun and will add a new dimension to your life as you learn from these amazing animals every day. And with Betta Fish to help you, it will be easy to make sure they become a happy and contented member of your family. Mathias S. Hawthorn Tue, 12 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374597 thebookvoice.com 0:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betta Fish: The Ultimate Guide to Keeping Bettas Author: Mathias S. Hawthorn Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you keep Betta fish or are you thinking about buying some? Do you know how to look after them to make sure they have the best live possible? This book will help you to make the right choices! Betta fish are some of the most beautiful and colourful marine creatures alive. Their exquisite features and attractiveness means that they are the fish of choice for many when they are deciding on what to stock their home aquariums with. But, as with all pets, we must know how to care for them properly. This book, Betta Fish: The Ultimate Guide to Keeping Bettas, shows you how to do that and will help you with all aspects of keeping and looking after your new Betta fish, with chapters that provide help with: - The anatomy of Betta fish - The history of them - How to care for Betta fish - Different breeds - Colouration and designs - And lots more... Your experiences with your new Betta fish will be fun and will add a new dimension to your life as you learn from these amazing animals every day. And with Betta Fish to help you, it will be easy to make sure they become a happy and contented member of your family. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betta Fish: The Ultimate Guide to Keeping Bettas Author: Mathias S. Hawthorn Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you keep Betta fish or are you thinking about buying some? Do you know how to look after them to make sure they have the best live possible? This book will help you to make the right choices! Betta fish are some of the most beautiful and colourful marine creatures alive. Their exquisite features and attractiveness means that they are the fish of choice for many when they are deciding on what to stock their home aquariums with. But, as with all pets, we must know how to care for them properly. This book, Betta Fish: The Ultimate Guide to Keeping Bettas, shows you how to do that and will help you with all aspects of keeping and looking after your new Betta fish, with chapters that provide help with: - The anatomy of Betta fish - The history of them - How to care for Betta fish - Different breeds - Colouration and designs - And lots more... Your experiences with your new Betta fish will be fun and will add a new dimension to your life as you learn from these amazing animals every day. And with Betta Fish to help you, it will be easy to make sure they become a happy and contented member of your family. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dog Potty Training: A Step-By-Step Guide to Potty Train Your Dog Author: Alfie Oceans Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you have a new puppy in the house and want to make sure they are properly house trained? Do you want to make sure this is done as quickly as possible to cut down on unpleasant mess and smells? This book will help you! It's an incredibly exciting time when we have a new puppy in the house, but it can also be exasperating when they do their business inside and don't seem to understand that they have to go outside when nature calls. It can take weeks and weeks of patience to make sure your new friend is doing what they are supposed to and even then there may be the odd accident. But with this book, Dog Potty Training: A Step-By-Step Guide to Potty Train Your Dog, you can be one step ahead and make sure your puppy is trained as fast as possible, with just three short chapters that look at: - What to Expect - Outdoor or Indoor Training? - Constant Supervision Soon your dog will be asking to go outside when they need, rather than just doing their business where they please. Get a copy of Dog Potty Training now and see how easy it can be! Alfie Oceans Tue, 12 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374598 thebookvoice.com 0:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dog Potty Training: A Step-By-Step Guide to Potty Train Your Dog Author: Alfie Oceans Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you have a new puppy in the house and want to make sure they are properly house trained? Do you want to make sure this is done as quickly as possible to cut down on unpleasant mess and smells? This book will help you! It's an incredibly exciting time when we have a new puppy in the house, but it can also be exasperating when they do their business inside and don't seem to understand that they have to go outside when nature calls. It can take weeks and weeks of patience to make sure your new friend is doing what they are supposed to and even then there may be the odd accident. But with this book, Dog Potty Training: A Step-By-Step Guide to Potty Train Your Dog, you can be one step ahead and make sure your puppy is trained as fast as possible, with just three short chapters that look at: - What to Expect - Outdoor or Indoor Training? - Constant Supervision Soon your dog will be asking to go outside when they need, rather than just doing their business where they please. Get a copy of Dog Potty Training now and see how easy it can be! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dog Potty Training: A Step-By-Step Guide to Potty Train Your Dog Author: Alfie Oceans Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you have a new puppy in the house and want to make sure they are properly house trained? Do you want to make sure this is done as quickly as possible to cut down on unpleasant mess and smells? This book will help you! It's an incredibly exciting time when we have a new puppy in the house, but it can also be exasperating when they do their business inside and don't seem to understand that they have to go outside when nature calls. It can take weeks and weeks of patience to make sure your new friend is doing what they are supposed to and even then there may be the odd accident. But with this book, Dog Potty Training: A Step-By-Step Guide to Potty Train Your Dog, you can be one step ahead and make sure your puppy is trained as fast as possible, with just three short chapters that look at: - What to Expect - Outdoor or Indoor Training? - Constant Supervision Soon your dog will be asking to go outside when they need, rather than just doing their business where they please. Get a copy of Dog Potty Training now and see how easy it can be! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Season on the Wind: Inside the World of Spring Migration Author: Kenn Kaufman Narrator: Kenn Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A close look at one season in one key site that reveals the amazing science and magic of spring bird migration, and the perils of human encroachment. Every spring, billions of birds sweep north, driven by ancient instincts to return to their breeding grounds. This vast parade often goes unnoticed, except in a few places where these small travelers concentrate in large numbers. One such place is along Lake Erie in northwestern Ohio. There, the peak of spring migration is so spectacular that it attracts bird watchers from around the globe, culminating in one of the world’s biggest birding festivals. Millions of winged migrants pass through the region, some traveling thousands of miles, performing epic feats of endurance and navigating with stunning accuracy. Now climate change threatens to disrupt patterns of migration and the delicate balance between birds, seasons, and habitats. But wind farms—popular as green energy sources—can be disastrous for birds if built in the wrong places. This is a fascinating and urgent study of the complex issues that affect bird migration. Kenn Kaufman Tue, 28 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374461 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Season on the Wind: Inside the World of Spring Migration Author: Kenn Kaufman Narrator: Kenn Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A close look at one season in one key site that reveals the amazing science and magic of spring bird migration, and the perils of human encroachment. Every spring, billions of birds sweep north, driven by ancient instincts to return to their breeding grounds. This vast parade often goes unnoticed, except in a few places where these small travelers concentrate in large numbers. One such place is along Lake Erie in northwestern Ohio. There, the peak of spring migration is so spectacular that it attracts bird watchers from around the globe, culminating in one of the world’s biggest birding festivals. Millions of winged migrants pass through the region, some traveling thousands of miles, performing epic feats of endurance and navigating with stunning accuracy. Now climate change threatens to disrupt patterns of migration and the delicate balance between birds, seasons, and habitats. But wind farms—popular as green energy sources—can be disastrous for birds if built in the wrong places. This is a fascinating and urgent study of the complex issues that affect bird migration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Season on the Wind: Inside the World of Spring Migration Author: Kenn Kaufman Narrator: Kenn Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A close look at one season in one key site that reveals the amazing science and magic of spring bird migration, and the perils of human encroachment. Every spring, billions of birds sweep north, driven by ancient instincts to return to their breeding grounds. This vast parade often goes unnoticed, except in a few places where these small travelers concentrate in large numbers. One such place is along Lake Erie in northwestern Ohio. There, the peak of spring migration is so spectacular that it attracts bird watchers from around the globe, culminating in one of the world’s biggest birding festivals. Millions of winged migrants pass through the region, some traveling thousands of miles, performing epic feats of endurance and navigating with stunning accuracy. Now climate change threatens to disrupt patterns of migration and the delicate balance between birds, seasons, and habitats. But wind farms—popular as green energy sources—can be disastrous for birds if built in the wrong places. This is a fascinating and urgent study of the complex issues that affect bird migration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sun Is a Compass: A 4,000-Mile Journey into the Alaskan Wilds Author: Caroline Van Hemert Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This gripping true story follows a biologist's human-powered journey from the Pacific Northwest to the Arctic to rediscover her love of birds, nature, and adventure—perfect for fans of Cheryl Strayed.​ During graduate school, as she conducted experiments on the peculiarly misshapen beaks of chickadees, ornithologist Caroline Van Hemert began to feel stifled in the isolated, sterile environment of the lab. Worried that she was losing her passion for the scientific research she once loved, she was compelled to experience wildness again, to be guided by the sounds of birds and to follow the trails of animals. In March of 2012, she and her husband set off on a 4,000-mile wilderness journey from the Pacific rainforest to the Alaskan Arctic, traveling by rowboat, ski, foot, raft, and canoe. Together, they survived harrowing dangers while also experiencing incredible moments of joy and grace -- migrating birds silhouetted against the moon, the steamy breath of caribou, and the bond that comes from sharing such experiences. A unique blend of science, adventure, and personal narrative, The Sun is a Compass explores the bounds of the physical body and the tenuousness of life in the company of the creatures who make their homes in the wildest places left in North America. Inspiring and beautifully written, this love letter to nature is a lyrical testament to the resilience of the human spirit. Winner of the 2019 Banff Mountain Book Competition: Adventure Travel Caroline Van Hemert Tue, 19 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374436 thebookvoice.com 9:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sun Is a Compass: A 4,000-Mile Journey into the Alaskan Wilds Author: Caroline Van Hemert Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This gripping true story follows a biologist's human-powered journey from the Pacific Northwest to the Arctic to rediscover her love of birds, nature, and adventure—perfect for fans of Cheryl Strayed.​ During graduate school, as she conducted experiments on the peculiarly misshapen beaks of chickadees, ornithologist Caroline Van Hemert began to feel stifled in the isolated, sterile environment of the lab. Worried that she was losing her passion for the scientific research she once loved, she was compelled to experience wildness again, to be guided by the sounds of birds and to follow the trails of animals. In March of 2012, she and her husband set off on a 4,000-mile wilderness journey from the Pacific rainforest to the Alaskan Arctic, traveling by rowboat, ski, foot, raft, and canoe. Together, they survived harrowing dangers while also experiencing incredible moments of joy and grace -- migrating birds silhouetted against the moon, the steamy breath of caribou, and the bond that comes from sharing such experiences. A unique blend of science, adventure, and personal narrative, The Sun is a Compass explores the bounds of the physical body and the tenuousness of life in the company of the creatures who make their homes in the wildest places left in North America. Inspiring and beautifully written, this love letter to nature is a lyrical testament to the resilience of the human spirit. Winner of the 2019 Banff Mountain Book Competition: Adventure Travel Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sun Is a Compass: A 4,000-Mile Journey into the Alaskan Wilds Author: Caroline Van Hemert Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This gripping true story follows a biologist's human-powered journey from the Pacific Northwest to the Arctic to rediscover her love of birds, nature, and adventure—perfect for fans of Cheryl Strayed.​ During graduate school, as she conducted experiments on the peculiarly misshapen beaks of chickadees, ornithologist Caroline Van Hemert began to feel stifled in the isolated, sterile environment of the lab. Worried that she was losing her passion for the scientific research she once loved, she was compelled to experience wildness again, to be guided by the sounds of birds and to follow the trails of animals. In March of 2012, she and her husband set off on a 4,000-mile wilderness journey from the Pacific rainforest to the Alaskan Arctic, traveling by rowboat, ski, foot, raft, and canoe. Together, they survived harrowing dangers while also experiencing incredible moments of joy and grace -- migrating birds silhouetted against the moon, the steamy breath of caribou, and the bond that comes from sharing such experiences. A unique blend of science, adventure, and personal narrative, The Sun is a Compass explores the bounds of the physical body and the tenuousness of life in the company of the creatures who make their homes in the wildest places left in North America. Inspiring and beautifully written, this love letter to nature is a lyrical testament to the resilience of the human spirit. Winner of the 2019 Banff Mountain Book Competition: Adventure Travel https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use Author: Mark J. Carlton Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Are you looking for a greener way to live? Are you concerned about the state of the planet and what we are doing to it? Do you want to try an alternative to power that damages the environment? The last 100 years has seen a much greater awareness that we humans are causing lasting and irreparable damage to our planet, through a reckless disregard of its resources and how we use them. Climate change, damage to the ozone layer and associated problems are all contributing to it and new energy sources are needed. This is where this new book, Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use, aims to show an alternative of which there is an inexhaustible supply, with chapters that examine: - Components of a Simple Solar Power System - Benefits of Solar Power - Solar Power Technology - Solar Energy Products Solar power is now gaining more and more popularity and understanding as millions look to it to solve our energy problems and help improve the health of the planet at the same time. And this book will show how you can be a part of that too. Get a copy today and play your part in Earth's future! Mark J. Carlton Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374292 thebookvoice.com 0:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use Author: Mark J. Carlton Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Are you looking for a greener way to live? Are you concerned about the state of the planet and what we are doing to it? Do you want to try an alternative to power that damages the environment? The last 100 years has seen a much greater awareness that we humans are causing lasting and irreparable damage to our planet, through a reckless disregard of its resources and how we use them. Climate change, damage to the ozone layer and associated problems are all contributing to it and new energy sources are needed. This is where this new book, Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use, aims to show an alternative of which there is an inexhaustible supply, with chapters that examine: - Components of a Simple Solar Power System - Benefits of Solar Power - Solar Power Technology - Solar Energy Products Solar power is now gaining more and more popularity and understanding as millions look to it to solve our energy problems and help improve the health of the planet at the same time. And this book will show how you can be a part of that too. Get a copy today and play your part in Earth's future! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use Author: Mark J. Carlton Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Are you looking for a greener way to live? Are you concerned about the state of the planet and what we are doing to it? Do you want to try an alternative to power that damages the environment? The last 100 years has seen a much greater awareness that we humans are causing lasting and irreparable damage to our planet, through a reckless disregard of its resources and how we use them. Climate change, damage to the ozone layer and associated problems are all contributing to it and new energy sources are needed. This is where this new book, Solar Power: Off Grid Power That Anyone Can Use, aims to show an alternative of which there is an inexhaustible supply, with chapters that examine: - Components of a Simple Solar Power System - Benefits of Solar Power - Solar Power Technology - Solar Energy Products Solar power is now gaining more and more popularity and understanding as millions look to it to solve our energy problems and help improve the health of the planet at the same time. And this book will show how you can be a part of that too. Get a copy today and play your part in Earth's future! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374262 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overrun: Dispatches from the Asian Carp Crisis Author: Andrew Reeves Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Politicians, ecologists, and government wildlife officials are fighting a desperate rearguard action to halt the onward reach of Asian Carp, four troublesome fish now within a handful of miles from entering Lake Michigan. From aquaculture farms in Arkansas to the bayous of Louisiana; from marshlands in Indiana to labs in Minnesota; and from the Illinois River to the streets of Chicago where the last line of defense has been laid to keep Asian carp from reaching the Great Lakes, Overrun takes us on a firsthand journey into the heart of a crisis. Along the way, environmental journalist Andrew Reeves discovers that saving the Great Lakes is only half the challenge. The other is a radical scientific and political shift to rethink how we can bring back our degraded and ignored rivers and waterways and reconsider how we create equilibrium in a shrinking world. With writing that is both urgent and wildly entertaining, Andrew Reeves traces the carp's explosive spread throughout North America from an unknown import meant to tackle invasive water weeds to a continental scourge that bulldozes through everything in its path. Andrew Reeves Tue, 12 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374262 thebookvoice.com 12:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overrun: Dispatches from the Asian Carp Crisis Author: Andrew Reeves Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Politicians, ecologists, and government wildlife officials are fighting a desperate rearguard action to halt the onward reach of Asian Carp, four troublesome fish now within a handful of miles from entering Lake Michigan. From aquaculture farms in Arkansas to the bayous of Louisiana; from marshlands in Indiana to labs in Minnesota; and from the Illinois River to the streets of Chicago where the last line of defense has been laid to keep Asian carp from reaching the Great Lakes, Overrun takes us on a firsthand journey into the heart of a crisis. Along the way, environmental journalist Andrew Reeves discovers that saving the Great Lakes is only half the challenge. The other is a radical scientific and political shift to rethink how we can bring back our degraded and ignored rivers and waterways and reconsider how we create equilibrium in a shrinking world. With writing that is both urgent and wildly entertaining, Andrew Reeves traces the carp's explosive spread throughout North America from an unknown import meant to tackle invasive water weeds to a continental scourge that bulldozes through everything in its path. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overrun: Dispatches from the Asian Carp Crisis Author: Andrew Reeves Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Politicians, ecologists, and government wildlife officials are fighting a desperate rearguard action to halt the onward reach of Asian Carp, four troublesome fish now within a handful of miles from entering Lake Michigan. From aquaculture farms in Arkansas to the bayous of Louisiana; from marshlands in Indiana to labs in Minnesota; and from the Illinois River to the streets of Chicago where the last line of defense has been laid to keep Asian carp from reaching the Great Lakes, Overrun takes us on a firsthand journey into the heart of a crisis. Along the way, environmental journalist Andrew Reeves discovers that saving the Great Lakes is only half the challenge. The other is a radical scientific and political shift to rethink how we can bring back our degraded and ignored rivers and waterways and reconsider how we create equilibrium in a shrinking world. With writing that is both urgent and wildly entertaining, Andrew Reeves traces the carp's explosive spread throughout North America from an unknown import meant to tackle invasive water weeds to a continental scourge that bulldozes through everything in its path. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Burning Case for a Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman, Naomi Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. On Fire by Naomi Klein is read by Rebecca Lowman with an introduction read by the author. For more than twenty years, Naomi Klein has been the foremost chronicler of the economic war waged on both people and planet - and the champion of a sweeping environmental agenda with justice at its centre. Her books have defined our era. On Fire gathers for the first time more than a decade of her impassioned writing from the frontline of climate change, and pairs it with new material on the staggeringly high stakes of what we choose to do next. These essays, reports and lectures show Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of 'perpetual now,' to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of 'climate barbarism,' this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink. Naomi Klein Tue, 17 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Burning Case for a Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman, Naomi Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. On Fire by Naomi Klein is read by Rebecca Lowman with an introduction read by the author. For more than twenty years, Naomi Klein has been the foremost chronicler of the economic war waged on both people and planet - and the champion of a sweeping environmental agenda with justice at its centre. Her books have defined our era. On Fire gathers for the first time more than a decade of her impassioned writing from the frontline of climate change, and pairs it with new material on the staggeringly high stakes of what we choose to do next. These essays, reports and lectures show Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of 'perpetual now,' to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of 'climate barbarism,' this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Burning Case for a Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman, Naomi Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. On Fire by Naomi Klein is read by Rebecca Lowman with an introduction read by the author. For more than twenty years, Naomi Klein has been the foremost chronicler of the economic war waged on both people and planet - and the champion of a sweeping environmental agenda with justice at its centre. Her books have defined our era. On Fire gathers for the first time more than a decade of her impassioned writing from the frontline of climate change, and pairs it with new material on the staggeringly high stakes of what we choose to do next. These essays, reports and lectures show Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of 'perpetual now,' to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of 'climate barbarism,' this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373897 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wildhood: The Epic Journey from Adolescence to Adulthood in Humans and Other Animals Author: Barbara Natterson-Horowitz, Kathryn Bowers Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Publishers Weekly Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2019 A New York Times Editor’s Pick People Best Books Fall 2019 Chicago Tribune 28 Books You Need to Read Now Booklist’s Top Ten Sci-Tech Books of 2019 “It blew my mind to discover that teenage animals and teenage humans are so similar. Both are naive risk-takers. I loved this book!” —Temple Grandin, author of Animals Make Us Human and Animals in Translation A revelatory investigation of human and animal adolescence and young adulthood from the New York Times bestselling authors of Zoobiquity. With Wildhood, Harvard evolutionary biologist Barbara Natterson-Horowitz and award-winning science writer Kathryn Bowers have created an entirely new way of thinking about the crucial, vulnerable, and exhilarating phase of life between childhood and adulthood across the animal kingdom. In their critically acclaimed bestseller, Zoobiquity, the authors revealed the essential connection between human and animal health. In Wildhood, they turn the same eye-opening, species-spanning lens to adolescent young adult life. Traveling around the world and drawing from their latest research, they find that the same four universal challenges are faced by every adolescent human and animal on earth: how to be safe, how to navigate hierarchy; how to court potential mates; and how to feed oneself. Safety. Status. Sex. Self-reliance. How human and animal adolescents and young adults confront the challenges of wildhood shapes their adult destinies. Natterson-Horowitz and Bowers illuminate these core challenges through the lives of four animals in the wild: Ursula, a young king penguin; Shrink, a charismatic hyena; Salt, a matriarchal humpback whale; and Slavc, a roaming European wolf. Through their riveting stories—and those of countless others, from adventurous eagles and rambunctious high schooler to inexperienced orcas and naive young soldiers—readers get a vivid and game-changing portrait of adolescent young adults as a horizontal tribe, sharing behaviors and challenges, setbacks and triumphs. Upending our understanding of everything from risk-taking and anxiety to the origins of privilege and the nature of sexual coercion and consent, Wildhood is a profound and necessary guide to the perilous, thrilling, and universal journey to adulthood on planet earth. Barbara Natterson-Horowitz, Kathryn Bowers Tue, 17 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373897 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wildhood: The Epic Journey from Adolescence to Adulthood in Humans and Other Animals Author: Barbara Natterson-Horowitz, Kathryn Bowers Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Publishers Weekly Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2019 A New York Times Editor’s Pick People Best Books Fall 2019 Chicago Tribune 28 Books You Need to Read Now Booklist’s Top Ten Sci-Tech Books of 2019 “It blew my mind to discover that teenage animals and teenage humans are so similar. Both are naive risk-takers. I loved this book!” —Temple Grandin, author of Animals Make Us Human and Animals in Translation A revelatory investigation of human and animal adolescence and young adulthood from the New York Times bestselling authors of Zoobiquity. With Wildhood, Harvard evolutionary biologist Barbara Natterson-Horowitz and award-winning science writer Kathryn Bowers have created an entirely new way of thinking about the crucial, vulnerable, and exhilarating phase of life between childhood and adulthood across the animal kingdom. In their critically acclaimed bestseller, Zoobiquity, the authors revealed the essential connection between human and animal health. In Wildhood, they turn the same eye-opening, species-spanning lens to adolescent young adult life. Traveling around the world and drawing from their latest research, they find that the same four universal challenges are faced by every adolescent human and animal on earth: how to be safe, how to navigate hierarchy; how to court potential mates; and how to feed oneself. Safety. Status. Sex. Self-reliance. How human and animal adolescents and young adults confront the challenges of wildhood shapes their adult destinies. Natterson-Horowitz and Bowers illuminate these core challenges through the lives of four animals in the wild: Ursula, a young king penguin; Shrink, a charismatic hyena; Salt, a matriarchal humpback whale; and Slavc, a roaming European wolf. Through their riveting stories—and those of countless others, from adventurous eagles and rambunctious high schooler to inexperienced orcas and naive young soldiers—readers get a vivid and game-changing portrait of adolescent young adults as a horizontal tribe, sharing behaviors and challenges, setbacks and triumphs. Upending our understanding of everything from risk-taking and anxiety to the origins of privilege and the nature of sexual coercion and consent, Wildhood is a profound and necessary guide to the perilous, thrilling, and universal journey to adulthood on planet earth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wildhood: The Epic Journey from Adolescence to Adulthood in Humans and Other Animals Author: Barbara Natterson-Horowitz, Kathryn Bowers Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Publishers Weekly Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2019 A New York Times Editor’s Pick People Best Books Fall 2019 Chicago Tribune 28 Books You Need to Read Now Booklist’s Top Ten Sci-Tech Books of 2019 “It blew my mind to discover that teenage animals and teenage humans are so similar. Both are naive risk-takers. I loved this book!” —Temple Grandin, author of Animals Make Us Human and Animals in Translation A revelatory investigation of human and animal adolescence and young adulthood from the New York Times bestselling authors of Zoobiquity. With Wildhood, Harvard evolutionary biologist Barbara Natterson-Horowitz and award-winning science writer Kathryn Bowers have created an entirely new way of thinking about the crucial, vulnerable, and exhilarating phase of life between childhood and adulthood across the animal kingdom. In their critically acclaimed bestseller, Zoobiquity, the authors revealed the essential connection between human and animal health. In Wildhood, they turn the same eye-opening, species-spanning lens to adolescent young adult life. Traveling around the world and drawing from their latest research, they find that the same four universal challenges are faced by every adolescent human and animal on earth: how to be safe, how to navigate hierarchy; how to court potential mates; and how to feed oneself. Safety. Status. Sex. Self-reliance. How human and animal adolescents and young adults confront the challenges of wildhood shapes their adult destinies. Natterson-Horowitz and Bowers illuminate these core challenges through the lives of four animals in the wild: Ursula, a young king penguin; Shrink, a charismatic hyena; Salt, a matriarchal humpback whale; and Slavc, a roaming European wolf. Through their riveting stories—and those of countless others, from adventurous eagles and rambunctious high schooler to inexperienced orcas and naive young soldiers—readers get a vivid and game-changing portrait of adolescent young adults as a horizontal tribe, sharing behaviors and challenges, setbacks and triumphs. Upending our understanding of everything from risk-taking and anxiety to the origins of privilege and the nature of sexual coercion and consent, Wildhood is a profound and necessary guide to the perilous, thrilling, and universal journey to adulthood on planet earth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civilized To Death: The Price of Progress Author: Christopher Ryan Narrator: Christopher Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling coauthor of Sex at Dawn explores the ways in which “progress” has perverted the way we live—how we eat, learn, feel, mate, parent, communicate, work, and die—in this “engaging, extensively documented, well-organized, and thought-provoking” (Booklist) book. Most of us have instinctive evidence the world is ending—balmy December days, face-to-face conversation replaced with heads-to-screens zomboidism, a world at constant war, a political system in disarray. We hear some myths and lies so frequently that they feel like truths: Civilization is humankind’s greatest accomplishment. Progress is undeniable. Count your blessings. You’re lucky to be alive here and now. Well, maybe we are and maybe we aren’t. Civilized to Death counters the idea that progress is inherently good, arguing that the “progress” defining our age is analogous to an advancing disease. Prehistoric life, of course, was not without serious dangers and disadvantages. Many babies died in infancy. A broken bone, infected wound, snakebite, or difficult pregnancy could be life-threatening. But ultimately, Christopher Ryan questions, were these pre-civilized dangers more murderous than modern scourges, such as car accidents, cancers, cardiovascular disease, and a technologically prolonged dying process? Civilized to Death “will make you see our so-called progress in a whole new light” (Book Riot) and adds to the timely conversation that “the way we have been living is no longer sustainable, at least as long as we want to the earth to outlive us” (Psychology Today). Ryan makes the claim that we should start looking backwards to find our way into a better future. Christopher Ryan Tue, 01 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891 thebookvoice.com 9:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civilized To Death: The Price of Progress Author: Christopher Ryan Narrator: Christopher Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling coauthor of Sex at Dawn explores the ways in which “progress” has perverted the way we live—how we eat, learn, feel, mate, parent, communicate, work, and die—in this “engaging, extensively documented, well-organized, and thought-provoking” (Booklist) book. Most of us have instinctive evidence the world is ending—balmy December days, face-to-face conversation replaced with heads-to-screens zomboidism, a world at constant war, a political system in disarray. We hear some myths and lies so frequently that they feel like truths: Civilization is humankind’s greatest accomplishment. Progress is undeniable. Count your blessings. You’re lucky to be alive here and now. Well, maybe we are and maybe we aren’t. Civilized to Death counters the idea that progress is inherently good, arguing that the “progress” defining our age is analogous to an advancing disease. Prehistoric life, of course, was not without serious dangers and disadvantages. Many babies died in infancy. A broken bone, infected wound, snakebite, or difficult pregnancy could be life-threatening. But ultimately, Christopher Ryan questions, were these pre-civilized dangers more murderous than modern scourges, such as car accidents, cancers, cardiovascular disease, and a technologically prolonged dying process? Civilized to Death “will make you see our so-called progress in a whole new light” (Book Riot) and adds to the timely conversation that “the way we have been living is no longer sustainable, at least as long as we want to the earth to outlive us” (Psychology Today). Ryan makes the claim that we should start looking backwards to find our way into a better future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civilized To Death: The Price of Progress Author: Christopher Ryan Narrator: Christopher Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling coauthor of Sex at Dawn explores the ways in which “progress” has perverted the way we live—how we eat, learn, feel, mate, parent, communicate, work, and die—in this “engaging, extensively documented, well-organized, and thought-provoking” (Booklist) book. Most of us have instinctive evidence the world is ending—balmy December days, face-to-face conversation replaced with heads-to-screens zomboidism, a world at constant war, a political system in disarray. We hear some myths and lies so frequently that they feel like truths: Civilization is humankind’s greatest accomplishment. Progress is undeniable. Count your blessings. You’re lucky to be alive here and now. Well, maybe we are and maybe we aren’t. Civilized to Death counters the idea that progress is inherently good, arguing that the “progress” defining our age is analogous to an advancing disease. Prehistoric life, of course, was not without serious dangers and disadvantages. Many babies died in infancy. A broken bone, infected wound, snakebite, or difficult pregnancy could be life-threatening. But ultimately, Christopher Ryan questions, were these pre-civilized dangers more murderous than modern scourges, such as car accidents, cancers, cardiovascular disease, and a technologically prolonged dying process? Civilized to Death “will make you see our so-called progress in a whole new light” (Book Riot) and adds to the timely conversation that “the way we have been living is no longer sustainable, at least as long as we want to the earth to outlive us” (Psychology Today). Ryan makes the claim that we should start looking backwards to find our way into a better future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Home Place: Memoirs of a Colored Man's Love Affair with Nature Author: J. Drew Lanham Narrator: J. Drew Lanham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the fertile soils of love, land, identity, family, and race emerges The Home Place, a big-hearted, unforgettable memoir by ornithologist J. Drew Lanham. Dating back to slavery, Edgefield County, South Carolina—a place 'easy to pass by on the way somewhere else'—has been home to generations of Lanhams. In The Home Place, listeners meet these extraordinary people, including Drew himself, who over the course of the 1970s falls in love with the natural world around him. As his passion takes flight, however, he begins to ask what it means to be 'the rare bird, the oddity.' By turns angry, funny, elegiac, and heartbreaking, The Home Place is a remarkable meditation on nature and belonging, at once a deeply moving memoir and riveting exploration of the contradictions of black identity in the rural South—and in America today. J. Drew Lanham Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373744 thebookvoice.com 6:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Home Place: Memoirs of a Colored Man's Love Affair with Nature Author: J. Drew Lanham Narrator: J. Drew Lanham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the fertile soils of love, land, identity, family, and race emerges The Home Place, a big-hearted, unforgettable memoir by ornithologist J. Drew Lanham. Dating back to slavery, Edgefield County, South Carolina—a place 'easy to pass by on the way somewhere else'—has been home to generations of Lanhams. In The Home Place, listeners meet these extraordinary people, including Drew himself, who over the course of the 1970s falls in love with the natural world around him. As his passion takes flight, however, he begins to ask what it means to be 'the rare bird, the oddity.' By turns angry, funny, elegiac, and heartbreaking, The Home Place is a remarkable meditation on nature and belonging, at once a deeply moving memoir and riveting exploration of the contradictions of black identity in the rural South—and in America today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Home Place: Memoirs of a Colored Man's Love Affair with Nature Author: J. Drew Lanham Narrator: J. Drew Lanham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the fertile soils of love, land, identity, family, and race emerges The Home Place, a big-hearted, unforgettable memoir by ornithologist J. Drew Lanham. Dating back to slavery, Edgefield County, South Carolina—a place 'easy to pass by on the way somewhere else'—has been home to generations of Lanhams. In The Home Place, listeners meet these extraordinary people, including Drew himself, who over the course of the 1970s falls in love with the natural world around him. As his passion takes flight, however, he begins to ask what it means to be 'the rare bird, the oddity.' By turns angry, funny, elegiac, and heartbreaking, The Home Place is a remarkable meditation on nature and belonging, at once a deeply moving memoir and riveting exploration of the contradictions of black identity in the rural South—and in America today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373738 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking with Henry: Big Lessons from a Little Donkey on Faith, Friendship, and Finding Your Path Author: Rachel Anne Ridge Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Just when you think it's the end of your story . . . grace shows up. Sometimes it arrives as a moment of joy in the middle of despair. Sometimes you find it next to a trusted friend along an old, well-trodden path. And sometimes, grace has fuzzy ears, a bristled mane, and hope for a new start. Join Rachel Anne Ridge, author of the beloved memoir Flash, in a journey back to the pasture. As she adopts a second rescue donkey as a little brother for Flash—a miniature named Henry—she finds that walking with donkeys has surprising lessons to teach us about prayer, renewing our faith, and connecting to God in fresh ways. Readers all over the world fell in love with Flash and with Rachel's thoughtful, funny, and poignant stories about what life with a donkey can teach you. Now, meet Henry and join him on a walk that could change everything about how you hope, trust, and move forward from past regrets. Rachel Anne Ridge Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373738 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking with Henry: Big Lessons from a Little Donkey on Faith, Friendship, and Finding Your Path Author: Rachel Anne Ridge Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Just when you think it's the end of your story . . . grace shows up. Sometimes it arrives as a moment of joy in the middle of despair. Sometimes you find it next to a trusted friend along an old, well-trodden path. And sometimes, grace has fuzzy ears, a bristled mane, and hope for a new start. Join Rachel Anne Ridge, author of the beloved memoir Flash, in a journey back to the pasture. As she adopts a second rescue donkey as a little brother for Flash—a miniature named Henry—she finds that walking with donkeys has surprising lessons to teach us about prayer, renewing our faith, and connecting to God in fresh ways. Readers all over the world fell in love with Flash and with Rachel's thoughtful, funny, and poignant stories about what life with a donkey can teach you. Now, meet Henry and join him on a walk that could change everything about how you hope, trust, and move forward from past regrets. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking with Henry: Big Lessons from a Little Donkey on Faith, Friendship, and Finding Your Path Author: Rachel Anne Ridge Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Just when you think it's the end of your story . . . grace shows up. Sometimes it arrives as a moment of joy in the middle of despair. Sometimes you find it next to a trusted friend along an old, well-trodden path. And sometimes, grace has fuzzy ears, a bristled mane, and hope for a new start. Join Rachel Anne Ridge, author of the beloved memoir Flash, in a journey back to the pasture. As she adopts a second rescue donkey as a little brother for Flash—a miniature named Henry—she finds that walking with donkeys has surprising lessons to teach us about prayer, renewing our faith, and connecting to God in fresh ways. Readers all over the world fell in love with Flash and with Rachel's thoughtful, funny, and poignant stories about what life with a donkey can teach you. Now, meet Henry and join him on a walk that could change everything about how you hope, trust, and move forward from past regrets. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370579 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Home: Tales from a Life without Technology Author: Mark Boyle Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: It was 11:00 pm when I checked my email for the last time and turned off my phone for what I hoped would be forever. No running water, no car, no electricity or any of the things it powers: the internet, phone, washing machine, radio, or light bulb. Just a wooden cabin, on a smallholding, by the edge of a stand of spruce. The Way Home is a modern-day Walden―an honest and lyrical account of a remarkable life lived in nature without modern technology. Mark Boyle, author of The Moneyless Man, explores the hard-won joys of building a home with his bare hands, learning to make fire, collecting water from the stream, foraging, and fishing. What he finds is an elemental life, one governed by the rhythms of the sun and seasons, where life and death dance in a primal landscape of blood, wood, muck, water, and fire—much the same life we have lived for most of our time on earth. Revisiting it brings a deep insight into what it means to be human at a time when the boundaries between man and machine are blurring. Mark Boyle Tue, 11 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370579 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Home: Tales from a Life without Technology Author: Mark Boyle Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: It was 11:00 pm when I checked my email for the last time and turned off my phone for what I hoped would be forever. No running water, no car, no electricity or any of the things it powers: the internet, phone, washing machine, radio, or light bulb. Just a wooden cabin, on a smallholding, by the edge of a stand of spruce. The Way Home is a modern-day Walden―an honest and lyrical account of a remarkable life lived in nature without modern technology. Mark Boyle, author of The Moneyless Man, explores the hard-won joys of building a home with his bare hands, learning to make fire, collecting water from the stream, foraging, and fishing. What he finds is an elemental life, one governed by the rhythms of the sun and seasons, where life and death dance in a primal landscape of blood, wood, muck, water, and fire—much the same life we have lived for most of our time on earth. Revisiting it brings a deep insight into what it means to be human at a time when the boundaries between man and machine are blurring. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Home: Tales from a Life without Technology Author: Mark Boyle Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: It was 11:00 pm when I checked my email for the last time and turned off my phone for what I hoped would be forever. No running water, no car, no electricity or any of the things it powers: the internet, phone, washing machine, radio, or light bulb. Just a wooden cabin, on a smallholding, by the edge of a stand of spruce. The Way Home is a modern-day Walden―an honest and lyrical account of a remarkable life lived in nature without modern technology. Mark Boyle, author of The Moneyless Man, explores the hard-won joys of building a home with his bare hands, learning to make fire, collecting water from the stream, foraging, and fishing. What he finds is an elemental life, one governed by the rhythms of the sun and seasons, where life and death dance in a primal landscape of blood, wood, muck, water, and fire—much the same life we have lived for most of our time on earth. Revisiting it brings a deep insight into what it means to be human at a time when the boundaries between man and machine are blurring. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reptiles: A Very Short Introduction Author: T.S. Kemp Narrator: Jack De Golia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: For millions of years reptiles have walked, crawled, and slithered over the face of our Earth. From the mighty dinosaurs who dominated the land, the pterosaurs who took to the air, and the marine adapted ichthyosaurs, to the living reptiles today such as the lizards, snakes, crocodiles, and turtles, plus the single species of tuatara in New Zealand, reptiles have come in all shapes and sizes. In this Very Short Introduction Tom Kemp discusses the adaptations reptiles made to first leave the sea and colonize the land in dry conditions, such as their waterproof skin, their ability to expel almost dry waste products, their efficient use of external heat for maintaining their body temperature, and the amniotic egg that is laid and develops on dry land. Considering the different living groups of reptiles today, Kemp then describes how their respective bodies are adapted for their different ways of life, from snake feeding patterns to the way crocodiles breathe. Finally, Kemp assesses the threat of extinction to reptile species due to over-exploitation, habitat destruction, and climate change, and considers what can be done. T.S. Kemp Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370496 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reptiles: A Very Short Introduction Author: T.S. Kemp Narrator: Jack De Golia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: For millions of years reptiles have walked, crawled, and slithered over the face of our Earth. From the mighty dinosaurs who dominated the land, the pterosaurs who took to the air, and the marine adapted ichthyosaurs, to the living reptiles today such as the lizards, snakes, crocodiles, and turtles, plus the single species of tuatara in New Zealand, reptiles have come in all shapes and sizes. In this Very Short Introduction Tom Kemp discusses the adaptations reptiles made to first leave the sea and colonize the land in dry conditions, such as their waterproof skin, their ability to expel almost dry waste products, their efficient use of external heat for maintaining their body temperature, and the amniotic egg that is laid and develops on dry land. Considering the different living groups of reptiles today, Kemp then describes how their respective bodies are adapted for their different ways of life, from snake feeding patterns to the way crocodiles breathe. Finally, Kemp assesses the threat of extinction to reptile species due to over-exploitation, habitat destruction, and climate change, and considers what can be done. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reptiles: A Very Short Introduction Author: T.S. Kemp Narrator: Jack De Golia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: For millions of years reptiles have walked, crawled, and slithered over the face of our Earth. From the mighty dinosaurs who dominated the land, the pterosaurs who took to the air, and the marine adapted ichthyosaurs, to the living reptiles today such as the lizards, snakes, crocodiles, and turtles, plus the single species of tuatara in New Zealand, reptiles have come in all shapes and sizes. In this Very Short Introduction Tom Kemp discusses the adaptations reptiles made to first leave the sea and colonize the land in dry conditions, such as their waterproof skin, their ability to expel almost dry waste products, their efficient use of external heat for maintaining their body temperature, and the amniotic egg that is laid and develops on dry land. Considering the different living groups of reptiles today, Kemp then describes how their respective bodies are adapted for their different ways of life, from snake feeding patterns to the way crocodiles breathe. Finally, Kemp assesses the threat of extinction to reptile species due to over-exploitation, habitat destruction, and climate change, and considers what can be done. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Breath of a Whale: The Science and Spirit of Pacific Ocean Giants Author: Leigh Calvez Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the author of The Hidden Lives of Owls, an exploration of the elusive lives of whales in the Pacific Ocean, home to orcas, humpbacks, sperm, blue, and gray whales. Leigh Calvez has spent a dozen years researching, observing, and probing the lives of the giants of the deep. Here, she relates the stories of nature's most remarkable creatures, including the familial orcas in the waters of Washington State and British Columbia; the migratory humpbacks; and the ancient, deep-diving blue whales, the largest animals on the planet. The lives of these whales are conveyed through the work of dedicated researchers who have spent decades tracking them along their secretive routes that extend for thousands of miles, gleaning their habits and sounds and distinguishing peculiarities. The author invites the listener onto a small research catamaran maneuvering among 100-foot-long blue whales off the coast of California; or to join the task of monitoring patterns of humpback whale movements at the ocean surface: tail throw, flipper slap, fluke up, or blow. To experience whales is breathtaking. To understand their lives deepens our connection with the natural world. Leigh Calvez Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370459 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Breath of a Whale: The Science and Spirit of Pacific Ocean Giants Author: Leigh Calvez Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the author of The Hidden Lives of Owls, an exploration of the elusive lives of whales in the Pacific Ocean, home to orcas, humpbacks, sperm, blue, and gray whales. Leigh Calvez has spent a dozen years researching, observing, and probing the lives of the giants of the deep. Here, she relates the stories of nature's most remarkable creatures, including the familial orcas in the waters of Washington State and British Columbia; the migratory humpbacks; and the ancient, deep-diving blue whales, the largest animals on the planet. The lives of these whales are conveyed through the work of dedicated researchers who have spent decades tracking them along their secretive routes that extend for thousands of miles, gleaning their habits and sounds and distinguishing peculiarities. The author invites the listener onto a small research catamaran maneuvering among 100-foot-long blue whales off the coast of California; or to join the task of monitoring patterns of humpback whale movements at the ocean surface: tail throw, flipper slap, fluke up, or blow. To experience whales is breathtaking. To understand their lives deepens our connection with the natural world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Breath of a Whale: The Science and Spirit of Pacific Ocean Giants Author: Leigh Calvez Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the author of The Hidden Lives of Owls, an exploration of the elusive lives of whales in the Pacific Ocean, home to orcas, humpbacks, sperm, blue, and gray whales. Leigh Calvez has spent a dozen years researching, observing, and probing the lives of the giants of the deep. Here, she relates the stories of nature's most remarkable creatures, including the familial orcas in the waters of Washington State and British Columbia; the migratory humpbacks; and the ancient, deep-diving blue whales, the largest animals on the planet. The lives of these whales are conveyed through the work of dedicated researchers who have spent decades tracking them along their secretive routes that extend for thousands of miles, gleaning their habits and sounds and distinguishing peculiarities. The author invites the listener onto a small research catamaran maneuvering among 100-foot-long blue whales off the coast of California; or to join the task of monitoring patterns of humpback whale movements at the ocean surface: tail throw, flipper slap, fluke up, or blow. To experience whales is breathtaking. To understand their lives deepens our connection with the natural world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370169 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Know the Birds: The Art and Adventure of Birding Author: Ted Floyd Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Become a better birder with brief portraits of 200 top North American birds. This friendly, relatable book is a celebration of the art, science, and delights of bird-watching. How to Know the Birds introduces a new, holistic approach to bird-watching, by noting how behaviors, settings, and seasonal cycles connect with shape, song, color, gender, age distinctions, and other features traditionally used to identify species. With short essays on 200 observable species, expert author Ted Floyd guides us through a year of becoming a better birder, each species representing another useful lesson: from explaining scientific nomenclature to noting how plumage changes with age, from chronicling migration patterns to noting hatchling habits. Dozens of endearing pencil sketches accompany Floyd's charming prose, making this book a unique blend of narrative and field guide. A pleasure for birders of all ages, this witty book promises solid lessons for the beginner and smiles of recognition for the seasoned nature lover. Ted Floyd Fri, 29 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370169 thebookvoice.com 9:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Know the Birds: The Art and Adventure of Birding Author: Ted Floyd Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Become a better birder with brief portraits of 200 top North American birds. This friendly, relatable book is a celebration of the art, science, and delights of bird-watching. How to Know the Birds introduces a new, holistic approach to bird-watching, by noting how behaviors, settings, and seasonal cycles connect with shape, song, color, gender, age distinctions, and other features traditionally used to identify species. With short essays on 200 observable species, expert author Ted Floyd guides us through a year of becoming a better birder, each species representing another useful lesson: from explaining scientific nomenclature to noting how plumage changes with age, from chronicling migration patterns to noting hatchling habits. Dozens of endearing pencil sketches accompany Floyd's charming prose, making this book a unique blend of narrative and field guide. A pleasure for birders of all ages, this witty book promises solid lessons for the beginner and smiles of recognition for the seasoned nature lover. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Know the Birds: The Art and Adventure of Birding Author: Ted Floyd Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Become a better birder with brief portraits of 200 top North American birds. This friendly, relatable book is a celebration of the art, science, and delights of bird-watching. How to Know the Birds introduces a new, holistic approach to bird-watching, by noting how behaviors, settings, and seasonal cycles connect with shape, song, color, gender, age distinctions, and other features traditionally used to identify species. With short essays on 200 observable species, expert author Ted Floyd guides us through a year of becoming a better birder, each species representing another useful lesson: from explaining scientific nomenclature to noting how plumage changes with age, from chronicling migration patterns to noting hatchling habits. Dozens of endearing pencil sketches accompany Floyd's charming prose, making this book a unique blend of narrative and field guide. A pleasure for birders of all ages, this witty book promises solid lessons for the beginner and smiles of recognition for the seasoned nature lover. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once a Wolf: The Science Behind Our Dogs' Astonishing Genetic Evolution Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The author of Seven Daughters of Eve returns with a lively account of how all dogs are descended from a mere handful of wolves. How did wolves evolve into dogs? When did this happen, and what role did humans play? Oxford geneticist Bryan Sykes used the full array of modern technology to explore the canine genetic journey that likely began when a human child decided to adopt a wolf cub thousands of years ago. In the process, he discovered that only a handful of genes have created the huge range of shapes, sizes, and colors in modern dogs. Providing scientific insight into these adaptive stages, Sykes focuses attention on our own species, and how our own evolution from (perhaps equally aggressive) primates was enhanced by this most unlikely ally. Whether examining our obsession with canine purity, or delving into the prehistoric past to answer the most fundamental question of all, 'Why do we love our dog so much?,' Once a Wolf is an engaging work no dog lover or ancestry aficionado should be without Bryan Sykes Tue, 26 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370155 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once a Wolf: The Science Behind Our Dogs' Astonishing Genetic Evolution Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The author of Seven Daughters of Eve returns with a lively account of how all dogs are descended from a mere handful of wolves. How did wolves evolve into dogs? When did this happen, and what role did humans play? Oxford geneticist Bryan Sykes used the full array of modern technology to explore the canine genetic journey that likely began when a human child decided to adopt a wolf cub thousands of years ago. In the process, he discovered that only a handful of genes have created the huge range of shapes, sizes, and colors in modern dogs. Providing scientific insight into these adaptive stages, Sykes focuses attention on our own species, and how our own evolution from (perhaps equally aggressive) primates was enhanced by this most unlikely ally. Whether examining our obsession with canine purity, or delving into the prehistoric past to answer the most fundamental question of all, 'Why do we love our dog so much?,' Once a Wolf is an engaging work no dog lover or ancestry aficionado should be without Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once a Wolf: The Science Behind Our Dogs' Astonishing Genetic Evolution Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The author of Seven Daughters of Eve returns with a lively account of how all dogs are descended from a mere handful of wolves. How did wolves evolve into dogs? When did this happen, and what role did humans play? Oxford geneticist Bryan Sykes used the full array of modern technology to explore the canine genetic journey that likely began when a human child decided to adopt a wolf cub thousands of years ago. In the process, he discovered that only a handful of genes have created the huge range of shapes, sizes, and colors in modern dogs. Providing scientific insight into these adaptive stages, Sykes focuses attention on our own species, and how our own evolution from (perhaps equally aggressive) primates was enhanced by this most unlikely ally. Whether examining our obsession with canine purity, or delving into the prehistoric past to answer the most fundamental question of all, 'Why do we love our dog so much?,' Once a Wolf is an engaging work no dog lover or ancestry aficionado should be without https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with Sherman: The Donkey with the Heart of a Hero Author: Christopher McDougall Narrator: Christopher McDougall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'A delight, full of heart and hijinks and humor . . . McDougall is a gifted storyteller who gets to the heart of the human-animal connection.' --John Grogan, author of Marley & Me: Life and Love with the World's Worst Dog From the best-selling author of Born to Run, a heartwarming story about training a rescue donkey to run one of the most challenging races in America, and, in the process, discovering the life-changing power of the human-animal connection. When Chris McDougall agreed to take in a donkey from an animal hoarder, he thought it would be no harder than the rest of the adjustments he and his family had made after moving from Philadelphia to the heart of Pennsylvania Amish country. But when he arrived, Sherman was in such bad shape he could barely move, and his hair was coming out in clumps. Chris decided to undertake a radical rehabilitation program designed not only to heal Sherman's body but to heal his mind as well. It turns out the best way to soothe a donkey is to give it a job, and so Chris decided to teach Sherman how to run. He'd heard about burro racing--a unique type of race where humans and donkeys run together in a call-back to mining days--and decided he and Sherman would enter the World Championship in Colorado. Easier said than done. In the course of Sherman's training, Chris would have to recruit several other runners, both human and equine, and call upon the wisdom of burro racers, goat farmers, Amish running club members, and a group of irrepressible female long-haul truckers. An entire community comes together to help save Sherman and, along the way, Chris shows us the joy of a life with animals. Christopher McDougall Tue, 15 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793 thebookvoice.com 12:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with Sherman: The Donkey with the Heart of a Hero Author: Christopher McDougall Narrator: Christopher McDougall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'A delight, full of heart and hijinks and humor . . . McDougall is a gifted storyteller who gets to the heart of the human-animal connection.' --John Grogan, author of Marley & Me: Life and Love with the World's Worst Dog From the best-selling author of Born to Run, a heartwarming story about training a rescue donkey to run one of the most challenging races in America, and, in the process, discovering the life-changing power of the human-animal connection. When Chris McDougall agreed to take in a donkey from an animal hoarder, he thought it would be no harder than the rest of the adjustments he and his family had made after moving from Philadelphia to the heart of Pennsylvania Amish country. But when he arrived, Sherman was in such bad shape he could barely move, and his hair was coming out in clumps. Chris decided to undertake a radical rehabilitation program designed not only to heal Sherman's body but to heal his mind as well. It turns out the best way to soothe a donkey is to give it a job, and so Chris decided to teach Sherman how to run. He'd heard about burro racing--a unique type of race where humans and donkeys run together in a call-back to mining days--and decided he and Sherman would enter the World Championship in Colorado. Easier said than done. In the course of Sherman's training, Chris would have to recruit several other runners, both human and equine, and call upon the wisdom of burro racers, goat farmers, Amish running club members, and a group of irrepressible female long-haul truckers. An entire community comes together to help save Sherman and, along the way, Chris shows us the joy of a life with animals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with Sherman: The Donkey with the Heart of a Hero Author: Christopher McDougall Narrator: Christopher McDougall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'A delight, full of heart and hijinks and humor . . . McDougall is a gifted storyteller who gets to the heart of the human-animal connection.' --John Grogan, author of Marley & Me: Life and Love with the World's Worst Dog From the best-selling author of Born to Run, a heartwarming story about training a rescue donkey to run one of the most challenging races in America, and, in the process, discovering the life-changing power of the human-animal connection. When Chris McDougall agreed to take in a donkey from an animal hoarder, he thought it would be no harder than the rest of the adjustments he and his family had made after moving from Philadelphia to the heart of Pennsylvania Amish country. But when he arrived, Sherman was in such bad shape he could barely move, and his hair was coming out in clumps. Chris decided to undertake a radical rehabilitation program designed not only to heal Sherman's body but to heal his mind as well. It turns out the best way to soothe a donkey is to give it a job, and so Chris decided to teach Sherman how to run. He'd heard about burro racing--a unique type of race where humans and donkeys run together in a call-back to mining days--and decided he and Sherman would enter the World Championship in Colorado. Easier said than done. In the course of Sherman's training, Chris would have to recruit several other runners, both human and equine, and call upon the wisdom of burro racers, goat farmers, Amish running club members, and a group of irrepressible female long-haul truckers. An entire community comes together to help save Sherman and, along the way, Chris shows us the joy of a life with animals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369346 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biomimicry: Innovation Inspired by Nature Author: Janine M. Benyus Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This ''valuable and entertaining'' (New York Times Book Review) book explores how scientists are adapting nature's best ideas to solve tough 21st century problems. Biomimicry is rapidly transforming life on earth. Biomimics study nature's most successful ideas over the past 3.5 million years, and adapt them for human use. The results are revolutionizing how materials are invented and how we compute, heal ourselves, repair the environment, and feed the world. Janine Benyus takes readers into the lab and in the field with maverick thinkers as they: discover miracle drugs by watching what chimps eat when they're sick; learn how to create by watching spiders weave fibers; harness energy by examining how a leaf converts sunlight into fuel in trillionths of a second; and many more examples. Composed of stories of vision and invention, personalities and pipe dreams, Biomimicry is must reading for anyone interested in the shape of our future. Janine M. Benyus Tue, 21 Apr 2020 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369346 thebookvoice.com 14:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biomimicry: Innovation Inspired by Nature Author: Janine M. Benyus Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This ''valuable and entertaining'' (New York Times Book Review) book explores how scientists are adapting nature's best ideas to solve tough 21st century problems. Biomimicry is rapidly transforming life on earth. Biomimics study nature's most successful ideas over the past 3.5 million years, and adapt them for human use. The results are revolutionizing how materials are invented and how we compute, heal ourselves, repair the environment, and feed the world. Janine Benyus takes readers into the lab and in the field with maverick thinkers as they: discover miracle drugs by watching what chimps eat when they're sick; learn how to create by watching spiders weave fibers; harness energy by examining how a leaf converts sunlight into fuel in trillionths of a second; and many more examples. Composed of stories of vision and invention, personalities and pipe dreams, Biomimicry is must reading for anyone interested in the shape of our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biomimicry: Innovation Inspired by Nature Author: Janine M. Benyus Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This ''valuable and entertaining'' (New York Times Book Review) book explores how scientists are adapting nature's best ideas to solve tough 21st century problems. Biomimicry is rapidly transforming life on earth. Biomimics study nature's most successful ideas over the past 3.5 million years, and adapt them for human use. The results are revolutionizing how materials are invented and how we compute, heal ourselves, repair the environment, and feed the world. Janine Benyus takes readers into the lab and in the field with maverick thinkers as they: discover miracle drugs by watching what chimps eat when they're sick; learn how to create by watching spiders weave fibers; harness energy by examining how a leaf converts sunlight into fuel in trillionths of a second; and many more examples. Composed of stories of vision and invention, personalities and pipe dreams, Biomimicry is must reading for anyone interested in the shape of our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369275 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surfacing Author: Kathleen Jamie Narrator: Cathleen Mccarron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: “[Kathleen Jamie’s] essays guide you softly along coastlines of varying continents, exploring caves, and pondering ice ages until the narrator stumbles over — not a rock on the trail, but mortality, maybe the earth’s, maybe our own, pointing to new paths forward through the forest.” —Delia Owens, author of Where the Crawdads Sing, “By the Book” in The New York Times Book Review. An immersive exploration of time and place in a shrinking world, from the award-winning author of Sightlines. In this remarkable blend of memoir, cultural history, and travelogue, poet and author Kathleen Jamie touches points on a timeline spanning millennia, and considers what surfaces and what reconnects us to our past. From the thawing tundra linking a Yup'ik village in Alaska to its hunter-gatherer past to the shifting sand dunes revealing the impressiely preserved homes of neolithic farmers in Scotland, Jamie explores how the changing natural world can alter our sense of time. Most movingly, she considers, as her father dies and her children leave home, the surfacing of an older, less tethered sense of herself. In precise, luminous prose, Surfacing offers a profound sense of time passing and an antidote to all that is instant, ephemeral, unrooted. Kathleen Jamie Tue, 24 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369275 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surfacing Author: Kathleen Jamie Narrator: Cathleen Mccarron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: “[Kathleen Jamie’s] essays guide you softly along coastlines of varying continents, exploring caves, and pondering ice ages until the narrator stumbles over — not a rock on the trail, but mortality, maybe the earth’s, maybe our own, pointing to new paths forward through the forest.” —Delia Owens, author of Where the Crawdads Sing, “By the Book” in The New York Times Book Review. An immersive exploration of time and place in a shrinking world, from the award-winning author of Sightlines. In this remarkable blend of memoir, cultural history, and travelogue, poet and author Kathleen Jamie touches points on a timeline spanning millennia, and considers what surfaces and what reconnects us to our past. From the thawing tundra linking a Yup'ik village in Alaska to its hunter-gatherer past to the shifting sand dunes revealing the impressiely preserved homes of neolithic farmers in Scotland, Jamie explores how the changing natural world can alter our sense of time. Most movingly, she considers, as her father dies and her children leave home, the surfacing of an older, less tethered sense of herself. In precise, luminous prose, Surfacing offers a profound sense of time passing and an antidote to all that is instant, ephemeral, unrooted. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surfacing Author: Kathleen Jamie Narrator: Cathleen Mccarron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: “[Kathleen Jamie’s] essays guide you softly along coastlines of varying continents, exploring caves, and pondering ice ages until the narrator stumbles over — not a rock on the trail, but mortality, maybe the earth’s, maybe our own, pointing to new paths forward through the forest.” —Delia Owens, author of Where the Crawdads Sing, “By the Book” in The New York Times Book Review. An immersive exploration of time and place in a shrinking world, from the award-winning author of Sightlines. In this remarkable blend of memoir, cultural history, and travelogue, poet and author Kathleen Jamie touches points on a timeline spanning millennia, and considers what surfaces and what reconnects us to our past. From the thawing tundra linking a Yup'ik village in Alaska to its hunter-gatherer past to the shifting sand dunes revealing the impressiely preserved homes of neolithic farmers in Scotland, Jamie explores how the changing natural world can alter our sense of time. Most movingly, she considers, as her father dies and her children leave home, the surfacing of an older, less tethered sense of herself. In precise, luminous prose, Surfacing offers a profound sense of time passing and an antidote to all that is instant, ephemeral, unrooted. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369230 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Outside Life: Finding God in the Heart of Nature Author: Laurie Kehler Narrator: Laurie Kehler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Step Into Wonder Has your breath ever caught at the sight of a sunset? Have you ever stopped in your tracks to listen to a birdsong? When was the last time you stood in awe of the world around you? If it’s been so long you can’t remember, living life at a sprint might be leaving you nature blind. If you’re feeling stressed, disconnected from God, and disenchanted with life, this book will help you find solace for your scattered soul. Through storytelling, practical application, and reflective questions, Laurie Kehler invites you on a journey of discovery to… ·escape the crazy and reset your spiritual compass to explore pathways of peace ·seek connections with nature and others—starting in your own backyard ·recognize God’s work in creation and in your life as you live in expectation of his promisesAre you ready to set out on a new kind of adventure? Consider this your trail guide for uncovering God’s signposts in the world and revealing his fingerprints on your life. Laurie Kehler Tue, 12 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369230 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Outside Life: Finding God in the Heart of Nature Author: Laurie Kehler Narrator: Laurie Kehler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Step Into Wonder Has your breath ever caught at the sight of a sunset? Have you ever stopped in your tracks to listen to a birdsong? When was the last time you stood in awe of the world around you? If it’s been so long you can’t remember, living life at a sprint might be leaving you nature blind. If you’re feeling stressed, disconnected from God, and disenchanted with life, this book will help you find solace for your scattered soul. Through storytelling, practical application, and reflective questions, Laurie Kehler invites you on a journey of discovery to… ·escape the crazy and reset your spiritual compass to explore pathways of peace ·seek connections with nature and others—starting in your own backyard ·recognize God’s work in creation and in your life as you live in expectation of his promisesAre you ready to set out on a new kind of adventure? Consider this your trail guide for uncovering God’s signposts in the world and revealing his fingerprints on your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Outside Life: Finding God in the Heart of Nature Author: Laurie Kehler Narrator: Laurie Kehler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Step Into Wonder Has your breath ever caught at the sight of a sunset? Have you ever stopped in your tracks to listen to a birdsong? When was the last time you stood in awe of the world around you? If it’s been so long you can’t remember, living life at a sprint might be leaving you nature blind. If you’re feeling stressed, disconnected from God, and disenchanted with life, this book will help you find solace for your scattered soul. Through storytelling, practical application, and reflective questions, Laurie Kehler invites you on a journey of discovery to… ·escape the crazy and reset your spiritual compass to explore pathways of peace ·seek connections with nature and others—starting in your own backyard ·recognize God’s work in creation and in your life as you live in expectation of his promisesAre you ready to set out on a new kind of adventure? Consider this your trail guide for uncovering God’s signposts in the world and revealing his fingerprints on your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369217 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lives of Bees: The Untold Story of the Honey Bee in the Wild Author: Thomas D. Seeley Narrator: William Hope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This captivating audiobook narrated by William Hope reveals why wild honey bees may hold the key to saving the world's managed bee colonies Humans have kept honey bees in hives for millennia, yet only in recent decades have biologists begun to investigate how these industrious insects live in the wild. The Lives of Bees is Thomas Seeley's captivating story of what scientists are learning about the behavior, social life, and survival strategies of honey bees living outside the beekeeper's hive—and how wild honey bees may hold the key to reversing the alarming die-off of the planet's managed honey bee populations. Seeley, a world authority on honey bees, sheds light on why wild honey bees are still thriving while those living in managed colonies are in crisis. Drawing on the latest science as well as insights from his own pioneering fieldwork, he describes in extraordinary detail how honey bees live in nature and shows how this differs significantly from their lives under the management of beekeepers. Seeley presents an entirely new approach to beekeeping—Darwinian Beekeeping—which enables honey bees to use the toolkit of survival skills their species has acquired over the past thirty million years, and to evolve solutions to the new challenges they face today. He shows beekeepers how to use the principles of natural selection to guide their practices, and he offers a new vision of how beekeeping can better align with the natural habits of honey bees. Engagingly written and deeply personal, The Lives of Bees reveals how we can become better custodians of honey bees and make use of their resources in ways that enrich their lives as well as our own. Thomas D. Seeley Tue, 28 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369217 thebookvoice.com 10:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lives of Bees: The Untold Story of the Honey Bee in the Wild Author: Thomas D. Seeley Narrator: William Hope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This captivating audiobook narrated by William Hope reveals why wild honey bees may hold the key to saving the world's managed bee colonies Humans have kept honey bees in hives for millennia, yet only in recent decades have biologists begun to investigate how these industrious insects live in the wild. The Lives of Bees is Thomas Seeley's captivating story of what scientists are learning about the behavior, social life, and survival strategies of honey bees living outside the beekeeper's hive—and how wild honey bees may hold the key to reversing the alarming die-off of the planet's managed honey bee populations. Seeley, a world authority on honey bees, sheds light on why wild honey bees are still thriving while those living in managed colonies are in crisis. Drawing on the latest science as well as insights from his own pioneering fieldwork, he describes in extraordinary detail how honey bees live in nature and shows how this differs significantly from their lives under the management of beekeepers. Seeley presents an entirely new approach to beekeeping—Darwinian Beekeeping—which enables honey bees to use the toolkit of survival skills their species has acquired over the past thirty million years, and to evolve solutions to the new challenges they face today. He shows beekeepers how to use the principles of natural selection to guide their practices, and he offers a new vision of how beekeeping can better align with the natural habits of honey bees. Engagingly written and deeply personal, The Lives of Bees reveals how we can become better custodians of honey bees and make use of their resources in ways that enrich their lives as well as our own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lives of Bees: The Untold Story of the Honey Bee in the Wild Author: Thomas D. Seeley Narrator: William Hope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This captivating audiobook narrated by William Hope reveals why wild honey bees may hold the key to saving the world's managed bee colonies Humans have kept honey bees in hives for millennia, yet only in recent decades have biologists begun to investigate how these industrious insects live in the wild. The Lives of Bees is Thomas Seeley's captivating story of what scientists are learning about the behavior, social life, and survival strategies of honey bees living outside the beekeeper's hive—and how wild honey bees may hold the key to reversing the alarming die-off of the planet's managed honey bee populations. Seeley, a world authority on honey bees, sheds light on why wild honey bees are still thriving while those living in managed colonies are in crisis. Drawing on the latest science as well as insights from his own pioneering fieldwork, he describes in extraordinary detail how honey bees live in nature and shows how this differs significantly from their lives under the management of beekeepers. Seeley presents an entirely new approach to beekeeping—Darwinian Beekeeping—which enables honey bees to use the toolkit of survival skills their species has acquired over the past thirty million years, and to evolve solutions to the new challenges they face today. He shows beekeepers how to use the principles of natural selection to guide their practices, and he offers a new vision of how beekeeping can better align with the natural habits of honey bees. Engagingly written and deeply personal, The Lives of Bees reveals how we can become better custodians of honey bees and make use of their resources in ways that enrich their lives as well as our own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Case for the Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times and internationally bestselling author Naomi Klein makes the case for a Green New Deal in this “keenly argued, well-researched, and impassioned” manifesto (The Washington Post). An instant bestseller, On Fire shows Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of “perpetual now,” to the soaring history of humans changing and evolving rapidly in the face of grave threats, to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of “climate barbarism,” this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink. An expansive, far-ranging exploration that sees the battle for a greener world as indistinguishable from the fight for our lives, On Fire captures the burning urgency of the climate crisis, as well as the fiery energy of a rising political movement demanding a catalytic Green New Deal. “Naomi Klein’s work has always moved and guided me. She is the great chronicler of our age of climate emergency, an inspirer of generations.” —Greta Thunberg, climate activist 'If I were a rich man, I’d buy 245 million copies of Naomi Klein’s 'On Fire' and hand-deliver them to every eligible voter in America…Klein is a skilled writer.' —Jeff Goodell, The New York Times Naomi Klein Tue, 17 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Case for the Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times and internationally bestselling author Naomi Klein makes the case for a Green New Deal in this “keenly argued, well-researched, and impassioned” manifesto (The Washington Post). An instant bestseller, On Fire shows Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of “perpetual now,” to the soaring history of humans changing and evolving rapidly in the face of grave threats, to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of “climate barbarism,” this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink. An expansive, far-ranging exploration that sees the battle for a greener world as indistinguishable from the fight for our lives, On Fire captures the burning urgency of the climate crisis, as well as the fiery energy of a rising political movement demanding a catalytic Green New Deal. “Naomi Klein’s work has always moved and guided me. She is the great chronicler of our age of climate emergency, an inspirer of generations.” —Greta Thunberg, climate activist 'If I were a rich man, I’d buy 245 million copies of Naomi Klein’s 'On Fire' and hand-deliver them to every eligible voter in America…Klein is a skilled writer.' —Jeff Goodell, The New York Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Case for the Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times and internationally bestselling author Naomi Klein makes the case for a Green New Deal in this “keenly argued, well-researched, and impassioned” manifesto (The Washington Post). An instant bestseller, On Fire shows Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of “perpetual now,” to the soaring history of humans changing and evolving rapidly in the face of grave threats, to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of “climate barbarism,” this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink. An expansive, far-ranging exploration that sees the battle for a greener world as indistinguishable from the fight for our lives, On Fire captures the burning urgency of the climate crisis, as well as the fiery energy of a rising political movement demanding a catalytic Green New Deal. “Naomi Klein’s work has always moved and guided me. She is the great chronicler of our age of climate emergency, an inspirer of generations.” —Greta Thunberg, climate activist 'If I were a rich man, I’d buy 245 million copies of Naomi Klein’s 'On Fire' and hand-deliver them to every eligible voter in America…Klein is a skilled writer.' —Jeff Goodell, The New York Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369081 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Dogs, Ourselves: The Story of a Singular Bond Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Inside of a Dog and The Year of the Puppy, an eye-opening, informative, “entertaining, and enlightening” (BookPage) celebration of the human-canine relationship for the curious dog owner and science-lover alike. We keep dogs and are kept by them. We love dogs and (we assume) we are loved by them. We buy them sweaters, toys, shoes; we are concerned with their social lives, their food, and their health. The story of humans and dogs is thousands of years old but is far from understood. In Our Dogs, Ourselves, Alexandra Horowitz explores all aspects of this unique and complex relationship that “dog lovers will savor and absorb” (Shelf Awareness). As Horowitz considers the current culture of dogdom, she reveals the odd, surprising, and contradictory ways we live with dogs. We celebrate their individuality but breed them for sameness. Despite our deep emotional relationships with dogs, legally they are property to be bought, sold, abandoned, or euthanized as we wish. Even the way we speak to our dogs is at once perplexing and delightful. In thirteen thoughtful and charming chapters, Our Dogs, Ourselves affirms our profound affection for this most charismatic of animals—and makes us “see canine companions in new ways” (Science News). Alexandra Horowitz Tue, 03 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369081 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Dogs, Ourselves: The Story of a Singular Bond Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Inside of a Dog and The Year of the Puppy, an eye-opening, informative, “entertaining, and enlightening” (BookPage) celebration of the human-canine relationship for the curious dog owner and science-lover alike. We keep dogs and are kept by them. We love dogs and (we assume) we are loved by them. We buy them sweaters, toys, shoes; we are concerned with their social lives, their food, and their health. The story of humans and dogs is thousands of years old but is far from understood. In Our Dogs, Ourselves, Alexandra Horowitz explores all aspects of this unique and complex relationship that “dog lovers will savor and absorb” (Shelf Awareness). As Horowitz considers the current culture of dogdom, she reveals the odd, surprising, and contradictory ways we live with dogs. We celebrate their individuality but breed them for sameness. Despite our deep emotional relationships with dogs, legally they are property to be bought, sold, abandoned, or euthanized as we wish. Even the way we speak to our dogs is at once perplexing and delightful. In thirteen thoughtful and charming chapters, Our Dogs, Ourselves affirms our profound affection for this most charismatic of animals—and makes us “see canine companions in new ways” (Science News). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Dogs, Ourselves: The Story of a Singular Bond Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Inside of a Dog and The Year of the Puppy, an eye-opening, informative, “entertaining, and enlightening” (BookPage) celebration of the human-canine relationship for the curious dog owner and science-lover alike. We keep dogs and are kept by them. We love dogs and (we assume) we are loved by them. We buy them sweaters, toys, shoes; we are concerned with their social lives, their food, and their health. The story of humans and dogs is thousands of years old but is far from understood. In Our Dogs, Ourselves, Alexandra Horowitz explores all aspects of this unique and complex relationship that “dog lovers will savor and absorb” (Shelf Awareness). As Horowitz considers the current culture of dogdom, she reveals the odd, surprising, and contradictory ways we live with dogs. We celebrate their individuality but breed them for sameness. Despite our deep emotional relationships with dogs, legally they are property to be bought, sold, abandoned, or euthanized as we wish. Even the way we speak to our dogs is at once perplexing and delightful. In thirteen thoughtful and charming chapters, Our Dogs, Ourselves affirms our profound affection for this most charismatic of animals—and makes us “see canine companions in new ways” (Science News). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369005 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reluctant Farmer of Whimsey Hill Author: Nancy Raven Smith, Bradford Smith, Lynn Raven Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The award-winning, humorous true story of an animal-phobic, city robotics engineer who learns too late that his new bride's dream is to have a farm where she can rescue ex-racehorses. When the newlyweds take a Meyers-Briggs Personality Test for fun, they discover their marriage is doomed. There is only one problem: they took the test after the wedding. So whether he's chasing a cow named Pork Chop through the woods, getting locked in a tack room by the family pony, being snubbed by his wife's favorite dog, or unsuccessfully trying to modernize their barn using the latest technology, the odds are already stacked against him. It seems like everything on four legs is out to get him. Will the animals prove Meyers-Briggs right? Will he admit defeat, or will he fight to keep his family and the farm together? Nancy Raven Smith, Bradford Smith, Lynn Raven Tue, 12 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369005 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reluctant Farmer of Whimsey Hill Author: Nancy Raven Smith, Bradford Smith, Lynn Raven Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The award-winning, humorous true story of an animal-phobic, city robotics engineer who learns too late that his new bride's dream is to have a farm where she can rescue ex-racehorses. When the newlyweds take a Meyers-Briggs Personality Test for fun, they discover their marriage is doomed. There is only one problem: they took the test after the wedding. So whether he's chasing a cow named Pork Chop through the woods, getting locked in a tack room by the family pony, being snubbed by his wife's favorite dog, or unsuccessfully trying to modernize their barn using the latest technology, the odds are already stacked against him. It seems like everything on four legs is out to get him. Will the animals prove Meyers-Briggs right? Will he admit defeat, or will he fight to keep his family and the farm together? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reluctant Farmer of Whimsey Hill Author: Nancy Raven Smith, Bradford Smith, Lynn Raven Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The award-winning, humorous true story of an animal-phobic, city robotics engineer who learns too late that his new bride's dream is to have a farm where she can rescue ex-racehorses. When the newlyweds take a Meyers-Briggs Personality Test for fun, they discover their marriage is doomed. There is only one problem: they took the test after the wedding. So whether he's chasing a cow named Pork Chop through the woods, getting locked in a tack room by the family pony, being snubbed by his wife's favorite dog, or unsuccessfully trying to modernize their barn using the latest technology, the odds are already stacked against him. It seems like everything on four legs is out to get him. Will the animals prove Meyers-Briggs right? Will he admit defeat, or will he fight to keep his family and the farm together? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Honey Bus: A Memoir of Loss, Courage and a Girl Saved by Bees Author: Meredith May Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary story of a girl, her grandfather and one of nature’s most mysterious and beguiling creatures: the honeybee. Meredith May recalls the first time a honeybee crawled on her arm. She was five years old, her parents had recently split and suddenly she found herself in the care of her grandfather, an eccentric beekeeper who made honey in a rusty old military bus in the yard. That first close encounter was at once terrifying and exhilarating for May, and in that moment she discovered that everything she needed to know about life and family was right before her eyes, in the secret world of bees. May turned to her grandfather and the art of beekeeping as an escape from her troubled reality. Her mother had receded into a volatile cycle of neurosis and despair and spent most days locked away in the bedroom. It was during this pivotal time in May’s childhood that she learned to take care of herself, forged an unbreakable bond with her grandfather and opened her eyes to the magic and wisdom of nature. The bees became a guiding force in May’s life, teaching her about family and community, loyalty and survival, and the unequivocal relationship between a mother and her child. Part memoir, part beekeeping odyssey, The Honey Bus is an unforgettable story about finding home in the most unusual of places and how a tiny, little-understood insect could save a life. Meredith May Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368555 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Honey Bus: A Memoir of Loss, Courage and a Girl Saved by Bees Author: Meredith May Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary story of a girl, her grandfather and one of nature’s most mysterious and beguiling creatures: the honeybee. Meredith May recalls the first time a honeybee crawled on her arm. She was five years old, her parents had recently split and suddenly she found herself in the care of her grandfather, an eccentric beekeeper who made honey in a rusty old military bus in the yard. That first close encounter was at once terrifying and exhilarating for May, and in that moment she discovered that everything she needed to know about life and family was right before her eyes, in the secret world of bees. May turned to her grandfather and the art of beekeeping as an escape from her troubled reality. Her mother had receded into a volatile cycle of neurosis and despair and spent most days locked away in the bedroom. It was during this pivotal time in May’s childhood that she learned to take care of herself, forged an unbreakable bond with her grandfather and opened her eyes to the magic and wisdom of nature. The bees became a guiding force in May’s life, teaching her about family and community, loyalty and survival, and the unequivocal relationship between a mother and her child. Part memoir, part beekeeping odyssey, The Honey Bus is an unforgettable story about finding home in the most unusual of places and how a tiny, little-understood insect could save a life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Honey Bus: A Memoir of Loss, Courage and a Girl Saved by Bees Author: Meredith May Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary story of a girl, her grandfather and one of nature’s most mysterious and beguiling creatures: the honeybee. Meredith May recalls the first time a honeybee crawled on her arm. She was five years old, her parents had recently split and suddenly she found herself in the care of her grandfather, an eccentric beekeeper who made honey in a rusty old military bus in the yard. That first close encounter was at once terrifying and exhilarating for May, and in that moment she discovered that everything she needed to know about life and family was right before her eyes, in the secret world of bees. May turned to her grandfather and the art of beekeeping as an escape from her troubled reality. Her mother had receded into a volatile cycle of neurosis and despair and spent most days locked away in the bedroom. It was during this pivotal time in May’s childhood that she learned to take care of herself, forged an unbreakable bond with her grandfather and opened her eyes to the magic and wisdom of nature. The bees became a guiding force in May’s life, teaching her about family and community, loyalty and survival, and the unequivocal relationship between a mother and her child. Part memoir, part beekeeping odyssey, The Honey Bus is an unforgettable story about finding home in the most unusual of places and how a tiny, little-understood insect could save a life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Eight Master Lessons of Nature: What Nature Teaches Us About Living Well in the World Author: Gary Ferguson Narrator: Gary Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A riveting manifesto for the millions of people who long to forge a more vital, meaningful connection to the natural world to live a better, more fulfilling life   Looking around at the world today—a world of skyscrapers, super highways, melting ice caps, and rampant deforestation—it is easy to feel that humanity has actively severed its ties with nature. It’s no wonder that we are starving to rediscover a connection with the natural world. With new insights into the inner workings of nature's wonders, Gary Ferguson presents a fascinating exploration into how many of the most remarkable aspects of nature are hardwired into our very DNA. What emerges is a dazzling web of connections that holds powerful clues about how to better navigate our daily lives.  Through cutting-edge data and research, drawing on science, psychology, history, and philosophy, The Eight Master Lessons of Nature will leave readers with a feeling of hope, excitement, and joy. It is a dazzling statement about the powers of physical, mental, and spiritual wellness that come from reclaiming our relationship with Mother Nature. Lessons about mystery, loss, the fine art of rising again, how animals make us smarter, and how the planet’s elders make us better at life are unforgettable and transformative. Gary Ferguson Tue, 22 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Eight Master Lessons of Nature: What Nature Teaches Us About Living Well in the World Author: Gary Ferguson Narrator: Gary Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A riveting manifesto for the millions of people who long to forge a more vital, meaningful connection to the natural world to live a better, more fulfilling life   Looking around at the world today—a world of skyscrapers, super highways, melting ice caps, and rampant deforestation—it is easy to feel that humanity has actively severed its ties with nature. It’s no wonder that we are starving to rediscover a connection with the natural world. With new insights into the inner workings of nature's wonders, Gary Ferguson presents a fascinating exploration into how many of the most remarkable aspects of nature are hardwired into our very DNA. What emerges is a dazzling web of connections that holds powerful clues about how to better navigate our daily lives.  Through cutting-edge data and research, drawing on science, psychology, history, and philosophy, The Eight Master Lessons of Nature will leave readers with a feeling of hope, excitement, and joy. It is a dazzling statement about the powers of physical, mental, and spiritual wellness that come from reclaiming our relationship with Mother Nature. Lessons about mystery, loss, the fine art of rising again, how animals make us smarter, and how the planet’s elders make us better at life are unforgettable and transformative. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Eight Master Lessons of Nature: What Nature Teaches Us About Living Well in the World Author: Gary Ferguson Narrator: Gary Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A riveting manifesto for the millions of people who long to forge a more vital, meaningful connection to the natural world to live a better, more fulfilling life   Looking around at the world today—a world of skyscrapers, super highways, melting ice caps, and rampant deforestation—it is easy to feel that humanity has actively severed its ties with nature. It’s no wonder that we are starving to rediscover a connection with the natural world. With new insights into the inner workings of nature's wonders, Gary Ferguson presents a fascinating exploration into how many of the most remarkable aspects of nature are hardwired into our very DNA. What emerges is a dazzling web of connections that holds powerful clues about how to better navigate our daily lives.  Through cutting-edge data and research, drawing on science, psychology, history, and philosophy, The Eight Master Lessons of Nature will leave readers with a feeling of hope, excitement, and joy. It is a dazzling statement about the powers of physical, mental, and spiritual wellness that come from reclaiming our relationship with Mother Nature. Lessons about mystery, loss, the fine art of rising again, how animals make us smarter, and how the planet’s elders make us better at life are unforgettable and transformative. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368118 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend Author: Mark J. Bowen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you own a cat or are you thinking about getting one? Are you worried that you won't be able to properly care for it once it arrives? You need a book that will provide all the answers! Sharing your life with an animal can have a lot of positives. We get a lot from them and they give plenty back, but when it comes to looking after them properly, we need to know exactly what to do. A cat is no different to any other pet. When it comes down to basics it relies mainly on you to feed and care for it if it becomes ill and with Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend, you can learn about: - Cat Care Basics - Visiting The Vet - What You Need To Know About Vaccinations - Provide The Correct Food - Provide The Correct Grooming - Provide The Correct Toys And Affection - The Downfall Of Not training Your Cat With Cat Book to help, you can make sure that you are well prepared to properly look after your new pet in the way you should so that you can both enjoy many years of happiness together. Get a copy today. Mark J. Bowen Tue, 22 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368118 thebookvoice.com 0:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend Author: Mark J. Bowen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you own a cat or are you thinking about getting one? Are you worried that you won't be able to properly care for it once it arrives? You need a book that will provide all the answers! Sharing your life with an animal can have a lot of positives. We get a lot from them and they give plenty back, but when it comes to looking after them properly, we need to know exactly what to do. A cat is no different to any other pet. When it comes down to basics it relies mainly on you to feed and care for it if it becomes ill and with Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend, you can learn about: - Cat Care Basics - Visiting The Vet - What You Need To Know About Vaccinations - Provide The Correct Food - Provide The Correct Grooming - Provide The Correct Toys And Affection - The Downfall Of Not training Your Cat With Cat Book to help, you can make sure that you are well prepared to properly look after your new pet in the way you should so that you can both enjoy many years of happiness together. Get a copy today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend Author: Mark J. Bowen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you own a cat or are you thinking about getting one? Are you worried that you won't be able to properly care for it once it arrives? You need a book that will provide all the answers! Sharing your life with an animal can have a lot of positives. We get a lot from them and they give plenty back, but when it comes to looking after them properly, we need to know exactly what to do. A cat is no different to any other pet. When it comes down to basics it relies mainly on you to feed and care for it if it becomes ill and with Cat Book: The Ultimate Guide To Caring For Your Feline Friend, you can learn about: - Cat Care Basics - Visiting The Vet - What You Need To Know About Vaccinations - Provide The Correct Food - Provide The Correct Grooming - Provide The Correct Toys And Affection - The Downfall Of Not training Your Cat With Cat Book to help, you can make sure that you are well prepared to properly look after your new pet in the way you should so that you can both enjoy many years of happiness together. Get a copy today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erosion: Essays of Undoing Author: Terry Tempest Williams Narrator: Terry Tempest Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Timely and unsettling essays from an important and beloved writer and conservationist In Erosion, Terry Tempest Williams's fierce, spirited, and magnificent essays are a howl in the desert. She sizes up the continuing assaults on America's public lands and the erosion of our commitment to the open space of democracy. She asks: 'How do we find the strength to not look away from all that is breaking our hearts?' We know the elements of erosion: wind, water, and time. They have shaped the spectacular physical landscape of our nation. Here, Williams bravely and brilliantly explores the many forms of erosion we face: of democracy, science, compassion, and trust. She examines the dire cultural and environmental implications of the gutting of Bear Ears National Monument—sacred lands to Native Peoples of the American Southwest; of the undermining of the Endangered Species Act; of the relentless press by the fossil fuel industry that has led to a panorama in which 'oil rigs light up the horizon.' And she testifies that the climate crisis is not an abstraction, offering as evidence the drought outside her door and, at times, within herself. These essays are Williams's call to action, blazing a way forward through difficult and dispiriting times. We will find new territory—emotional, geographical, communal. The erosion of desert lands exposes the truth of change. What has been weathered, worn, and whittled away is as powerful as what remains. Our undoing is also our becoming. Erosion is a book for this moment, political and spiritual at once, written by one of our greatest naturalists, essayists, and defenders of the environment. She reminds us that beauty is its own form of resistance, and that water can crack stone. Terry Tempest Williams Tue, 08 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erosion: Essays of Undoing Author: Terry Tempest Williams Narrator: Terry Tempest Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Timely and unsettling essays from an important and beloved writer and conservationist In Erosion, Terry Tempest Williams's fierce, spirited, and magnificent essays are a howl in the desert. She sizes up the continuing assaults on America's public lands and the erosion of our commitment to the open space of democracy. She asks: 'How do we find the strength to not look away from all that is breaking our hearts?' We know the elements of erosion: wind, water, and time. They have shaped the spectacular physical landscape of our nation. Here, Williams bravely and brilliantly explores the many forms of erosion we face: of democracy, science, compassion, and trust. She examines the dire cultural and environmental implications of the gutting of Bear Ears National Monument—sacred lands to Native Peoples of the American Southwest; of the undermining of the Endangered Species Act; of the relentless press by the fossil fuel industry that has led to a panorama in which 'oil rigs light up the horizon.' And she testifies that the climate crisis is not an abstraction, offering as evidence the drought outside her door and, at times, within herself. These essays are Williams's call to action, blazing a way forward through difficult and dispiriting times. We will find new territory—emotional, geographical, communal. The erosion of desert lands exposes the truth of change. What has been weathered, worn, and whittled away is as powerful as what remains. Our undoing is also our becoming. Erosion is a book for this moment, political and spiritual at once, written by one of our greatest naturalists, essayists, and defenders of the environment. She reminds us that beauty is its own form of resistance, and that water can crack stone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erosion: Essays of Undoing Author: Terry Tempest Williams Narrator: Terry Tempest Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Timely and unsettling essays from an important and beloved writer and conservationist In Erosion, Terry Tempest Williams's fierce, spirited, and magnificent essays are a howl in the desert. She sizes up the continuing assaults on America's public lands and the erosion of our commitment to the open space of democracy. She asks: 'How do we find the strength to not look away from all that is breaking our hearts?' We know the elements of erosion: wind, water, and time. They have shaped the spectacular physical landscape of our nation. Here, Williams bravely and brilliantly explores the many forms of erosion we face: of democracy, science, compassion, and trust. She examines the dire cultural and environmental implications of the gutting of Bear Ears National Monument—sacred lands to Native Peoples of the American Southwest; of the undermining of the Endangered Species Act; of the relentless press by the fossil fuel industry that has led to a panorama in which 'oil rigs light up the horizon.' And she testifies that the climate crisis is not an abstraction, offering as evidence the drought outside her door and, at times, within herself. These essays are Williams's call to action, blazing a way forward through difficult and dispiriting times. We will find new territory—emotional, geographical, communal. The erosion of desert lands exposes the truth of change. What has been weathered, worn, and whittled away is as powerful as what remains. Our undoing is also our becoming. Erosion is a book for this moment, political and spiritual at once, written by one of our greatest naturalists, essayists, and defenders of the environment. She reminds us that beauty is its own form of resistance, and that water can crack stone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mosquito: A Human History of Our Deadliest Predator Author: Timothy C. Winegard Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: **The instant New York Times bestseller.** *An international bestseller.* Finalist for the Lane Anderson Award Finalist for the RBC Taylor Award “Hugely impressive, a major work.”—NPR A pioneering and groundbreaking work of narrative nonfiction that offers a dramatic new perspective on the history of humankind, showing how through millennia, the mosquito has been the single most powerful force in determining humanity’s fate   Why was gin and tonic the cocktail of choice for British colonists in India and Africa? What does Starbucks have to thank for its global domination? What has protected the lives of popes for millennia? Why did Scotland surrender its sovereignty to England? What was George Washington's secret weapon during the American Revolution? The answer to all these questions, and many more, is the mosquito.   Across our planet since the dawn of humankind, this nefarious pest, roughly the size and weight of a grape seed, has been at the frontlines of history as the grim reaper, the harvester of human populations, and the ultimate agent of historical change. As the mosquito transformed the landscapes of civilization, humans were unwittingly required to respond to its piercing impact and universal projection of power.   The mosquito has determined the fates of empires and nations, razed and crippled economies, and decided the outcome of pivotal wars, killing nearly half of humanity along the way. She (only females bite) has dispatched an estimated 52 billion people from a total of 108 billion throughout our relatively brief existence. As the greatest purveyor of extermination we have ever known, she has played a greater role in shaping our human story than any other living thing with which we share our global village.   Imagine for a moment a world without deadly mosquitoes, or any mosquitoes, for that matter? Our history and the world we know, or think we know, would be completely unrecognizable.   Driven by surprising insights and fast-paced storytelling, The Mosquito is the extraordinary untold story of the mosquito’s reign through human history and her indelible impact on our modern world order. Timothy C. Winegard Tue, 06 Aug 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019 thebookvoice.com 19:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mosquito: A Human History of Our Deadliest Predator Author: Timothy C. Winegard Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: **The instant New York Times bestseller.** *An international bestseller.* Finalist for the Lane Anderson Award Finalist for the RBC Taylor Award “Hugely impressive, a major work.”—NPR A pioneering and groundbreaking work of narrative nonfiction that offers a dramatic new perspective on the history of humankind, showing how through millennia, the mosquito has been the single most powerful force in determining humanity’s fate   Why was gin and tonic the cocktail of choice for British colonists in India and Africa? What does Starbucks have to thank for its global domination? What has protected the lives of popes for millennia? Why did Scotland surrender its sovereignty to England? What was George Washington's secret weapon during the American Revolution? The answer to all these questions, and many more, is the mosquito.   Across our planet since the dawn of humankind, this nefarious pest, roughly the size and weight of a grape seed, has been at the frontlines of history as the grim reaper, the harvester of human populations, and the ultimate agent of historical change. As the mosquito transformed the landscapes of civilization, humans were unwittingly required to respond to its piercing impact and universal projection of power.   The mosquito has determined the fates of empires and nations, razed and crippled economies, and decided the outcome of pivotal wars, killing nearly half of humanity along the way. She (only females bite) has dispatched an estimated 52 billion people from a total of 108 billion throughout our relatively brief existence. As the greatest purveyor of extermination we have ever known, she has played a greater role in shaping our human story than any other living thing with which we share our global village.   Imagine for a moment a world without deadly mosquitoes, or any mosquitoes, for that matter? Our history and the world we know, or think we know, would be completely unrecognizable.   Driven by surprising insights and fast-paced storytelling, The Mosquito is the extraordinary untold story of the mosquito’s reign through human history and her indelible impact on our modern world order. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mosquito: A Human History of Our Deadliest Predator Author: Timothy C. Winegard Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: **The instant New York Times bestseller.** *An international bestseller.* Finalist for the Lane Anderson Award Finalist for the RBC Taylor Award “Hugely impressive, a major work.”—NPR A pioneering and groundbreaking work of narrative nonfiction that offers a dramatic new perspective on the history of humankind, showing how through millennia, the mosquito has been the single most powerful force in determining humanity’s fate   Why was gin and tonic the cocktail of choice for British colonists in India and Africa? What does Starbucks have to thank for its global domination? What has protected the lives of popes for millennia? Why did Scotland surrender its sovereignty to England? What was George Washington's secret weapon during the American Revolution? The answer to all these questions, and many more, is the mosquito.   Across our planet since the dawn of humankind, this nefarious pest, roughly the size and weight of a grape seed, has been at the frontlines of history as the grim reaper, the harvester of human populations, and the ultimate agent of historical change. As the mosquito transformed the landscapes of civilization, humans were unwittingly required to respond to its piercing impact and universal projection of power.   The mosquito has determined the fates of empires and nations, razed and crippled economies, and decided the outcome of pivotal wars, killing nearly half of humanity along the way. She (only females bite) has dispatched an estimated 52 billion people from a total of 108 billion throughout our relatively brief existence. As the greatest purveyor of extermination we have ever known, she has played a greater role in shaping our human story than any other living thing with which we share our global village.   Imagine for a moment a world without deadly mosquitoes, or any mosquitoes, for that matter? Our history and the world we know, or think we know, would be completely unrecognizable.   Driven by surprising insights and fast-paced storytelling, The Mosquito is the extraordinary untold story of the mosquito’s reign through human history and her indelible impact on our modern world order. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doctor Dogs: How Our Best Friends Are Becoming Our Best Medicine Author: Maria Goodavage Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Maria Goodavage takes us on a thrilling, delightful, globe-trotting journey to discover the heartwarming and fascinating new world of doctor dogs.   In this groundbreaking book, Goodavage brings us behind the scenes of cutting-edge science at top research centers, and into the lives of people whose well-being depends on their devoted, highly skilled personal MDs (medical dogs). With her signature wit and passion, Goodavage explores how doctor dogs are becoming our happy allies in the fight against dozens of physical and mental conditions.   We meet dogs who detect cancer and Parkinson’s disease, and dogs who alert people to seizures and diabetic lows or highs and other life-threatening physical ailments. Goodavage reveals the revolutionary ways dogs are helping those with autism, anxiety, depression, schizophrenia, and post-traumatic stress disorder. And she introduces us to intrepid canines who are protecting us from antibiotic-resistant bugs, and to dogs who may one day help keep us safe from epidemic catastrophe. Their paycheck for their lifesaving work? Heartfelt praise and a tasty treat or favorite toy.   The emotional element in Doctor Dogs delivers as powerfully as the science. You don’t have to be a dog lover to care deeply about what these dogs are doing and what we are learning from them—although if you’re not a dog lover, you probably will be by the end of the book. Maria Goodavage Tue, 01 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368016 thebookvoice.com 12:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doctor Dogs: How Our Best Friends Are Becoming Our Best Medicine Author: Maria Goodavage Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Maria Goodavage takes us on a thrilling, delightful, globe-trotting journey to discover the heartwarming and fascinating new world of doctor dogs.   In this groundbreaking book, Goodavage brings us behind the scenes of cutting-edge science at top research centers, and into the lives of people whose well-being depends on their devoted, highly skilled personal MDs (medical dogs). With her signature wit and passion, Goodavage explores how doctor dogs are becoming our happy allies in the fight against dozens of physical and mental conditions.   We meet dogs who detect cancer and Parkinson’s disease, and dogs who alert people to seizures and diabetic lows or highs and other life-threatening physical ailments. Goodavage reveals the revolutionary ways dogs are helping those with autism, anxiety, depression, schizophrenia, and post-traumatic stress disorder. And she introduces us to intrepid canines who are protecting us from antibiotic-resistant bugs, and to dogs who may one day help keep us safe from epidemic catastrophe. Their paycheck for their lifesaving work? Heartfelt praise and a tasty treat or favorite toy.   The emotional element in Doctor Dogs delivers as powerfully as the science. You don’t have to be a dog lover to care deeply about what these dogs are doing and what we are learning from them—although if you’re not a dog lover, you probably will be by the end of the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doctor Dogs: How Our Best Friends Are Becoming Our Best Medicine Author: Maria Goodavage Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Maria Goodavage takes us on a thrilling, delightful, globe-trotting journey to discover the heartwarming and fascinating new world of doctor dogs.   In this groundbreaking book, Goodavage brings us behind the scenes of cutting-edge science at top research centers, and into the lives of people whose well-being depends on their devoted, highly skilled personal MDs (medical dogs). With her signature wit and passion, Goodavage explores how doctor dogs are becoming our happy allies in the fight against dozens of physical and mental conditions.   We meet dogs who detect cancer and Parkinson’s disease, and dogs who alert people to seizures and diabetic lows or highs and other life-threatening physical ailments. Goodavage reveals the revolutionary ways dogs are helping those with autism, anxiety, depression, schizophrenia, and post-traumatic stress disorder. And she introduces us to intrepid canines who are protecting us from antibiotic-resistant bugs, and to dogs who may one day help keep us safe from epidemic catastrophe. Their paycheck for their lifesaving work? Heartfelt praise and a tasty treat or favorite toy.   The emotional element in Doctor Dogs delivers as powerfully as the science. You don’t have to be a dog lover to care deeply about what these dogs are doing and what we are learning from them—although if you’re not a dog lover, you probably will be by the end of the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denali: A Man, A Dog, and the Friendship of a Lifetime Author: Ben Moon Narrator: Ben Moon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: '....a very sweet dog story' -- Outside The story of a dog, his human, and the friendship that saved both of their lives. When Ben Moon moved from the Midwest to Oregon, he hadn’t planned on getting a dog. But when he first met the soulful gaze of a rescue pup in a shelter, Ben instantly felt a connection, and his friendship with Denali was born. The two of them set out on the road together, on an adventure that would take them across the American west and through some of the best years of their lives. But when Ben was diagnosed with colorectal cancer at age 29, he faced a difficult battle with the disease, and Denali never once left his side until they were back out surfing and climbing crags. It was only a short time later that Denali was struck by the same disease, and Ben had the chance to return the favor. Denali is the story of this powerful friendship that shaped Ben and Denali’s lives, showing the strength and love that we give and receive when we have our friends by our side. Ben Moon Tue, 14 Jan 2020 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368014 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denali: A Man, A Dog, and the Friendship of a Lifetime Author: Ben Moon Narrator: Ben Moon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: '....a very sweet dog story' -- Outside The story of a dog, his human, and the friendship that saved both of their lives. When Ben Moon moved from the Midwest to Oregon, he hadn’t planned on getting a dog. But when he first met the soulful gaze of a rescue pup in a shelter, Ben instantly felt a connection, and his friendship with Denali was born. The two of them set out on the road together, on an adventure that would take them across the American west and through some of the best years of their lives. But when Ben was diagnosed with colorectal cancer at age 29, he faced a difficult battle with the disease, and Denali never once left his side until they were back out surfing and climbing crags. It was only a short time later that Denali was struck by the same disease, and Ben had the chance to return the favor. Denali is the story of this powerful friendship that shaped Ben and Denali’s lives, showing the strength and love that we give and receive when we have our friends by our side. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denali: A Man, A Dog, and the Friendship of a Lifetime Author: Ben Moon Narrator: Ben Moon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: '....a very sweet dog story' -- Outside The story of a dog, his human, and the friendship that saved both of their lives. When Ben Moon moved from the Midwest to Oregon, he hadn’t planned on getting a dog. But when he first met the soulful gaze of a rescue pup in a shelter, Ben instantly felt a connection, and his friendship with Denali was born. The two of them set out on the road together, on an adventure that would take them across the American west and through some of the best years of their lives. But when Ben was diagnosed with colorectal cancer at age 29, he faced a difficult battle with the disease, and Denali never once left his side until they were back out surfing and climbing crags. It was only a short time later that Denali was struck by the same disease, and Ben had the chance to return the favor. Denali is the story of this powerful friendship that shaped Ben and Denali’s lives, showing the strength and love that we give and receive when we have our friends by our side. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367995 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Private Life of the Hare Author: John Lewis-Stempel Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: October 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘To see a hare sit still as stone, to watch a hare boxing on a frosty March morning, to witness a hare bolt . . . these are great things. Every field should have a hare.’ The hare, a night creature and country-dweller, is a rare sight for most people. We know them only from legends and stories. They are shape-shifters, witches’ familiars and symbols of fertility. They are arrogant, as in Aesop’s The Hare and the Tortoise, and absurd, as in Lewis Carroll’s Mad March Hare. In the absence of observed facts, speculation and fantasy have flourished. But real hares? What are they like? In The Book of the Hare, John Lewis-Stempel explores myths, history and the reality of the hare. And in vivid, elegant prose he celebrates how, in an age when television cameras have revealed so much in our landscape, the hare remains as elusive and magical as ever. John Lewis-Stempel Thu, 17 Oct 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367995 thebookvoice.com 1:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Private Life of the Hare Author: John Lewis-Stempel Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: October 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘To see a hare sit still as stone, to watch a hare boxing on a frosty March morning, to witness a hare bolt . . . these are great things. Every field should have a hare.’ The hare, a night creature and country-dweller, is a rare sight for most people. We know them only from legends and stories. They are shape-shifters, witches’ familiars and symbols of fertility. They are arrogant, as in Aesop’s The Hare and the Tortoise, and absurd, as in Lewis Carroll’s Mad March Hare. In the absence of observed facts, speculation and fantasy have flourished. But real hares? What are they like? In The Book of the Hare, John Lewis-Stempel explores myths, history and the reality of the hare. And in vivid, elegant prose he celebrates how, in an age when television cameras have revealed so much in our landscape, the hare remains as elusive and magical as ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Private Life of the Hare Author: John Lewis-Stempel Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: October 17, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘To see a hare sit still as stone, to watch a hare boxing on a frosty March morning, to witness a hare bolt . . . these are great things. Every field should have a hare.’ The hare, a night creature and country-dweller, is a rare sight for most people. We know them only from legends and stories. They are shape-shifters, witches’ familiars and symbols of fertility. They are arrogant, as in Aesop’s The Hare and the Tortoise, and absurd, as in Lewis Carroll’s Mad March Hare. In the absence of observed facts, speculation and fantasy have flourished. But real hares? What are they like? In The Book of the Hare, John Lewis-Stempel explores myths, history and the reality of the hare. And in vivid, elegant prose he celebrates how, in an age when television cameras have revealed so much in our landscape, the hare remains as elusive and magical as ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367977 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures Of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: Part of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Janine Birkett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times Top 10 bestseller by the shepherdess and star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. 'With its fizzing energy and celebration of nature and community, this is perfect comfort reading for uncertain times' – Daily Mail Amanda Owen loves her traditional life on her hill farm alongside her nine children and husband Clive. And, as readers of her previous bestsellers will know, every day at Ravenseat brings surprises. In Adventures of the Yorkshire Shepherdess Amanda takes us from her family’s desperate race to save a missing calf to finding her bra has been repurposed as a house martin’s nest, and from wild swimming to the brutal winter that almost brought her to her knees. As busy as she is with her family and flock though, an exciting new project soon catches her eye . . . Ravenseat is a tenant farm and may not stay in the family, so when Amanda discovers a nearby farmhouse up for sale, she knows it is her chance to create roots for her children. The old house needs a lot of renovation and money is tight, so Amanda sets about the work herself, with some help from a travelling monk, a visiting plumber and Clive. It’s fair to say things do not go according to plan! Funny, evocative and set in a remote and beautiful landscape, this book will delight anyone who has hankered after a new life in the country. Amanda Owen Thu, 13 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367977 thebookvoice.com 9:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures Of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: Part of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Janine Birkett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times Top 10 bestseller by the shepherdess and star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. 'With its fizzing energy and celebration of nature and community, this is perfect comfort reading for uncertain times' – Daily Mail Amanda Owen loves her traditional life on her hill farm alongside her nine children and husband Clive. And, as readers of her previous bestsellers will know, every day at Ravenseat brings surprises. In Adventures of the Yorkshire Shepherdess Amanda takes us from her family’s desperate race to save a missing calf to finding her bra has been repurposed as a house martin’s nest, and from wild swimming to the brutal winter that almost brought her to her knees. As busy as she is with her family and flock though, an exciting new project soon catches her eye . . . Ravenseat is a tenant farm and may not stay in the family, so when Amanda discovers a nearby farmhouse up for sale, she knows it is her chance to create roots for her children. The old house needs a lot of renovation and money is tight, so Amanda sets about the work herself, with some help from a travelling monk, a visiting plumber and Clive. It’s fair to say things do not go according to plan! Funny, evocative and set in a remote and beautiful landscape, this book will delight anyone who has hankered after a new life in the country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures Of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: Part of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Janine Birkett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times Top 10 bestseller by the shepherdess and star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. 'With its fizzing energy and celebration of nature and community, this is perfect comfort reading for uncertain times' – Daily Mail Amanda Owen loves her traditional life on her hill farm alongside her nine children and husband Clive. And, as readers of her previous bestsellers will know, every day at Ravenseat brings surprises. In Adventures of the Yorkshire Shepherdess Amanda takes us from her family’s desperate race to save a missing calf to finding her bra has been repurposed as a house martin’s nest, and from wild swimming to the brutal winter that almost brought her to her knees. As busy as she is with her family and flock though, an exciting new project soon catches her eye . . . Ravenseat is a tenant farm and may not stay in the family, so when Amanda discovers a nearby farmhouse up for sale, she knows it is her chance to create roots for her children. The old house needs a lot of renovation and money is tight, so Amanda sets about the work herself, with some help from a travelling monk, a visiting plumber and Clive. It’s fair to say things do not go according to plan! Funny, evocative and set in a remote and beautiful landscape, this book will delight anyone who has hankered after a new life in the country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild at Heart: America's Turbulent Relationship with Nature, from Exploitation to Redemption Author: Alice Outwater Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'Through a narrative that roams in unexpected directions through surprising details and history, then periodically grounds itself by looping back to her own family before it soars off again, Alice Outwater’s infectiously readable Wild at Heart captures the essence of ecology: Everything is connected, and every connection leads to ourselves.' ―Alan Weisman, author, The World Without Us and Countdown In the tradition of The World Without Us, a beautifully written and ultimately hopeful history of our relationship with the natural world Nature on the brink? Maybe not. With so much bad news in the world, we forget how much environmental progress has been made. In a narrative that reaches from Native American tribal practices to public health and commercial hunting, Wild at Heart shows how western attitudes towards nature have changed dramatically in the last five hundred years. The Chinook gave thanks for King Salmon's gifts. The Puritans saw Nature as a frightening wilderness, full of 'uncooked meat.' With the industrial revolution, nature was despoiled and simultaneously celebrated as a source of the sublime. With little forethought and great greed, Americans killed the last passenger pigeon, wiped out the old growth forests, and dumped so much oil in the rivers that they burst into flame. But in the span of a few decades, our relationship with nature has evolved to a more sophisticated sense of interdependence that brings us full circle. Across the US, people are taking individual action, planting native species and fighting for projects like dam removal and wolf restoration. Cities are embracing nature, too. Humans can learn from the past, and our choices today will determine whether nature survives. Like the First Nations, all nations must come to deep agreement that nature needs protection. This compelling book reveals both how we got here and our own and nature's astonishing ability to mutually regenerate. Alice Outwater Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild at Heart: America's Turbulent Relationship with Nature, from Exploitation to Redemption Author: Alice Outwater Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'Through a narrative that roams in unexpected directions through surprising details and history, then periodically grounds itself by looping back to her own family before it soars off again, Alice Outwater’s infectiously readable Wild at Heart captures the essence of ecology: Everything is connected, and every connection leads to ourselves.' ―Alan Weisman, author, The World Without Us and Countdown In the tradition of The World Without Us, a beautifully written and ultimately hopeful history of our relationship with the natural world Nature on the brink? Maybe not. With so much bad news in the world, we forget how much environmental progress has been made. In a narrative that reaches from Native American tribal practices to public health and commercial hunting, Wild at Heart shows how western attitudes towards nature have changed dramatically in the last five hundred years. The Chinook gave thanks for King Salmon's gifts. The Puritans saw Nature as a frightening wilderness, full of 'uncooked meat.' With the industrial revolution, nature was despoiled and simultaneously celebrated as a source of the sublime. With little forethought and great greed, Americans killed the last passenger pigeon, wiped out the old growth forests, and dumped so much oil in the rivers that they burst into flame. But in the span of a few decades, our relationship with nature has evolved to a more sophisticated sense of interdependence that brings us full circle. Across the US, people are taking individual action, planting native species and fighting for projects like dam removal and wolf restoration. Cities are embracing nature, too. Humans can learn from the past, and our choices today will determine whether nature survives. Like the First Nations, all nations must come to deep agreement that nature needs protection. This compelling book reveals both how we got here and our own and nature's astonishing ability to mutually regenerate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild at Heart: America's Turbulent Relationship with Nature, from Exploitation to Redemption Author: Alice Outwater Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'Through a narrative that roams in unexpected directions through surprising details and history, then periodically grounds itself by looping back to her own family before it soars off again, Alice Outwater’s infectiously readable Wild at Heart captures the essence of ecology: Everything is connected, and every connection leads to ourselves.' ―Alan Weisman, author, The World Without Us and Countdown In the tradition of The World Without Us, a beautifully written and ultimately hopeful history of our relationship with the natural world Nature on the brink? Maybe not. With so much bad news in the world, we forget how much environmental progress has been made. In a narrative that reaches from Native American tribal practices to public health and commercial hunting, Wild at Heart shows how western attitudes towards nature have changed dramatically in the last five hundred years. The Chinook gave thanks for King Salmon's gifts. The Puritans saw Nature as a frightening wilderness, full of 'uncooked meat.' With the industrial revolution, nature was despoiled and simultaneously celebrated as a source of the sublime. With little forethought and great greed, Americans killed the last passenger pigeon, wiped out the old growth forests, and dumped so much oil in the rivers that they burst into flame. But in the span of a few decades, our relationship with nature has evolved to a more sophisticated sense of interdependence that brings us full circle. Across the US, people are taking individual action, planting native species and fighting for projects like dam removal and wolf restoration. Cities are embracing nature, too. Humans can learn from the past, and our choices today will determine whether nature survives. Like the First Nations, all nations must come to deep agreement that nature needs protection. This compelling book reveals both how we got here and our own and nature's astonishing ability to mutually regenerate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frankel: The Greatest Racehorse of All Time and the Sport That Made Him Author: Simon Cooper Narrator: Rupert Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 6, 2020 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In horse racing greatness is defined by speed. Being the second fastest counts for little. You have to win. And win. And keep winning until every challenger of your generation is put to the sword. Of the twelve horses lined up on Newmarket Heath that 2011 day, one would do just that. And more. To become the greatest racehorse that has ever lived. Frankel was born on 11 February 2008, with four white socks and a blaze, from impressive equine lines on both his parents’ sides. Simon Cooper revisits the whole of the horse’s life, giving readers an inside tour of the calm oasis that is life a stud farm, where a foal will live with his mother for the first year of his life. Next, the atmosphere of heady possibility that marks the early days of training. Roadwork. Gallops. Trials. Turning raw potential into something more. Frankel begins to set himself apart. A detailed and fast-paced narrative breathlessly recounts the racing career of the horse who, by his retirement to stud at the age of 4, would be rated the greatest of all time. Cooper weaves the horse’s tale with those of his trainer, battling cancer, the stablehands who coped with his explosive nature, the work rider who tamed him, the the jockey who rode in all fourteen of his races, and the owner who saw his potential from the very beginning. The result is a rich and multifaceted tale of modern horse racing, the lives of everyone involved, human and equine, and the unadulterated glory of winning. And winning everything. Simon Cooper Thu, 06 Aug 2020 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367373 thebookvoice.com 11:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frankel: The Greatest Racehorse of All Time and the Sport That Made Him Author: Simon Cooper Narrator: Rupert Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 6, 2020 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In horse racing greatness is defined by speed. Being the second fastest counts for little. You have to win. And win. And keep winning until every challenger of your generation is put to the sword. Of the twelve horses lined up on Newmarket Heath that 2011 day, one would do just that. And more. To become the greatest racehorse that has ever lived. Frankel was born on 11 February 2008, with four white socks and a blaze, from impressive equine lines on both his parents’ sides. Simon Cooper revisits the whole of the horse’s life, giving readers an inside tour of the calm oasis that is life a stud farm, where a foal will live with his mother for the first year of his life. Next, the atmosphere of heady possibility that marks the early days of training. Roadwork. Gallops. Trials. Turning raw potential into something more. Frankel begins to set himself apart. A detailed and fast-paced narrative breathlessly recounts the racing career of the horse who, by his retirement to stud at the age of 4, would be rated the greatest of all time. Cooper weaves the horse’s tale with those of his trainer, battling cancer, the stablehands who coped with his explosive nature, the work rider who tamed him, the the jockey who rode in all fourteen of his races, and the owner who saw his potential from the very beginning. The result is a rich and multifaceted tale of modern horse racing, the lives of everyone involved, human and equine, and the unadulterated glory of winning. And winning everything. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frankel: The Greatest Racehorse of All Time and the Sport That Made Him Author: Simon Cooper Narrator: Rupert Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 6, 2020 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In horse racing greatness is defined by speed. Being the second fastest counts for little. You have to win. And win. And keep winning until every challenger of your generation is put to the sword. Of the twelve horses lined up on Newmarket Heath that 2011 day, one would do just that. And more. To become the greatest racehorse that has ever lived. Frankel was born on 11 February 2008, with four white socks and a blaze, from impressive equine lines on both his parents’ sides. Simon Cooper revisits the whole of the horse’s life, giving readers an inside tour of the calm oasis that is life a stud farm, where a foal will live with his mother for the first year of his life. Next, the atmosphere of heady possibility that marks the early days of training. Roadwork. Gallops. Trials. Turning raw potential into something more. Frankel begins to set himself apart. A detailed and fast-paced narrative breathlessly recounts the racing career of the horse who, by his retirement to stud at the age of 4, would be rated the greatest of all time. Cooper weaves the horse’s tale with those of his trainer, battling cancer, the stablehands who coped with his explosive nature, the work rider who tamed him, the the jockey who rode in all fourteen of his races, and the owner who saw his potential from the very beginning. The result is a rich and multifaceted tale of modern horse racing, the lives of everyone involved, human and equine, and the unadulterated glory of winning. And winning everything. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367338 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the River: A Journey beneath the Surface Author: Olivia Laing Narrator: Kate Reading Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Over sixty years after Virginia Woolf drowned in the River Ouse, Olivia Laing set out one midsummer morning to walk its banks, from source to sea. Along the way, she explores the roles that rivers play in human lives, tracing their intricate flow through literature, mythology, and folklore. Lyrical and stirring, To the River is a passionate investigation into how history resides in a landscape—and how ghosts never quite leave the places they love. Olivia Laing Tue, 28 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367338 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the River: A Journey beneath the Surface Author: Olivia Laing Narrator: Kate Reading Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Over sixty years after Virginia Woolf drowned in the River Ouse, Olivia Laing set out one midsummer morning to walk its banks, from source to sea. Along the way, she explores the roles that rivers play in human lives, tracing their intricate flow through literature, mythology, and folklore. Lyrical and stirring, To the River is a passionate investigation into how history resides in a landscape—and how ghosts never quite leave the places they love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the River: A Journey beneath the Surface Author: Olivia Laing Narrator: Kate Reading Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Over sixty years after Virginia Woolf drowned in the River Ouse, Olivia Laing set out one midsummer morning to walk its banks, from source to sea. Along the way, she explores the roles that rivers play in human lives, tracing their intricate flow through literature, mythology, and folklore. Lyrical and stirring, To the River is a passionate investigation into how history resides in a landscape—and how ghosts never quite leave the places they love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367269 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bringing Nature Home: How You Can Sustain Wildlife with Native Plants, Updated and Expanded Author: Douglas W. Tallamy Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: As development and subsequent habitat destruction accelerate, there are increasing pressures on wildlife populations. But there is an important and simple step toward reversing this alarming trend: Everyone with access to a patch of earth can make a significant contribution toward sustaining biodiversity. There is an unbreakable link between native plant species and native wildlife—native insects cannot, or will not, eat alien plants. When native plants disappear, the insects disappear, impoverishing the food source for birds and other animals. In many parts of the world, habitat destruction has been so extensive that local wildlife is in crisis and may be headed toward extinction. Bringing Nature Home has sparked a national conversation about the link between healthy local ecosystems and human well-being, and this audio edition will help broaden the movement. By acting on Douglas Tallamy's practical recommendations, everyone can make a difference. Douglas W. Tallamy Tue, 22 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367269 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bringing Nature Home: How You Can Sustain Wildlife with Native Plants, Updated and Expanded Author: Douglas W. Tallamy Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: As development and subsequent habitat destruction accelerate, there are increasing pressures on wildlife populations. But there is an important and simple step toward reversing this alarming trend: Everyone with access to a patch of earth can make a significant contribution toward sustaining biodiversity. There is an unbreakable link between native plant species and native wildlife—native insects cannot, or will not, eat alien plants. When native plants disappear, the insects disappear, impoverishing the food source for birds and other animals. In many parts of the world, habitat destruction has been so extensive that local wildlife is in crisis and may be headed toward extinction. Bringing Nature Home has sparked a national conversation about the link between healthy local ecosystems and human well-being, and this audio edition will help broaden the movement. By acting on Douglas Tallamy's practical recommendations, everyone can make a difference. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bringing Nature Home: How You Can Sustain Wildlife with Native Plants, Updated and Expanded Author: Douglas W. Tallamy Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: As development and subsequent habitat destruction accelerate, there are increasing pressures on wildlife populations. But there is an important and simple step toward reversing this alarming trend: Everyone with access to a patch of earth can make a significant contribution toward sustaining biodiversity. There is an unbreakable link between native plant species and native wildlife—native insects cannot, or will not, eat alien plants. When native plants disappear, the insects disappear, impoverishing the food source for birds and other animals. In many parts of the world, habitat destruction has been so extensive that local wildlife is in crisis and may be headed toward extinction. Bringing Nature Home has sparked a national conversation about the link between healthy local ecosystems and human well-being, and this audio edition will help broaden the movement. By acting on Douglas Tallamy's practical recommendations, everyone can make a difference. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367059 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Lost Dogs Go: A Story of Love, Search, and the Power of Reunion Author: Susannah Charleson Narrator: Susannah Charleson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author Susannah Charleson comes an important and heartfelt exploration into the world of lost dogs and the power of reunion. One in six dogs go missing at some point in their lives, leaving bereft owners to search high and low, hang missing posters, check shelters, and hope for good news. But amid these grim statistics, countless happy endings are forged. Tails wag again. Best friends are reunited. In Where the Lost Dogs Go, Susannah Charleson, author of Scent of the Missing and a trusted chronicler of the human–animal bond, dives headlong into the world of missing dogs. The mission to reunite lost pets with their families starts with Susannah’s own shelter rescue dog, Ace, a plucky Maltese mix with a mysterious past who narrowly survived months wandering lost. While Susannah formally studies animal behavior, lost-pet search tactics, social-media strategies, and the psychology of loss, Ace also steps up for training. Cheerful and resourceful, Ace has revealed a nose for the scent of lost pets, and together they help neighbors and strangers in their searching. In Where the Lost Dogs Go, listeners take to the streets beside Susannah to bring home a host of missing pets. Along the way, Susannah finds a part of herself also lost. And when unexpected heartbreak shatters her own sense of direction, it is Ace—the shelter dog that started it all—who leads Susannah home. Inquisitive, instructive, heartrending, and hopeful, Where the Lost Dogs Go pays tribute to the missing dogs—and to the found—and to the restless space in between. Susannah Charleson Tue, 04 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367059 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Lost Dogs Go: A Story of Love, Search, and the Power of Reunion Author: Susannah Charleson Narrator: Susannah Charleson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author Susannah Charleson comes an important and heartfelt exploration into the world of lost dogs and the power of reunion. One in six dogs go missing at some point in their lives, leaving bereft owners to search high and low, hang missing posters, check shelters, and hope for good news. But amid these grim statistics, countless happy endings are forged. Tails wag again. Best friends are reunited. In Where the Lost Dogs Go, Susannah Charleson, author of Scent of the Missing and a trusted chronicler of the human–animal bond, dives headlong into the world of missing dogs. The mission to reunite lost pets with their families starts with Susannah’s own shelter rescue dog, Ace, a plucky Maltese mix with a mysterious past who narrowly survived months wandering lost. While Susannah formally studies animal behavior, lost-pet search tactics, social-media strategies, and the psychology of loss, Ace also steps up for training. Cheerful and resourceful, Ace has revealed a nose for the scent of lost pets, and together they help neighbors and strangers in their searching. In Where the Lost Dogs Go, listeners take to the streets beside Susannah to bring home a host of missing pets. Along the way, Susannah finds a part of herself also lost. And when unexpected heartbreak shatters her own sense of direction, it is Ace—the shelter dog that started it all—who leads Susannah home. Inquisitive, instructive, heartrending, and hopeful, Where the Lost Dogs Go pays tribute to the missing dogs—and to the found—and to the restless space in between. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Lost Dogs Go: A Story of Love, Search, and the Power of Reunion Author: Susannah Charleson Narrator: Susannah Charleson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author Susannah Charleson comes an important and heartfelt exploration into the world of lost dogs and the power of reunion. One in six dogs go missing at some point in their lives, leaving bereft owners to search high and low, hang missing posters, check shelters, and hope for good news. But amid these grim statistics, countless happy endings are forged. Tails wag again. Best friends are reunited. In Where the Lost Dogs Go, Susannah Charleson, author of Scent of the Missing and a trusted chronicler of the human–animal bond, dives headlong into the world of missing dogs. The mission to reunite lost pets with their families starts with Susannah’s own shelter rescue dog, Ace, a plucky Maltese mix with a mysterious past who narrowly survived months wandering lost. While Susannah formally studies animal behavior, lost-pet search tactics, social-media strategies, and the psychology of loss, Ace also steps up for training. Cheerful and resourceful, Ace has revealed a nose for the scent of lost pets, and together they help neighbors and strangers in their searching. In Where the Lost Dogs Go, listeners take to the streets beside Susannah to bring home a host of missing pets. Along the way, Susannah finds a part of herself also lost. And when unexpected heartbreak shatters her own sense of direction, it is Ace—the shelter dog that started it all—who leads Susannah home. Inquisitive, instructive, heartrending, and hopeful, Where the Lost Dogs Go pays tribute to the missing dogs—and to the found—and to the restless space in between. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367039 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Animal Dialogues: Uncommon Encounters in the Wild Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the finest nature writers at work in America today-a lyrical, dramatic, illuminating tour of the hidden domain of wild animals. Whether recalling the experience of being chased through the Grand Canyon by a bighorn sheep, swimming with sharks off the coast of British Columbia, watching a peregrine falcon perform acrobatic stunts at 200 miles per hour, or engaging in a tense face-off with a mountain lion near a desert waterhole, Craig Childs captures the moment so vividly that he puts the reader in his boots. Each of the forty brief, compelling narratives in The Animal Dialogs focuses on the author's own encounter with a particular species and is replete with astonishing facts about the species' behavior, habitat, breeding, and lifespan. But the glory of each essay lies in Childs's ability to portray the sometimes brutal beauty of the wilderness, to capture the individual essence of wild creatures, to transport the reader beyond the human realm and deep inside the animal kingdom Craig Childs Tue, 15 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367039 thebookvoice.com 10:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Animal Dialogues: Uncommon Encounters in the Wild Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the finest nature writers at work in America today-a lyrical, dramatic, illuminating tour of the hidden domain of wild animals. Whether recalling the experience of being chased through the Grand Canyon by a bighorn sheep, swimming with sharks off the coast of British Columbia, watching a peregrine falcon perform acrobatic stunts at 200 miles per hour, or engaging in a tense face-off with a mountain lion near a desert waterhole, Craig Childs captures the moment so vividly that he puts the reader in his boots. Each of the forty brief, compelling narratives in The Animal Dialogs focuses on the author's own encounter with a particular species and is replete with astonishing facts about the species' behavior, habitat, breeding, and lifespan. But the glory of each essay lies in Childs's ability to portray the sometimes brutal beauty of the wilderness, to capture the individual essence of wild creatures, to transport the reader beyond the human realm and deep inside the animal kingdom Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Animal Dialogues: Uncommon Encounters in the Wild Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the finest nature writers at work in America today-a lyrical, dramatic, illuminating tour of the hidden domain of wild animals. Whether recalling the experience of being chased through the Grand Canyon by a bighorn sheep, swimming with sharks off the coast of British Columbia, watching a peregrine falcon perform acrobatic stunts at 200 miles per hour, or engaging in a tense face-off with a mountain lion near a desert waterhole, Craig Childs captures the moment so vividly that he puts the reader in his boots. Each of the forty brief, compelling narratives in The Animal Dialogs focuses on the author's own encounter with a particular species and is replete with astonishing facts about the species' behavior, habitat, breeding, and lifespan. But the glory of each essay lies in Childs's ability to portray the sometimes brutal beauty of the wilderness, to capture the individual essence of wild creatures, to transport the reader beyond the human realm and deep inside the animal kingdom https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367037 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Whalers: Three Years in the Far Pacific with a Courageous Tribe and a Vanishing Way of Life Author: Doug Bock Clark Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this "immersive, densely reported, and altogether remarkable first book [with] the texture and color of a first-rate novel" (New York Times), journalist Doug Bock Clark tells the epic story of the world's last subsistence whalers and the threats posed to a tribe on the brink. A New York Times Notable Book​ A New York Times Editors' Choice Winner of Lowell Thomas Travel Book Award Silver Medal Finalist for William Saroyan International Writing Prize Longlisted for Mountbatten Award for Best Book Telegraph Best Travel Books of the Year Hampshire Gazette Best Books of 2019 One of the favorite books of Yuval Noah Harari, author of the classic bestseller Sapiens, "on the subject of humanity's place in the world." (via Airmail) On a volcanic island in the Savu Sea so remote that other Indonesians call it "The Land Left Behind" live the Lamalerans: a tribe of 1,500 hunter-gatherers who are the world's last subsistence whalers. They have survived for half a millennium by hunting whales with bamboo harpoons and handmade wooden boats powered by sails of woven palm fronds. But now, under assault from the rapacious forces of the modern era and a global economy, their way of life teeters on the brink of collapse. Award-winning journalist Doug Bock Clark, one of a handful of Westerners who speak the Lamaleran language, lived with the tribe across three years, and he brings their world and their people to vivid life in this gripping story of a vanishing culture. Jon, an orphaned apprentice whaler, toils to earn his harpoon and provide for his ailing grandparents, while Ika, his indomitable younger sister, is eager to forge a life unconstrained by tradition, and to realize a star-crossed love. Frans, an aging shaman, tries to unite the tribe in order to undo a deadly curse. And Ignatius, a legendary harpooner entering retirement, labors to hand down the Ways of the Ancestors to his son, Ben, who would secretly rather become a DJ in the distant tourist mecca of Bali. Deeply empathetic and richly reported, The Last Whalers is a riveting, powerful chronicle of the collision between one of the planet's dwindling indigenous peoples and the irresistible enticements and upheavals of a rapidly transforming world. Doug Bock Clark Tue, 08 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367037 thebookvoice.com 11:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Whalers: Three Years in the Far Pacific with a Courageous Tribe and a Vanishing Way of Life Author: Doug Bock Clark Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this "immersive, densely reported, and altogether remarkable first book [with] the texture and color of a first-rate novel" (New York Times), journalist Doug Bock Clark tells the epic story of the world's last subsistence whalers and the threats posed to a tribe on the brink. A New York Times Notable Book​ A New York Times Editors' Choice Winner of Lowell Thomas Travel Book Award Silver Medal Finalist for William Saroyan International Writing Prize Longlisted for Mountbatten Award for Best Book Telegraph Best Travel Books of the Year Hampshire Gazette Best Books of 2019 One of the favorite books of Yuval Noah Harari, author of the classic bestseller Sapiens, "on the subject of humanity's place in the world." (via Airmail) On a volcanic island in the Savu Sea so remote that other Indonesians call it "The Land Left Behind" live the Lamalerans: a tribe of 1,500 hunter-gatherers who are the world's last subsistence whalers. They have survived for half a millennium by hunting whales with bamboo harpoons and handmade wooden boats powered by sails of woven palm fronds. But now, under assault from the rapacious forces of the modern era and a global economy, their way of life teeters on the brink of collapse. Award-winning journalist Doug Bock Clark, one of a handful of Westerners who speak the Lamaleran language, lived with the tribe across three years, and he brings their world and their people to vivid life in this gripping story of a vanishing culture. Jon, an orphaned apprentice whaler, toils to earn his harpoon and provide for his ailing grandparents, while Ika, his indomitable younger sister, is eager to forge a life unconstrained by tradition, and to realize a star-crossed love. Frans, an aging shaman, tries to unite the tribe in order to undo a deadly curse. And Ignatius, a legendary harpooner entering retirement, labors to hand down the Ways of the Ancestors to his son, Ben, who would secretly rather become a DJ in the distant tourist mecca of Bali. Deeply empathetic and richly reported, The Last Whalers is a riveting, powerful chronicle of the collision between one of the planet's dwindling indigenous peoples and the irresistible enticements and upheavals of a rapidly transforming world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Whalers: Three Years in the Far Pacific with a Courageous Tribe and a Vanishing Way of Life Author: Doug Bock Clark Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this "immersive, densely reported, and altogether remarkable first book [with] the texture and color of a first-rate novel" (New York Times), journalist Doug Bock Clark tells the epic story of the world's last subsistence whalers and the threats posed to a tribe on the brink. A New York Times Notable Book​ A New York Times Editors' Choice Winner of Lowell Thomas Travel Book Award Silver Medal Finalist for William Saroyan International Writing Prize Longlisted for Mountbatten Award for Best Book Telegraph Best Travel Books of the Year Hampshire Gazette Best Books of 2019 One of the favorite books of Yuval Noah Harari, author of the classic bestseller Sapiens, "on the subject of humanity's place in the world." (via Airmail) On a volcanic island in the Savu Sea so remote that other Indonesians call it "The Land Left Behind" live the Lamalerans: a tribe of 1,500 hunter-gatherers who are the world's last subsistence whalers. They have survived for half a millennium by hunting whales with bamboo harpoons and handmade wooden boats powered by sails of woven palm fronds. But now, under assault from the rapacious forces of the modern era and a global economy, their way of life teeters on the brink of collapse. Award-winning journalist Doug Bock Clark, one of a handful of Westerners who speak the Lamaleran language, lived with the tribe across three years, and he brings their world and their people to vivid life in this gripping story of a vanishing culture. Jon, an orphaned apprentice whaler, toils to earn his harpoon and provide for his ailing grandparents, while Ika, his indomitable younger sister, is eager to forge a life unconstrained by tradition, and to realize a star-crossed love. Frans, an aging shaman, tries to unite the tribe in order to undo a deadly curse. And Ignatius, a legendary harpooner entering retirement, labors to hand down the Ways of the Ancestors to his son, Ben, who would secretly rather become a DJ in the distant tourist mecca of Bali. Deeply empathetic and richly reported, The Last Whalers is a riveting, powerful chronicle of the collision between one of the planet's dwindling indigenous peoples and the irresistible enticements and upheavals of a rapidly transforming world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366993 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We are the Weather: Saving the Planet Begins at Breakfast Author: Jonathan Safran Foer Narrator: Jonathan Safran Foer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the bestselling author of Eating Animals and Extremely Loud and Incredibly Close - a brilliant, fresh take on climate change and what we can do about it Climate crisis is the single biggest threat to human survival. And it is happening right now. We all understand that time is running out - but do we truly believe it? And, caught between the seemingly unimaginable and the apparently unthinkable, how can we take the first step towards action, to arrest our race to extinction? We can begin with our knife and fork. The link between farming animals and the climate crisis is barely discussed, because giving up our meat-based diets feels like an impossible ask. But we don't have to go cold turkey. Cutting out animal products for just part of the day is enough to change the world. The task of saving the planet will involve a great reckoning with ourselves - with our all-too-human reluctance to sacrifice immediate comfort for the sake of the future. But we have done it before and we can do it again. Collective action is the way to save our home and way of life. And it all starts with what we eat, and don't eat, for breakfast. With his distinctive wit, insight and humanity, Jonathan Safran Foer presents the essential debate of our time as no one else could, bringing it to vivid and urgent life and offering us all a much-needed way out. (c) 2019 Jonathan Safran Foer (P) 2019 Penguin Audio Jonathan Safran Foer Tue, 17 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366993 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We are the Weather: Saving the Planet Begins at Breakfast Author: Jonathan Safran Foer Narrator: Jonathan Safran Foer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the bestselling author of Eating Animals and Extremely Loud and Incredibly Close - a brilliant, fresh take on climate change and what we can do about it Climate crisis is the single biggest threat to human survival. And it is happening right now. We all understand that time is running out - but do we truly believe it? And, caught between the seemingly unimaginable and the apparently unthinkable, how can we take the first step towards action, to arrest our race to extinction? We can begin with our knife and fork. The link between farming animals and the climate crisis is barely discussed, because giving up our meat-based diets feels like an impossible ask. But we don't have to go cold turkey. Cutting out animal products for just part of the day is enough to change the world. The task of saving the planet will involve a great reckoning with ourselves - with our all-too-human reluctance to sacrifice immediate comfort for the sake of the future. But we have done it before and we can do it again. Collective action is the way to save our home and way of life. And it all starts with what we eat, and don't eat, for breakfast. With his distinctive wit, insight and humanity, Jonathan Safran Foer presents the essential debate of our time as no one else could, bringing it to vivid and urgent life and offering us all a much-needed way out. (c) 2019 Jonathan Safran Foer (P) 2019 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We are the Weather: Saving the Planet Begins at Breakfast Author: Jonathan Safran Foer Narrator: Jonathan Safran Foer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the bestselling author of Eating Animals and Extremely Loud and Incredibly Close - a brilliant, fresh take on climate change and what we can do about it Climate crisis is the single biggest threat to human survival. And it is happening right now. We all understand that time is running out - but do we truly believe it? And, caught between the seemingly unimaginable and the apparently unthinkable, how can we take the first step towards action, to arrest our race to extinction? We can begin with our knife and fork. The link between farming animals and the climate crisis is barely discussed, because giving up our meat-based diets feels like an impossible ask. But we don't have to go cold turkey. Cutting out animal products for just part of the day is enough to change the world. The task of saving the planet will involve a great reckoning with ourselves - with our all-too-human reluctance to sacrifice immediate comfort for the sake of the future. But we have done it before and we can do it again. Collective action is the way to save our home and way of life. And it all starts with what we eat, and don't eat, for breakfast. With his distinctive wit, insight and humanity, Jonathan Safran Foer presents the essential debate of our time as no one else could, bringing it to vivid and urgent life and offering us all a much-needed way out. (c) 2019 Jonathan Safran Foer (P) 2019 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Natural World of Winnie-the-Pooh: A Walk Through the Forest that Inspired the Hundred Acre Wood Author: Kathryn Aalto Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Loved Goodbye Christopher Robin? Learn more about the real place that inspired the beloved stories. Delve into the home of the world's most beloved bear! The Natural World of Winnie-the-Pooh explores the magical landscapes where Pooh, Christopher Robin, and their friends live and play. The Hundred Acre Wood—the setting for Winnie-the-Pooh's adventures—was inspired by Ashdown Forest, a wildlife haven that spans more than 6,000 acres in southeast England. In this enchanting book you can visit the ancient black walnut tree on the edge of the forest that became Pooh's house, go deep into the pine trees to find Poohsticks Bridge, and climb up to the top of the enchanted Galleons Lap, where Pooh says goodbye to Christopher Robin. You will discover how Milne's childhood connection with nature and his role as a father influenced his famous stories, and how his close collaboration with illustrator E. H. Shepard brought those stories to life. This charming book also serves as a guide to the plants, animals, and places of the remarkable Ashdown Forest, whether you are visiting in person or from the comfort of your favorite armchair. In a delightful narrative, enriched with Milne's own words, you will rediscover your favorite characters and the magical place they called home. Kathryn Aalto Thu, 10 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366955 thebookvoice.com 4:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Natural World of Winnie-the-Pooh: A Walk Through the Forest that Inspired the Hundred Acre Wood Author: Kathryn Aalto Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Loved Goodbye Christopher Robin? Learn more about the real place that inspired the beloved stories. Delve into the home of the world's most beloved bear! The Natural World of Winnie-the-Pooh explores the magical landscapes where Pooh, Christopher Robin, and their friends live and play. The Hundred Acre Wood—the setting for Winnie-the-Pooh's adventures—was inspired by Ashdown Forest, a wildlife haven that spans more than 6,000 acres in southeast England. In this enchanting book you can visit the ancient black walnut tree on the edge of the forest that became Pooh's house, go deep into the pine trees to find Poohsticks Bridge, and climb up to the top of the enchanted Galleons Lap, where Pooh says goodbye to Christopher Robin. You will discover how Milne's childhood connection with nature and his role as a father influenced his famous stories, and how his close collaboration with illustrator E. H. Shepard brought those stories to life. This charming book also serves as a guide to the plants, animals, and places of the remarkable Ashdown Forest, whether you are visiting in person or from the comfort of your favorite armchair. In a delightful narrative, enriched with Milne's own words, you will rediscover your favorite characters and the magical place they called home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Natural World of Winnie-the-Pooh: A Walk Through the Forest that Inspired the Hundred Acre Wood Author: Kathryn Aalto Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Loved Goodbye Christopher Robin? Learn more about the real place that inspired the beloved stories. Delve into the home of the world's most beloved bear! The Natural World of Winnie-the-Pooh explores the magical landscapes where Pooh, Christopher Robin, and their friends live and play. The Hundred Acre Wood—the setting for Winnie-the-Pooh's adventures—was inspired by Ashdown Forest, a wildlife haven that spans more than 6,000 acres in southeast England. In this enchanting book you can visit the ancient black walnut tree on the edge of the forest that became Pooh's house, go deep into the pine trees to find Poohsticks Bridge, and climb up to the top of the enchanted Galleons Lap, where Pooh says goodbye to Christopher Robin. You will discover how Milne's childhood connection with nature and his role as a father influenced his famous stories, and how his close collaboration with illustrator E. H. Shepard brought those stories to life. This charming book also serves as a guide to the plants, animals, and places of the remarkable Ashdown Forest, whether you are visiting in person or from the comfort of your favorite armchair. In a delightful narrative, enriched with Milne's own words, you will rediscover your favorite characters and the magical place they called home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreamt Land: Chasing Water and Dust Across California Author: Mark Arax Narrator: Mark Arax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A vivid, searching journey into California's capture of water and soil—the epic story of a people's defiance of nature and the wonders, and ruin, it has wrought Mark Arax is from a family of Central Valley farmers, a writer with deep ties to the land who has watched the battles over water intensify even as California lurches from drought to flood and back again. In The Dreamt Land, he travels the state to explore the one-of-a-kind distribution system, built in the 1940s, '50s and '60s, that is straining to keep up with California's relentless growth. The Dreamt Land weaves reportage, history and memoir to confront the 'Golden State' myth in riveting fashion. No other chronicler of the West has so deeply delved into the empires of agriculture that drink so much of the water. The nation's biggest farmers—the nut king, grape king and citrus queen—tell their story here for the first time. Arax, the native son, is persistent and tough as he treks from desert to delta, mountain to valley. What he finds is hard earned, awe-inspiring, tragic and revelatory. In the end, his compassion for the land becomes an elegy to the dream that created California and now threatens to undo it. Mark Arax Tue, 21 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781 thebookvoice.com 25:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreamt Land: Chasing Water and Dust Across California Author: Mark Arax Narrator: Mark Arax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A vivid, searching journey into California's capture of water and soil—the epic story of a people's defiance of nature and the wonders, and ruin, it has wrought Mark Arax is from a family of Central Valley farmers, a writer with deep ties to the land who has watched the battles over water intensify even as California lurches from drought to flood and back again. In The Dreamt Land, he travels the state to explore the one-of-a-kind distribution system, built in the 1940s, '50s and '60s, that is straining to keep up with California's relentless growth. The Dreamt Land weaves reportage, history and memoir to confront the 'Golden State' myth in riveting fashion. No other chronicler of the West has so deeply delved into the empires of agriculture that drink so much of the water. The nation's biggest farmers—the nut king, grape king and citrus queen—tell their story here for the first time. Arax, the native son, is persistent and tough as he treks from desert to delta, mountain to valley. What he finds is hard earned, awe-inspiring, tragic and revelatory. In the end, his compassion for the land becomes an elegy to the dream that created California and now threatens to undo it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreamt Land: Chasing Water and Dust Across California Author: Mark Arax Narrator: Mark Arax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A vivid, searching journey into California's capture of water and soil—the epic story of a people's defiance of nature and the wonders, and ruin, it has wrought Mark Arax is from a family of Central Valley farmers, a writer with deep ties to the land who has watched the battles over water intensify even as California lurches from drought to flood and back again. In The Dreamt Land, he travels the state to explore the one-of-a-kind distribution system, built in the 1940s, '50s and '60s, that is straining to keep up with California's relentless growth. The Dreamt Land weaves reportage, history and memoir to confront the 'Golden State' myth in riveting fashion. No other chronicler of the West has so deeply delved into the empires of agriculture that drink so much of the water. The nation's biggest farmers—the nut king, grape king and citrus queen—tell their story here for the first time. Arax, the native son, is persistent and tough as he treks from desert to delta, mountain to valley. What he finds is hard earned, awe-inspiring, tragic and revelatory. In the end, his compassion for the land becomes an elegy to the dream that created California and now threatens to undo it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366748 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Healing with Our Animal Companions: The Hidden Keys to a Deeper Animal-Human Connection Author: Tammy Billups Narrator: Henrietta Weekes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A guide to understanding the profound connection in animal/human relationships and its potential for mutual healing • 2020 Coalition of Visionary Resources Gold Award • Explains the unspoken connection between people and their animal companions and how they share the same energetic patterns and emotional wounds • Outlines specific behavioral traits and physical issues that animals may exhibit as they mirror their caregiver’s emotional state of being • Explores holistic modalities humans can employ, such as energy therapy, to promote healing in animals and ultimately themselves The animals we attract in our lives reflect us in many ways. Our connections with them run deeply, down to the soul level. Just like us, they are also on a journey to evolve their soul through their relationships and experiences, and each has deeply spiritual messages for us and intentions for our personal growth. In this book, Tammy Billups invites you to explore and deepen this profound relationship, showing how you can co-evolve along with your animal companions, experience unconditional love, and, ultimately, enact healing for both animal and caregiver. Offering a soulful and bioenergetic perspective on decoding our animals’ actions, behaviors, and physical issues, Billups explains how our animal companions share our energetic patterns and emotional wounds, revealing issues in our own lives that may be hidden or suppressed. She identifies the five core emotional wounds in animals and the ways in which they manifest, outlining specific behavioral traits and physical issues animals may exhibit as they mirror our emotional states. She explains how to connect with them on a profound level so we can grasp their needs more clearly and learn what they have to teach us. She also provides guidance to help your animals heal the emotional wounds and traumas that create their anxiety, stress behaviors, aggression, and fears. The author details a three-step process to help you through decisions you will make on your pets’ behalf and explains how, when a person works on healing a core emotional issue in their life--abandonment for example--it helps the animal release this same issue and the corresponding negative behaviors as well. She also shows how extremely receptive animals are to energy work, holistic healing, and spiritual practices, explaining how these methods unlock emotional barriers and enable both person and animal to heal and reach their highest potential in conscious evolution. Providing tools to identify our animals’ messages more quickly, the author shows how our pets’ higher purpose is to help people understand themselves. Tammy Billups Tue, 08 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366748 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Healing with Our Animal Companions: The Hidden Keys to a Deeper Animal-Human Connection Author: Tammy Billups Narrator: Henrietta Weekes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A guide to understanding the profound connection in animal/human relationships and its potential for mutual healing • 2020 Coalition of Visionary Resources Gold Award • Explains the unspoken connection between people and their animal companions and how they share the same energetic patterns and emotional wounds • Outlines specific behavioral traits and physical issues that animals may exhibit as they mirror their caregiver’s emotional state of being • Explores holistic modalities humans can employ, such as energy therapy, to promote healing in animals and ultimately themselves The animals we attract in our lives reflect us in many ways. Our connections with them run deeply, down to the soul level. Just like us, they are also on a journey to evolve their soul through their relationships and experiences, and each has deeply spiritual messages for us and intentions for our personal growth. In this book, Tammy Billups invites you to explore and deepen this profound relationship, showing how you can co-evolve along with your animal companions, experience unconditional love, and, ultimately, enact healing for both animal and caregiver. Offering a soulful and bioenergetic perspective on decoding our animals’ actions, behaviors, and physical issues, Billups explains how our animal companions share our energetic patterns and emotional wounds, revealing issues in our own lives that may be hidden or suppressed. She identifies the five core emotional wounds in animals and the ways in which they manifest, outlining specific behavioral traits and physical issues animals may exhibit as they mirror our emotional states. She explains how to connect with them on a profound level so we can grasp their needs more clearly and learn what they have to teach us. She also provides guidance to help your animals heal the emotional wounds and traumas that create their anxiety, stress behaviors, aggression, and fears. The author details a three-step process to help you through decisions you will make on your pets’ behalf and explains how, when a person works on healing a core emotional issue in their life--abandonment for example--it helps the animal release this same issue and the corresponding negative behaviors as well. She also shows how extremely receptive animals are to energy work, holistic healing, and spiritual practices, explaining how these methods unlock emotional barriers and enable both person and animal to heal and reach their highest potential in conscious evolution. Providing tools to identify our animals’ messages more quickly, the author shows how our pets’ higher purpose is to help people understand themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Healing with Our Animal Companions: The Hidden Keys to a Deeper Animal-Human Connection Author: Tammy Billups Narrator: Henrietta Weekes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A guide to understanding the profound connection in animal/human relationships and its potential for mutual healing • 2020 Coalition of Visionary Resources Gold Award • Explains the unspoken connection between people and their animal companions and how they share the same energetic patterns and emotional wounds • Outlines specific behavioral traits and physical issues that animals may exhibit as they mirror their caregiver’s emotional state of being • Explores holistic modalities humans can employ, such as energy therapy, to promote healing in animals and ultimately themselves The animals we attract in our lives reflect us in many ways. Our connections with them run deeply, down to the soul level. Just like us, they are also on a journey to evolve their soul through their relationships and experiences, and each has deeply spiritual messages for us and intentions for our personal growth. In this book, Tammy Billups invites you to explore and deepen this profound relationship, showing how you can co-evolve along with your animal companions, experience unconditional love, and, ultimately, enact healing for both animal and caregiver. Offering a soulful and bioenergetic perspective on decoding our animals’ actions, behaviors, and physical issues, Billups explains how our animal companions share our energetic patterns and emotional wounds, revealing issues in our own lives that may be hidden or suppressed. She identifies the five core emotional wounds in animals and the ways in which they manifest, outlining specific behavioral traits and physical issues animals may exhibit as they mirror our emotional states. She explains how to connect with them on a profound level so we can grasp their needs more clearly and learn what they have to teach us. She also provides guidance to help your animals heal the emotional wounds and traumas that create their anxiety, stress behaviors, aggression, and fears. The author details a three-step process to help you through decisions you will make on your pets’ behalf and explains how, when a person works on healing a core emotional issue in their life--abandonment for example--it helps the animal release this same issue and the corresponding negative behaviors as well. She also shows how extremely receptive animals are to energy work, holistic healing, and spiritual practices, explaining how these methods unlock emotional barriers and enable both person and animal to heal and reach their highest potential in conscious evolution. Providing tools to identify our animals’ messages more quickly, the author shows how our pets’ higher purpose is to help people understand themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366561 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snow Leopard Project: And Other Adventures in Warzone Conservation Author: Alex Dehgan Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The remarkable story of the heroic effort to save and preserve Afghanistan's wildlife-and a culture that derives immense pride and a sense of national identity from its natural landscape. Postwar Afghanistan is fragile, volatile, and perilous. It is also a place of extraordinary beauty. Evolutionary biologist Alex Dehgan arrived in the country in 2006 to build the Wildlife Conservation Society's Afghanistan Program, and preserve and protect Afghanistan's unique and extraordinary environment, which had been decimated after decades of war. Conservation, it turned out, provided a common bond between Alex's team and the people of Afghanistan. His international team worked unarmed in some of the most dangerous places in the country-places so remote that winding roads would abruptly disappear, and travel was on foot, yak, or mule. In The Snow Leopard Project, Dehgan takes readers along with him on his adventure as his team helps create the country's first national park, completes the some of the first extensive wildlife surveys in thirty years, and works to stop the poaching of the country's iconic endangered animals, including the elusive snow leopard. In doing so, they help restore a part of Afghan identity that is ineffably tied to the land itself. Alex Dehgan Tue, 22 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366561 thebookvoice.com 11:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snow Leopard Project: And Other Adventures in Warzone Conservation Author: Alex Dehgan Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The remarkable story of the heroic effort to save and preserve Afghanistan's wildlife-and a culture that derives immense pride and a sense of national identity from its natural landscape. Postwar Afghanistan is fragile, volatile, and perilous. It is also a place of extraordinary beauty. Evolutionary biologist Alex Dehgan arrived in the country in 2006 to build the Wildlife Conservation Society's Afghanistan Program, and preserve and protect Afghanistan's unique and extraordinary environment, which had been decimated after decades of war. Conservation, it turned out, provided a common bond between Alex's team and the people of Afghanistan. His international team worked unarmed in some of the most dangerous places in the country-places so remote that winding roads would abruptly disappear, and travel was on foot, yak, or mule. In The Snow Leopard Project, Dehgan takes readers along with him on his adventure as his team helps create the country's first national park, completes the some of the first extensive wildlife surveys in thirty years, and works to stop the poaching of the country's iconic endangered animals, including the elusive snow leopard. In doing so, they help restore a part of Afghan identity that is ineffably tied to the land itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snow Leopard Project: And Other Adventures in Warzone Conservation Author: Alex Dehgan Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The remarkable story of the heroic effort to save and preserve Afghanistan's wildlife-and a culture that derives immense pride and a sense of national identity from its natural landscape. Postwar Afghanistan is fragile, volatile, and perilous. It is also a place of extraordinary beauty. Evolutionary biologist Alex Dehgan arrived in the country in 2006 to build the Wildlife Conservation Society's Afghanistan Program, and preserve and protect Afghanistan's unique and extraordinary environment, which had been decimated after decades of war. Conservation, it turned out, provided a common bond between Alex's team and the people of Afghanistan. His international team worked unarmed in some of the most dangerous places in the country-places so remote that winding roads would abruptly disappear, and travel was on foot, yak, or mule. In The Snow Leopard Project, Dehgan takes readers along with him on his adventure as his team helps create the country's first national park, completes the some of the first extensive wildlife surveys in thirty years, and works to stop the poaching of the country's iconic endangered animals, including the elusive snow leopard. In doing so, they help restore a part of Afghan identity that is ineffably tied to the land itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World Author: Christopher J. Preston Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature's most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet's first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth's very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology's potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze. What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers. Christopher J. Preston Tue, 12 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World Author: Christopher J. Preston Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature's most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet's first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth's very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology's potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze. What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World Author: Christopher J. Preston Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature's most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet's first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth's very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology's potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze. What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366283 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protecting Pollinators: How to Save the Creatures that Feed Our World Author: Jodi Helmer Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 18, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: We should thank a pollinator at every meal. These diminutive creatures fertilize a third of the crops we eat. Yet half of the 2,000 species of pollinators are threatened. Birds, bats, insects, and many other pollinators are disappearing, putting our entire food supply in jeopardy. In North America and Europe, bee populations have already plummeted by more than a third and the population of butterflies has declined 31 percent. Protecting Pollinators explores why the statistics have become so dire and how they can be reversed. Jodi Helmer breaks down the latest science on environmental threats and takes readers inside the most promising conservation initiatives. Efforts include famers reducing pesticides, cities creating butterfly highways, volunteers ripping up invasive plants, gardeners planting native flowers, and citizen scientists monitoring migration. Along with inspiring stories of revival and lessons from failed projects, readers will find practical tips to get involved. They will also be reminded of the magic of pollinators—not only the iconic monarch and dainty hummingbird, but the drab hawk moth and homely bats that are just as essential. Without pollinators, the world would be a duller, blander place. Helmer shows how we can make sure they are always fluttering, soaring, and buzzing around us. Jodi Helmer Thu, 18 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366283 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protecting Pollinators: How to Save the Creatures that Feed Our World Author: Jodi Helmer Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 18, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: We should thank a pollinator at every meal. These diminutive creatures fertilize a third of the crops we eat. Yet half of the 2,000 species of pollinators are threatened. Birds, bats, insects, and many other pollinators are disappearing, putting our entire food supply in jeopardy. In North America and Europe, bee populations have already plummeted by more than a third and the population of butterflies has declined 31 percent. Protecting Pollinators explores why the statistics have become so dire and how they can be reversed. Jodi Helmer breaks down the latest science on environmental threats and takes readers inside the most promising conservation initiatives. Efforts include famers reducing pesticides, cities creating butterfly highways, volunteers ripping up invasive plants, gardeners planting native flowers, and citizen scientists monitoring migration. Along with inspiring stories of revival and lessons from failed projects, readers will find practical tips to get involved. They will also be reminded of the magic of pollinators—not only the iconic monarch and dainty hummingbird, but the drab hawk moth and homely bats that are just as essential. Without pollinators, the world would be a duller, blander place. Helmer shows how we can make sure they are always fluttering, soaring, and buzzing around us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protecting Pollinators: How to Save the Creatures that Feed Our World Author: Jodi Helmer Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 18, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: We should thank a pollinator at every meal. These diminutive creatures fertilize a third of the crops we eat. Yet half of the 2,000 species of pollinators are threatened. Birds, bats, insects, and many other pollinators are disappearing, putting our entire food supply in jeopardy. In North America and Europe, bee populations have already plummeted by more than a third and the population of butterflies has declined 31 percent. Protecting Pollinators explores why the statistics have become so dire and how they can be reversed. Jodi Helmer breaks down the latest science on environmental threats and takes readers inside the most promising conservation initiatives. Efforts include famers reducing pesticides, cities creating butterfly highways, volunteers ripping up invasive plants, gardeners planting native flowers, and citizen scientists monitoring migration. Along with inspiring stories of revival and lessons from failed projects, readers will find practical tips to get involved. They will also be reminded of the magic of pollinators—not only the iconic monarch and dainty hummingbird, but the drab hawk moth and homely bats that are just as essential. Without pollinators, the world would be a duller, blander place. Helmer shows how we can make sure they are always fluttering, soaring, and buzzing around us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366233 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wolf Connection: What Wolves Can Teach Us About Being Human Author: Teo Alfero Narrator: Travis Tonn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Discover the transformative lessons from one of humanity’s oldest teachers—the wolf—with this enthralling, accessible, and “beautiful book” (Helen Hunt, Academy Award–winning actress) that “is rich with meaning, emotion, and spirit. A must read” (Douglas W. Smith, PhD, leader of the Wolf Restoration Project at Yellowstone National Park) to help us restore our connection with nature, our communities, and our deepest selves. Myths from cultures around the world show that wolves have enthralled humankind for millennia. In The Wolf Connection, Teo Alfero, shamanic practitioner and wolf conservancy founder, shows how interacting with wolves and wolfdogs can benefit people from all walks of life. By restoring our ancestral bond with these resourceful beings, we can reclaim the best of what it means to be human. The Wolf Connection offers twelve Wolf Principles to awaken our intuition, live more authentically, and heal from trauma. The principles draw on knowledge that Teo and the Wolf Connection sanctuary team have gleaned firsthand through their Wolf Therapy® education and empowerment program, as well as the findings of wolf biologists and the wisdom of First Nation elders. Stories from myriad sources including Wolf Heart Ranch provide a compelling understanding of the lessons wolves have to offer us. Teo Alfero Tue, 25 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366233 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wolf Connection: What Wolves Can Teach Us About Being Human Author: Teo Alfero Narrator: Travis Tonn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Discover the transformative lessons from one of humanity’s oldest teachers—the wolf—with this enthralling, accessible, and “beautiful book” (Helen Hunt, Academy Award–winning actress) that “is rich with meaning, emotion, and spirit. A must read” (Douglas W. Smith, PhD, leader of the Wolf Restoration Project at Yellowstone National Park) to help us restore our connection with nature, our communities, and our deepest selves. Myths from cultures around the world show that wolves have enthralled humankind for millennia. In The Wolf Connection, Teo Alfero, shamanic practitioner and wolf conservancy founder, shows how interacting with wolves and wolfdogs can benefit people from all walks of life. By restoring our ancestral bond with these resourceful beings, we can reclaim the best of what it means to be human. The Wolf Connection offers twelve Wolf Principles to awaken our intuition, live more authentically, and heal from trauma. The principles draw on knowledge that Teo and the Wolf Connection sanctuary team have gleaned firsthand through their Wolf Therapy® education and empowerment program, as well as the findings of wolf biologists and the wisdom of First Nation elders. Stories from myriad sources including Wolf Heart Ranch provide a compelling understanding of the lessons wolves have to offer us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wolf Connection: What Wolves Can Teach Us About Being Human Author: Teo Alfero Narrator: Travis Tonn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Discover the transformative lessons from one of humanity’s oldest teachers—the wolf—with this enthralling, accessible, and “beautiful book” (Helen Hunt, Academy Award–winning actress) that “is rich with meaning, emotion, and spirit. A must read” (Douglas W. Smith, PhD, leader of the Wolf Restoration Project at Yellowstone National Park) to help us restore our connection with nature, our communities, and our deepest selves. Myths from cultures around the world show that wolves have enthralled humankind for millennia. In The Wolf Connection, Teo Alfero, shamanic practitioner and wolf conservancy founder, shows how interacting with wolves and wolfdogs can benefit people from all walks of life. By restoring our ancestral bond with these resourceful beings, we can reclaim the best of what it means to be human. The Wolf Connection offers twelve Wolf Principles to awaken our intuition, live more authentically, and heal from trauma. The principles draw on knowledge that Teo and the Wolf Connection sanctuary team have gleaned firsthand through their Wolf Therapy® education and empowerment program, as well as the findings of wolf biologists and the wisdom of First Nation elders. Stories from myriad sources including Wolf Heart Ranch provide a compelling understanding of the lessons wolves have to offer us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: One Man's Quest to Transform American Energy Author: Russell Gold Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Meet Michael Skelly, the man boldly harnessing wind energy that could power America’s future and break its fossil fuel dependence in this “essential, compelling look into the future of the nation’s power grid” (Bryan Burrough, author of The Big Rich). The United States is in the midst of an energy transition. We have fallen out of love with dirty fossil fuels and want to embrace renewable energy sources like wind and solar. A transition from a North American power grid that is powered mostly by fossil fuels to one that is predominantly clean is feasible, but it would require a massive building spree—wind turbines, solar panels, wires, and billions of dollars would be needed. Enter Michael Skelly, an infrastructure builder who began working on wind energy in 2000 when many considered the industry a joke. Eight years later, Skelly helped build the second largest wind power company in the United States—and sold it for $2 billion. Wind energy was no longer funny—it was well on its way to powering more than 6% of electricity in the United States. Award-winning journalist, Russel Gold tells Skelly’s story, which in many ways is the story of our nation’s evolving relationship with renewable energy. Gold illustrates how Skelly’s company, Clean Line Energy, conceived the idea for a new power grid that would allow sunlight where abundant to light up homes in the cloudy states thousands of miles away, and take wind from the Great Plains to keep air conditioners running in Atlanta. Thrilling, provocative, and important, Superpower is a fascinating look at America’s future. Russell Gold Tue, 25 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366232 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: One Man's Quest to Transform American Energy Author: Russell Gold Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Meet Michael Skelly, the man boldly harnessing wind energy that could power America’s future and break its fossil fuel dependence in this “essential, compelling look into the future of the nation’s power grid” (Bryan Burrough, author of The Big Rich). The United States is in the midst of an energy transition. We have fallen out of love with dirty fossil fuels and want to embrace renewable energy sources like wind and solar. A transition from a North American power grid that is powered mostly by fossil fuels to one that is predominantly clean is feasible, but it would require a massive building spree—wind turbines, solar panels, wires, and billions of dollars would be needed. Enter Michael Skelly, an infrastructure builder who began working on wind energy in 2000 when many considered the industry a joke. Eight years later, Skelly helped build the second largest wind power company in the United States—and sold it for $2 billion. Wind energy was no longer funny—it was well on its way to powering more than 6% of electricity in the United States. Award-winning journalist, Russel Gold tells Skelly’s story, which in many ways is the story of our nation’s evolving relationship with renewable energy. Gold illustrates how Skelly’s company, Clean Line Energy, conceived the idea for a new power grid that would allow sunlight where abundant to light up homes in the cloudy states thousands of miles away, and take wind from the Great Plains to keep air conditioners running in Atlanta. Thrilling, provocative, and important, Superpower is a fascinating look at America’s future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: One Man's Quest to Transform American Energy Author: Russell Gold Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Meet Michael Skelly, the man boldly harnessing wind energy that could power America’s future and break its fossil fuel dependence in this “essential, compelling look into the future of the nation’s power grid” (Bryan Burrough, author of The Big Rich). The United States is in the midst of an energy transition. We have fallen out of love with dirty fossil fuels and want to embrace renewable energy sources like wind and solar. A transition from a North American power grid that is powered mostly by fossil fuels to one that is predominantly clean is feasible, but it would require a massive building spree—wind turbines, solar panels, wires, and billions of dollars would be needed. Enter Michael Skelly, an infrastructure builder who began working on wind energy in 2000 when many considered the industry a joke. Eight years later, Skelly helped build the second largest wind power company in the United States—and sold it for $2 billion. Wind energy was no longer funny—it was well on its way to powering more than 6% of electricity in the United States. Award-winning journalist, Russel Gold tells Skelly’s story, which in many ways is the story of our nation’s evolving relationship with renewable energy. Gold illustrates how Skelly’s company, Clean Line Energy, conceived the idea for a new power grid that would allow sunlight where abundant to light up homes in the cloudy states thousands of miles away, and take wind from the Great Plains to keep air conditioners running in Atlanta. Thrilling, provocative, and important, Superpower is a fascinating look at America’s future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366040 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Your Cat About Gun Safety: And Abstinence, Drugs, Satanism, and Other Dangers That Threaten Their Nine Lives Author: Zachary Auburn Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The cats of America are under siege!   Long gone are the good old days when a cat’s biggest worries were mean dogs or a bath. Modern cats must confront satanists, online predators, the possibility of needing to survive in a post-apocalyptic wasteland, and countless other threats to their nine lives. For over four decades, the American Association of Patriots have stood at the vanguard of our country's defense by helping to prepare our nation's cat owners for the difficult conversations they dread having with their pets. Written in a simple Q&A format, How to Talk to Your Cat About Gun Safety answers crucial questions such as, “What is the right age to talk to my cat about the proper use of firearms?” and “What are the benefits of my cat living a lifestyle of abstinence?” and especially “Why does my cat need to use the internet? Can’t he just play with yarn like cats used to do?” Our country—and our cats—stand at a precipice. It will take courage, and it will take hard work, but armed with the knowledge within these pages, we can make our cats—and America—great again! Zachary Auburn Tue, 21 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366040 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Your Cat About Gun Safety: And Abstinence, Drugs, Satanism, and Other Dangers That Threaten Their Nine Lives Author: Zachary Auburn Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The cats of America are under siege!   Long gone are the good old days when a cat’s biggest worries were mean dogs or a bath. Modern cats must confront satanists, online predators, the possibility of needing to survive in a post-apocalyptic wasteland, and countless other threats to their nine lives. For over four decades, the American Association of Patriots have stood at the vanguard of our country's defense by helping to prepare our nation's cat owners for the difficult conversations they dread having with their pets. Written in a simple Q&A format, How to Talk to Your Cat About Gun Safety answers crucial questions such as, “What is the right age to talk to my cat about the proper use of firearms?” and “What are the benefits of my cat living a lifestyle of abstinence?” and especially “Why does my cat need to use the internet? Can’t he just play with yarn like cats used to do?” Our country—and our cats—stand at a precipice. It will take courage, and it will take hard work, but armed with the knowledge within these pages, we can make our cats—and America—great again! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Your Cat About Gun Safety: And Abstinence, Drugs, Satanism, and Other Dangers That Threaten Their Nine Lives Author: Zachary Auburn Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The cats of America are under siege!   Long gone are the good old days when a cat’s biggest worries were mean dogs or a bath. Modern cats must confront satanists, online predators, the possibility of needing to survive in a post-apocalyptic wasteland, and countless other threats to their nine lives. For over four decades, the American Association of Patriots have stood at the vanguard of our country's defense by helping to prepare our nation's cat owners for the difficult conversations they dread having with their pets. Written in a simple Q&A format, How to Talk to Your Cat About Gun Safety answers crucial questions such as, “What is the right age to talk to my cat about the proper use of firearms?” and “What are the benefits of my cat living a lifestyle of abstinence?” and especially “Why does my cat need to use the internet? Can’t he just play with yarn like cats used to do?” Our country—and our cats—stand at a precipice. It will take courage, and it will take hard work, but armed with the knowledge within these pages, we can make our cats—and America—great again! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365762 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modoc: The True Story of the Greatest Elephant That Ever Lived Author: Ralph Helfer Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ''Once I started this incomparable story, I couldn't put it down, and I cannot get it out of my mind—nor will I ever. The message of what can be accomplished by training through affection and joy will thrill all animal lovers.'' —Betty White A captivating true story of loyalty, friendship, and high adventure that spans several decades and three continents, Modoc is one of the most remarkable true stories ever told, perfect for fans of The Zookeeper's Wife or Water for Elephants. Raised together in a small German circus town, a boy and an elephant formed a bond that would last their entire lives, and would be tested time and again: through a near-fatal shipwreck in the Indian Ocean, an apprenticeship with the legendary Mahout elephant trainers in the Indian teak forests, and their eventual rise to circus stardom in 1940s New York City. As the African Sun-Times put it, Modoc is ''heartwarming. . . probably the greatest love story ever told.'' Ralph Helfer Tue, 10 Sep 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365762 thebookvoice.com 10:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modoc: The True Story of the Greatest Elephant That Ever Lived Author: Ralph Helfer Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ''Once I started this incomparable story, I couldn't put it down, and I cannot get it out of my mind—nor will I ever. The message of what can be accomplished by training through affection and joy will thrill all animal lovers.'' —Betty White A captivating true story of loyalty, friendship, and high adventure that spans several decades and three continents, Modoc is one of the most remarkable true stories ever told, perfect for fans of The Zookeeper's Wife or Water for Elephants. Raised together in a small German circus town, a boy and an elephant formed a bond that would last their entire lives, and would be tested time and again: through a near-fatal shipwreck in the Indian Ocean, an apprenticeship with the legendary Mahout elephant trainers in the Indian teak forests, and their eventual rise to circus stardom in 1940s New York City. As the African Sun-Times put it, Modoc is ''heartwarming. . . probably the greatest love story ever told.'' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modoc: The True Story of the Greatest Elephant That Ever Lived Author: Ralph Helfer Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ''Once I started this incomparable story, I couldn't put it down, and I cannot get it out of my mind—nor will I ever. The message of what can be accomplished by training through affection and joy will thrill all animal lovers.'' —Betty White A captivating true story of loyalty, friendship, and high adventure that spans several decades and three continents, Modoc is one of the most remarkable true stories ever told, perfect for fans of The Zookeeper's Wife or Water for Elephants. Raised together in a small German circus town, a boy and an elephant formed a bond that would last their entire lives, and would be tested time and again: through a near-fatal shipwreck in the Indian Ocean, an apprenticeship with the legendary Mahout elephant trainers in the Indian teak forests, and their eventual rise to circus stardom in 1940s New York City. As the African Sun-Times put it, Modoc is ''heartwarming. . . probably the greatest love story ever told.'' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Buffalo: In Search of a Lost Icon Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 42 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the host of the Travel Channel’s “The Wild Within.” A hunt for the American buffalo—an adventurous, fascinating examination of an animal that has haunted the American imagination.   In 2005, Steven Rinella won a lottery permit to hunt for a wild buffalo, or American bison, in the Alaskan wilderness. Despite the odds—there’s only a 2 percent chance of drawing the permit, and fewer than 20 percent of those hunters are successful—Rinella managed to kill a buffalo on a snow-covered mountainside and then raft the meat back to civilization while being trailed by grizzly bears and suffering from hypothermia. Throughout these adventures, Rinella found himself contemplating his own place among the 14,000 years’ worth of buffalo hunters in North America, as well as the buffalo’s place in the American experience. At the time of the Revolutionary War, North America was home to approximately 40 million buffalo, the largest herd of big mammals on the planet, but by the mid-1890s only a few hundred remained. Now that the buffalo is on the verge of a dramatic ecological recovery across the West, Americans are faced with the challenge of how, and if, we can dare to share our land with a beast that is the embodiment of the American wilderness. American Buffalo is a narrative tale of Rinella’s hunt. But beyond that, it is the story of the many ways in which the buffalo has shaped our national identity. Rinella takes us across the continent in search of the buffalo’s past, present, and future: to the Bering Land Bridge, where scientists search for buffalo bones amid artifacts of the New World’s earliest human inhabitants; to buffalo jumps where Native Americans once ran buffalo over cliffs by the thousands; to the Detroit Carbon works, a “bone charcoal” plant that made fortunes in the late 1800s by turning millions of tons of buffalo bones into bone meal, black dye, and fine china; and even to an abattoir turned fashion mecca in Manhattan’s Meatpacking District, where a depressed buffalo named Black Diamond met his fate after serving as the model for the American nickel.  Rinella’s erudition and exuberance, combined with his gift for storytelling, make him the perfect guide for a book that combines outdoor adventure with a quirky blend of facts and observations about history, biology, and the natural world. Both a captivating narrative and a book of environmental and historical significance, American Buffalo tells us as much about ourselves as Americans as it does about the creature who perhaps best of all embodies the American ethos. Steven Rinella Tue, 30 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Buffalo: In Search of a Lost Icon Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 42 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the host of the Travel Channel’s “The Wild Within.” A hunt for the American buffalo—an adventurous, fascinating examination of an animal that has haunted the American imagination.   In 2005, Steven Rinella won a lottery permit to hunt for a wild buffalo, or American bison, in the Alaskan wilderness. Despite the odds—there’s only a 2 percent chance of drawing the permit, and fewer than 20 percent of those hunters are successful—Rinella managed to kill a buffalo on a snow-covered mountainside and then raft the meat back to civilization while being trailed by grizzly bears and suffering from hypothermia. Throughout these adventures, Rinella found himself contemplating his own place among the 14,000 years’ worth of buffalo hunters in North America, as well as the buffalo’s place in the American experience. At the time of the Revolutionary War, North America was home to approximately 40 million buffalo, the largest herd of big mammals on the planet, but by the mid-1890s only a few hundred remained. Now that the buffalo is on the verge of a dramatic ecological recovery across the West, Americans are faced with the challenge of how, and if, we can dare to share our land with a beast that is the embodiment of the American wilderness. American Buffalo is a narrative tale of Rinella’s hunt. But beyond that, it is the story of the many ways in which the buffalo has shaped our national identity. Rinella takes us across the continent in search of the buffalo’s past, present, and future: to the Bering Land Bridge, where scientists search for buffalo bones amid artifacts of the New World’s earliest human inhabitants; to buffalo jumps where Native Americans once ran buffalo over cliffs by the thousands; to the Detroit Carbon works, a “bone charcoal” plant that made fortunes in the late 1800s by turning millions of tons of buffalo bones into bone meal, black dye, and fine china; and even to an abattoir turned fashion mecca in Manhattan’s Meatpacking District, where a depressed buffalo named Black Diamond met his fate after serving as the model for the American nickel.  Rinella’s erudition and exuberance, combined with his gift for storytelling, make him the perfect guide for a book that combines outdoor adventure with a quirky blend of facts and observations about history, biology, and the natural world. Both a captivating narrative and a book of environmental and historical significance, American Buffalo tells us as much about ourselves as Americans as it does about the creature who perhaps best of all embodies the American ethos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Buffalo: In Search of a Lost Icon Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 42 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the host of the Travel Channel’s “The Wild Within.” A hunt for the American buffalo—an adventurous, fascinating examination of an animal that has haunted the American imagination.   In 2005, Steven Rinella won a lottery permit to hunt for a wild buffalo, or American bison, in the Alaskan wilderness. Despite the odds—there’s only a 2 percent chance of drawing the permit, and fewer than 20 percent of those hunters are successful—Rinella managed to kill a buffalo on a snow-covered mountainside and then raft the meat back to civilization while being trailed by grizzly bears and suffering from hypothermia. Throughout these adventures, Rinella found himself contemplating his own place among the 14,000 years’ worth of buffalo hunters in North America, as well as the buffalo’s place in the American experience. At the time of the Revolutionary War, North America was home to approximately 40 million buffalo, the largest herd of big mammals on the planet, but by the mid-1890s only a few hundred remained. Now that the buffalo is on the verge of a dramatic ecological recovery across the West, Americans are faced with the challenge of how, and if, we can dare to share our land with a beast that is the embodiment of the American wilderness. American Buffalo is a narrative tale of Rinella’s hunt. But beyond that, it is the story of the many ways in which the buffalo has shaped our national identity. Rinella takes us across the continent in search of the buffalo’s past, present, and future: to the Bering Land Bridge, where scientists search for buffalo bones amid artifacts of the New World’s earliest human inhabitants; to buffalo jumps where Native Americans once ran buffalo over cliffs by the thousands; to the Detroit Carbon works, a “bone charcoal” plant that made fortunes in the late 1800s by turning millions of tons of buffalo bones into bone meal, black dye, and fine china; and even to an abattoir turned fashion mecca in Manhattan’s Meatpacking District, where a depressed buffalo named Black Diamond met his fate after serving as the model for the American nickel.  Rinella’s erudition and exuberance, combined with his gift for storytelling, make him the perfect guide for a book that combines outdoor adventure with a quirky blend of facts and observations about history, biology, and the natural world. Both a captivating narrative and a book of environmental and historical significance, American Buffalo tells us as much about ourselves as Americans as it does about the creature who perhaps best of all embodies the American ethos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review). Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them. Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures. “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer). Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Tue, 02 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review). Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them. Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures. “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review). Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them. Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures. “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365177 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Laura Ingalls Wilder: The Frontier Landscapes that Inspired the Little House Books Author: Marta Mcdowell Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The universal appeal of Laura Ingalls Wilder springs from a life lived in partnership with the land, on farms she and her family settled across the Northeast and Midwest. In this revealing exploration of Wilder's deep connection with the natural world, Marta McDowell follows the wagon trail of the beloved Little House series. You'll learn details about Wilder's life and inspirations, pinpoint the Ingalls and Wilder homestead claims on authentic archival maps, and learn to grow the plants and vegetables featured in the series. Excerpts from Wilder's books, letters, and diaries bring to light her profound appreciation for the landscapes at the heart of her world. Marta Mcdowell Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365177 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Laura Ingalls Wilder: The Frontier Landscapes that Inspired the Little House Books Author: Marta Mcdowell Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The universal appeal of Laura Ingalls Wilder springs from a life lived in partnership with the land, on farms she and her family settled across the Northeast and Midwest. In this revealing exploration of Wilder's deep connection with the natural world, Marta McDowell follows the wagon trail of the beloved Little House series. You'll learn details about Wilder's life and inspirations, pinpoint the Ingalls and Wilder homestead claims on authentic archival maps, and learn to grow the plants and vegetables featured in the series. Excerpts from Wilder's books, letters, and diaries bring to light her profound appreciation for the landscapes at the heart of her world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Laura Ingalls Wilder: The Frontier Landscapes that Inspired the Little House Books Author: Marta Mcdowell Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The universal appeal of Laura Ingalls Wilder springs from a life lived in partnership with the land, on farms she and her family settled across the Northeast and Midwest. In this revealing exploration of Wilder's deep connection with the natural world, Marta McDowell follows the wagon trail of the beloved Little House series. You'll learn details about Wilder's life and inspirations, pinpoint the Ingalls and Wilder homestead claims on authentic archival maps, and learn to grow the plants and vegetables featured in the series. Excerpts from Wilder's books, letters, and diaries bring to light her profound appreciation for the landscapes at the heart of her world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365174 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Landscapes of Anne of Green Gables: The Enchanting Island that Inspired L. M. Montgomery Author: Catherine Reid Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Landscapes of Anne of Green Gables explores L. M. Montgomery's deep connection to the landscapes of Prince Edward Island that inspired her to write the beloved Anne of Green Gables series. From the Lake of Shining Waters and the Haunted Wood to Lover's Lane, you'll be immersed in the real places immortalized in the novels. Using Montgomery's journals, archives, and scrapbooks, Catherine Reid also explores the many similarities between Montgomery and her unforgettable heroine, Anne Shirley. Catherine Reid Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365174 thebookvoice.com 2:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Landscapes of Anne of Green Gables: The Enchanting Island that Inspired L. M. Montgomery Author: Catherine Reid Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Landscapes of Anne of Green Gables explores L. M. Montgomery's deep connection to the landscapes of Prince Edward Island that inspired her to write the beloved Anne of Green Gables series. From the Lake of Shining Waters and the Haunted Wood to Lover's Lane, you'll be immersed in the real places immortalized in the novels. Using Montgomery's journals, archives, and scrapbooks, Catherine Reid also explores the many similarities between Montgomery and her unforgettable heroine, Anne Shirley. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Landscapes of Anne of Green Gables: The Enchanting Island that Inspired L. M. Montgomery Author: Catherine Reid Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Landscapes of Anne of Green Gables explores L. M. Montgomery's deep connection to the landscapes of Prince Edward Island that inspired her to write the beloved Anne of Green Gables series. From the Lake of Shining Waters and the Haunted Wood to Lover's Lane, you'll be immersed in the real places immortalized in the novels. Using Montgomery's journals, archives, and scrapbooks, Catherine Reid also explores the many similarities between Montgomery and her unforgettable heroine, Anne Shirley. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365175 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your Way Without Map or Compass Author: Harold Gatty Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: During his remarkable lifetime, Harold Gatty became one of the world's great navigators (in 1931, he and Wiley Post flew around the world in a record-breaking eight days) and, to the benefit of posterity, recorded in this book much of his accumulated knowledge about pathfinding both on land and at sea. Applying methods used by primitive peoples and early explorers, the author shows how to determine location, study wind directions and reflections in the sky, even how to use the senses of smell and hearing to find your way in the wilderness, in a desert, in snow-covered areas, and on the ocean. By observing birds and other animals, weather patterns, vegetation, shifting sands, patterns of snow fields, and the positions of the sun, moon, and stars, would-be explorers can learn to estimate distances and find their way without having to rely on a map or a compass. The wealth of valuable data and advice in this volume—much of it unavailable elsewhere—makes it indispensable for hikers, bikers, scouts, sailors, and outdoorsmen—all those who might find themselves stranded or lost in an unfamiliar area. Through careful study of this book and its lessons, pathfinders can learn to interpret signs in the natural world to find their way in almost any kind of terrain. Harold Gatty Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365175 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your Way Without Map or Compass Author: Harold Gatty Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: During his remarkable lifetime, Harold Gatty became one of the world's great navigators (in 1931, he and Wiley Post flew around the world in a record-breaking eight days) and, to the benefit of posterity, recorded in this book much of his accumulated knowledge about pathfinding both on land and at sea. Applying methods used by primitive peoples and early explorers, the author shows how to determine location, study wind directions and reflections in the sky, even how to use the senses of smell and hearing to find your way in the wilderness, in a desert, in snow-covered areas, and on the ocean. By observing birds and other animals, weather patterns, vegetation, shifting sands, patterns of snow fields, and the positions of the sun, moon, and stars, would-be explorers can learn to estimate distances and find their way without having to rely on a map or a compass. The wealth of valuable data and advice in this volume—much of it unavailable elsewhere—makes it indispensable for hikers, bikers, scouts, sailors, and outdoorsmen—all those who might find themselves stranded or lost in an unfamiliar area. Through careful study of this book and its lessons, pathfinders can learn to interpret signs in the natural world to find their way in almost any kind of terrain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your Way Without Map or Compass Author: Harold Gatty Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: During his remarkable lifetime, Harold Gatty became one of the world's great navigators (in 1931, he and Wiley Post flew around the world in a record-breaking eight days) and, to the benefit of posterity, recorded in this book much of his accumulated knowledge about pathfinding both on land and at sea. Applying methods used by primitive peoples and early explorers, the author shows how to determine location, study wind directions and reflections in the sky, even how to use the senses of smell and hearing to find your way in the wilderness, in a desert, in snow-covered areas, and on the ocean. By observing birds and other animals, weather patterns, vegetation, shifting sands, patterns of snow fields, and the positions of the sun, moon, and stars, would-be explorers can learn to estimate distances and find their way without having to rely on a map or a compass. The wealth of valuable data and advice in this volume—much of it unavailable elsewhere—makes it indispensable for hikers, bikers, scouts, sailors, and outdoorsmen—all those who might find themselves stranded or lost in an unfamiliar area. Through careful study of this book and its lessons, pathfinders can learn to interpret signs in the natural world to find their way in almost any kind of terrain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365122 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lakes: A Very Short Introduction Author: Warwick F. Vincent Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this Very Short Introduction, Warwick Vincent outlines the essential features of lake environments and their biology, offering an up-to-date view of lake ecosystems. Vincent traces the origins of lake science (limnology) from the seminal work of Francois Forel on Lake Geneva at the edge of the Swiss Alps, to modern approaches such as environmental sensors, satellite observations, stable isotope analysis, and DNA-based technologies which are used to probe the microbial life support systems that lead from sunlight to fish. Drawing on varied case studies he considers the intimate relationship between humans and lakes, the value of lakes as indicators of environmental change, the impact of pollution, and our urgent need to improve the protection and management of these vitally important living resources via an integrated understanding of their ecology. Warwick F. Vincent Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365122 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lakes: A Very Short Introduction Author: Warwick F. Vincent Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this Very Short Introduction, Warwick Vincent outlines the essential features of lake environments and their biology, offering an up-to-date view of lake ecosystems. Vincent traces the origins of lake science (limnology) from the seminal work of Francois Forel on Lake Geneva at the edge of the Swiss Alps, to modern approaches such as environmental sensors, satellite observations, stable isotope analysis, and DNA-based technologies which are used to probe the microbial life support systems that lead from sunlight to fish. Drawing on varied case studies he considers the intimate relationship between humans and lakes, the value of lakes as indicators of environmental change, the impact of pollution, and our urgent need to improve the protection and management of these vitally important living resources via an integrated understanding of their ecology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lakes: A Very Short Introduction Author: Warwick F. Vincent Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this Very Short Introduction, Warwick Vincent outlines the essential features of lake environments and their biology, offering an up-to-date view of lake ecosystems. Vincent traces the origins of lake science (limnology) from the seminal work of Francois Forel on Lake Geneva at the edge of the Swiss Alps, to modern approaches such as environmental sensors, satellite observations, stable isotope analysis, and DNA-based technologies which are used to probe the microbial life support systems that lead from sunlight to fish. Drawing on varied case studies he considers the intimate relationship between humans and lakes, the value of lakes as indicators of environmental change, the impact of pollution, and our urgent need to improve the protection and management of these vitally important living resources via an integrated understanding of their ecology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365071 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Zoo in My Luggage Author: Gerald Durrell Narrator: Rupert Degas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A Zoo in My Luggage is the colourful, first-hand account of Gerald Durrell's six-month animal-collecting trip in British Cameroon, and his attempts to create his own zoo. Motivated by a passion for wildlife, and a desire to save endangered species from extinction, Durrell assembles a glorious panoply of exotic animals - including a female baboon called Georgina, who later runs amok in a department store; a black-eared squirrel, who tries to bury nuts in his ear; and a gentlemanly chimpanzee named Chumly, who greets him with an outstretched hand. Aided by the Fon of Bafut, who houses the collection (and hosts many long and lively parties), Durrell amasses more than 250 animals. He struggles to find a home for the animals back in England, until a stroke of luck leads him to Jersey, and the eventual founding of Durrell Wildlife Park (now Jersey Zoo). **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content** Gerald Durrell Tue, 01 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365071 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Zoo in My Luggage Author: Gerald Durrell Narrator: Rupert Degas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A Zoo in My Luggage is the colourful, first-hand account of Gerald Durrell's six-month animal-collecting trip in British Cameroon, and his attempts to create his own zoo. Motivated by a passion for wildlife, and a desire to save endangered species from extinction, Durrell assembles a glorious panoply of exotic animals - including a female baboon called Georgina, who later runs amok in a department store; a black-eared squirrel, who tries to bury nuts in his ear; and a gentlemanly chimpanzee named Chumly, who greets him with an outstretched hand. Aided by the Fon of Bafut, who houses the collection (and hosts many long and lively parties), Durrell amasses more than 250 animals. He struggles to find a home for the animals back in England, until a stroke of luck leads him to Jersey, and the eventual founding of Durrell Wildlife Park (now Jersey Zoo). **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content** Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Zoo in My Luggage Author: Gerald Durrell Narrator: Rupert Degas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A Zoo in My Luggage is the colourful, first-hand account of Gerald Durrell's six-month animal-collecting trip in British Cameroon, and his attempts to create his own zoo. Motivated by a passion for wildlife, and a desire to save endangered species from extinction, Durrell assembles a glorious panoply of exotic animals - including a female baboon called Georgina, who later runs amok in a department store; a black-eared squirrel, who tries to bury nuts in his ear; and a gentlemanly chimpanzee named Chumly, who greets him with an outstretched hand. Aided by the Fon of Bafut, who houses the collection (and hosts many long and lively parties), Durrell amasses more than 250 animals. He struggles to find a home for the animals back in England, until a stroke of luck leads him to Jersey, and the eventual founding of Durrell Wildlife Park (now Jersey Zoo). **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content** https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: A Story of the Future Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It is worse, much worse, than you think. The slowness of climate change is a fairy tale, perhaps as pernicious as the one that says it isn't happening at all, and if your anxiety about it is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible, even within the lifetime of a teenager today. Over the past decades, the term 'Anthropocene' has climbed into the popular imagination - a name given to the geologic era we live in now, one defined by human intervention in the life of the planet. But however sanguine you might be about the proposition that we have ravaged the natural world, which we surely have, it is another thing entirely to consider the possibility that we have only provoked it, engineering first in ignorance and then in denial a climate system that will now go to war with us for many centuries, perhaps until it destroys us. In the meantime, it will remake us, transforming every aspect of the way we live - the planet no longer nurturing a dream of abundance but a living nightmare. Written and read by David Wallace-Wells, The Uninhabitable Earth is a powerful examination of the world we find ourselves in. © David Wallace-Wells 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 David Wallace-Wells Tue, 19 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: A Story of the Future Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It is worse, much worse, than you think. The slowness of climate change is a fairy tale, perhaps as pernicious as the one that says it isn't happening at all, and if your anxiety about it is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible, even within the lifetime of a teenager today. Over the past decades, the term 'Anthropocene' has climbed into the popular imagination - a name given to the geologic era we live in now, one defined by human intervention in the life of the planet. But however sanguine you might be about the proposition that we have ravaged the natural world, which we surely have, it is another thing entirely to consider the possibility that we have only provoked it, engineering first in ignorance and then in denial a climate system that will now go to war with us for many centuries, perhaps until it destroys us. In the meantime, it will remake us, transforming every aspect of the way we live - the planet no longer nurturing a dream of abundance but a living nightmare. Written and read by David Wallace-Wells, The Uninhabitable Earth is a powerful examination of the world we find ourselves in. © David Wallace-Wells 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: A Story of the Future Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It is worse, much worse, than you think. The slowness of climate change is a fairy tale, perhaps as pernicious as the one that says it isn't happening at all, and if your anxiety about it is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible, even within the lifetime of a teenager today. Over the past decades, the term 'Anthropocene' has climbed into the popular imagination - a name given to the geologic era we live in now, one defined by human intervention in the life of the planet. But however sanguine you might be about the proposition that we have ravaged the natural world, which we surely have, it is another thing entirely to consider the possibility that we have only provoked it, engineering first in ignorance and then in denial a climate system that will now go to war with us for many centuries, perhaps until it destroys us. In the meantime, it will remake us, transforming every aspect of the way we live - the planet no longer nurturing a dream of abundance but a living nightmare. Written and read by David Wallace-Wells, The Uninhabitable Earth is a powerful examination of the world we find ourselves in. © David Wallace-Wells 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364714 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Viking London Author: Thomas Williams Narrator: Marston York Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Viking Britain author Thomas Williams returns with a brief history of the interaction between the Vikings and the British to tell the story of the occupation of London. The Vikings remoulded the world, changed the language, and upended the dynamics of power and trade. Monasteries and settlements burned, ancient dynasties were extinguished. And nowhere in these islands saw more aggression than London. Between 842 and 1016, the city was subjected repeatedly to serious assault. In this short history, bestselling historian Thomas Williams recounts the profound impact Viking raiders from the North had on London. Delving into London’s darkest age, he charts how the city was transformed in this period by immigrants and natives, kings and commoners, into the fulcrum of national power and identity. London emerged as a hub of trade, production and international exchange, a financial centre, a political prize, a fiercely independent and often intractable cauldron of spirited and rowdy townsfolk: a place that, a thousand years ago, already embodied much of what London was to become and still remains. This remarkable book takes the reader into a city of spectres, to its ancient past, to timeworn street names hidden beneath concrete underpasses, to the crypts of old churches, to a stretch of the old river bank, or the depths of museum collections. Nothing is lost in the city. And memories of the Vikings hover like a miasma in these places, blowing across the mud and shingle on the Thames foreshore – ghosts of Viking London. Thomas Williams Thu, 13 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364714 thebookvoice.com 3:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Viking London Author: Thomas Williams Narrator: Marston York Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Viking Britain author Thomas Williams returns with a brief history of the interaction between the Vikings and the British to tell the story of the occupation of London. The Vikings remoulded the world, changed the language, and upended the dynamics of power and trade. Monasteries and settlements burned, ancient dynasties were extinguished. And nowhere in these islands saw more aggression than London. Between 842 and 1016, the city was subjected repeatedly to serious assault. In this short history, bestselling historian Thomas Williams recounts the profound impact Viking raiders from the North had on London. Delving into London’s darkest age, he charts how the city was transformed in this period by immigrants and natives, kings and commoners, into the fulcrum of national power and identity. London emerged as a hub of trade, production and international exchange, a financial centre, a political prize, a fiercely independent and often intractable cauldron of spirited and rowdy townsfolk: a place that, a thousand years ago, already embodied much of what London was to become and still remains. This remarkable book takes the reader into a city of spectres, to its ancient past, to timeworn street names hidden beneath concrete underpasses, to the crypts of old churches, to a stretch of the old river bank, or the depths of museum collections. Nothing is lost in the city. And memories of the Vikings hover like a miasma in these places, blowing across the mud and shingle on the Thames foreshore – ghosts of Viking London. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Viking London Author: Thomas Williams Narrator: Marston York Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Viking Britain author Thomas Williams returns with a brief history of the interaction between the Vikings and the British to tell the story of the occupation of London. The Vikings remoulded the world, changed the language, and upended the dynamics of power and trade. Monasteries and settlements burned, ancient dynasties were extinguished. And nowhere in these islands saw more aggression than London. Between 842 and 1016, the city was subjected repeatedly to serious assault. In this short history, bestselling historian Thomas Williams recounts the profound impact Viking raiders from the North had on London. Delving into London’s darkest age, he charts how the city was transformed in this period by immigrants and natives, kings and commoners, into the fulcrum of national power and identity. London emerged as a hub of trade, production and international exchange, a financial centre, a political prize, a fiercely independent and often intractable cauldron of spirited and rowdy townsfolk: a place that, a thousand years ago, already embodied much of what London was to become and still remains. This remarkable book takes the reader into a city of spectres, to its ancient past, to timeworn street names hidden beneath concrete underpasses, to the crypts of old churches, to a stretch of the old river bank, or the depths of museum collections. Nothing is lost in the city. And memories of the Vikings hover like a miasma in these places, blowing across the mud and shingle on the Thames foreshore – ghosts of Viking London. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364702 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Give Up Plastic: A Guide to Changing the World, One Plastic Bottle at a Time Author: Will McCallum Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An accessible guide to the changes we can all make—small and large—to rid our lives of disposable plastic and clean up the world’s oceans It takes 450 years for a plastic bottle to fully biodegrade, and there are around 12.7 million tons of plastic entering the ocean each year. At our current pace, in the year 2050 there could be more plastic in the oceans than fish, by weight. These are alarming figures, but plastic pollution is an environmental crisis with a solution we can all contribute to. How to Give Up Plastic is a straightforward guide to eliminating plastic from your life. Going room by room through your home and workplace, Greenpeace activist Will McCallum teaches you how to spot disposable plastic items and find plastic-free, sustainable alternatives to each one. From carrying a reusable straw, to catching microfibers when you wash your clothes, to throwing plastic-free parties, you’ll learn new and intuitive ways to reduce plastic waste. And by arming you with a wealth of facts about global plastic consumption and anecdotes from activists fighting plastic around the world, you’ll also learn how to advocate to businesses and leaders in your community and across the country to commit to eliminating disposable plastics for good. Includes a PDF of Plastic-Plan Worksheets, an Annotated Persuasive Letter, and an Annotated Press Release Will McCallum Tue, 16 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364702 thebookvoice.com 4:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Give Up Plastic: A Guide to Changing the World, One Plastic Bottle at a Time Author: Will McCallum Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An accessible guide to the changes we can all make—small and large—to rid our lives of disposable plastic and clean up the world’s oceans It takes 450 years for a plastic bottle to fully biodegrade, and there are around 12.7 million tons of plastic entering the ocean each year. At our current pace, in the year 2050 there could be more plastic in the oceans than fish, by weight. These are alarming figures, but plastic pollution is an environmental crisis with a solution we can all contribute to. How to Give Up Plastic is a straightforward guide to eliminating plastic from your life. Going room by room through your home and workplace, Greenpeace activist Will McCallum teaches you how to spot disposable plastic items and find plastic-free, sustainable alternatives to each one. From carrying a reusable straw, to catching microfibers when you wash your clothes, to throwing plastic-free parties, you’ll learn new and intuitive ways to reduce plastic waste. And by arming you with a wealth of facts about global plastic consumption and anecdotes from activists fighting plastic around the world, you’ll also learn how to advocate to businesses and leaders in your community and across the country to commit to eliminating disposable plastics for good. Includes a PDF of Plastic-Plan Worksheets, an Annotated Persuasive Letter, and an Annotated Press Release Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Give Up Plastic: A Guide to Changing the World, One Plastic Bottle at a Time Author: Will McCallum Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: An accessible guide to the changes we can all make—small and large—to rid our lives of disposable plastic and clean up the world’s oceans It takes 450 years for a plastic bottle to fully biodegrade, and there are around 12.7 million tons of plastic entering the ocean each year. At our current pace, in the year 2050 there could be more plastic in the oceans than fish, by weight. These are alarming figures, but plastic pollution is an environmental crisis with a solution we can all contribute to. How to Give Up Plastic is a straightforward guide to eliminating plastic from your life. Going room by room through your home and workplace, Greenpeace activist Will McCallum teaches you how to spot disposable plastic items and find plastic-free, sustainable alternatives to each one. From carrying a reusable straw, to catching microfibers when you wash your clothes, to throwing plastic-free parties, you’ll learn new and intuitive ways to reduce plastic waste. And by arming you with a wealth of facts about global plastic consumption and anecdotes from activists fighting plastic around the world, you’ll also learn how to advocate to businesses and leaders in your community and across the country to commit to eliminating disposable plastics for good. Includes a PDF of Plastic-Plan Worksheets, an Annotated Persuasive Letter, and an Annotated Press Release https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364153 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Language of Cats: How to Understand Your Cat for a Better, Happier Relationship Author: Susanne Schotz Narrator: Romy Nordlinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered what your cat is saying? Cats do not meow randomly, nor do they growl or hiss because they have nothing better to do. Cat sounds have a purpose, and they can carry important messages, whether for us or other cats. Susanne Schötz is hard at work on breaking the cat code. She is a professor at Lund University in Sweden, where a long-standing research program is proving that cats do actually use vocal communication—with each other and with their human caretakers. Understanding the vocal strategies used in human-cat communication will have profound implications for how we communicate with our pets, and has the potential to improve the relationship between animals and humans within several fields, including animal therapy, veterinary medicine, and animal sheltering. In The Secret Language of Cats, Schötz offers a crash course in the phonetic study of cat sounds. She introduces us to the full range of feline vocalizations and explains what they can mean in different situations, and she gives practical tips to help us understand our cats better. Susanne Schotz Wed, 12 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364153 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Language of Cats: How to Understand Your Cat for a Better, Happier Relationship Author: Susanne Schotz Narrator: Romy Nordlinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered what your cat is saying? Cats do not meow randomly, nor do they growl or hiss because they have nothing better to do. Cat sounds have a purpose, and they can carry important messages, whether for us or other cats. Susanne Schötz is hard at work on breaking the cat code. She is a professor at Lund University in Sweden, where a long-standing research program is proving that cats do actually use vocal communication—with each other and with their human caretakers. Understanding the vocal strategies used in human-cat communication will have profound implications for how we communicate with our pets, and has the potential to improve the relationship between animals and humans within several fields, including animal therapy, veterinary medicine, and animal sheltering. In The Secret Language of Cats, Schötz offers a crash course in the phonetic study of cat sounds. She introduces us to the full range of feline vocalizations and explains what they can mean in different situations, and she gives practical tips to help us understand our cats better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Language of Cats: How to Understand Your Cat for a Better, Happier Relationship Author: Susanne Schotz Narrator: Romy Nordlinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered what your cat is saying? Cats do not meow randomly, nor do they growl or hiss because they have nothing better to do. Cat sounds have a purpose, and they can carry important messages, whether for us or other cats. Susanne Schötz is hard at work on breaking the cat code. She is a professor at Lund University in Sweden, where a long-standing research program is proving that cats do actually use vocal communication—with each other and with their human caretakers. Understanding the vocal strategies used in human-cat communication will have profound implications for how we communicate with our pets, and has the potential to improve the relationship between animals and humans within several fields, including animal therapy, veterinary medicine, and animal sheltering. In The Secret Language of Cats, Schötz offers a crash course in the phonetic study of cat sounds. She introduces us to the full range of feline vocalizations and explains what they can mean in different situations, and she gives practical tips to help us understand our cats better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364112 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Temple of Wolves: A Winter's Immersion in Wild Yellowstone Author: Rick Lamplugh Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: When Rick Lamplugh reports for work at the historic Lamar Buffalo Ranch on New Year's Eve, he has one goal: to learn as much as possible about the ecology of the Lamar Valley and how wolves fit in. He has three frigid months to explore on skis and snowshoes, to observe with all his senses, and to listen to and talk with experts. Lamplugh's writing takes you with him as he watches winter-hungry elk and bison migrate to the Lamar Valley to graze. As wolves, coyotes, and mountain lions stalk the grazers while eagles, ravens, and magpies wait to scavenge. As the snowy backdrop brings this saga of death and life into sharp focus and makes it unforgettable. A literary blend of facts and feelings, In the Temple of Wolves celebrates nature's stark beauty and the importance of wolves, while revealing Lamplugh's inner battles with his own human nature. Rick Lamplugh Wed, 12 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364112 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Temple of Wolves: A Winter's Immersion in Wild Yellowstone Author: Rick Lamplugh Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: When Rick Lamplugh reports for work at the historic Lamar Buffalo Ranch on New Year's Eve, he has one goal: to learn as much as possible about the ecology of the Lamar Valley and how wolves fit in. He has three frigid months to explore on skis and snowshoes, to observe with all his senses, and to listen to and talk with experts. Lamplugh's writing takes you with him as he watches winter-hungry elk and bison migrate to the Lamar Valley to graze. As wolves, coyotes, and mountain lions stalk the grazers while eagles, ravens, and magpies wait to scavenge. As the snowy backdrop brings this saga of death and life into sharp focus and makes it unforgettable. A literary blend of facts and feelings, In the Temple of Wolves celebrates nature's stark beauty and the importance of wolves, while revealing Lamplugh's inner battles with his own human nature. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Temple of Wolves: A Winter's Immersion in Wild Yellowstone Author: Rick Lamplugh Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: When Rick Lamplugh reports for work at the historic Lamar Buffalo Ranch on New Year's Eve, he has one goal: to learn as much as possible about the ecology of the Lamar Valley and how wolves fit in. He has three frigid months to explore on skis and snowshoes, to observe with all his senses, and to listen to and talk with experts. Lamplugh's writing takes you with him as he watches winter-hungry elk and bison migrate to the Lamar Valley to graze. As wolves, coyotes, and mountain lions stalk the grazers while eagles, ravens, and magpies wait to scavenge. As the snowy backdrop brings this saga of death and life into sharp focus and makes it unforgettable. A literary blend of facts and feelings, In the Temple of Wolves celebrates nature's stark beauty and the importance of wolves, while revealing Lamplugh's inner battles with his own human nature. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361806 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Frayed Atlantic Edge: A Historian’s Journey from Shetland to the Channel Author: David Gange Narrator: Ed Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 11, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: COLLECTIVE WINNER OF THE HIGHLAND BOOK PRIZE AND SHORTLISTED FOR THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE ‘This is the book that has been wanting to be written for decades: the ragged fringe of Britain as a laboratory for the human spirit’ Adam Nicolson Over the course of a year, leading historian and nature writer David Gange kayaked the weather-ravaged coasts of Atlantic Britain and Ireland from north to south: every cove, sound, inlet, island. The idea was to travel slowly and close to the water: in touch with both the natural world and the histories of communities on Atlantic coastlines. The story of his journey is one of staggering adventure, range and beauty. For too long, Gange argues, the significance of coasts has been underestimated, and the potential of small boats as tools to make sense of these histories rarely explored. This book seeks to put that imbalance right. Paddling alone in sun and storms, among dozens of whales and countless seabirds, Gange and his kayak travelled through a Shetland summer, Scottish winter and Irish spring before reaching Wales and Cornwall. Sitting low in the water, as did millions in eras when coasts were the main arteries of trade and communication, Gange describes, in captivating prose and loving detail, the experiences of kayaking, coastal living and historical discovery. Drawing on the archives of islands and coastal towns, as well as their vast poetic literatures in many languages, he shows that the neglected histories of these stunning regions are of real importance in understanding both the past and future of the whole archipelago. It is a history of Britain and Ireland like no other. David Gange Thu, 11 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361806 thebookvoice.com 11:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Frayed Atlantic Edge: A Historian’s Journey from Shetland to the Channel Author: David Gange Narrator: Ed Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 11, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: COLLECTIVE WINNER OF THE HIGHLAND BOOK PRIZE AND SHORTLISTED FOR THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE ‘This is the book that has been wanting to be written for decades: the ragged fringe of Britain as a laboratory for the human spirit’ Adam Nicolson Over the course of a year, leading historian and nature writer David Gange kayaked the weather-ravaged coasts of Atlantic Britain and Ireland from north to south: every cove, sound, inlet, island. The idea was to travel slowly and close to the water: in touch with both the natural world and the histories of communities on Atlantic coastlines. The story of his journey is one of staggering adventure, range and beauty. For too long, Gange argues, the significance of coasts has been underestimated, and the potential of small boats as tools to make sense of these histories rarely explored. This book seeks to put that imbalance right. Paddling alone in sun and storms, among dozens of whales and countless seabirds, Gange and his kayak travelled through a Shetland summer, Scottish winter and Irish spring before reaching Wales and Cornwall. Sitting low in the water, as did millions in eras when coasts were the main arteries of trade and communication, Gange describes, in captivating prose and loving detail, the experiences of kayaking, coastal living and historical discovery. Drawing on the archives of islands and coastal towns, as well as their vast poetic literatures in many languages, he shows that the neglected histories of these stunning regions are of real importance in understanding both the past and future of the whole archipelago. It is a history of Britain and Ireland like no other. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361806]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Frayed Atlantic Edge: A Historian’s Journey from Shetland to the Channel Author: David Gange Narrator: Ed Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 11, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: COLLECTIVE WINNER OF THE HIGHLAND BOOK PRIZE AND SHORTLISTED FOR THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE ‘This is the book that has been wanting to be written for decades: the ragged fringe of Britain as a laboratory for the human spirit’ Adam Nicolson Over the course of a year, leading historian and nature writer David Gange kayaked the weather-ravaged coasts of Atlantic Britain and Ireland from north to south: every cove, sound, inlet, island. The idea was to travel slowly and close to the water: in touch with both the natural world and the histories of communities on Atlantic coastlines. The story of his journey is one of staggering adventure, range and beauty. For too long, Gange argues, the significance of coasts has been underestimated, and the potential of small boats as tools to make sense of these histories rarely explored. This book seeks to put that imbalance right. Paddling alone in sun and storms, among dozens of whales and countless seabirds, Gange and his kayak travelled through a Shetland summer, Scottish winter and Irish spring before reaching Wales and Cornwall. Sitting low in the water, as did millions in eras when coasts were the main arteries of trade and communication, Gange describes, in captivating prose and loving detail, the experiences of kayaking, coastal living and historical discovery. Drawing on the archives of islands and coastal towns, as well as their vast poetic literatures in many languages, he shows that the neglected histories of these stunning regions are of real importance in understanding both the past and future of the whole archipelago. It is a history of Britain and Ireland like no other. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Planet: My Life as a Cave Diver Author: Jill Heinerth Narrator: Jill Heinerth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most renowned cave divers, a firsthand account of exploring the earth’s final frontier: the hidden depths of our oceans and the sunken caves inside our planet More people have died exploring underwater caves than climbing Mount Everest, and we know more about deep space than we do about the depths of our oceans. From one of the top cave divers working today—and one of the very few women in her field—Into the Planet blends science, adventure, and memoir to bring readers face-to-face with the terror and beauty of earth’s remaining unknowns and the extremes of human capability. Jill Heinerth—the first person in history to dive deep into an Antarctic iceberg and leader of a team that discovered the ancient watery remains of Mayan civilizations—has descended farther into the inner depths of our planet than any other woman. She takes us into the harrowing split-second decisions that determine whether a diver makes it back to safety, the prejudices that prevent women from pursuing careers underwater, and her endeavor to recover a fallen friend’s body from the confines of a cave. But there’s beauty beyond the danger of diving, and while Heinerth swims beneath our feet in the lifeblood of our planet, she works with biologists discovering new species, physicists tracking climate change, and hydrogeologists examining our finite freshwater reserves. Written with hair-raising intensity, Into the Planet is the first book to deliver an intimate account of cave diving, transporting readers deep into inner space, where fear must be reconciled and a mission’s success balances between knowing one’s limits and pushing the envelope of human endurance. Jill Heinerth Tue, 20 Aug 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Planet: My Life as a Cave Diver Author: Jill Heinerth Narrator: Jill Heinerth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most renowned cave divers, a firsthand account of exploring the earth’s final frontier: the hidden depths of our oceans and the sunken caves inside our planet More people have died exploring underwater caves than climbing Mount Everest, and we know more about deep space than we do about the depths of our oceans. From one of the top cave divers working today—and one of the very few women in her field—Into the Planet blends science, adventure, and memoir to bring readers face-to-face with the terror and beauty of earth’s remaining unknowns and the extremes of human capability. Jill Heinerth—the first person in history to dive deep into an Antarctic iceberg and leader of a team that discovered the ancient watery remains of Mayan civilizations—has descended farther into the inner depths of our planet than any other woman. She takes us into the harrowing split-second decisions that determine whether a diver makes it back to safety, the prejudices that prevent women from pursuing careers underwater, and her endeavor to recover a fallen friend’s body from the confines of a cave. But there’s beauty beyond the danger of diving, and while Heinerth swims beneath our feet in the lifeblood of our planet, she works with biologists discovering new species, physicists tracking climate change, and hydrogeologists examining our finite freshwater reserves. Written with hair-raising intensity, Into the Planet is the first book to deliver an intimate account of cave diving, transporting readers deep into inner space, where fear must be reconciled and a mission’s success balances between knowing one’s limits and pushing the envelope of human endurance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Planet: My Life as a Cave Diver Author: Jill Heinerth Narrator: Jill Heinerth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most renowned cave divers, a firsthand account of exploring the earth’s final frontier: the hidden depths of our oceans and the sunken caves inside our planet More people have died exploring underwater caves than climbing Mount Everest, and we know more about deep space than we do about the depths of our oceans. From one of the top cave divers working today—and one of the very few women in her field—Into the Planet blends science, adventure, and memoir to bring readers face-to-face with the terror and beauty of earth’s remaining unknowns and the extremes of human capability. Jill Heinerth—the first person in history to dive deep into an Antarctic iceberg and leader of a team that discovered the ancient watery remains of Mayan civilizations—has descended farther into the inner depths of our planet than any other woman. She takes us into the harrowing split-second decisions that determine whether a diver makes it back to safety, the prejudices that prevent women from pursuing careers underwater, and her endeavor to recover a fallen friend’s body from the confines of a cave. But there’s beauty beyond the danger of diving, and while Heinerth swims beneath our feet in the lifeblood of our planet, she works with biologists discovering new species, physicists tracking climate change, and hydrogeologists examining our finite freshwater reserves. Written with hair-raising intensity, Into the Planet is the first book to deliver an intimate account of cave diving, transporting readers deep into inner space, where fear must be reconciled and a mission’s success balances between knowing one’s limits and pushing the envelope of human endurance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361515 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tiny But Mighty: Kitten Lady's Guide to Saving the Most Vulnerable Felines Author: Hannah Shaw Narrator: Hannah Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From Kitten Lady, the professional kitten rescuer, humane educator, animal advocate, and owner of the popular Instagram @kittenxlady comes the definitive book on saving the most vulnerable—and adorable—feline population: newborn kittens. Hannah Shaw, better known as Kitten Lady, has dedicated her life to saving the tiniest felines, but one doesn't have to be a professional kitten rescuer to change—and save—lives. In Tiny but Mighty, Hannah not only outlines the dangers newborn kittens face and how she combats them, but how you can help every step of the way, from fighting feline overpopulation on the streets to fostering unweaned kittens, from combating illness to combating compassion fatigue, from finding a vet to finding the purrfect forever home. Filled with information on animal welfare, instructional guides, and personal rescue stories of kittens like Chloe, Tidbit, Hank, and Badger, Tiny but Mighty is the must-have kitten book for cat lovers, current-and-future rescuers, foster parents, activists, and advocates. *Includes a PDF of tables and charts for kitten care and instructions on how to make a cute hat for a kitten. Hannah Shaw Tue, 06 Aug 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361515 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tiny But Mighty: Kitten Lady's Guide to Saving the Most Vulnerable Felines Author: Hannah Shaw Narrator: Hannah Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From Kitten Lady, the professional kitten rescuer, humane educator, animal advocate, and owner of the popular Instagram @kittenxlady comes the definitive book on saving the most vulnerable—and adorable—feline population: newborn kittens. Hannah Shaw, better known as Kitten Lady, has dedicated her life to saving the tiniest felines, but one doesn't have to be a professional kitten rescuer to change—and save—lives. In Tiny but Mighty, Hannah not only outlines the dangers newborn kittens face and how she combats them, but how you can help every step of the way, from fighting feline overpopulation on the streets to fostering unweaned kittens, from combating illness to combating compassion fatigue, from finding a vet to finding the purrfect forever home. Filled with information on animal welfare, instructional guides, and personal rescue stories of kittens like Chloe, Tidbit, Hank, and Badger, Tiny but Mighty is the must-have kitten book for cat lovers, current-and-future rescuers, foster parents, activists, and advocates. *Includes a PDF of tables and charts for kitten care and instructions on how to make a cute hat for a kitten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tiny But Mighty: Kitten Lady's Guide to Saving the Most Vulnerable Felines Author: Hannah Shaw Narrator: Hannah Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From Kitten Lady, the professional kitten rescuer, humane educator, animal advocate, and owner of the popular Instagram @kittenxlady comes the definitive book on saving the most vulnerable—and adorable—feline population: newborn kittens. Hannah Shaw, better known as Kitten Lady, has dedicated her life to saving the tiniest felines, but one doesn't have to be a professional kitten rescuer to change—and save—lives. In Tiny but Mighty, Hannah not only outlines the dangers newborn kittens face and how she combats them, but how you can help every step of the way, from fighting feline overpopulation on the streets to fostering unweaned kittens, from combating illness to combating compassion fatigue, from finding a vet to finding the purrfect forever home. Filled with information on animal welfare, instructional guides, and personal rescue stories of kittens like Chloe, Tidbit, Hank, and Badger, Tiny but Mighty is the must-have kitten book for cat lovers, current-and-future rescuers, foster parents, activists, and advocates. *Includes a PDF of tables and charts for kitten care and instructions on how to make a cute hat for a kitten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361485 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Sky: Cosmic Collisions, Killer Asteroids, and the Race to Defend Earth Author: Gordon L. Dillow Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This “accessible and always entertaining” (Booklist) combination of history, pop science, and in-depth reporting offers a fascinating account of the asteroids that hit Earth long ago and those streaming toward us now, as well as how prepared we are against asteroid-caused catastrophe. One of these days, warns Gordon Dillow, the Earth will be hit by a comet or asteroid of potentially catastrophic size. The only question is when. In the meantime, we need to get much better at finding objects hurtling our way, and if they’re large enough to penetrate the atmosphere without burning up, figure out what to do about them. We owe many of science’s most important discoveries to the famed Meteor Crater, a mile-wide dimple on the Colorado Plateau created by an asteroid hit 50,000 years ago. In his masterfully researched Fire in the Sky, Dillow unpacks what the Crater has to tell us. Prior to the early 1900s, the world believed that all craters—on the Earth and Moon—were formed by volcanic activity. Not so. The revelation that Meteor Crater and others like it were formed by impacts with space objects has led to a now accepted theory about what killed off the dinosaurs, and it has opened up a new field of asteroid observation that is brimming with urgency. Dillow looks at great asteroid hits of the past and modern-day asteroid hunters and defense planning experts, including America’s first Planetary Defense Officer. Satellite sensors confirm that a Hiroshima-scale blast occurs in the atmosphere every year, and a smaller, one-kiloton blast every month. While Dillow makes clear that the objects above can be deadly, he consistently inspires awe with his descriptions of their size, makeup, and origins. Both a riveting work of popular science and a warning to not take for granted the space objects hurtling overhead, Fire in the Sky is, ultimately, a testament to our universe’s celestial wonders. Gordon L. Dillow Tue, 04 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361485 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Sky: Cosmic Collisions, Killer Asteroids, and the Race to Defend Earth Author: Gordon L. Dillow Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This “accessible and always entertaining” (Booklist) combination of history, pop science, and in-depth reporting offers a fascinating account of the asteroids that hit Earth long ago and those streaming toward us now, as well as how prepared we are against asteroid-caused catastrophe. One of these days, warns Gordon Dillow, the Earth will be hit by a comet or asteroid of potentially catastrophic size. The only question is when. In the meantime, we need to get much better at finding objects hurtling our way, and if they’re large enough to penetrate the atmosphere without burning up, figure out what to do about them. We owe many of science’s most important discoveries to the famed Meteor Crater, a mile-wide dimple on the Colorado Plateau created by an asteroid hit 50,000 years ago. In his masterfully researched Fire in the Sky, Dillow unpacks what the Crater has to tell us. Prior to the early 1900s, the world believed that all craters—on the Earth and Moon—were formed by volcanic activity. Not so. The revelation that Meteor Crater and others like it were formed by impacts with space objects has led to a now accepted theory about what killed off the dinosaurs, and it has opened up a new field of asteroid observation that is brimming with urgency. Dillow looks at great asteroid hits of the past and modern-day asteroid hunters and defense planning experts, including America’s first Planetary Defense Officer. Satellite sensors confirm that a Hiroshima-scale blast occurs in the atmosphere every year, and a smaller, one-kiloton blast every month. While Dillow makes clear that the objects above can be deadly, he consistently inspires awe with his descriptions of their size, makeup, and origins. Both a riveting work of popular science and a warning to not take for granted the space objects hurtling overhead, Fire in the Sky is, ultimately, a testament to our universe’s celestial wonders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Sky: Cosmic Collisions, Killer Asteroids, and the Race to Defend Earth Author: Gordon L. Dillow Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This “accessible and always entertaining” (Booklist) combination of history, pop science, and in-depth reporting offers a fascinating account of the asteroids that hit Earth long ago and those streaming toward us now, as well as how prepared we are against asteroid-caused catastrophe. One of these days, warns Gordon Dillow, the Earth will be hit by a comet or asteroid of potentially catastrophic size. The only question is when. In the meantime, we need to get much better at finding objects hurtling our way, and if they’re large enough to penetrate the atmosphere without burning up, figure out what to do about them. We owe many of science’s most important discoveries to the famed Meteor Crater, a mile-wide dimple on the Colorado Plateau created by an asteroid hit 50,000 years ago. In his masterfully researched Fire in the Sky, Dillow unpacks what the Crater has to tell us. Prior to the early 1900s, the world believed that all craters—on the Earth and Moon—were formed by volcanic activity. Not so. The revelation that Meteor Crater and others like it were formed by impacts with space objects has led to a now accepted theory about what killed off the dinosaurs, and it has opened up a new field of asteroid observation that is brimming with urgency. Dillow looks at great asteroid hits of the past and modern-day asteroid hunters and defense planning experts, including America’s first Planetary Defense Officer. Satellite sensors confirm that a Hiroshima-scale blast occurs in the atmosphere every year, and a smaller, one-kiloton blast every month. While Dillow makes clear that the objects above can be deadly, he consistently inspires awe with his descriptions of their size, makeup, and origins. Both a riveting work of popular science and a warning to not take for granted the space objects hurtling overhead, Fire in the Sky is, ultimately, a testament to our universe’s celestial wonders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361264 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invasive Aliens: The Plants and Animals From Over There That Are Over Here Author: Dan Eatherley Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘The story of “invasive species” is really the story of human history, and Eatherley tells it with great verve … Fascinating’ Daily Telegraph A unique history of plant and animal invaders of the British isles spanning thousands of years of arrivals and escapes, as well as defences mounted and a look to the future. As Brits we pride ourselves as stoic defenders, boasting a record of resistance dating back to 1066. Yet, even a cursory examination of the natural world reveals that while interlopers of the human variety may have been kept at bay, our islands have been invaded, conquered and settled by an endless succession of animals, plants, fungi and other alien lifeforms that apparently belong elsewhere. Indeed it’s often hard to work out what actually is native, and what is foreign. From early settlement of our islands, through the Roman and mediaeval period, to the age of exploration and globalisation, today’s complement of alien species tells a story about our past. Dan Eatherley Thu, 18 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361264 thebookvoice.com 10:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invasive Aliens: The Plants and Animals From Over There That Are Over Here Author: Dan Eatherley Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘The story of “invasive species” is really the story of human history, and Eatherley tells it with great verve … Fascinating’ Daily Telegraph A unique history of plant and animal invaders of the British isles spanning thousands of years of arrivals and escapes, as well as defences mounted and a look to the future. As Brits we pride ourselves as stoic defenders, boasting a record of resistance dating back to 1066. Yet, even a cursory examination of the natural world reveals that while interlopers of the human variety may have been kept at bay, our islands have been invaded, conquered and settled by an endless succession of animals, plants, fungi and other alien lifeforms that apparently belong elsewhere. Indeed it’s often hard to work out what actually is native, and what is foreign. From early settlement of our islands, through the Roman and mediaeval period, to the age of exploration and globalisation, today’s complement of alien species tells a story about our past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invasive Aliens: The Plants and Animals From Over There That Are Over Here Author: Dan Eatherley Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘The story of “invasive species” is really the story of human history, and Eatherley tells it with great verve … Fascinating’ Daily Telegraph A unique history of plant and animal invaders of the British isles spanning thousands of years of arrivals and escapes, as well as defences mounted and a look to the future. As Brits we pride ourselves as stoic defenders, boasting a record of resistance dating back to 1066. Yet, even a cursory examination of the natural world reveals that while interlopers of the human variety may have been kept at bay, our islands have been invaded, conquered and settled by an endless succession of animals, plants, fungi and other alien lifeforms that apparently belong elsewhere. Indeed it’s often hard to work out what actually is native, and what is foreign. From early settlement of our islands, through the Roman and mediaeval period, to the age of exploration and globalisation, today’s complement of alien species tells a story about our past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Spring Author: Rachel Carson Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Conservationist Rachel Carson spent over six years documenting the effects on DDT—a synthetic organic compound used as an insecticide—on numerous communities. Her analysis revealed that such powerful, persistent chemical pesticides have been used without a full understanding of the extent of their potential harm to the whole biota, including the damage they’ve caused to wildlife, birds, bees, agricultural animals, domestic pets, and even humans. In this book, Carson discusses her findings and expresses passionate concern for the future of the planet and all the life inhabiting it, calling on us all to act responsibly, carefully, and as stewards of the living earth. Additionally, she suggests that all democracies and liberal societies must operate in a way that allows individuals and groups to question what their governments have permitted to be put into the environment. An instant bestseller that was read by President Kennedy during the summer of 1962, this classic remains one of the best introductions to the complicated and controversial subject. Rachel Carson Tue, 11 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Spring Author: Rachel Carson Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Conservationist Rachel Carson spent over six years documenting the effects on DDT—a synthetic organic compound used as an insecticide—on numerous communities. Her analysis revealed that such powerful, persistent chemical pesticides have been used without a full understanding of the extent of their potential harm to the whole biota, including the damage they’ve caused to wildlife, birds, bees, agricultural animals, domestic pets, and even humans. In this book, Carson discusses her findings and expresses passionate concern for the future of the planet and all the life inhabiting it, calling on us all to act responsibly, carefully, and as stewards of the living earth. Additionally, she suggests that all democracies and liberal societies must operate in a way that allows individuals and groups to question what their governments have permitted to be put into the environment. An instant bestseller that was read by President Kennedy during the summer of 1962, this classic remains one of the best introductions to the complicated and controversial subject. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Spring Author: Rachel Carson Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Conservationist Rachel Carson spent over six years documenting the effects on DDT—a synthetic organic compound used as an insecticide—on numerous communities. Her analysis revealed that such powerful, persistent chemical pesticides have been used without a full understanding of the extent of their potential harm to the whole biota, including the damage they’ve caused to wildlife, birds, bees, agricultural animals, domestic pets, and even humans. In this book, Carson discusses her findings and expresses passionate concern for the future of the planet and all the life inhabiting it, calling on us all to act responsibly, carefully, and as stewards of the living earth. Additionally, she suggests that all democracies and liberal societies must operate in a way that allows individuals and groups to question what their governments have permitted to be put into the environment. An instant bestseller that was read by President Kennedy during the summer of 1962, this classic remains one of the best introductions to the complicated and controversial subject. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360968 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arctic Dreams: National Book Award Winner Author: Barry Lopez Narrator: James Naughton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Winner of the National Book Award This bestselling, groundbreaking exploration of the Far North is a classic of natural history, anthropology, and travel writing. The Arctic is a perilous place. Only a few species of wild animals can survive its harsh climate. In this modern classic, Barry Lopez explores the many-faceted wonders of the Far North: its strangely stunted forest, its mesmerizing aurora borealis, its frozen seas. Musk oxen, polar bears, narwhal, and other exotic beasts of the region come alive through Lopez’s passionate and nuanced observations. And, as he examines the history and culture of the indigenous people, along with parallel narratives of intrepid, often underprepared and subsequently doomed polar explorers, Lopez drives to the heart of why the austere and formidable Arctic is also a constant source of breathtaking beauty, beguilement, and wonder. Written in prose as memorably pure as the land it describes, Arctic Dreams is a timeless mediation on the ability of the landscape to shape our dreams and to haunt our imaginations. Look for Barry Lopez's new book, Horizon, available now. Barry Lopez Tue, 19 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360968 thebookvoice.com 17:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arctic Dreams: National Book Award Winner Author: Barry Lopez Narrator: James Naughton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Winner of the National Book Award This bestselling, groundbreaking exploration of the Far North is a classic of natural history, anthropology, and travel writing. The Arctic is a perilous place. Only a few species of wild animals can survive its harsh climate. In this modern classic, Barry Lopez explores the many-faceted wonders of the Far North: its strangely stunted forest, its mesmerizing aurora borealis, its frozen seas. Musk oxen, polar bears, narwhal, and other exotic beasts of the region come alive through Lopez’s passionate and nuanced observations. And, as he examines the history and culture of the indigenous people, along with parallel narratives of intrepid, often underprepared and subsequently doomed polar explorers, Lopez drives to the heart of why the austere and formidable Arctic is also a constant source of breathtaking beauty, beguilement, and wonder. Written in prose as memorably pure as the land it describes, Arctic Dreams is a timeless mediation on the ability of the landscape to shape our dreams and to haunt our imaginations. Look for Barry Lopez's new book, Horizon, available now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arctic Dreams: National Book Award Winner Author: Barry Lopez Narrator: James Naughton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Winner of the National Book Award This bestselling, groundbreaking exploration of the Far North is a classic of natural history, anthropology, and travel writing. The Arctic is a perilous place. Only a few species of wild animals can survive its harsh climate. In this modern classic, Barry Lopez explores the many-faceted wonders of the Far North: its strangely stunted forest, its mesmerizing aurora borealis, its frozen seas. Musk oxen, polar bears, narwhal, and other exotic beasts of the region come alive through Lopez’s passionate and nuanced observations. And, as he examines the history and culture of the indigenous people, along with parallel narratives of intrepid, often underprepared and subsequently doomed polar explorers, Lopez drives to the heart of why the austere and formidable Arctic is also a constant source of breathtaking beauty, beguilement, and wonder. Written in prose as memorably pure as the land it describes, Arctic Dreams is a timeless mediation on the ability of the landscape to shape our dreams and to haunt our imaginations. Look for Barry Lopez's new book, Horizon, available now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360922 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Joy for Hard Times: Finding Meaning and Making Beauty in Earth's Broken Places Author: Trebbe Johnson Narrator: Laura Copland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In a time of uncertainty and devastation--from pandemics to environmental catastrophe--a call to action for finding beauty, creating art, and healing in community.   When a beloved place is decimated by physical damage, many may hit the donate button or call their congressperson. But award-winning author Trebbe Johnson argues that we need new methods for coping with these losses and invites readers to reconsider what constitutes “worthwhile action.” She discusses real wounded places ranging from weapons-testing grounds at Eglin Air Force Base, to Appalachian mountain tops destroyed by mining. These stories, along with tools for community engagement—ceremony, vigil, apology, and the creation of art with on-site materials—show us how we can find beauty in these places and discover new sources of meaning and community. Trebbe Johnson Tue, 19 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360922 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Joy for Hard Times: Finding Meaning and Making Beauty in Earth's Broken Places Author: Trebbe Johnson Narrator: Laura Copland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In a time of uncertainty and devastation--from pandemics to environmental catastrophe--a call to action for finding beauty, creating art, and healing in community.   When a beloved place is decimated by physical damage, many may hit the donate button or call their congressperson. But award-winning author Trebbe Johnson argues that we need new methods for coping with these losses and invites readers to reconsider what constitutes “worthwhile action.” She discusses real wounded places ranging from weapons-testing grounds at Eglin Air Force Base, to Appalachian mountain tops destroyed by mining. These stories, along with tools for community engagement—ceremony, vigil, apology, and the creation of art with on-site materials—show us how we can find beauty in these places and discover new sources of meaning and community. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Joy for Hard Times: Finding Meaning and Making Beauty in Earth's Broken Places Author: Trebbe Johnson Narrator: Laura Copland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In a time of uncertainty and devastation--from pandemics to environmental catastrophe--a call to action for finding beauty, creating art, and healing in community.   When a beloved place is decimated by physical damage, many may hit the donate button or call their congressperson. But award-winning author Trebbe Johnson argues that we need new methods for coping with these losses and invites readers to reconsider what constitutes “worthwhile action.” She discusses real wounded places ranging from weapons-testing grounds at Eglin Air Force Base, to Appalachian mountain tops destroyed by mining. These stories, along with tools for community engagement—ceremony, vigil, apology, and the creation of art with on-site materials—show us how we can find beauty in these places and discover new sources of meaning and community. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Catch a Mole: And Find Yourself in Nature Author: Marc Hamer Narrator: Marc Hamer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of How to Catch a Mole written and read by Marc Hamer. A life-affirming book about the British countryside, the cycle of nature, solitude, mortality and contentment, through the prism of a brilliant new nature writer’s experience working as a traditional mole-catcher. I have been catching moles in gardens and farms for years and I have decided that I am not going to do it any more. Molecatching is a traditional skill that has given me a good life but I am old now and tired of hunting and it has taught me what I needed to learn. Although common, moles are mysterious: their habits are inscrutable, they are anatomically bizarre, and they live completely alone. Marc Hamer has come closer to them than most, both through his long working life out in the Welsh countryside, and his experiences of rural homelessness as a boy, sleeping in hedgerows. Over the years, Marc has learned a great deal about these small, velvet creatures who live in the dark beneath us, and the myths that surround them, and his work has also led him to a wise and uplifting acceptance of the inevitable changes that we all face. In this beautiful and meditative book, Marc tells his story and explores what moles, and a life in nature, can tell us about our own humanity and our search for contentment. How to Catch a Mole is a gem of nature writing, beautifully illustrated by Joe McLaren, which celebrates living peacefully and finding wonder in the world around us. Marc Hamer Thu, 04 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360636 thebookvoice.com 3:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Catch a Mole: And Find Yourself in Nature Author: Marc Hamer Narrator: Marc Hamer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of How to Catch a Mole written and read by Marc Hamer. A life-affirming book about the British countryside, the cycle of nature, solitude, mortality and contentment, through the prism of a brilliant new nature writer’s experience working as a traditional mole-catcher. I have been catching moles in gardens and farms for years and I have decided that I am not going to do it any more. Molecatching is a traditional skill that has given me a good life but I am old now and tired of hunting and it has taught me what I needed to learn. Although common, moles are mysterious: their habits are inscrutable, they are anatomically bizarre, and they live completely alone. Marc Hamer has come closer to them than most, both through his long working life out in the Welsh countryside, and his experiences of rural homelessness as a boy, sleeping in hedgerows. Over the years, Marc has learned a great deal about these small, velvet creatures who live in the dark beneath us, and the myths that surround them, and his work has also led him to a wise and uplifting acceptance of the inevitable changes that we all face. In this beautiful and meditative book, Marc tells his story and explores what moles, and a life in nature, can tell us about our own humanity and our search for contentment. How to Catch a Mole is a gem of nature writing, beautifully illustrated by Joe McLaren, which celebrates living peacefully and finding wonder in the world around us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Catch a Mole: And Find Yourself in Nature Author: Marc Hamer Narrator: Marc Hamer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of How to Catch a Mole written and read by Marc Hamer. A life-affirming book about the British countryside, the cycle of nature, solitude, mortality and contentment, through the prism of a brilliant new nature writer’s experience working as a traditional mole-catcher. I have been catching moles in gardens and farms for years and I have decided that I am not going to do it any more. Molecatching is a traditional skill that has given me a good life but I am old now and tired of hunting and it has taught me what I needed to learn. Although common, moles are mysterious: their habits are inscrutable, they are anatomically bizarre, and they live completely alone. Marc Hamer has come closer to them than most, both through his long working life out in the Welsh countryside, and his experiences of rural homelessness as a boy, sleeping in hedgerows. Over the years, Marc has learned a great deal about these small, velvet creatures who live in the dark beneath us, and the myths that surround them, and his work has also led him to a wise and uplifting acceptance of the inevitable changes that we all face. In this beautiful and meditative book, Marc tells his story and explores what moles, and a life in nature, can tell us about our own humanity and our search for contentment. How to Catch a Mole is a gem of nature writing, beautifully illustrated by Joe McLaren, which celebrates living peacefully and finding wonder in the world around us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360615 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Home Alone: From Microbes to Millipedes, Camel Crickets, and Honeybees, the Natural History of Where We Live Author: Rob Dunn Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A natural history of the wilderness in our homes, from the microbes in our showers to the crickets in our basements Even when the floors are sparkling clean and the house seems silent, our domestic domain is wild beyond imagination. In Never Home Alone, biologist Rob Dunn introduces us to the nearly 200,000 species living with us in our own homes, from the Egyptian meal moths in our cupboards and camel crickets in our basements to the lactobacillus lounging on our kitchen counters. You are not alone. Yet, as we obsess over sterilizing our homes and separating our spaces from nature, we are unwittingly cultivating an entirely new playground for evolution. These changes are reshaping the organisms that live with us -- prompting some to become more dangerous, while undermining those species that benefit our bodies or help us keep more threatening organisms at bay. No one who reads this engrossing, revelatory book will look at their homes in the same way again. Rob Dunn Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360615 thebookvoice.com 9:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Home Alone: From Microbes to Millipedes, Camel Crickets, and Honeybees, the Natural History of Where We Live Author: Rob Dunn Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A natural history of the wilderness in our homes, from the microbes in our showers to the crickets in our basements Even when the floors are sparkling clean and the house seems silent, our domestic domain is wild beyond imagination. In Never Home Alone, biologist Rob Dunn introduces us to the nearly 200,000 species living with us in our own homes, from the Egyptian meal moths in our cupboards and camel crickets in our basements to the lactobacillus lounging on our kitchen counters. You are not alone. Yet, as we obsess over sterilizing our homes and separating our spaces from nature, we are unwittingly cultivating an entirely new playground for evolution. These changes are reshaping the organisms that live with us -- prompting some to become more dangerous, while undermining those species that benefit our bodies or help us keep more threatening organisms at bay. No one who reads this engrossing, revelatory book will look at their homes in the same way again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Home Alone: From Microbes to Millipedes, Camel Crickets, and Honeybees, the Natural History of Where We Live Author: Rob Dunn Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A natural history of the wilderness in our homes, from the microbes in our showers to the crickets in our basements Even when the floors are sparkling clean and the house seems silent, our domestic domain is wild beyond imagination. In Never Home Alone, biologist Rob Dunn introduces us to the nearly 200,000 species living with us in our own homes, from the Egyptian meal moths in our cupboards and camel crickets in our basements to the lactobacillus lounging on our kitchen counters. You are not alone. Yet, as we obsess over sterilizing our homes and separating our spaces from nature, we are unwittingly cultivating an entirely new playground for evolution. These changes are reshaping the organisms that live with us -- prompting some to become more dangerous, while undermining those species that benefit our bodies or help us keep more threatening organisms at bay. No one who reads this engrossing, revelatory book will look at their homes in the same way again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360096 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Slow City: Living Simply in the World's Fastest City Author: William Powers Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Burned-out after years of doing development work around the world, William Powers spent a season in a 12-foot-by-12-foot cabin off the grid in North Carolina, as recounted in his award-winning memoir Twelve by Twelve. Could he live a similarly minimalist life in the heart of New York City? To find out, Powers and his wife jettisoned 80 percent of their stuff, left their 2,000-square-foot Queens townhouse, and moved into a 350-square-foot 'micro-apartment' in Greenwich Village. Downshifting to a two-day workweek, Powers explores the viability of Slow Food and Slow Money, technology fasts and urban sanctuaries. Discovering a colorful cast of New Yorkers attempting to resist the culture of Total Work, Powers offers an inspiring exploration for anyone trying to make urban life more people- and planet-friendly. William Powers Tue, 16 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360096 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Slow City: Living Simply in the World's Fastest City Author: William Powers Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Burned-out after years of doing development work around the world, William Powers spent a season in a 12-foot-by-12-foot cabin off the grid in North Carolina, as recounted in his award-winning memoir Twelve by Twelve. Could he live a similarly minimalist life in the heart of New York City? To find out, Powers and his wife jettisoned 80 percent of their stuff, left their 2,000-square-foot Queens townhouse, and moved into a 350-square-foot 'micro-apartment' in Greenwich Village. Downshifting to a two-day workweek, Powers explores the viability of Slow Food and Slow Money, technology fasts and urban sanctuaries. Discovering a colorful cast of New Yorkers attempting to resist the culture of Total Work, Powers offers an inspiring exploration for anyone trying to make urban life more people- and planet-friendly. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Slow City: Living Simply in the World's Fastest City Author: William Powers Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Burned-out after years of doing development work around the world, William Powers spent a season in a 12-foot-by-12-foot cabin off the grid in North Carolina, as recounted in his award-winning memoir Twelve by Twelve. Could he live a similarly minimalist life in the heart of New York City? To find out, Powers and his wife jettisoned 80 percent of their stuff, left their 2,000-square-foot Queens townhouse, and moved into a 350-square-foot 'micro-apartment' in Greenwich Village. Downshifting to a two-day workweek, Powers explores the viability of Slow Food and Slow Money, technology fasts and urban sanctuaries. Discovering a colorful cast of New Yorkers attempting to resist the culture of Total Work, Powers offers an inspiring exploration for anyone trying to make urban life more people- and planet-friendly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dispatches from the Sweet Life: One Family, Five Acres, and a Community's Quest to Reinvent the World Author: William Powers Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Many fantasize about dramatically changing their lives — living in accordance with their ideals rather than the exigencies of job, bills, and possessions. William Powers actually does it. In his book Twelve by Twelve, Powers lived in an off-grid tiny house in rural North Carolina. In New Slow City, he and his wife, Melissa, inhabited a Manhattan micro-apartment in search of slow in the fastest city in the world. Here, the couple, with baby in tow, search for balance, community, and happiness in a small town in Bolivia. They build an adobe house, plant a prolific orchard and organic garden, and weave their life into a community of permaculturists, bio-builders, artists, and creative businesspeople. Can this Transition Town succeed in the face of encroaching North American capitalism, and can Powers and the other settlers find the balance they’re seeking? Dispatches from the Sweet Life is compelling, sobering, thought-provoking, and, no matter the outcome, inspiring. William Powers Tue, 16 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360094 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dispatches from the Sweet Life: One Family, Five Acres, and a Community's Quest to Reinvent the World Author: William Powers Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Many fantasize about dramatically changing their lives — living in accordance with their ideals rather than the exigencies of job, bills, and possessions. William Powers actually does it. In his book Twelve by Twelve, Powers lived in an off-grid tiny house in rural North Carolina. In New Slow City, he and his wife, Melissa, inhabited a Manhattan micro-apartment in search of slow in the fastest city in the world. Here, the couple, with baby in tow, search for balance, community, and happiness in a small town in Bolivia. They build an adobe house, plant a prolific orchard and organic garden, and weave their life into a community of permaculturists, bio-builders, artists, and creative businesspeople. Can this Transition Town succeed in the face of encroaching North American capitalism, and can Powers and the other settlers find the balance they’re seeking? Dispatches from the Sweet Life is compelling, sobering, thought-provoking, and, no matter the outcome, inspiring. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dispatches from the Sweet Life: One Family, Five Acres, and a Community's Quest to Reinvent the World Author: William Powers Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Many fantasize about dramatically changing their lives — living in accordance with their ideals rather than the exigencies of job, bills, and possessions. William Powers actually does it. In his book Twelve by Twelve, Powers lived in an off-grid tiny house in rural North Carolina. In New Slow City, he and his wife, Melissa, inhabited a Manhattan micro-apartment in search of slow in the fastest city in the world. Here, the couple, with baby in tow, search for balance, community, and happiness in a small town in Bolivia. They build an adobe house, plant a prolific orchard and organic garden, and weave their life into a community of permaculturists, bio-builders, artists, and creative businesspeople. Can this Transition Town succeed in the face of encroaching North American capitalism, and can Powers and the other settlers find the balance they’re seeking? Dispatches from the Sweet Life is compelling, sobering, thought-provoking, and, no matter the outcome, inspiring. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360095 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve by Twelve: A One-Room Cabin Off the Grid and Beyond the American Dream Author: William Powers Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Why would a successful American physician choose to live in a twelve-foot-by-twelve-foot cabin without running water or electricity? To find out, writer and activist William Powers visited Dr. Jackie Benton in rural North Carolina. No Name Creek gurgled through Benton’s permaculture farm, and she stroked honeybees’ wings as she shared her wildcrafter philosophy of living on a planet in crisis. Powers, just back from a decade of international aid work, then accepted Benton’s offer to stay at the cabin for a season while she traveled. There, he befriended her eclectic neighbors — organic farmers, biofuel brewers, eco-developers — and discovered a sustainable but imperiled way of life. Here, Powers not only explores this small patch of community but draws on his international experiences with other pockets of resistance. This engrossing tale of Powers’s struggle for a meaningful life with a smaller footprint proposes a paradigm shift to an elusive “Soft World” with clues to personal happiness and global healing. William Powers Tue, 16 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360095 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve by Twelve: A One-Room Cabin Off the Grid and Beyond the American Dream Author: William Powers Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Why would a successful American physician choose to live in a twelve-foot-by-twelve-foot cabin without running water or electricity? To find out, writer and activist William Powers visited Dr. Jackie Benton in rural North Carolina. No Name Creek gurgled through Benton’s permaculture farm, and she stroked honeybees’ wings as she shared her wildcrafter philosophy of living on a planet in crisis. Powers, just back from a decade of international aid work, then accepted Benton’s offer to stay at the cabin for a season while she traveled. There, he befriended her eclectic neighbors — organic farmers, biofuel brewers, eco-developers — and discovered a sustainable but imperiled way of life. Here, Powers not only explores this small patch of community but draws on his international experiences with other pockets of resistance. This engrossing tale of Powers’s struggle for a meaningful life with a smaller footprint proposes a paradigm shift to an elusive “Soft World” with clues to personal happiness and global healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve by Twelve: A One-Room Cabin Off the Grid and Beyond the American Dream Author: William Powers Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Why would a successful American physician choose to live in a twelve-foot-by-twelve-foot cabin without running water or electricity? To find out, writer and activist William Powers visited Dr. Jackie Benton in rural North Carolina. No Name Creek gurgled through Benton’s permaculture farm, and she stroked honeybees’ wings as she shared her wildcrafter philosophy of living on a planet in crisis. Powers, just back from a decade of international aid work, then accepted Benton’s offer to stay at the cabin for a season while she traveled. There, he befriended her eclectic neighbors — organic farmers, biofuel brewers, eco-developers — and discovered a sustainable but imperiled way of life. Here, Powers not only explores this small patch of community but draws on his international experiences with other pockets of resistance. This engrossing tale of Powers’s struggle for a meaningful life with a smaller footprint proposes a paradigm shift to an elusive “Soft World” with clues to personal happiness and global healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zak George's Guide to a Well-Behaved Dog: Proven Solutions to the Most Common Training Problems for All Ages, Breeds, and Mixes Author: Zak George, Dina Roth Port Narrator: Zak George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A compassionate, modern, science-based approach to help you (and your dog!) with common training problems   “Zak George takes his dedication to humane and effective dog training from the screen to the written page.”—Dr. John Ciribassi, DVM, DACVB,  coeditor of Decoding Your Dog   Celebrity dog trainer and YouTube star Zak George creates the most watched dog training content in the world and has helped millions of people with their dogs. In this problem-based guide, he makes it easy to look up and solve the exact behavioral issue that you're struggling with—whether you’re dealing with a new puppy, an adult dog you’ve had for years, or a recently adopted rescue. He also helps you prevent many of these problems from becoming established in the first place. Packed with case studies and examples from Zak’s videos so you can see his dog and puppy training tactics in action, this book contains step-by-step instructions for dealing with:   • Chewing • Jumping up • Barking • Play biting • Begging • Not listening • Thunderstorm phobia • Separation anxiety • Aggression • And much more! Delving deeply into why dogs do what they do and how to work through any problems that might arise, Zak proves that it's never too late to correct behavioral issues. Zak George, Dina Roth Port Tue, 09 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359640 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zak George's Guide to a Well-Behaved Dog: Proven Solutions to the Most Common Training Problems for All Ages, Breeds, and Mixes Author: Zak George, Dina Roth Port Narrator: Zak George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A compassionate, modern, science-based approach to help you (and your dog!) with common training problems   “Zak George takes his dedication to humane and effective dog training from the screen to the written page.”—Dr. John Ciribassi, DVM, DACVB,  coeditor of Decoding Your Dog   Celebrity dog trainer and YouTube star Zak George creates the most watched dog training content in the world and has helped millions of people with their dogs. In this problem-based guide, he makes it easy to look up and solve the exact behavioral issue that you're struggling with—whether you’re dealing with a new puppy, an adult dog you’ve had for years, or a recently adopted rescue. He also helps you prevent many of these problems from becoming established in the first place. Packed with case studies and examples from Zak’s videos so you can see his dog and puppy training tactics in action, this book contains step-by-step instructions for dealing with:   • Chewing • Jumping up • Barking • Play biting • Begging • Not listening • Thunderstorm phobia • Separation anxiety • Aggression • And much more! Delving deeply into why dogs do what they do and how to work through any problems that might arise, Zak proves that it's never too late to correct behavioral issues. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zak George's Guide to a Well-Behaved Dog: Proven Solutions to the Most Common Training Problems for All Ages, Breeds, and Mixes Author: Zak George, Dina Roth Port Narrator: Zak George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A compassionate, modern, science-based approach to help you (and your dog!) with common training problems   “Zak George takes his dedication to humane and effective dog training from the screen to the written page.”—Dr. John Ciribassi, DVM, DACVB,  coeditor of Decoding Your Dog   Celebrity dog trainer and YouTube star Zak George creates the most watched dog training content in the world and has helped millions of people with their dogs. In this problem-based guide, he makes it easy to look up and solve the exact behavioral issue that you're struggling with—whether you’re dealing with a new puppy, an adult dog you’ve had for years, or a recently adopted rescue. He also helps you prevent many of these problems from becoming established in the first place. Packed with case studies and examples from Zak’s videos so you can see his dog and puppy training tactics in action, this book contains step-by-step instructions for dealing with:   • Chewing • Jumping up • Barking • Play biting • Begging • Not listening • Thunderstorm phobia • Separation anxiety • Aggression • And much more! Delving deeply into why dogs do what they do and how to work through any problems that might arise, Zak proves that it's never too late to correct behavioral issues. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land: How Cowboys, Capitalism and Corruption are Ruining the American West Author: Christopher Ketcham Narrator: Christopher Ketcham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A hard-hitting look at the battle now raging over the fate of the public lands in the American West--and a plea for the protection of these last wild places The public lands of the western United States comprise some 450 million acres of grassland, steppe land, canyons, forests, and mountains. It's an American commons, and it is under assault as never before. Journalist Christopher Ketcham has been documenting the confluence of commercial exploitation and governmental misconduct in this region for over a decade. His revelatory book takes the reader on a journey across these last wild places, to see how capitalism is killing our great commons. Ketcham begins in Utah, revealing the environmental destruction caused by unregulated public lands livestock grazing, and exposing rampant malfeasance in the federal land management agencies, who have been compromised by the profit-driven livestock and energy interests they are supposed to regulate. He then turns to the broad effects of those corrupt politics on wildlife. He tracks the Department of Interior's failure to implement and enforce the Endangered Species Act--including its stark betrayal of protections for the grizzly bear and the sage grouse--and investigates the destructive behavior of U.S. Wildlife Services in their shocking mass slaughter of animals that threaten the livestock industry. Along the way, Ketcham talks with ecologists, biologists, botanists, former government employees, whistleblowers, grassroots environmentalists and other citizens who are fighting to protect the public domain for future generations.  This Land is a colorful muckraking journey--part Edward Abbey, part Upton Sinclair--exposing the rot in American politics that is rapidly leading to the sell-out of our national heritage. The book ends with Ketcham's vision of ecological restoration for the American West: freeing the trampled, denuded ecosystems from the effects of grazing, enforcing the laws already in place to defend biodiversity, allowing the native species of the West to recover under a fully implemented Endangered Species Act, and establishing vast stretches of public land where there will be no development at all, not even for recreation. Cover Photo courtesy of TWIG Media/Southern Utah Wilderness Alliance Christopher Ketcham Tue, 16 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359625 thebookvoice.com 15:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land: How Cowboys, Capitalism and Corruption are Ruining the American West Author: Christopher Ketcham Narrator: Christopher Ketcham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A hard-hitting look at the battle now raging over the fate of the public lands in the American West--and a plea for the protection of these last wild places The public lands of the western United States comprise some 450 million acres of grassland, steppe land, canyons, forests, and mountains. It's an American commons, and it is under assault as never before. Journalist Christopher Ketcham has been documenting the confluence of commercial exploitation and governmental misconduct in this region for over a decade. His revelatory book takes the reader on a journey across these last wild places, to see how capitalism is killing our great commons. Ketcham begins in Utah, revealing the environmental destruction caused by unregulated public lands livestock grazing, and exposing rampant malfeasance in the federal land management agencies, who have been compromised by the profit-driven livestock and energy interests they are supposed to regulate. He then turns to the broad effects of those corrupt politics on wildlife. He tracks the Department of Interior's failure to implement and enforce the Endangered Species Act--including its stark betrayal of protections for the grizzly bear and the sage grouse--and investigates the destructive behavior of U.S. Wildlife Services in their shocking mass slaughter of animals that threaten the livestock industry. Along the way, Ketcham talks with ecologists, biologists, botanists, former government employees, whistleblowers, grassroots environmentalists and other citizens who are fighting to protect the public domain for future generations.  This Land is a colorful muckraking journey--part Edward Abbey, part Upton Sinclair--exposing the rot in American politics that is rapidly leading to the sell-out of our national heritage. The book ends with Ketcham's vision of ecological restoration for the American West: freeing the trampled, denuded ecosystems from the effects of grazing, enforcing the laws already in place to defend biodiversity, allowing the native species of the West to recover under a fully implemented Endangered Species Act, and establishing vast stretches of public land where there will be no development at all, not even for recreation. Cover Photo courtesy of TWIG Media/Southern Utah Wilderness Alliance Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land: How Cowboys, Capitalism and Corruption are Ruining the American West Author: Christopher Ketcham Narrator: Christopher Ketcham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A hard-hitting look at the battle now raging over the fate of the public lands in the American West--and a plea for the protection of these last wild places The public lands of the western United States comprise some 450 million acres of grassland, steppe land, canyons, forests, and mountains. It's an American commons, and it is under assault as never before. Journalist Christopher Ketcham has been documenting the confluence of commercial exploitation and governmental misconduct in this region for over a decade. His revelatory book takes the reader on a journey across these last wild places, to see how capitalism is killing our great commons. Ketcham begins in Utah, revealing the environmental destruction caused by unregulated public lands livestock grazing, and exposing rampant malfeasance in the federal land management agencies, who have been compromised by the profit-driven livestock and energy interests they are supposed to regulate. He then turns to the broad effects of those corrupt politics on wildlife. He tracks the Department of Interior's failure to implement and enforce the Endangered Species Act--including its stark betrayal of protections for the grizzly bear and the sage grouse--and investigates the destructive behavior of U.S. Wildlife Services in their shocking mass slaughter of animals that threaten the livestock industry. Along the way, Ketcham talks with ecologists, biologists, botanists, former government employees, whistleblowers, grassroots environmentalists and other citizens who are fighting to protect the public domain for future generations.  This Land is a colorful muckraking journey--part Edward Abbey, part Upton Sinclair--exposing the rot in American politics that is rapidly leading to the sell-out of our national heritage. The book ends with Ketcham's vision of ecological restoration for the American West: freeing the trampled, denuded ecosystems from the effects of grazing, enforcing the laws already in place to defend biodiversity, allowing the native species of the West to recover under a fully implemented Endangered Species Act, and establishing vast stretches of public land where there will be no development at all, not even for recreation. Cover Photo courtesy of TWIG Media/Southern Utah Wilderness Alliance https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359613 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make a Plant Love You: Cultivate Green Space in Your Home and Heart Author: Summer Rayne Oakes Narrator: Summer Rayne Oakes, Kaleo Griffith, Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Summer Rayne Oakes, an urban houseplant expert and environmental scientist, is the icon of wellness-minded millennials who want to bring nature indoors, according to a New York Times profile. Summer has managed to grow 1,000 houseplants in her Brooklyn apartment (and they're thriving!) Her secret? She approaches her relationships with plants as intentionally as if they were people. Everyone deserves to feel the inner peace that comes from taking care of greenery. Beyond the obvious benefits--beauty and cleaner air--there's a strong psychological benefit to nurturing plants as a path to mindfulness. They can reduce our stress level, lower our blood pressure, and improve our overall outlook. And they offer a rare opportunity to find joy by caring for another living being. When Summer Rayne Oakes moved to Brooklyn from the Pennsylvania countryside, she knew that bringing nature indoors was her only chance to stay sane. She found them by the side of the road, in long-forgotten window boxes, at farmers' markets, and in local garden shops. She found ways to shelve, hang, tuck, anchor, secure, and suspend them. She even installed a 150-foot expandable hose that connects to pipes under her kitchen sink, so she only has to spend about a half-hour a day tending to her plants--an activity that she describes as a 'moving meditation.' This is Summer's guidebook for cultivating an entirely new relationship with your plant children. Inside, you'll learn to: - Pause for the flowers and greenery all around you, even the ones sprouting bravely between cracked pavement - Trust that your apartment jungle offers you far more than pretty décor - See the world from a plant's perspective, trading modern consumerism for sustainability - Serve your chlorophyllic friends by learning to identify the right species for your home and to recreate their natural habitat (Bonus: your indoor garden won't die!) When we become plant parents, we also become better caretakers of ourselves, the people around us, and our planet. So, let's step inside the world of plants and discover how we can begin cultivating our own personal green space--in our homes, in our minds, and in our hearts. Summer Rayne Oakes Tue, 09 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359613 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make a Plant Love You: Cultivate Green Space in Your Home and Heart Author: Summer Rayne Oakes Narrator: Summer Rayne Oakes, Kaleo Griffith, Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Summer Rayne Oakes, an urban houseplant expert and environmental scientist, is the icon of wellness-minded millennials who want to bring nature indoors, according to a New York Times profile. Summer has managed to grow 1,000 houseplants in her Brooklyn apartment (and they're thriving!) Her secret? She approaches her relationships with plants as intentionally as if they were people. Everyone deserves to feel the inner peace that comes from taking care of greenery. Beyond the obvious benefits--beauty and cleaner air--there's a strong psychological benefit to nurturing plants as a path to mindfulness. They can reduce our stress level, lower our blood pressure, and improve our overall outlook. And they offer a rare opportunity to find joy by caring for another living being. When Summer Rayne Oakes moved to Brooklyn from the Pennsylvania countryside, she knew that bringing nature indoors was her only chance to stay sane. She found them by the side of the road, in long-forgotten window boxes, at farmers' markets, and in local garden shops. She found ways to shelve, hang, tuck, anchor, secure, and suspend them. She even installed a 150-foot expandable hose that connects to pipes under her kitchen sink, so she only has to spend about a half-hour a day tending to her plants--an activity that she describes as a 'moving meditation.' This is Summer's guidebook for cultivating an entirely new relationship with your plant children. Inside, you'll learn to: - Pause for the flowers and greenery all around you, even the ones sprouting bravely between cracked pavement - Trust that your apartment jungle offers you far more than pretty décor - See the world from a plant's perspective, trading modern consumerism for sustainability - Serve your chlorophyllic friends by learning to identify the right species for your home and to recreate their natural habitat (Bonus: your indoor garden won't die!) When we become plant parents, we also become better caretakers of ourselves, the people around us, and our planet. So, let's step inside the world of plants and discover how we can begin cultivating our own personal green space--in our homes, in our minds, and in our hearts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make a Plant Love You: Cultivate Green Space in Your Home and Heart Author: Summer Rayne Oakes Narrator: Summer Rayne Oakes, Kaleo Griffith, Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Summer Rayne Oakes, an urban houseplant expert and environmental scientist, is the icon of wellness-minded millennials who want to bring nature indoors, according to a New York Times profile. Summer has managed to grow 1,000 houseplants in her Brooklyn apartment (and they're thriving!) Her secret? She approaches her relationships with plants as intentionally as if they were people. Everyone deserves to feel the inner peace that comes from taking care of greenery. Beyond the obvious benefits--beauty and cleaner air--there's a strong psychological benefit to nurturing plants as a path to mindfulness. They can reduce our stress level, lower our blood pressure, and improve our overall outlook. And they offer a rare opportunity to find joy by caring for another living being. When Summer Rayne Oakes moved to Brooklyn from the Pennsylvania countryside, she knew that bringing nature indoors was her only chance to stay sane. She found them by the side of the road, in long-forgotten window boxes, at farmers' markets, and in local garden shops. She found ways to shelve, hang, tuck, anchor, secure, and suspend them. She even installed a 150-foot expandable hose that connects to pipes under her kitchen sink, so she only has to spend about a half-hour a day tending to her plants--an activity that she describes as a 'moving meditation.' This is Summer's guidebook for cultivating an entirely new relationship with your plant children. Inside, you'll learn to: - Pause for the flowers and greenery all around you, even the ones sprouting bravely between cracked pavement - Trust that your apartment jungle offers you far more than pretty décor - See the world from a plant's perspective, trading modern consumerism for sustainability - Serve your chlorophyllic friends by learning to identify the right species for your home and to recreate their natural habitat (Bonus: your indoor garden won't die!) When we become plant parents, we also become better caretakers of ourselves, the people around us, and our planet. So, let's step inside the world of plants and discover how we can begin cultivating our own personal green space--in our homes, in our minds, and in our hearts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359607 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birds by the Shore: Observing the Natural Life of the Atlantic Coast Author: Jennifer Ackerman Narrator: Jennifer Ackerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Genius of Birds, the revised and reissued edition of her beloved book of essays describing her forays along the Delaware shore For three years, Jennifer Ackerman lived in the small coastal town of Lewes, Delaware, in the sort of blue-water, white-sand landscape that draws summer crowds up and down the eastern seaboard. Birds by the Shore is a book about discovering the natural life at the ocean's edge: the habits of shorebirds and seabirds, the movement of sand and water, the wealth of creatures that survive amid storm and surf. Against this landscape's rhythms, Ackerman revisits her own history--her mother's death, her father's illness and her hopes to have children of her own. This portrait of life at the ocean's edge will be relished by anyone who has walked a beach at sunset, or watched a hawk hover over a winter marsh, and felt part of the natural world. With a quiet passion and friendly, generous intelligence, it explores the way that landscape shapes our thoughts and perceptions and shows that home ground is often where we feel the deepest response to the planet. Jennifer Ackerman Tue, 07 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359607 thebookvoice.com 5:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birds by the Shore: Observing the Natural Life of the Atlantic Coast Author: Jennifer Ackerman Narrator: Jennifer Ackerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Genius of Birds, the revised and reissued edition of her beloved book of essays describing her forays along the Delaware shore For three years, Jennifer Ackerman lived in the small coastal town of Lewes, Delaware, in the sort of blue-water, white-sand landscape that draws summer crowds up and down the eastern seaboard. Birds by the Shore is a book about discovering the natural life at the ocean's edge: the habits of shorebirds and seabirds, the movement of sand and water, the wealth of creatures that survive amid storm and surf. Against this landscape's rhythms, Ackerman revisits her own history--her mother's death, her father's illness and her hopes to have children of her own. This portrait of life at the ocean's edge will be relished by anyone who has walked a beach at sunset, or watched a hawk hover over a winter marsh, and felt part of the natural world. With a quiet passion and friendly, generous intelligence, it explores the way that landscape shapes our thoughts and perceptions and shows that home ground is often where we feel the deepest response to the planet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birds by the Shore: Observing the Natural Life of the Atlantic Coast Author: Jennifer Ackerman Narrator: Jennifer Ackerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Genius of Birds, the revised and reissued edition of her beloved book of essays describing her forays along the Delaware shore For three years, Jennifer Ackerman lived in the small coastal town of Lewes, Delaware, in the sort of blue-water, white-sand landscape that draws summer crowds up and down the eastern seaboard. Birds by the Shore is a book about discovering the natural life at the ocean's edge: the habits of shorebirds and seabirds, the movement of sand and water, the wealth of creatures that survive amid storm and surf. Against this landscape's rhythms, Ackerman revisits her own history--her mother's death, her father's illness and her hopes to have children of her own. This portrait of life at the ocean's edge will be relished by anyone who has walked a beach at sunset, or watched a hawk hover over a winter marsh, and felt part of the natural world. With a quiet passion and friendly, generous intelligence, it explores the way that landscape shapes our thoughts and perceptions and shows that home ground is often where we feel the deepest response to the planet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359362 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep into Yellowstone: A Year’s Immersion in Grandeur and Controversy Author: Rick Lamplugh Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: After living and working for three winters in Yellowstone's Lamar Valley, Rick and his wife Mary long to go deeper into Yellowstone. Finally they trust Yellowstone's pull, leave the security of their Oregon life, and relocate to Gardiner, just outside the park's north gate. Their year of immersion begins. Deep into Yellowstone takes you along as Rick and Mary cross-country ski, hike, bicycle, canoe, and backpack through four seasons of Yellowstone's grandeur. Along the way, Rick explains important controversies: the outrage over the removal of grizzlies from the endangered species list; the dispute over hunting park wolves along Yellowstone's border; the debate about whether wolves help or harm the ecosystem and the economy; the fight to stop the slaughter of park bison; the overuse of the park; and their community's battle to prevent gold mining right on the park's border. If you want to visit, learn about, or protect our nation's first national park, this book is for you. Deep into Yellowstone will give you a stronger love for the park's grandeur, a deeper knowledge of the controversies threatening the park, and a clearer picture of how to protect Yellowstone. Rick Lamplugh Tue, 13 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359362 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep into Yellowstone: A Year’s Immersion in Grandeur and Controversy Author: Rick Lamplugh Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: After living and working for three winters in Yellowstone's Lamar Valley, Rick and his wife Mary long to go deeper into Yellowstone. Finally they trust Yellowstone's pull, leave the security of their Oregon life, and relocate to Gardiner, just outside the park's north gate. Their year of immersion begins. Deep into Yellowstone takes you along as Rick and Mary cross-country ski, hike, bicycle, canoe, and backpack through four seasons of Yellowstone's grandeur. Along the way, Rick explains important controversies: the outrage over the removal of grizzlies from the endangered species list; the dispute over hunting park wolves along Yellowstone's border; the debate about whether wolves help or harm the ecosystem and the economy; the fight to stop the slaughter of park bison; the overuse of the park; and their community's battle to prevent gold mining right on the park's border. If you want to visit, learn about, or protect our nation's first national park, this book is for you. Deep into Yellowstone will give you a stronger love for the park's grandeur, a deeper knowledge of the controversies threatening the park, and a clearer picture of how to protect Yellowstone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep into Yellowstone: A Year’s Immersion in Grandeur and Controversy Author: Rick Lamplugh Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: After living and working for three winters in Yellowstone's Lamar Valley, Rick and his wife Mary long to go deeper into Yellowstone. Finally they trust Yellowstone's pull, leave the security of their Oregon life, and relocate to Gardiner, just outside the park's north gate. Their year of immersion begins. Deep into Yellowstone takes you along as Rick and Mary cross-country ski, hike, bicycle, canoe, and backpack through four seasons of Yellowstone's grandeur. Along the way, Rick explains important controversies: the outrage over the removal of grizzlies from the endangered species list; the dispute over hunting park wolves along Yellowstone's border; the debate about whether wolves help or harm the ecosystem and the economy; the fight to stop the slaughter of park bison; the overuse of the park; and their community's battle to prevent gold mining right on the park's border. If you want to visit, learn about, or protect our nation's first national park, this book is for you. Deep into Yellowstone will give you a stronger love for the park's grandeur, a deeper knowledge of the controversies threatening the park, and a clearer picture of how to protect Yellowstone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359204 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronghold: One Man's Quest to Save the World's Wild Salmon Author: Tucker Malarkey Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: PNBA BESTSELLER • “A powerful and inspiring story. Guido Rahr’s mission to save the wild Pacific salmon leads him into adventures that make for a breathtakingly exciting read.”—Ian Frazier, author of Travels in Siberia Editors’ Choice: The New York Times Book Review • Outside Magazine • National Book Review • Forbes In the tradition of Mountains Beyond Mountains and The Orchid Thief, Stronghold is Tucker Malarkey’s eye-opening account of one of the world’s greatest fly fishermen and his crusade to protect the world’s last bastion of wild salmon. From a young age, Guido Rahr was a misfit among his family and classmates, preferring to spend his time in the natural world. When the salmon runs of the Pacific Northwest began to decline, Guido was one of the few who understood why. As dams, industry, and climate change degraded the homes of these magnificent fish, Rahr saw that the salmon of the Pacific Rim were destined to go the way of their Atlantic brethren: near extinction. An improbable and inspiring story, Stronghold takes us on a wild adventure, from Oregon to Alaska to one of the world’s last remaining salmon strongholds in the Russian Far East, a landscape of ecological richness and diversity that is rapidly being developed for oil, gas, minerals, and timber. Along the way, Rahr contends with scientists, conservationists, Russian oligarchs, corrupt officials, and unexpected allies in an attempt to secure a stronghold for the endangered salmon, an extraordinary keystone species whose demise would reverberate across the planet. Tucker Malarkey, who joins Rahr in the Russian wilderness, has written a clarion call for a sustainable future, a remarkable work of natural history, and a riveting account of a species whose future is closely linked to our own. Praise for Stronghold “This book isn’t just about fish, it’s about life itself and the fragile unseen threads that connect all creatures across this beleaguered orb we call home. Guido Rahr’s quest to save the world’s wild salmon should serve as an inspiration—and a provocation—for us all, and Tucker Malarkey’s exquisite book captures Rahr’s weird and wonderful story with poignancy, humor, and grace.”—Hampton Sides, author of In the Kingdom of Ice and Blood and Thunder “A crazy-good, intensely lived book that reads like an international thriller—only it’s our beloved salmon playing the part of diamonds or oil or gold.”—David James Duncan, author of The River Why and The Brothers K Tucker Malarkey Tue, 23 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359204 thebookvoice.com 14:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronghold: One Man's Quest to Save the World's Wild Salmon Author: Tucker Malarkey Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: PNBA BESTSELLER • “A powerful and inspiring story. Guido Rahr’s mission to save the wild Pacific salmon leads him into adventures that make for a breathtakingly exciting read.”—Ian Frazier, author of Travels in Siberia Editors’ Choice: The New York Times Book Review • Outside Magazine • National Book Review • Forbes In the tradition of Mountains Beyond Mountains and The Orchid Thief, Stronghold is Tucker Malarkey’s eye-opening account of one of the world’s greatest fly fishermen and his crusade to protect the world’s last bastion of wild salmon. From a young age, Guido Rahr was a misfit among his family and classmates, preferring to spend his time in the natural world. When the salmon runs of the Pacific Northwest began to decline, Guido was one of the few who understood why. As dams, industry, and climate change degraded the homes of these magnificent fish, Rahr saw that the salmon of the Pacific Rim were destined to go the way of their Atlantic brethren: near extinction. An improbable and inspiring story, Stronghold takes us on a wild adventure, from Oregon to Alaska to one of the world’s last remaining salmon strongholds in the Russian Far East, a landscape of ecological richness and diversity that is rapidly being developed for oil, gas, minerals, and timber. Along the way, Rahr contends with scientists, conservationists, Russian oligarchs, corrupt officials, and unexpected allies in an attempt to secure a stronghold for the endangered salmon, an extraordinary keystone species whose demise would reverberate across the planet. Tucker Malarkey, who joins Rahr in the Russian wilderness, has written a clarion call for a sustainable future, a remarkable work of natural history, and a riveting account of a species whose future is closely linked to our own. Praise for Stronghold “This book isn’t just about fish, it’s about life itself and the fragile unseen threads that connect all creatures across this beleaguered orb we call home. Guido Rahr’s quest to save the world’s wild salmon should serve as an inspiration—and a provocation—for us all, and Tucker Malarkey’s exquisite book captures Rahr’s weird and wonderful story with poignancy, humor, and grace.”—Hampton Sides, author of In the Kingdom of Ice and Blood and Thunder “A crazy-good, intensely lived book that reads like an international thriller—only it’s our beloved salmon playing the part of diamonds or oil or gold.”—David James Duncan, author of The River Why and The Brothers K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronghold: One Man's Quest to Save the World's Wild Salmon Author: Tucker Malarkey Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: PNBA BESTSELLER • “A powerful and inspiring story. Guido Rahr’s mission to save the wild Pacific salmon leads him into adventures that make for a breathtakingly exciting read.”—Ian Frazier, author of Travels in Siberia Editors’ Choice: The New York Times Book Review • Outside Magazine • National Book Review • Forbes In the tradition of Mountains Beyond Mountains and The Orchid Thief, Stronghold is Tucker Malarkey’s eye-opening account of one of the world’s greatest fly fishermen and his crusade to protect the world’s last bastion of wild salmon. From a young age, Guido Rahr was a misfit among his family and classmates, preferring to spend his time in the natural world. When the salmon runs of the Pacific Northwest began to decline, Guido was one of the few who understood why. As dams, industry, and climate change degraded the homes of these magnificent fish, Rahr saw that the salmon of the Pacific Rim were destined to go the way of their Atlantic brethren: near extinction. An improbable and inspiring story, Stronghold takes us on a wild adventure, from Oregon to Alaska to one of the world’s last remaining salmon strongholds in the Russian Far East, a landscape of ecological richness and diversity that is rapidly being developed for oil, gas, minerals, and timber. Along the way, Rahr contends with scientists, conservationists, Russian oligarchs, corrupt officials, and unexpected allies in an attempt to secure a stronghold for the endangered salmon, an extraordinary keystone species whose demise would reverberate across the planet. Tucker Malarkey, who joins Rahr in the Russian wilderness, has written a clarion call for a sustainable future, a remarkable work of natural history, and a riveting account of a species whose future is closely linked to our own. Praise for Stronghold “This book isn’t just about fish, it’s about life itself and the fragile unseen threads that connect all creatures across this beleaguered orb we call home. Guido Rahr’s quest to save the world’s wild salmon should serve as an inspiration—and a provocation—for us all, and Tucker Malarkey’s exquisite book captures Rahr’s weird and wonderful story with poignancy, humor, and grace.”—Hampton Sides, author of In the Kingdom of Ice and Blood and Thunder “A crazy-good, intensely lived book that reads like an international thriller—only it’s our beloved salmon playing the part of diamonds or oil or gold.”—David James Duncan, author of The River Why and The Brothers K https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Fearful to Fear Free: A Positive Program to Free Your Dog from Anxiety, Fears, and Phobias Author: Lisa Radosta DVM DACVB, Mikkel Becker KPA CTP CBCC-KA CDBC CPDT-KA CTC, Marty Becker DVM, Wailani Sung PhD DVM DACVB Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Almost every dog owner has a pet who suffers from fear, anxiety, and stress (FAS). They are the underlying cause of many concerning behaviors such as excessive barking, aggression, destructive behaviors, and house-soiling. They are also the source for deterioration of the human-animal bond, and can make a trip to the veterinarian, pet groomer, or boarding facility miserable for pet and owner alike. Left untreated, these negative experiences can lead to devastating consequences and permanent damage. Unfortunately, many well-meaning owners misinterpret or overlook the often subtle signs of emotional injury and turmoil, or think that the pet will simply 'outgrow' it. This leads to unnecessary trauma and suffering. Common FAS triggers include: ● Trips to the veterinarian (even for routine services such as vaccinations and nail trims) ● Bath time, brushing, or cleaning ears. ● Loud noises; thunderstorms; fireworks; the vacuum cleaner; construction; gunshots; or even buzzers on appliances. ● Less-familiar people or animals encountered on walks or near the home. ● Being left alone during work hours or even for short errands. ● Travel, including car rides. Finally, there's help. From Fearful to Fear Free is based on the groundbreaking Fear Free program embraced by tens of thousands of veterinary healthcare professionals and hundreds of thousands of pet owners (fearfreepets.com and fearfreehappyhomes.com). This is the first and most authoritative book on the subject of reducing FAS and increasing 'happy and calm' in dogs. Since pets communicate nonverbally, this book will help you recognize if your pet is suffering from FAS. By knowing your dog's body language, vocalizations, and changes in normal habits, you can make an accurate diagnosis and take action to prevent triggers or treat the fallout if they do happen. You'll learn: ● The most effective prescription sedatives for keeping dogs calm and happy during thunderstorms, fireworks, and other stressful events. ● The positive steps you can take to keep your pet occupied, calm, and content while you're away at work or play. ● Simple, practical tactics for helping your dog learn to love going to the veterinarian's office—literally pulling you into the practice instead of avoiding it! ● How to easily groom your dog and give him medication. ● Tips to tame the chaos when guests arrive in your home or when your dog encounters other dogs and people on walks. ● Ways to tackle some of the common behavior issues that often have a root cause of FAS, while also improving your communication and bond with your pet. The three veterinary coauthors and one highly respected pet trainer have a combined 88 years of experience in the trenches of veterinary medicine, with specialties in behavior and training. By using their cutting-edge techniques, you'll have pets that are happier, healthier and live a longer, fuller life. Lisa Radosta DVM DACVB, Mikkel Becker KPA CTP CBCC-KA CDBC CPDT-KA CTC, Marty Becker DVM, Wailani Sung PhD DVM DACVB Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359098 thebookvoice.com 9:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Fearful to Fear Free: A Positive Program to Free Your Dog from Anxiety, Fears, and Phobias Author: Lisa Radosta DVM DACVB, Mikkel Becker KPA CTP CBCC-KA CDBC CPDT-KA CTC, Marty Becker DVM, Wailani Sung PhD DVM DACVB Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Almost every dog owner has a pet who suffers from fear, anxiety, and stress (FAS). They are the underlying cause of many concerning behaviors such as excessive barking, aggression, destructive behaviors, and house-soiling. They are also the source for deterioration of the human-animal bond, and can make a trip to the veterinarian, pet groomer, or boarding facility miserable for pet and owner alike. Left untreated, these negative experiences can lead to devastating consequences and permanent damage. Unfortunately, many well-meaning owners misinterpret or overlook the often subtle signs of emotional injury and turmoil, or think that the pet will simply 'outgrow' it. This leads to unnecessary trauma and suffering. Common FAS triggers include: ● Trips to the veterinarian (even for routine services such as vaccinations and nail trims) ● Bath time, brushing, or cleaning ears. ● Loud noises; thunderstorms; fireworks; the vacuum cleaner; construction; gunshots; or even buzzers on appliances. ● Less-familiar people or animals encountered on walks or near the home. ● Being left alone during work hours or even for short errands. ● Travel, including car rides. Finally, there's help. From Fearful to Fear Free is based on the groundbreaking Fear Free program embraced by tens of thousands of veterinary healthcare professionals and hundreds of thousands of pet owners (fearfreepets.com and fearfreehappyhomes.com). This is the first and most authoritative book on the subject of reducing FAS and increasing 'happy and calm' in dogs. Since pets communicate nonverbally, this book will help you recognize if your pet is suffering from FAS. By knowing your dog's body language, vocalizations, and changes in normal habits, you can make an accurate diagnosis and take action to prevent triggers or treat the fallout if they do happen. You'll learn: ● The most effective prescription sedatives for keeping dogs calm and happy during thunderstorms, fireworks, and other stressful events. ● The positive steps you can take to keep your pet occupied, calm, and content while you're away at work or play. ● Simple, practical tactics for helping your dog learn to love going to the veterinarian's office—literally pulling you into the practice instead of avoiding it! ● How to easily groom your dog and give him medication. ● Tips to tame the chaos when guests arrive in your home or when your dog encounters other dogs and people on walks. ● Ways to tackle some of the common behavior issues that often have a root cause of FAS, while also improving your communication and bond with your pet. The three veterinary coauthors and one highly respected pet trainer have a combined 88 years of experience in the trenches of veterinary medicine, with specialties in behavior and training. By using their cutting-edge techniques, you'll have pets that are happier, healthier and live a longer, fuller life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Fearful to Fear Free: A Positive Program to Free Your Dog from Anxiety, Fears, and Phobias Author: Lisa Radosta DVM DACVB, Mikkel Becker KPA CTP CBCC-KA CDBC CPDT-KA CTC, Marty Becker DVM, Wailani Sung PhD DVM DACVB Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Almost every dog owner has a pet who suffers from fear, anxiety, and stress (FAS). They are the underlying cause of many concerning behaviors such as excessive barking, aggression, destructive behaviors, and house-soiling. They are also the source for deterioration of the human-animal bond, and can make a trip to the veterinarian, pet groomer, or boarding facility miserable for pet and owner alike. Left untreated, these negative experiences can lead to devastating consequences and permanent damage. Unfortunately, many well-meaning owners misinterpret or overlook the often subtle signs of emotional injury and turmoil, or think that the pet will simply 'outgrow' it. This leads to unnecessary trauma and suffering. Common FAS triggers include: ● Trips to the veterinarian (even for routine services such as vaccinations and nail trims) ● Bath time, brushing, or cleaning ears. ● Loud noises; thunderstorms; fireworks; the vacuum cleaner; construction; gunshots; or even buzzers on appliances. ● Less-familiar people or animals encountered on walks or near the home. ● Being left alone during work hours or even for short errands. ● Travel, including car rides. Finally, there's help. From Fearful to Fear Free is based on the groundbreaking Fear Free program embraced by tens of thousands of veterinary healthcare professionals and hundreds of thousands of pet owners (fearfreepets.com and fearfreehappyhomes.com). This is the first and most authoritative book on the subject of reducing FAS and increasing 'happy and calm' in dogs. Since pets communicate nonverbally, this book will help you recognize if your pet is suffering from FAS. By knowing your dog's body language, vocalizations, and changes in normal habits, you can make an accurate diagnosis and take action to prevent triggers or treat the fallout if they do happen. You'll learn: ● The most effective prescription sedatives for keeping dogs calm and happy during thunderstorms, fireworks, and other stressful events. ● The positive steps you can take to keep your pet occupied, calm, and content while you're away at work or play. ● Simple, practical tactics for helping your dog learn to love going to the veterinarian's office—literally pulling you into the practice instead of avoiding it! ● How to easily groom your dog and give him medication. ● Tips to tame the chaos when guests arrive in your home or when your dog encounters other dogs and people on walks. ● Ways to tackle some of the common behavior issues that often have a root cause of FAS, while also improving your communication and bond with your pet. The three veterinary coauthors and one highly respected pet trainer have a combined 88 years of experience in the trenches of veterinary medicine, with specialties in behavior and training. By using their cutting-edge techniques, you'll have pets that are happier, healthier and live a longer, fuller life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “The Uninhabitable Earth hits you like a comet, with an overflow of insanely lyrical prose about our pending Armageddon.”—Andrew Solomon, author of The Noonday Demon With a new afterword It is worse, much worse, than you think. If your anxiety about global warming is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible—food shortages, refugee emergencies, climate wars and economic devastation. An “epoch-defining book” (The Guardian) and “this generation’s Silent Spring” (The Washington Post), The Uninhabitable Earth is both a travelogue of the near future and a meditation on how that future will look to those living through it—the ways that warming promises to transform global politics, the meaning of technology and nature in the modern world, the sustainability of capitalism and the trajectory of human progress. The Uninhabitable Earth is also an impassioned call to action. For just as the world was brought to the brink of catastrophe within the span of a lifetime, the responsibility to avoid it now belongs to a single generation—today’s. Praise for The Uninhabitable Earth “The Uninhabitable Earth is the most terrifying book I have ever read. Its subject is climate change, and its method is scientific, but its mode is Old Testament. The book is a meticulously documented, white-knuckled tour through the cascading catastrophes that will soon engulf our warming planet.”—Farhad Manjoo, The New York Times “Riveting. . . . Some readers will find Mr. Wallace-Wells’s outline of possible futures alarmist. He is indeed alarmed. You should be, too.”—The Economist “Potent and evocative. . . . Wallace-Wells has resolved to offer something other than the standard narrative of climate change. . . . He avoids the ‘eerily banal language of climatology’ in favor of lush, rolling prose.”—Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times “The book has potential to be this generation’s Silent Spring.”—The Washington Post “The Uninhabitable Earth, which has become a best seller, taps into the underlying emotion of the day: fear. . . . I encourage people to read this book.”—Alan Weisman, The New York Review of Books David Wallace-Wells Tue, 19 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588 thebookvoice.com 9:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “The Uninhabitable Earth hits you like a comet, with an overflow of insanely lyrical prose about our pending Armageddon.”—Andrew Solomon, author of The Noonday Demon With a new afterword It is worse, much worse, than you think. If your anxiety about global warming is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible—food shortages, refugee emergencies, climate wars and economic devastation. An “epoch-defining book” (The Guardian) and “this generation’s Silent Spring” (The Washington Post), The Uninhabitable Earth is both a travelogue of the near future and a meditation on how that future will look to those living through it—the ways that warming promises to transform global politics, the meaning of technology and nature in the modern world, the sustainability of capitalism and the trajectory of human progress. The Uninhabitable Earth is also an impassioned call to action. For just as the world was brought to the brink of catastrophe within the span of a lifetime, the responsibility to avoid it now belongs to a single generation—today’s. Praise for The Uninhabitable Earth “The Uninhabitable Earth is the most terrifying book I have ever read. Its subject is climate change, and its method is scientific, but its mode is Old Testament. The book is a meticulously documented, white-knuckled tour through the cascading catastrophes that will soon engulf our warming planet.”—Farhad Manjoo, The New York Times “Riveting. . . . Some readers will find Mr. Wallace-Wells’s outline of possible futures alarmist. He is indeed alarmed. You should be, too.”—The Economist “Potent and evocative. . . . Wallace-Wells has resolved to offer something other than the standard narrative of climate change. . . . He avoids the ‘eerily banal language of climatology’ in favor of lush, rolling prose.”—Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times “The book has potential to be this generation’s Silent Spring.”—The Washington Post “The Uninhabitable Earth, which has become a best seller, taps into the underlying emotion of the day: fear. . . . I encourage people to read this book.”—Alan Weisman, The New York Review of Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “The Uninhabitable Earth hits you like a comet, with an overflow of insanely lyrical prose about our pending Armageddon.”—Andrew Solomon, author of The Noonday Demon With a new afterword It is worse, much worse, than you think. If your anxiety about global warming is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible—food shortages, refugee emergencies, climate wars and economic devastation. An “epoch-defining book” (The Guardian) and “this generation’s Silent Spring” (The Washington Post), The Uninhabitable Earth is both a travelogue of the near future and a meditation on how that future will look to those living through it—the ways that warming promises to transform global politics, the meaning of technology and nature in the modern world, the sustainability of capitalism and the trajectory of human progress. The Uninhabitable Earth is also an impassioned call to action. For just as the world was brought to the brink of catastrophe within the span of a lifetime, the responsibility to avoid it now belongs to a single generation—today’s. Praise for The Uninhabitable Earth “The Uninhabitable Earth is the most terrifying book I have ever read. Its subject is climate change, and its method is scientific, but its mode is Old Testament. The book is a meticulously documented, white-knuckled tour through the cascading catastrophes that will soon engulf our warming planet.”—Farhad Manjoo, The New York Times “Riveting. . . . Some readers will find Mr. Wallace-Wells’s outline of possible futures alarmist. He is indeed alarmed. You should be, too.”—The Economist “Potent and evocative. . . . Wallace-Wells has resolved to offer something other than the standard narrative of climate change. . . . He avoids the ‘eerily banal language of climatology’ in favor of lush, rolling prose.”—Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times “The book has potential to be this generation’s Silent Spring.”—The Washington Post “The Uninhabitable Earth, which has become a best seller, taps into the underlying emotion of the day: fear. . . . I encourage people to read this book.”—Alan Weisman, The New York Review of Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extraordinary Insects: Weird. Wonderful. Indispensable. The ones who run our world. Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 25, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: *The Sunday Times Bestseller* ‘Extraordinary Insects is a joy’ The Times A Sunday Times Nature Book of the Year 2019 A journey into the weird, wonderful and truly astonishing lives of the small but mighty creatures who keep the world turning. Out of sight, underfoot, unseen beyond fleeting scuttles or darting flights, insects occupy a hidden world, yet are essential to sustaining life on earth. Insects influence our ecosystem like a ripple effect on water. They arrived when life first moved to dry land, they preceded – and survived – the dinosaurs, they outnumber the grains of sand on all the world’s beaches, and they will be here long after us. Working quietly but tirelessly, they give us food, uphold our ecosystems, can heal our wounds and even digest plastic. They could also provide us with new solutions to the antibiotics crisis, assist in disaster zones and inspire airforce engineers with their flying techniques. But their private lives are also full of fun, intrigue and wonder –musical mating rituals; house-hunting for armies of beetle babies; metamorphosing into new characters; throwing parties in fermenting sap; cultivating fungi for food; farming smaller species for honey dew and always ensuring that what is dead is decomposed, ready to become life once again. Here, we will discover life and death, drama and dreams, all on a millimetric scale. Like it or not, Earth is the planet of insects, and this is their extraordinary story. Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Thu, 25 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358564 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extraordinary Insects: Weird. Wonderful. Indispensable. The ones who run our world. Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 25, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: *The Sunday Times Bestseller* ‘Extraordinary Insects is a joy’ The Times A Sunday Times Nature Book of the Year 2019 A journey into the weird, wonderful and truly astonishing lives of the small but mighty creatures who keep the world turning. Out of sight, underfoot, unseen beyond fleeting scuttles or darting flights, insects occupy a hidden world, yet are essential to sustaining life on earth. Insects influence our ecosystem like a ripple effect on water. They arrived when life first moved to dry land, they preceded – and survived – the dinosaurs, they outnumber the grains of sand on all the world’s beaches, and they will be here long after us. Working quietly but tirelessly, they give us food, uphold our ecosystems, can heal our wounds and even digest plastic. They could also provide us with new solutions to the antibiotics crisis, assist in disaster zones and inspire airforce engineers with their flying techniques. But their private lives are also full of fun, intrigue and wonder –musical mating rituals; house-hunting for armies of beetle babies; metamorphosing into new characters; throwing parties in fermenting sap; cultivating fungi for food; farming smaller species for honey dew and always ensuring that what is dead is decomposed, ready to become life once again. Here, we will discover life and death, drama and dreams, all on a millimetric scale. Like it or not, Earth is the planet of insects, and this is their extraordinary story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extraordinary Insects: Weird. Wonderful. Indispensable. The ones who run our world. Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 25, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: *The Sunday Times Bestseller* ‘Extraordinary Insects is a joy’ The Times A Sunday Times Nature Book of the Year 2019 A journey into the weird, wonderful and truly astonishing lives of the small but mighty creatures who keep the world turning. Out of sight, underfoot, unseen beyond fleeting scuttles or darting flights, insects occupy a hidden world, yet are essential to sustaining life on earth. Insects influence our ecosystem like a ripple effect on water. They arrived when life first moved to dry land, they preceded – and survived – the dinosaurs, they outnumber the grains of sand on all the world’s beaches, and they will be here long after us. Working quietly but tirelessly, they give us food, uphold our ecosystems, can heal our wounds and even digest plastic. They could also provide us with new solutions to the antibiotics crisis, assist in disaster zones and inspire airforce engineers with their flying techniques. But their private lives are also full of fun, intrigue and wonder –musical mating rituals; house-hunting for armies of beetle babies; metamorphosing into new characters; throwing parties in fermenting sap; cultivating fungi for food; farming smaller species for honey dew and always ensuring that what is dead is decomposed, ready to become life once again. Here, we will discover life and death, drama and dreams, all on a millimetric scale. Like it or not, Earth is the planet of insects, and this is their extraordinary story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358542 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Owls At Eton - A True Story Author: Jonathan Franklin Narrator: Jonathan Franklin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 3, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Two Owls at Eton - a classic British tale of eccentricity, education and owls. Witty, poignant and nostalgic, this bestselling memoir continues to find new fans and delight young and old alike. Now available for the first time in audiobook. When Jonathan Franklin takes two baby tawny owls back to Eton, he has no idea how chaotic the following months will be. The birds show no respect for Etonian routine and tradition. They trash his room and rule his daily life, and are known throughout the school as 'Dum' and 'Dee'. Although a keen naturalist, Jonathan struggles to understand his charges and to find the right food for them; at first meat and feathers, soon mice and rats. Even so, they nearly die of malnutrition on two occasions. Frantic, he searches for natural food. How to keep them alive is a constant worry. He watches them grow from ugly balls of fluff into beautiful adults, every change of plumage and behaviour noted. They play truant, they shock others, and lead Jonathan into hilarious adventures. They charm his housemaster and everybody who meets them. Best of all is seeing them flying about over those famous playing fields. All the time, Jonathan works to train them for eventual return to the wild. Will that be possible? He is never sure whether he will succeed. Jonathan Franklin Mon, 03 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358542 thebookvoice.com 2:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Owls At Eton - A True Story Author: Jonathan Franklin Narrator: Jonathan Franklin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 3, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Two Owls at Eton - a classic British tale of eccentricity, education and owls. Witty, poignant and nostalgic, this bestselling memoir continues to find new fans and delight young and old alike. Now available for the first time in audiobook. When Jonathan Franklin takes two baby tawny owls back to Eton, he has no idea how chaotic the following months will be. The birds show no respect for Etonian routine and tradition. They trash his room and rule his daily life, and are known throughout the school as 'Dum' and 'Dee'. Although a keen naturalist, Jonathan struggles to understand his charges and to find the right food for them; at first meat and feathers, soon mice and rats. Even so, they nearly die of malnutrition on two occasions. Frantic, he searches for natural food. How to keep them alive is a constant worry. He watches them grow from ugly balls of fluff into beautiful adults, every change of plumage and behaviour noted. They play truant, they shock others, and lead Jonathan into hilarious adventures. They charm his housemaster and everybody who meets them. Best of all is seeing them flying about over those famous playing fields. All the time, Jonathan works to train them for eventual return to the wild. Will that be possible? He is never sure whether he will succeed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Owls At Eton - A True Story Author: Jonathan Franklin Narrator: Jonathan Franklin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 3, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Two Owls at Eton - a classic British tale of eccentricity, education and owls. Witty, poignant and nostalgic, this bestselling memoir continues to find new fans and delight young and old alike. Now available for the first time in audiobook. When Jonathan Franklin takes two baby tawny owls back to Eton, he has no idea how chaotic the following months will be. The birds show no respect for Etonian routine and tradition. They trash his room and rule his daily life, and are known throughout the school as 'Dum' and 'Dee'. Although a keen naturalist, Jonathan struggles to understand his charges and to find the right food for them; at first meat and feathers, soon mice and rats. Even so, they nearly die of malnutrition on two occasions. Frantic, he searches for natural food. How to keep them alive is a constant worry. He watches them grow from ugly balls of fluff into beautiful adults, every change of plumage and behaviour noted. They play truant, they shock others, and lead Jonathan into hilarious adventures. They charm his housemaster and everybody who meets them. Best of all is seeing them flying about over those famous playing fields. All the time, Jonathan works to train them for eventual return to the wild. Will that be possible? He is never sure whether he will succeed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reduce, Reuse, Reimagine: Sorting Out the Recycling System Author: Beth Porter Narrator: Natalie Naudus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Ecosystems require balance to survive, and when that balance is compromised, as in the extinction of a resource or a species, disaster can fall onto the system as a whole. This vital management of resources can be seen in economic systems, as well. A healthy ecosystem is like a healthy economy, with competing mechanics inadvertently working in concert to sustain itself. In both of these worlds, we observe that when a healthy distribution of resources is achieved, systems can not only function, but flourish. The United States’ recycling system has the potential to create over one million new jobs and remove a massive amount of greenhouse gases from the atmosphere. A functional recycling system can also save money by providing manufacturers with high quality materials to generate new items. However, this potential has yet to be embraced. Unlike the layers of systems seen in a thriving and healthy forest, our recycling system is bottlenecked, clustered, and contaminated. How can the United States – one of the leading nations on innovation and technology – lag behind in the most obvious of resource recovery systems? Where in the history of recycling did we veer so far off course as to continue hovering at a dismal 34% recycling rate, while other nations have rates double that or more? In the years following World War II there was a rise in recycling efforts but in recent years there has been a great decline. Americans want to recycle, and to know that their actions make a difference. They want confirmation that their time spent sorting recyclables from trash isn’t wasted. But while we see many efforts to support recycling much of our waste still ends up in landfills. Throughout Reduce, Reuse, Re-imagine, Beth Porter provides a great resources about recycling, explaining the complexity, guiding individual action, and contextualizing its history. This book reveals how we arrived at this state of dysfunction, and what steps we need to employ to be an active participant in strengthening our recycling system. Nature knows how to recycle itself, decomposing waste back into the soil to continue the circle of growth. We should follow its lead. Beth Porter Thu, 08 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358326 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reduce, Reuse, Reimagine: Sorting Out the Recycling System Author: Beth Porter Narrator: Natalie Naudus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Ecosystems require balance to survive, and when that balance is compromised, as in the extinction of a resource or a species, disaster can fall onto the system as a whole. This vital management of resources can be seen in economic systems, as well. A healthy ecosystem is like a healthy economy, with competing mechanics inadvertently working in concert to sustain itself. In both of these worlds, we observe that when a healthy distribution of resources is achieved, systems can not only function, but flourish. The United States’ recycling system has the potential to create over one million new jobs and remove a massive amount of greenhouse gases from the atmosphere. A functional recycling system can also save money by providing manufacturers with high quality materials to generate new items. However, this potential has yet to be embraced. Unlike the layers of systems seen in a thriving and healthy forest, our recycling system is bottlenecked, clustered, and contaminated. How can the United States – one of the leading nations on innovation and technology – lag behind in the most obvious of resource recovery systems? Where in the history of recycling did we veer so far off course as to continue hovering at a dismal 34% recycling rate, while other nations have rates double that or more? In the years following World War II there was a rise in recycling efforts but in recent years there has been a great decline. Americans want to recycle, and to know that their actions make a difference. They want confirmation that their time spent sorting recyclables from trash isn’t wasted. But while we see many efforts to support recycling much of our waste still ends up in landfills. Throughout Reduce, Reuse, Re-imagine, Beth Porter provides a great resources about recycling, explaining the complexity, guiding individual action, and contextualizing its history. This book reveals how we arrived at this state of dysfunction, and what steps we need to employ to be an active participant in strengthening our recycling system. Nature knows how to recycle itself, decomposing waste back into the soil to continue the circle of growth. We should follow its lead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reduce, Reuse, Reimagine: Sorting Out the Recycling System Author: Beth Porter Narrator: Natalie Naudus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Ecosystems require balance to survive, and when that balance is compromised, as in the extinction of a resource or a species, disaster can fall onto the system as a whole. This vital management of resources can be seen in economic systems, as well. A healthy ecosystem is like a healthy economy, with competing mechanics inadvertently working in concert to sustain itself. In both of these worlds, we observe that when a healthy distribution of resources is achieved, systems can not only function, but flourish. The United States’ recycling system has the potential to create over one million new jobs and remove a massive amount of greenhouse gases from the atmosphere. A functional recycling system can also save money by providing manufacturers with high quality materials to generate new items. However, this potential has yet to be embraced. Unlike the layers of systems seen in a thriving and healthy forest, our recycling system is bottlenecked, clustered, and contaminated. How can the United States – one of the leading nations on innovation and technology – lag behind in the most obvious of resource recovery systems? Where in the history of recycling did we veer so far off course as to continue hovering at a dismal 34% recycling rate, while other nations have rates double that or more? In the years following World War II there was a rise in recycling efforts but in recent years there has been a great decline. Americans want to recycle, and to know that their actions make a difference. They want confirmation that their time spent sorting recyclables from trash isn’t wasted. But while we see many efforts to support recycling much of our waste still ends up in landfills. Throughout Reduce, Reuse, Re-imagine, Beth Porter provides a great resources about recycling, explaining the complexity, guiding individual action, and contextualizing its history. This book reveals how we arrived at this state of dysfunction, and what steps we need to employ to be an active participant in strengthening our recycling system. Nature knows how to recycle itself, decomposing waste back into the soil to continue the circle of growth. We should follow its lead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357639 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: Part of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Janine Birkett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times bestseller full of inspiring tales of life as a shepherdess, by the star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. From bestselling author Amanda Owen come more stories of life at Ravenseat, the remote Yorkshire hill farm she shares with husband Clive, eight children and 1,000 sheep. In A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess she describes the age-old cycles of a farming year and the constant challenges the family faces, from being cut off in winter to tending their flock on some of Yorkshire's highest, bleakest moors – land so inaccessible that in places it can only be reached on foot. Writing with her trademark warmth and humour, Amanda takes us into her life as nine-year-old Miles gets his first flock, Reuben takes up the flugelhorn and she gives birth to a new baby girl. She is touched by the epic two-day journey of a mother sheep determined to find her lamb and gives a new home to an ageing and neglected horse. Meanwhile Clive is almost arrested on a midnight stakeout to catch a sheep-worrying dog and becomes the object of affection for a randy young bull. Funny, poignant and charming, A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess is a must for anyone interested in the countryside and those who farm it. 'Amanda Owen is like a breath of fresh air. Amanda's life is one of old-fashioned values, hard graft and plenty of love. She, like her life, is extraordinary' - Ben Fogle Amanda Owen Thu, 26 Jan 2017 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357639 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: Part of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Janine Birkett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times bestseller full of inspiring tales of life as a shepherdess, by the star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. From bestselling author Amanda Owen come more stories of life at Ravenseat, the remote Yorkshire hill farm she shares with husband Clive, eight children and 1,000 sheep. In A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess she describes the age-old cycles of a farming year and the constant challenges the family faces, from being cut off in winter to tending their flock on some of Yorkshire's highest, bleakest moors – land so inaccessible that in places it can only be reached on foot. Writing with her trademark warmth and humour, Amanda takes us into her life as nine-year-old Miles gets his first flock, Reuben takes up the flugelhorn and she gives birth to a new baby girl. She is touched by the epic two-day journey of a mother sheep determined to find her lamb and gives a new home to an ageing and neglected horse. Meanwhile Clive is almost arrested on a midnight stakeout to catch a sheep-worrying dog and becomes the object of affection for a randy young bull. Funny, poignant and charming, A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess is a must for anyone interested in the countryside and those who farm it. 'Amanda Owen is like a breath of fresh air. Amanda's life is one of old-fashioned values, hard graft and plenty of love. She, like her life, is extraordinary' - Ben Fogle Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: Part of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Janine Birkett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times bestseller full of inspiring tales of life as a shepherdess, by the star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. From bestselling author Amanda Owen come more stories of life at Ravenseat, the remote Yorkshire hill farm she shares with husband Clive, eight children and 1,000 sheep. In A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess she describes the age-old cycles of a farming year and the constant challenges the family faces, from being cut off in winter to tending their flock on some of Yorkshire's highest, bleakest moors – land so inaccessible that in places it can only be reached on foot. Writing with her trademark warmth and humour, Amanda takes us into her life as nine-year-old Miles gets his first flock, Reuben takes up the flugelhorn and she gives birth to a new baby girl. She is touched by the epic two-day journey of a mother sheep determined to find her lamb and gives a new home to an ageing and neglected horse. Meanwhile Clive is almost arrested on a midnight stakeout to catch a sheep-worrying dog and becomes the object of affection for a randy young bull. Funny, poignant and charming, A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess is a must for anyone interested in the countryside and those who farm it. 'Amanda Owen is like a breath of fresh air. Amanda's life is one of old-fashioned values, hard graft and plenty of love. She, like her life, is extraordinary' - Ben Fogle https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357638 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: #1 of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Anne Dover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times bestseller following the inspiring story of life as a shepherdess, by the star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. Amanda Owen has been seen by millions on ITV's The Dales and Channel 5's Our Yorkshire Farm, living a life that has almost gone in today's modern world, a life ruled by the seasons and her animals. She is a farmer's wife and shepherdess, living alongside her husband Clive and seven children at Ravenseat, a 2000 acre sheep hill farm at the head of Swaledale in North Yorkshire. It's a challenging life but one she loves. In The Yorkshire Shepherdess she describes how the rebellious girl from Huddersfield, who always wanted to be a shepherdess, achieved her dreams. Full of amusing anecdotes and unforgettable characters, the book takes us from fitting in with the locals to fitting in motherhood, from the demands of the livestock to the demands of raising a large family in such a rural backwater. Amanda also evokes the peace of winter, when they can be cut off by snow without electricity or running water, the happiness of spring and the lambing season, and the backbreaking tasks of summertime – haymaking and sheepshearing – inspiring us all to look at the countryside and those who work there with new appreciation. Read more inspiring tales of life as a shepherdess with A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess and Adventures Of The Yorkshire Shepherdess. Amanda Owen Thu, 26 Jan 2017 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357638 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: #1 of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Anne Dover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times bestseller following the inspiring story of life as a shepherdess, by the star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. Amanda Owen has been seen by millions on ITV's The Dales and Channel 5's Our Yorkshire Farm, living a life that has almost gone in today's modern world, a life ruled by the seasons and her animals. She is a farmer's wife and shepherdess, living alongside her husband Clive and seven children at Ravenseat, a 2000 acre sheep hill farm at the head of Swaledale in North Yorkshire. It's a challenging life but one she loves. In The Yorkshire Shepherdess she describes how the rebellious girl from Huddersfield, who always wanted to be a shepherdess, achieved her dreams. Full of amusing anecdotes and unforgettable characters, the book takes us from fitting in with the locals to fitting in motherhood, from the demands of the livestock to the demands of raising a large family in such a rural backwater. Amanda also evokes the peace of winter, when they can be cut off by snow without electricity or running water, the happiness of spring and the lambing season, and the backbreaking tasks of summertime – haymaking and sheepshearing – inspiring us all to look at the countryside and those who work there with new appreciation. Read more inspiring tales of life as a shepherdess with A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess and Adventures Of The Yorkshire Shepherdess. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yorkshire Shepherdess Series: #1 of The Yorkshire Shepherdess Author: Amanda Owen Narrator: Anne Dover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times bestseller following the inspiring story of life as a shepherdess, by the star of Channel 5’s Our Yorkshire Farm. Amanda Owen has been seen by millions on ITV's The Dales and Channel 5's Our Yorkshire Farm, living a life that has almost gone in today's modern world, a life ruled by the seasons and her animals. She is a farmer's wife and shepherdess, living alongside her husband Clive and seven children at Ravenseat, a 2000 acre sheep hill farm at the head of Swaledale in North Yorkshire. It's a challenging life but one she loves. In The Yorkshire Shepherdess she describes how the rebellious girl from Huddersfield, who always wanted to be a shepherdess, achieved her dreams. Full of amusing anecdotes and unforgettable characters, the book takes us from fitting in with the locals to fitting in motherhood, from the demands of the livestock to the demands of raising a large family in such a rural backwater. Amanda also evokes the peace of winter, when they can be cut off by snow without electricity or running water, the happiness of spring and the lambing season, and the backbreaking tasks of summertime – haymaking and sheepshearing – inspiring us all to look at the countryside and those who work there with new appreciation. Read more inspiring tales of life as a shepherdess with A Year in the Life of the Yorkshire Shepherdess and Adventures Of The Yorkshire Shepherdess. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357101 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Like a Fish: My Adventures as a Fisherman Turned Restorative Ocean Farmer Author: Bren Smith Narrator: Bren Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part manifesto, in Eat Like a Fish Bren Smith—a former commercial fisherman turned restorative ocean farmer—shares a bold new vision for the future of food: seaweed. Through tales that span from his childhood in Newfoundland to his early years on the high seas aboard commercial fishing trawlers, from pioneering new forms of ocean farming to surfing the frontiers of the food movement, Smith introduces the world of sea-based agriculture, and advocates getting ocean vegetables onto American plates (there are thousands of edible varieties in the sea!). Here he shows how we can transform our food system while enjoying delicious, nutritious, locally grown food, and how restorative ocean farming has the potential to create millions of new jobs and protect our planet in the face of climate change, rising populations, and finite food resources. Also included are recipes from acclaimed chefs Brooks Headley and David Santos. Written with the humor and swagger of a fisherman telling a late-night tale, this is a monumental work of deeply personal food policy that will profoundly change the way we think about what we eat. Includes a PDF of sea greens recipes by chefs Brooks Headley and David Santos Bren Smith Tue, 14 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357101 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Like a Fish: My Adventures as a Fisherman Turned Restorative Ocean Farmer Author: Bren Smith Narrator: Bren Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part manifesto, in Eat Like a Fish Bren Smith—a former commercial fisherman turned restorative ocean farmer—shares a bold new vision for the future of food: seaweed. Through tales that span from his childhood in Newfoundland to his early years on the high seas aboard commercial fishing trawlers, from pioneering new forms of ocean farming to surfing the frontiers of the food movement, Smith introduces the world of sea-based agriculture, and advocates getting ocean vegetables onto American plates (there are thousands of edible varieties in the sea!). Here he shows how we can transform our food system while enjoying delicious, nutritious, locally grown food, and how restorative ocean farming has the potential to create millions of new jobs and protect our planet in the face of climate change, rising populations, and finite food resources. Also included are recipes from acclaimed chefs Brooks Headley and David Santos. Written with the humor and swagger of a fisherman telling a late-night tale, this is a monumental work of deeply personal food policy that will profoundly change the way we think about what we eat. Includes a PDF of sea greens recipes by chefs Brooks Headley and David Santos Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Like a Fish: My Adventures as a Fisherman Turned Restorative Ocean Farmer Author: Bren Smith Narrator: Bren Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part manifesto, in Eat Like a Fish Bren Smith—a former commercial fisherman turned restorative ocean farmer—shares a bold new vision for the future of food: seaweed. Through tales that span from his childhood in Newfoundland to his early years on the high seas aboard commercial fishing trawlers, from pioneering new forms of ocean farming to surfing the frontiers of the food movement, Smith introduces the world of sea-based agriculture, and advocates getting ocean vegetables onto American plates (there are thousands of edible varieties in the sea!). Here he shows how we can transform our food system while enjoying delicious, nutritious, locally grown food, and how restorative ocean farming has the potential to create millions of new jobs and protect our planet in the face of climate change, rising populations, and finite food resources. Also included are recipes from acclaimed chefs Brooks Headley and David Santos. Written with the humor and swagger of a fisherman telling a late-night tale, this is a monumental work of deeply personal food policy that will profoundly change the way we think about what we eat. Includes a PDF of sea greens recipes by chefs Brooks Headley and David Santos https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356913 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of the Canary Tree: The Story of a Scientist, a Cypress, and a Changing World Author: Lauren E. Oakes Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The award-winning and surprisingly hopeful story of one woman's search for resiliency in a warming world Several years ago, ecologist Lauren E. Oakes set out from California for Alaska's old-growth forests to hunt for a dying tree: the yellow-cedar. With climate change as the culprit, the death of this species meant loss for many Alaskans. Oakes and her research team wanted to chronicle how plants and people could cope with their rapidly changing world. Amidst the standing dead, she discovered the resiliency of forgotten forests, flourishing again in the wake of destruction, and a diverse community of people who persevered to create new relationships with the emerging environment. Eloquent, insightful, and deeply heartening, In Search of the Canary Tree is a case for hope in a warming world. Lauren E. Oakes Tue, 27 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356913 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of the Canary Tree: The Story of a Scientist, a Cypress, and a Changing World Author: Lauren E. Oakes Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The award-winning and surprisingly hopeful story of one woman's search for resiliency in a warming world Several years ago, ecologist Lauren E. Oakes set out from California for Alaska's old-growth forests to hunt for a dying tree: the yellow-cedar. With climate change as the culprit, the death of this species meant loss for many Alaskans. Oakes and her research team wanted to chronicle how plants and people could cope with their rapidly changing world. Amidst the standing dead, she discovered the resiliency of forgotten forests, flourishing again in the wake of destruction, and a diverse community of people who persevered to create new relationships with the emerging environment. Eloquent, insightful, and deeply heartening, In Search of the Canary Tree is a case for hope in a warming world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of the Canary Tree: The Story of a Scientist, a Cypress, and a Changing World Author: Lauren E. Oakes Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The award-winning and surprisingly hopeful story of one woman's search for resiliency in a warming world Several years ago, ecologist Lauren E. Oakes set out from California for Alaska's old-growth forests to hunt for a dying tree: the yellow-cedar. With climate change as the culprit, the death of this species meant loss for many Alaskans. Oakes and her research team wanted to chronicle how plants and people could cope with their rapidly changing world. Amidst the standing dead, she discovered the resiliency of forgotten forests, flourishing again in the wake of destruction, and a diverse community of people who persevered to create new relationships with the emerging environment. Eloquent, insightful, and deeply heartening, In Search of the Canary Tree is a case for hope in a warming world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Song of the Dodo: Island Biogeography in an Age of Extinctions Author: David Quammen Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: “Compulsively readable—a masterpiece, maybe the masterpiece of science journalism.” —Bill McKibben, Audubon A brilliant, stirring work, breathtaking in its scope and far-reaching in its message, The Song of the Dodo is a crucial book in precarious times. Through personal observation, scientific theory, and history, David Quammen examines the mysteries of evolution and extinction and radically alters our understanding of the natural world and our place within it. In this landmark of science writing, we learn how the isolation of islands makes them natural laboratories of evolutionary extravagance, as seen in the dragons of Komodo, the elephant birds of Madagascar, the giant tortoises of the Galapagos. But the dark message of island studies is that isolated ecosystems, whether natural or human-made, are also hotbeds of extinction. And as the world’s landscapes, from Tasmania to the Amazon to Yellowstone, are carved into pieces by human activity, the implications of this knowledge are more urgent than ever. An unforgettable scientific adventure, a fascinating account of an eight-year journey of discovery, and a wake-up call for our time, David Quammen’s The Song of the Dodo is an exquisitely written book that takes the reader on a globe-circling tour of wild places and extraordinary ideas. David Quammen Tue, 06 Aug 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356662 thebookvoice.com 24:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Song of the Dodo: Island Biogeography in an Age of Extinctions Author: David Quammen Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: “Compulsively readable—a masterpiece, maybe the masterpiece of science journalism.” —Bill McKibben, Audubon A brilliant, stirring work, breathtaking in its scope and far-reaching in its message, The Song of the Dodo is a crucial book in precarious times. Through personal observation, scientific theory, and history, David Quammen examines the mysteries of evolution and extinction and radically alters our understanding of the natural world and our place within it. In this landmark of science writing, we learn how the isolation of islands makes them natural laboratories of evolutionary extravagance, as seen in the dragons of Komodo, the elephant birds of Madagascar, the giant tortoises of the Galapagos. But the dark message of island studies is that isolated ecosystems, whether natural or human-made, are also hotbeds of extinction. And as the world’s landscapes, from Tasmania to the Amazon to Yellowstone, are carved into pieces by human activity, the implications of this knowledge are more urgent than ever. An unforgettable scientific adventure, a fascinating account of an eight-year journey of discovery, and a wake-up call for our time, David Quammen’s The Song of the Dodo is an exquisitely written book that takes the reader on a globe-circling tour of wild places and extraordinary ideas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Song of the Dodo: Island Biogeography in an Age of Extinctions Author: David Quammen Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: “Compulsively readable—a masterpiece, maybe the masterpiece of science journalism.” —Bill McKibben, Audubon A brilliant, stirring work, breathtaking in its scope and far-reaching in its message, The Song of the Dodo is a crucial book in precarious times. Through personal observation, scientific theory, and history, David Quammen examines the mysteries of evolution and extinction and radically alters our understanding of the natural world and our place within it. In this landmark of science writing, we learn how the isolation of islands makes them natural laboratories of evolutionary extravagance, as seen in the dragons of Komodo, the elephant birds of Madagascar, the giant tortoises of the Galapagos. But the dark message of island studies is that isolated ecosystems, whether natural or human-made, are also hotbeds of extinction. And as the world’s landscapes, from Tasmania to the Amazon to Yellowstone, are carved into pieces by human activity, the implications of this knowledge are more urgent than ever. An unforgettable scientific adventure, a fascinating account of an eight-year journey of discovery, and a wake-up call for our time, David Quammen’s The Song of the Dodo is an exquisitely written book that takes the reader on a globe-circling tour of wild places and extraordinary ideas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: Sharks--The Ocean's Most Mysterious, Most Misunderstood, and Most Important Guardians Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable groundbreaking book, a documentarian and conservationist, determined to dispel misplaced fear and correct common misconceptions, explores in-depth the secret lives of sharks—magnificent creatures who play an integral part in maintaining the health of the world’s oceans and ultimately the planet. From the Jaws blockbusters to Shark Week, we are conditioned to see sharks as terrifying cold-blooded underwater predators. But as Safeguard the Seas founder William McKeever reveals, sharks are evolutionary marvels essential to maintaining a balanced ecosystem. We can learn much from sharks, he argues, and our knowledge about them continues to grow. The first book to reveal in full the hidden lives of sharks, Emperors of the Deep examines four species—Mako, Tiger, Hammerhead, and Great White—as never before, and includes fascinating details such as: - Sharks are 50-million years older than trees; - Sharks have survived five extinction level events, including the one that killed off the dinosaurs; - Sharks have electroreception, a sixth-sense that lets them pick up on electric fields generated by living things; - Sharks can dive 4,000 feet below the surface; - Sharks account for only 6 human fatalities per year, while humans kill 100 million sharks per year. McKeever goes back through time to probe the shark’s pre-historic secrets and how it has become the world’s most feared and most misunderstood predator, and takes us on a pulse-pounding tour around the world and deep under the water’s surface, from the frigid waters of the Arctic Circle to the coral reefs of the tropical Central Pacific, to see sharks up close in their natural habitat. He also interviews ecologists, conservationists, and world-renowned shark experts, including the founders of Greenpeace’s Rainbow Warrior, the head of the Massachusetts Shark Research Program, and the self-professed “last great shark hunter.” At once a deep-dive into the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates this wild species that hold the key to unlocking the mysteries of the ocean—if we can prevent their extinction from climate change and human hunters William Mckeever Tue, 25 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: Sharks--The Ocean's Most Mysterious, Most Misunderstood, and Most Important Guardians Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable groundbreaking book, a documentarian and conservationist, determined to dispel misplaced fear and correct common misconceptions, explores in-depth the secret lives of sharks—magnificent creatures who play an integral part in maintaining the health of the world’s oceans and ultimately the planet. From the Jaws blockbusters to Shark Week, we are conditioned to see sharks as terrifying cold-blooded underwater predators. But as Safeguard the Seas founder William McKeever reveals, sharks are evolutionary marvels essential to maintaining a balanced ecosystem. We can learn much from sharks, he argues, and our knowledge about them continues to grow. The first book to reveal in full the hidden lives of sharks, Emperors of the Deep examines four species—Mako, Tiger, Hammerhead, and Great White—as never before, and includes fascinating details such as: - Sharks are 50-million years older than trees; - Sharks have survived five extinction level events, including the one that killed off the dinosaurs; - Sharks have electroreception, a sixth-sense that lets them pick up on electric fields generated by living things; - Sharks can dive 4,000 feet below the surface; - Sharks account for only 6 human fatalities per year, while humans kill 100 million sharks per year. McKeever goes back through time to probe the shark’s pre-historic secrets and how it has become the world’s most feared and most misunderstood predator, and takes us on a pulse-pounding tour around the world and deep under the water’s surface, from the frigid waters of the Arctic Circle to the coral reefs of the tropical Central Pacific, to see sharks up close in their natural habitat. He also interviews ecologists, conservationists, and world-renowned shark experts, including the founders of Greenpeace’s Rainbow Warrior, the head of the Massachusetts Shark Research Program, and the self-professed “last great shark hunter.” At once a deep-dive into the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates this wild species that hold the key to unlocking the mysteries of the ocean—if we can prevent their extinction from climate change and human hunters Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: Sharks--The Ocean's Most Mysterious, Most Misunderstood, and Most Important Guardians Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable groundbreaking book, a documentarian and conservationist, determined to dispel misplaced fear and correct common misconceptions, explores in-depth the secret lives of sharks—magnificent creatures who play an integral part in maintaining the health of the world’s oceans and ultimately the planet. From the Jaws blockbusters to Shark Week, we are conditioned to see sharks as terrifying cold-blooded underwater predators. But as Safeguard the Seas founder William McKeever reveals, sharks are evolutionary marvels essential to maintaining a balanced ecosystem. We can learn much from sharks, he argues, and our knowledge about them continues to grow. The first book to reveal in full the hidden lives of sharks, Emperors of the Deep examines four species—Mako, Tiger, Hammerhead, and Great White—as never before, and includes fascinating details such as: - Sharks are 50-million years older than trees; - Sharks have survived five extinction level events, including the one that killed off the dinosaurs; - Sharks have electroreception, a sixth-sense that lets them pick up on electric fields generated by living things; - Sharks can dive 4,000 feet below the surface; - Sharks account for only 6 human fatalities per year, while humans kill 100 million sharks per year. McKeever goes back through time to probe the shark’s pre-historic secrets and how it has become the world’s most feared and most misunderstood predator, and takes us on a pulse-pounding tour around the world and deep under the water’s surface, from the frigid waters of the Arctic Circle to the coral reefs of the tropical Central Pacific, to see sharks up close in their natural habitat. He also interviews ecologists, conservationists, and world-renowned shark experts, including the founders of Greenpeace’s Rainbow Warrior, the head of the Massachusetts Shark Research Program, and the self-professed “last great shark hunter.” At once a deep-dive into the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates this wild species that hold the key to unlocking the mysteries of the ocean—if we can prevent their extinction from climate change and human hunters https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356418 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Through the Woods: On Mushrooms and Mourning Author: Litt Woon Long Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A grieving widow discovers a most unexpected form of healing—hunting for mushrooms. “Moving . . .  Long tells the story of finding hope after despair lightly and artfully, with self-effacement and so much gentle good nature.”—The New York Times Long Litt Woon met Eiolf a month after arriving in Norway from Malaysia as an exchange student. They fell in love, married, and settled into domestic bliss. Then Eiolf’s unexpected death at fifty-four left Woon struggling to imagine a life without the man who had been her partner and anchor for thirty-two years. Adrift in grief, she signed up for a beginner’s course on mushrooming—a course the two of them had planned to take together—and found, to her surprise, that the pursuit of mushrooms rekindled her zest for life. The Way Through the Woods tells the story of parallel journeys: an inner one, through the landscape of mourning, and an outer one, into the fascinating realm of mushrooms—resilient, adaptable, and essential to nature’s cycle of death and rebirth. From idyllic Norwegian forests and urban flower beds to the sandy beaches of Corsica and New York’s Central Park, Woon uncovers an abundance of surprises often hidden in plain sight: salmon-pink Bloody Milk Caps, which ooze red liquid when cut; delectable morels, prized for their earthy yet delicate flavor; and bioluminescent mushrooms that light up the forest at night. Along the way, she discovers the warm fellowship of other mushroom obsessives, and finds that giving her full attention to the natural world transforms her, opening a way for her to survive Eiolf’s death, to see herself anew, and to reengage with life. Praise for The Way Through the Woods “In her search for new meaning in life after the death of her husband, Long Litt Woon undertook the study of mushrooms. What she found in the woods, and expresses with such tender joy in this heartfelt memoir, was nothing less than salvation.”—Eugenia Bone, author of Mycophilia and Microbia Litt Woon Long Tue, 02 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356418 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Through the Woods: On Mushrooms and Mourning Author: Litt Woon Long Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A grieving widow discovers a most unexpected form of healing—hunting for mushrooms. “Moving . . .  Long tells the story of finding hope after despair lightly and artfully, with self-effacement and so much gentle good nature.”—The New York Times Long Litt Woon met Eiolf a month after arriving in Norway from Malaysia as an exchange student. They fell in love, married, and settled into domestic bliss. Then Eiolf’s unexpected death at fifty-four left Woon struggling to imagine a life without the man who had been her partner and anchor for thirty-two years. Adrift in grief, she signed up for a beginner’s course on mushrooming—a course the two of them had planned to take together—and found, to her surprise, that the pursuit of mushrooms rekindled her zest for life. The Way Through the Woods tells the story of parallel journeys: an inner one, through the landscape of mourning, and an outer one, into the fascinating realm of mushrooms—resilient, adaptable, and essential to nature’s cycle of death and rebirth. From idyllic Norwegian forests and urban flower beds to the sandy beaches of Corsica and New York’s Central Park, Woon uncovers an abundance of surprises often hidden in plain sight: salmon-pink Bloody Milk Caps, which ooze red liquid when cut; delectable morels, prized for their earthy yet delicate flavor; and bioluminescent mushrooms that light up the forest at night. Along the way, she discovers the warm fellowship of other mushroom obsessives, and finds that giving her full attention to the natural world transforms her, opening a way for her to survive Eiolf’s death, to see herself anew, and to reengage with life. Praise for The Way Through the Woods “In her search for new meaning in life after the death of her husband, Long Litt Woon undertook the study of mushrooms. What she found in the woods, and expresses with such tender joy in this heartfelt memoir, was nothing less than salvation.”—Eugenia Bone, author of Mycophilia and Microbia Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Through the Woods: On Mushrooms and Mourning Author: Litt Woon Long Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A grieving widow discovers a most unexpected form of healing—hunting for mushrooms. “Moving . . .  Long tells the story of finding hope after despair lightly and artfully, with self-effacement and so much gentle good nature.”—The New York Times Long Litt Woon met Eiolf a month after arriving in Norway from Malaysia as an exchange student. They fell in love, married, and settled into domestic bliss. Then Eiolf’s unexpected death at fifty-four left Woon struggling to imagine a life without the man who had been her partner and anchor for thirty-two years. Adrift in grief, she signed up for a beginner’s course on mushrooming—a course the two of them had planned to take together—and found, to her surprise, that the pursuit of mushrooms rekindled her zest for life. The Way Through the Woods tells the story of parallel journeys: an inner one, through the landscape of mourning, and an outer one, into the fascinating realm of mushrooms—resilient, adaptable, and essential to nature’s cycle of death and rebirth. From idyllic Norwegian forests and urban flower beds to the sandy beaches of Corsica and New York’s Central Park, Woon uncovers an abundance of surprises often hidden in plain sight: salmon-pink Bloody Milk Caps, which ooze red liquid when cut; delectable morels, prized for their earthy yet delicate flavor; and bioluminescent mushrooms that light up the forest at night. Along the way, she discovers the warm fellowship of other mushroom obsessives, and finds that giving her full attention to the natural world transforms her, opening a way for her to survive Eiolf’s death, to see herself anew, and to reengage with life. Praise for The Way Through the Woods “In her search for new meaning in life after the death of her husband, Long Litt Woon undertook the study of mushrooms. What she found in the woods, and expresses with such tender joy in this heartfelt memoir, was nothing less than salvation.”—Eugenia Bone, author of Mycophilia and Microbia https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356387 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Planet: How We Created the Anthropocene Author: Mark A. Maslin, Simon Lewis Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Human Planet, A Pelican Book, by Simon L. Lewis and Mark A. Maslin, read by Roy McMillan. Meteorites, methane, mega-volcanoes and now human beings; the old forces of nature that transformed Earth many millions of years ago are joined by another: us. Our actions have driven Earth into a new geological epoch, the Anthropocene. For the first time in our home planet's 4.5-billion year history a single species is dictating Earth's future. To some the Anthropocene symbolises a future of superlative control of our environment. To others it is the height of hubris, the illusion of our mastery over nature. Whatever your view, just below the surface of this odd-sounding scientific word, the Anthropocene, is a heady mix of science, philosophy, religion and politics linked to our deepest fears and utopian visions. Tracing our environmental impact through time to reveal when humans began to dominate Earth, Simon Lewis and Mark Maslin show what the new epoch means for the future of humanity, the planet and life itself. 'Brilliantly written and genuinely one of the most important books I have ever read' - Ellie Mae O'Hagan Mark A. Maslin, Simon Lewis Thu, 31 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356387 thebookvoice.com 10:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Planet: How We Created the Anthropocene Author: Mark A. Maslin, Simon Lewis Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Human Planet, A Pelican Book, by Simon L. Lewis and Mark A. Maslin, read by Roy McMillan. Meteorites, methane, mega-volcanoes and now human beings; the old forces of nature that transformed Earth many millions of years ago are joined by another: us. Our actions have driven Earth into a new geological epoch, the Anthropocene. For the first time in our home planet's 4.5-billion year history a single species is dictating Earth's future. To some the Anthropocene symbolises a future of superlative control of our environment. To others it is the height of hubris, the illusion of our mastery over nature. Whatever your view, just below the surface of this odd-sounding scientific word, the Anthropocene, is a heady mix of science, philosophy, religion and politics linked to our deepest fears and utopian visions. Tracing our environmental impact through time to reveal when humans began to dominate Earth, Simon Lewis and Mark Maslin show what the new epoch means for the future of humanity, the planet and life itself. 'Brilliantly written and genuinely one of the most important books I have ever read' - Ellie Mae O'Hagan Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Planet: How We Created the Anthropocene Author: Mark A. Maslin, Simon Lewis Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Human Planet, A Pelican Book, by Simon L. Lewis and Mark A. Maslin, read by Roy McMillan. Meteorites, methane, mega-volcanoes and now human beings; the old forces of nature that transformed Earth many millions of years ago are joined by another: us. Our actions have driven Earth into a new geological epoch, the Anthropocene. For the first time in our home planet's 4.5-billion year history a single species is dictating Earth's future. To some the Anthropocene symbolises a future of superlative control of our environment. To others it is the height of hubris, the illusion of our mastery over nature. Whatever your view, just below the surface of this odd-sounding scientific word, the Anthropocene, is a heady mix of science, philosophy, religion and politics linked to our deepest fears and utopian visions. Tracing our environmental impact through time to reveal when humans began to dominate Earth, Simon Lewis and Mark Maslin show what the new epoch means for the future of humanity, the planet and life itself. 'Brilliantly written and genuinely one of the most important books I have ever read' - Ellie Mae O'Hagan https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FORGET THE VET: Homeopathic Remedies for Cats & Dogs. Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick Narrator: Caroline Mclaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Forget the Vet focuses on the many health benefits of practicing natural remedies. Cooking easy homemade holistic recipes, and treating your pet to a homeopathic agenda, may prevent many trips to your vet's office. When we look holistically at all the natural cures for ailments in our pets, we ask ourselves, should we go all natural or use supplements that contain processed ingredients? There is no hard or fast rule to this. It is obvious that most products that come from natural sources have higher levels for benefiting our pets than others. The combination of processed substances and natural sources only arise due to the shortage of natural materials in certain locations. It is important to always use products that are as natural as possible. This saves the stress of getting your pets hooked on medications that may do them more harm than good. For instance, steroid injections used to treat asthma hold ingredients that may cause diabetes. The way you treat your pets and groom them, goes a long way in determining their overall health. Pennie Mae Cartawick Fri, 28 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355847 thebookvoice.com 2:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FORGET THE VET: Homeopathic Remedies for Cats & Dogs. Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick Narrator: Caroline Mclaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Forget the Vet focuses on the many health benefits of practicing natural remedies. Cooking easy homemade holistic recipes, and treating your pet to a homeopathic agenda, may prevent many trips to your vet's office. When we look holistically at all the natural cures for ailments in our pets, we ask ourselves, should we go all natural or use supplements that contain processed ingredients? There is no hard or fast rule to this. It is obvious that most products that come from natural sources have higher levels for benefiting our pets than others. The combination of processed substances and natural sources only arise due to the shortage of natural materials in certain locations. It is important to always use products that are as natural as possible. This saves the stress of getting your pets hooked on medications that may do them more harm than good. For instance, steroid injections used to treat asthma hold ingredients that may cause diabetes. The way you treat your pets and groom them, goes a long way in determining their overall health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FORGET THE VET: Homeopathic Remedies for Cats & Dogs. Author: Pennie Mae Cartawick Narrator: Caroline Mclaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Forget the Vet focuses on the many health benefits of practicing natural remedies. Cooking easy homemade holistic recipes, and treating your pet to a homeopathic agenda, may prevent many trips to your vet's office. When we look holistically at all the natural cures for ailments in our pets, we ask ourselves, should we go all natural or use supplements that contain processed ingredients? There is no hard or fast rule to this. It is obvious that most products that come from natural sources have higher levels for benefiting our pets than others. The combination of processed substances and natural sources only arise due to the shortage of natural materials in certain locations. It is important to always use products that are as natural as possible. This saves the stress of getting your pets hooked on medications that may do them more harm than good. For instance, steroid injections used to treat asthma hold ingredients that may cause diabetes. The way you treat your pets and groom them, goes a long way in determining their overall health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355659 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creation: An Appeal to Save Life on Earth Author: E.O. Wilson Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Called 'one of the greatest men alive' by the Times of London, E. O. Wilson proposes an historic partnership between scientists and religious leaders to preserve Earth's rapidly vanishing biodiversity. E.O. Wilson Fri, 28 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355659 thebookvoice.com 4:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creation: An Appeal to Save Life on Earth Author: E.O. Wilson Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Called 'one of the greatest men alive' by the Times of London, E. O. Wilson proposes an historic partnership between scientists and religious leaders to preserve Earth's rapidly vanishing biodiversity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creation: An Appeal to Save Life on Earth Author: E.O. Wilson Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Called 'one of the greatest men alive' by the Times of London, E. O. Wilson proposes an historic partnership between scientists and religious leaders to preserve Earth's rapidly vanishing biodiversity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355580 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True or Poo?: The Definitive Field Guide to Filthy Animal Facts and Falsehoods Series: #2 of Does It Fart Series Author: Nick Caruso, Dani Rabaiotti Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the scientist duo behind the New York Times bestselling sensation Does It Fart? comes a new illustrated compendium of animal facts and falsehoods, from the head-scratching to the repulsive! After Does It Fart? comes Number Two...a fully illustrated compendium of animal facts and falsehoods -- the more repulsive the better. Do komodo dragons have toxic slobber? Is it true that a scorpion that sheds its tail dies of constipation? Speaking of poo, do rabbits really have a habit of, err, eating their own? And can you really get high from licking toads, or is that...fake newts? The answers to all these questions and more can be found in True or Poo?, a manual for disgusting and one-upping your friends and enemies for years to come. Nick Caruso, Dani Rabaiotti Tue, 23 Oct 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355580 thebookvoice.com 2:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True or Poo?: The Definitive Field Guide to Filthy Animal Facts and Falsehoods Series: #2 of Does It Fart Series Author: Nick Caruso, Dani Rabaiotti Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the scientist duo behind the New York Times bestselling sensation Does It Fart? comes a new illustrated compendium of animal facts and falsehoods, from the head-scratching to the repulsive! After Does It Fart? comes Number Two...a fully illustrated compendium of animal facts and falsehoods -- the more repulsive the better. Do komodo dragons have toxic slobber? Is it true that a scorpion that sheds its tail dies of constipation? Speaking of poo, do rabbits really have a habit of, err, eating their own? And can you really get high from licking toads, or is that...fake newts? The answers to all these questions and more can be found in True or Poo?, a manual for disgusting and one-upping your friends and enemies for years to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True or Poo?: The Definitive Field Guide to Filthy Animal Facts and Falsehoods Series: #2 of Does It Fart Series Author: Nick Caruso, Dani Rabaiotti Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the scientist duo behind the New York Times bestselling sensation Does It Fart? comes a new illustrated compendium of animal facts and falsehoods, from the head-scratching to the repulsive! After Does It Fart? comes Number Two...a fully illustrated compendium of animal facts and falsehoods -- the more repulsive the better. Do komodo dragons have toxic slobber? Is it true that a scorpion that sheds its tail dies of constipation? Speaking of poo, do rabbits really have a habit of, err, eating their own? And can you really get high from licking toads, or is that...fake newts? The answers to all these questions and more can be found in True or Poo?, a manual for disgusting and one-upping your friends and enemies for years to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liberación animal: El clásico definitivo del movimiento animalista Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la Biblia de quienes luchan por los derechos de los animales, con prólogo de Yuval Harari . Este revolucionario libro, ahora disponible en formato audiolibro, inspiró, desde su publicación original en 1975, un movimiento mundial de defensa de los derechos de los animales que aspira a transformar nuestra actitud hacia ellos y eliminar la crueldad que les infligimos. En Libración animal, Peter Singer denuncia el «especismo» (el prejuicio de creer que existe una especie, la humana, superior a todas las demás) y expone la escalofriante realidad de las granjas industriales y los procedimientos de experimentación con animales, echando abajo las justificaciones que los defienden y ofreciendo alternativas a un dilema moral, social y medioambiental. Este libro es un persuasivo llamamiento a la conciencia, la decencia y la justicia y una lectura esencial tanto para el ya convencido como para el escéptico. Las obras más impactantes de nuestro tiempo en formato audiolibro. La crítica ha dicho... «La documentación de Singer no es ni retórica ni emocional, sus argumentos son rigurosos y formidables, ya que no basa su caso en principios personales o religiosos, ni en conceptos filosóficos altamente abstractos, sino en posiciones morales que la mayoría de nosotros ya aceptamos.» The New York Times Book Review «Un libro importantísimo que cambiará el modo en que muchos de nosotros miramos a los animales y, en última instancia, a nosotros mismos.» Chicago Tribune Peter Singer Mon, 15 Oct 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371 thebookvoice.com 13:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liberación animal: El clásico definitivo del movimiento animalista Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la Biblia de quienes luchan por los derechos de los animales, con prólogo de Yuval Harari . Este revolucionario libro, ahora disponible en formato audiolibro, inspiró, desde su publicación original en 1975, un movimiento mundial de defensa de los derechos de los animales que aspira a transformar nuestra actitud hacia ellos y eliminar la crueldad que les infligimos. En Libración animal, Peter Singer denuncia el «especismo» (el prejuicio de creer que existe una especie, la humana, superior a todas las demás) y expone la escalofriante realidad de las granjas industriales y los procedimientos de experimentación con animales, echando abajo las justificaciones que los defienden y ofreciendo alternativas a un dilema moral, social y medioambiental. Este libro es un persuasivo llamamiento a la conciencia, la decencia y la justicia y una lectura esencial tanto para el ya convencido como para el escéptico. Las obras más impactantes de nuestro tiempo en formato audiolibro. La crítica ha dicho... «La documentación de Singer no es ni retórica ni emocional, sus argumentos son rigurosos y formidables, ya que no basa su caso en principios personales o religiosos, ni en conceptos filosóficos altamente abstractos, sino en posiciones morales que la mayoría de nosotros ya aceptamos.» The New York Times Book Review «Un libro importantísimo que cambiará el modo en que muchos de nosotros miramos a los animales y, en última instancia, a nosotros mismos.» Chicago Tribune Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liberación animal: El clásico definitivo del movimiento animalista Author: Peter Singer Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la Biblia de quienes luchan por los derechos de los animales, con prólogo de Yuval Harari . Este revolucionario libro, ahora disponible en formato audiolibro, inspiró, desde su publicación original en 1975, un movimiento mundial de defensa de los derechos de los animales que aspira a transformar nuestra actitud hacia ellos y eliminar la crueldad que les infligimos. En Libración animal, Peter Singer denuncia el «especismo» (el prejuicio de creer que existe una especie, la humana, superior a todas las demás) y expone la escalofriante realidad de las granjas industriales y los procedimientos de experimentación con animales, echando abajo las justificaciones que los defienden y ofreciendo alternativas a un dilema moral, social y medioambiental. Este libro es un persuasivo llamamiento a la conciencia, la decencia y la justicia y una lectura esencial tanto para el ya convencido como para el escéptico. Las obras más impactantes de nuestro tiempo en formato audiolibro. La crítica ha dicho... «La documentación de Singer no es ni retórica ni emocional, sus argumentos son rigurosos y formidables, ya que no basa su caso en principios personales o religiosos, ni en conceptos filosóficos altamente abstractos, sino en posiciones morales que la mayoría de nosotros ya aceptamos.» The New York Times Book Review «Un libro importantísimo que cambiará el modo en que muchos de nosotros miramos a los animales y, en última instancia, a nosotros mismos.» Chicago Tribune https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Long as Grass Grows: The Indigenous Fight for Environmental Justice, from Colonization to Standing Rock Author: Dina Gilio-Whitaker Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The story of Native peoples’ resistance to environmental injustice and land incursions, and a call for environmentalists to learn from the Indigenous community’s rich history of activism Through the unique lens of “Indigenized environmental justice,” Indigenous researcher and activist Dina Gilio-Whitaker explores the fraught history of treaty violations, struggles for food and water security, and protection of sacred sites, while highlighting the important leadership of Indigenous women in this centuries-long struggle. As Long As Grass Grows gives readers an accessible history of Indigenous resistance to government and corporate incursions on their lands and offers new approaches to environmental justice activism and policy. Throughout 2016, the Standing Rock protest put a national spotlight on Indigenous activists, but it also underscored how little Americans know about the longtime historical tensions between Native peoples and the mainstream environmental movement. Ultimately, she argues, modern environmentalists must look to the history of Indigenous resistance for wisdom and inspiration in our common fight for a just and sustainable future. Dina Gilio-Whitaker Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Long as Grass Grows: The Indigenous Fight for Environmental Justice, from Colonization to Standing Rock Author: Dina Gilio-Whitaker Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The story of Native peoples’ resistance to environmental injustice and land incursions, and a call for environmentalists to learn from the Indigenous community’s rich history of activism Through the unique lens of “Indigenized environmental justice,” Indigenous researcher and activist Dina Gilio-Whitaker explores the fraught history of treaty violations, struggles for food and water security, and protection of sacred sites, while highlighting the important leadership of Indigenous women in this centuries-long struggle. As Long As Grass Grows gives readers an accessible history of Indigenous resistance to government and corporate incursions on their lands and offers new approaches to environmental justice activism and policy. Throughout 2016, the Standing Rock protest put a national spotlight on Indigenous activists, but it also underscored how little Americans know about the longtime historical tensions between Native peoples and the mainstream environmental movement. Ultimately, she argues, modern environmentalists must look to the history of Indigenous resistance for wisdom and inspiration in our common fight for a just and sustainable future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355104]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Long as Grass Grows: The Indigenous Fight for Environmental Justice, from Colonization to Standing Rock Author: Dina Gilio-Whitaker Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The story of Native peoples’ resistance to environmental injustice and land incursions, and a call for environmentalists to learn from the Indigenous community’s rich history of activism Through the unique lens of “Indigenized environmental justice,” Indigenous researcher and activist Dina Gilio-Whitaker explores the fraught history of treaty violations, struggles for food and water security, and protection of sacred sites, while highlighting the important leadership of Indigenous women in this centuries-long struggle. As Long As Grass Grows gives readers an accessible history of Indigenous resistance to government and corporate incursions on their lands and offers new approaches to environmental justice activism and policy. Throughout 2016, the Standing Rock protest put a national spotlight on Indigenous activists, but it also underscored how little Americans know about the longtime historical tensions between Native peoples and the mainstream environmental movement. Ultimately, she argues, modern environmentalists must look to the history of Indigenous resistance for wisdom and inspiration in our common fight for a just and sustainable future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Weather Machine: A Journey Inside the Forecast Author: Andrew Blum Narrator: Greg Tremblay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed author of Tubes, a lively and surprising tour of the infrastructure behind the weather forecast, the people who built it, and what it reveals about our climate and our planet The weather is the foundation of our daily lives. It’s a staple of small talk, the app on our smartphones, and often the first thing we check each morning. Yet behind these quotidian interactions is one of the most expansive machines human beings have ever constructed—a triumph of science, technology and global cooperation. But what is this ‘weather machine’ and who created it?  In The Weather Machine, Andrew Blum takes readers on a fascinating journey through an everyday miracle. In a quest to understand how the forecast works, he visits old weather stations and watches new satellites blast off. He follows the dogged efforts of scientists to create a supercomputer model of the atmosphere and traces the surprising history of the algorithms that power their work. He discovers that we have quietly entered a golden age of meteorology—our tools allow us to predict weather more accurately than ever, and yet we haven’t learned to trust them, nor can we guarantee the fragile international alliances that allow our modern weather machine to exist. Written with the sharp wit and infectious curiosity Andrew Blum is known for, The Weather Machine pulls back the curtain on a universal part of our everyday lives, illuminating our relationships with technology, the planet, and the global community. Andrew Blum Tue, 25 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355074 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Weather Machine: A Journey Inside the Forecast Author: Andrew Blum Narrator: Greg Tremblay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed author of Tubes, a lively and surprising tour of the infrastructure behind the weather forecast, the people who built it, and what it reveals about our climate and our planet The weather is the foundation of our daily lives. It’s a staple of small talk, the app on our smartphones, and often the first thing we check each morning. Yet behind these quotidian interactions is one of the most expansive machines human beings have ever constructed—a triumph of science, technology and global cooperation. But what is this ‘weather machine’ and who created it?  In The Weather Machine, Andrew Blum takes readers on a fascinating journey through an everyday miracle. In a quest to understand how the forecast works, he visits old weather stations and watches new satellites blast off. He follows the dogged efforts of scientists to create a supercomputer model of the atmosphere and traces the surprising history of the algorithms that power their work. He discovers that we have quietly entered a golden age of meteorology—our tools allow us to predict weather more accurately than ever, and yet we haven’t learned to trust them, nor can we guarantee the fragile international alliances that allow our modern weather machine to exist. Written with the sharp wit and infectious curiosity Andrew Blum is known for, The Weather Machine pulls back the curtain on a universal part of our everyday lives, illuminating our relationships with technology, the planet, and the global community. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Weather Machine: A Journey Inside the Forecast Author: Andrew Blum Narrator: Greg Tremblay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the acclaimed author of Tubes, a lively and surprising tour of the infrastructure behind the weather forecast, the people who built it, and what it reveals about our climate and our planet The weather is the foundation of our daily lives. It’s a staple of small talk, the app on our smartphones, and often the first thing we check each morning. Yet behind these quotidian interactions is one of the most expansive machines human beings have ever constructed—a triumph of science, technology and global cooperation. But what is this ‘weather machine’ and who created it?  In The Weather Machine, Andrew Blum takes readers on a fascinating journey through an everyday miracle. In a quest to understand how the forecast works, he visits old weather stations and watches new satellites blast off. He follows the dogged efforts of scientists to create a supercomputer model of the atmosphere and traces the surprising history of the algorithms that power their work. He discovers that we have quietly entered a golden age of meteorology—our tools allow us to predict weather more accurately than ever, and yet we haven’t learned to trust them, nor can we guarantee the fragile international alliances that allow our modern weather machine to exist. Written with the sharp wit and infectious curiosity Andrew Blum is known for, The Weather Machine pulls back the curtain on a universal part of our everyday lives, illuminating our relationships with technology, the planet, and the global community. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355073 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Beast So Fierce: The Champawat Tiger and Her Hunter, the First Tiger Conservationist Author: Dane Huckelbridge Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The deadliest animal of all time meets the world's most legendary hunter in a classic battle between man and wild. But this pulse-pounding narrative is also a nuanced story of how colonialism and environmental destruction upset the natural order, placing man, tiger and nature on a collision course. In Champawat, India, circa 1900, a Bengal tigress was wounded by a poacher in the forests of the Himalayan foothills. Unable to hunt her usual prey, the tiger began stalking and eating an easier food source: human beings. Between 1900 and 1907, the Champawat Man-Eater, as she became known, emerged as the most prolific serial killer of human beings the world has ever known, claiming an astonishing 436 lives. Desperate for help, authorities appealed to renowned local hunter Jim Corbett, an Indian-born Brit of Irish descent, who was intimately familiar with the Champawat forest. Corbett, who would later earn fame and devote the latter part of his life to saving the Bengal tiger and its habitat, sprang into action. Like a detective on the tail of a serial killer, he tracked the tiger’s movements, as the tiger began to hunt him in return. This was the beginning of Corbett’s life-long love of tigers, though his first encounter with the Champawat Tiger would be her last. Dane Huckelbridge Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355073 thebookvoice.com 8:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Beast So Fierce: The Champawat Tiger and Her Hunter, the First Tiger Conservationist Author: Dane Huckelbridge Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The deadliest animal of all time meets the world's most legendary hunter in a classic battle between man and wild. But this pulse-pounding narrative is also a nuanced story of how colonialism and environmental destruction upset the natural order, placing man, tiger and nature on a collision course. In Champawat, India, circa 1900, a Bengal tigress was wounded by a poacher in the forests of the Himalayan foothills. Unable to hunt her usual prey, the tiger began stalking and eating an easier food source: human beings. Between 1900 and 1907, the Champawat Man-Eater, as she became known, emerged as the most prolific serial killer of human beings the world has ever known, claiming an astonishing 436 lives. Desperate for help, authorities appealed to renowned local hunter Jim Corbett, an Indian-born Brit of Irish descent, who was intimately familiar with the Champawat forest. Corbett, who would later earn fame and devote the latter part of his life to saving the Bengal tiger and its habitat, sprang into action. Like a detective on the tail of a serial killer, he tracked the tiger’s movements, as the tiger began to hunt him in return. This was the beginning of Corbett’s life-long love of tigers, though his first encounter with the Champawat Tiger would be her last. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Beast So Fierce: The Champawat Tiger and Her Hunter, the First Tiger Conservationist Author: Dane Huckelbridge Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The deadliest animal of all time meets the world's most legendary hunter in a classic battle between man and wild. But this pulse-pounding narrative is also a nuanced story of how colonialism and environmental destruction upset the natural order, placing man, tiger and nature on a collision course. In Champawat, India, circa 1900, a Bengal tigress was wounded by a poacher in the forests of the Himalayan foothills. Unable to hunt her usual prey, the tiger began stalking and eating an easier food source: human beings. Between 1900 and 1907, the Champawat Man-Eater, as she became known, emerged as the most prolific serial killer of human beings the world has ever known, claiming an astonishing 436 lives. Desperate for help, authorities appealed to renowned local hunter Jim Corbett, an Indian-born Brit of Irish descent, who was intimately familiar with the Champawat forest. Corbett, who would later earn fame and devote the latter part of his life to saving the Bengal tiger and its habitat, sprang into action. Like a detective on the tail of a serial killer, he tracked the tiger’s movements, as the tiger began to hunt him in return. This was the beginning of Corbett’s life-long love of tigers, though his first encounter with the Champawat Tiger would be her last. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355010 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Almost Human: The Astonishing Tale of Homo naledi and the Discovery That Changed Our Human Story Author: Lee Berger, John Hawks Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This first-person narrative about an archaeological discovery is rewriting the story of human evolution. A story of defiance and determination by a controversial scientist, this is Lee Berger’s own take on finding Homo naledi, an all-new species on the human family tree and one of the greatest discoveries of the twenty-first century. In 2013, Lee Berger, a National Geographic explorer-in-residence, caught wind of a cache of bones in a hard-to-reach underground cave in South Africa. He put out a call around the world for petite collaborators—men and women small and adventurous enough to be able to squeeze through eight-inch tunnels to reach a sunless cave forty feet underground. With this team of “underground astronauts,” Berger made the discovery of a lifetime: hundreds of prehistoric bones, including entire skeletons of at least fifteen individuals, all perhaps two million years old. Their features combined those of known prehominids like Lucy, the famous Australopithecus, with those more human than anything ever before seen in prehistoric remains. Berger’s team had discovered an all new species, and they called it Homo naledi. The cave quickly proved to be the richest prehominid site ever discovered, full of implications that shake the very foundation of how we define what makes us human. Did this species come before, during, or after the emergence of Homo sapiens on our evolutionary tree? How did the cave come to contain nothing but the remains of these individuals? Did they bury their dead? If so, they must have had a level of self-knowledge, including an awareness of death. And yet those are the very characteristics used to define what makes us human. Did an equally advanced species inhabit Earth with us, or before us? Berger does not hesitate to address all these questions. Berger is a charming and controversial figure, and some colleagues question his interpretation of this and other finds. But in these pages, this charismatic and visionary paleontologist counters their arguments and tells his personal story: a rich and readable narrative about science, exploration, and what it means to be human. Lee Berger, John Hawks Tue, 25 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355010 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Almost Human: The Astonishing Tale of Homo naledi and the Discovery That Changed Our Human Story Author: Lee Berger, John Hawks Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This first-person narrative about an archaeological discovery is rewriting the story of human evolution. A story of defiance and determination by a controversial scientist, this is Lee Berger’s own take on finding Homo naledi, an all-new species on the human family tree and one of the greatest discoveries of the twenty-first century. In 2013, Lee Berger, a National Geographic explorer-in-residence, caught wind of a cache of bones in a hard-to-reach underground cave in South Africa. He put out a call around the world for petite collaborators—men and women small and adventurous enough to be able to squeeze through eight-inch tunnels to reach a sunless cave forty feet underground. With this team of “underground astronauts,” Berger made the discovery of a lifetime: hundreds of prehistoric bones, including entire skeletons of at least fifteen individuals, all perhaps two million years old. Their features combined those of known prehominids like Lucy, the famous Australopithecus, with those more human than anything ever before seen in prehistoric remains. Berger’s team had discovered an all new species, and they called it Homo naledi. The cave quickly proved to be the richest prehominid site ever discovered, full of implications that shake the very foundation of how we define what makes us human. Did this species come before, during, or after the emergence of Homo sapiens on our evolutionary tree? How did the cave come to contain nothing but the remains of these individuals? Did they bury their dead? If so, they must have had a level of self-knowledge, including an awareness of death. And yet those are the very characteristics used to define what makes us human. Did an equally advanced species inhabit Earth with us, or before us? Berger does not hesitate to address all these questions. Berger is a charming and controversial figure, and some colleagues question his interpretation of this and other finds. But in these pages, this charismatic and visionary paleontologist counters their arguments and tells his personal story: a rich and readable narrative about science, exploration, and what it means to be human. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Almost Human: The Astonishing Tale of Homo naledi and the Discovery That Changed Our Human Story Author: Lee Berger, John Hawks Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: This first-person narrative about an archaeological discovery is rewriting the story of human evolution. A story of defiance and determination by a controversial scientist, this is Lee Berger’s own take on finding Homo naledi, an all-new species on the human family tree and one of the greatest discoveries of the twenty-first century. In 2013, Lee Berger, a National Geographic explorer-in-residence, caught wind of a cache of bones in a hard-to-reach underground cave in South Africa. He put out a call around the world for petite collaborators—men and women small and adventurous enough to be able to squeeze through eight-inch tunnels to reach a sunless cave forty feet underground. With this team of “underground astronauts,” Berger made the discovery of a lifetime: hundreds of prehistoric bones, including entire skeletons of at least fifteen individuals, all perhaps two million years old. Their features combined those of known prehominids like Lucy, the famous Australopithecus, with those more human than anything ever before seen in prehistoric remains. Berger’s team had discovered an all new species, and they called it Homo naledi. The cave quickly proved to be the richest prehominid site ever discovered, full of implications that shake the very foundation of how we define what makes us human. Did this species come before, during, or after the emergence of Homo sapiens on our evolutionary tree? How did the cave come to contain nothing but the remains of these individuals? Did they bury their dead? If so, they must have had a level of self-knowledge, including an awareness of death. And yet those are the very characteristics used to define what makes us human. Did an equally advanced species inhabit Earth with us, or before us? Berger does not hesitate to address all these questions. Berger is a charming and controversial figure, and some colleagues question his interpretation of this and other finds. But in these pages, this charismatic and visionary paleontologist counters their arguments and tells his personal story: a rich and readable narrative about science, exploration, and what it means to be human. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354984 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Native Bees: North America’s Endangered Pollinators and the Fight to Save Them Author: Paige Embry Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Honey bees get all the press, but the fascinating story of North America's native bees—an endangered species essential to our ecosystems and food supplies—is just as crucial. Our Native Bees is the result of Paige Embry's yearlong quest to learn more about these forgotten, yet fundamental, creatures. Through interviews with farmers, gardeners, scientists, and bee experts, Embry explores the importance of native bees and focuses on why they play a key role in gardening and agriculture. The people and stories are compelling: Embry goes on a bee hunt with the world expert on the likely extinct Franklin’s bumble bee, raises blue orchard bees in her refrigerator, and learns about an organization that turns the out-of-play areas in golf courses into pollinator habitats. For bee enthusiasts and anyone who us curious about the natural world, Our Native Bees is an illuminating exploration of the pollinators essential to our survival. Paige Embry Fri, 28 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354984 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Native Bees: North America’s Endangered Pollinators and the Fight to Save Them Author: Paige Embry Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Honey bees get all the press, but the fascinating story of North America's native bees—an endangered species essential to our ecosystems and food supplies—is just as crucial. Our Native Bees is the result of Paige Embry's yearlong quest to learn more about these forgotten, yet fundamental, creatures. Through interviews with farmers, gardeners, scientists, and bee experts, Embry explores the importance of native bees and focuses on why they play a key role in gardening and agriculture. The people and stories are compelling: Embry goes on a bee hunt with the world expert on the likely extinct Franklin’s bumble bee, raises blue orchard bees in her refrigerator, and learns about an organization that turns the out-of-play areas in golf courses into pollinator habitats. For bee enthusiasts and anyone who us curious about the natural world, Our Native Bees is an illuminating exploration of the pollinators essential to our survival. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Native Bees: North America’s Endangered Pollinators and the Fight to Save Them Author: Paige Embry Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 28, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Honey bees get all the press, but the fascinating story of North America's native bees—an endangered species essential to our ecosystems and food supplies—is just as crucial. Our Native Bees is the result of Paige Embry's yearlong quest to learn more about these forgotten, yet fundamental, creatures. Through interviews with farmers, gardeners, scientists, and bee experts, Embry explores the importance of native bees and focuses on why they play a key role in gardening and agriculture. The people and stories are compelling: Embry goes on a bee hunt with the world expert on the likely extinct Franklin’s bumble bee, raises blue orchard bees in her refrigerator, and learns about an organization that turns the out-of-play areas in golf courses into pollinator habitats. For bee enthusiasts and anyone who us curious about the natural world, Our Native Bees is an illuminating exploration of the pollinators essential to our survival. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354969 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poached: Inside the Dark World of Wildlife Trafficking Author: Rachel Love Nuwer Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Our insatiable demand for animals—for jewelry, pets, medicine, meat, trophies, and fur—is driving a worldwide poaching epidemic, threatening the continued existence of countless species. Illegal wildlife trade now ranks among the largest contraband industries in the world, yet compared to drug, arms, or human trafficking, the wildlife crisis has received scant attention and support, leaving it up to passionate individuals fighting on the ground to try to ensure that elephants, tigers, rhinos, and more are still around for future generations. As Reefer Madness (Schlosser) took us into the drug market, or Susan Orlean descended into the swampy obsessions of The Orchid Thief, Nuwer—an award-winning science journalist with a background in ecology—takes listeners on a narrative journey to the front lines of the trade: to killing fields in Africa, traditional medicine black markets in China, and wild meat restaurants in Vietnam. Through exhaustive first-hand reporting that took her to ten countries, Nuwer explores the forces currently driving demand for animals and their parts; the toll that demand is extracting on species across the planet; and the conservationists, rangers, and activists who believe it is not too late to stop the impending extinctions. Rachel Love Nuwer Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354969 thebookvoice.com 16:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poached: Inside the Dark World of Wildlife Trafficking Author: Rachel Love Nuwer Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Our insatiable demand for animals—for jewelry, pets, medicine, meat, trophies, and fur—is driving a worldwide poaching epidemic, threatening the continued existence of countless species. Illegal wildlife trade now ranks among the largest contraband industries in the world, yet compared to drug, arms, or human trafficking, the wildlife crisis has received scant attention and support, leaving it up to passionate individuals fighting on the ground to try to ensure that elephants, tigers, rhinos, and more are still around for future generations. As Reefer Madness (Schlosser) took us into the drug market, or Susan Orlean descended into the swampy obsessions of The Orchid Thief, Nuwer—an award-winning science journalist with a background in ecology—takes listeners on a narrative journey to the front lines of the trade: to killing fields in Africa, traditional medicine black markets in China, and wild meat restaurants in Vietnam. Through exhaustive first-hand reporting that took her to ten countries, Nuwer explores the forces currently driving demand for animals and their parts; the toll that demand is extracting on species across the planet; and the conservationists, rangers, and activists who believe it is not too late to stop the impending extinctions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poached: Inside the Dark World of Wildlife Trafficking Author: Rachel Love Nuwer Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Our insatiable demand for animals—for jewelry, pets, medicine, meat, trophies, and fur—is driving a worldwide poaching epidemic, threatening the continued existence of countless species. Illegal wildlife trade now ranks among the largest contraband industries in the world, yet compared to drug, arms, or human trafficking, the wildlife crisis has received scant attention and support, leaving it up to passionate individuals fighting on the ground to try to ensure that elephants, tigers, rhinos, and more are still around for future generations. As Reefer Madness (Schlosser) took us into the drug market, or Susan Orlean descended into the swampy obsessions of The Orchid Thief, Nuwer—an award-winning science journalist with a background in ecology—takes listeners on a narrative journey to the front lines of the trade: to killing fields in Africa, traditional medicine black markets in China, and wild meat restaurants in Vietnam. Through exhaustive first-hand reporting that took her to ten countries, Nuwer explores the forces currently driving demand for animals and their parts; the toll that demand is extracting on species across the planet; and the conservationists, rangers, and activists who believe it is not too late to stop the impending extinctions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354913 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glorious Life of the Oak Author: John Lewis-Stempel Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Glorious Life of the Oak by John Lewis-Stempel, read by Leighton Pugh. 'The oak is the wooden tie between heaven and earth. It is the lynch pin of the British landscape.' The oak is our most beloved and most common tree. It has roots that stretch back to all the old European cultures but Britain has more ancient oaks than all the other European countries put together. More than half the ancient oaks in the world are in Britain. Many of our ancestors - the Angles, the Saxons, the Norse - came to the British Isles in longships made of oak. For centuries the oak touched every part of a Briton's life - from cradle to coffin It was oak that made the 'wooden walls' of Nelson's navy, and the navy that allowed Britain to rule the world. Even in the digital Apple age, the real oak has resonance - the word speaks of fortitude, antiquity, pastoralism. The Glorious Life of the Oak explores our long relationship with this iconic tree; it considers the life-cycle of the oak, the flora and fauna that depend on the oak, the oak as medicine, food and drink, where Britain's mightiest oaks can be found, and it tells of oak stories from folklore, myth and legend. John Lewis-Stempel Thu, 18 Oct 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354913 thebookvoice.com 1:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glorious Life of the Oak Author: John Lewis-Stempel Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Glorious Life of the Oak by John Lewis-Stempel, read by Leighton Pugh. 'The oak is the wooden tie between heaven and earth. It is the lynch pin of the British landscape.' The oak is our most beloved and most common tree. It has roots that stretch back to all the old European cultures but Britain has more ancient oaks than all the other European countries put together. More than half the ancient oaks in the world are in Britain. Many of our ancestors - the Angles, the Saxons, the Norse - came to the British Isles in longships made of oak. For centuries the oak touched every part of a Briton's life - from cradle to coffin It was oak that made the 'wooden walls' of Nelson's navy, and the navy that allowed Britain to rule the world. Even in the digital Apple age, the real oak has resonance - the word speaks of fortitude, antiquity, pastoralism. The Glorious Life of the Oak explores our long relationship with this iconic tree; it considers the life-cycle of the oak, the flora and fauna that depend on the oak, the oak as medicine, food and drink, where Britain's mightiest oaks can be found, and it tells of oak stories from folklore, myth and legend. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glorious Life of the Oak Author: John Lewis-Stempel Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Glorious Life of the Oak by John Lewis-Stempel, read by Leighton Pugh. 'The oak is the wooden tie between heaven and earth. It is the lynch pin of the British landscape.' The oak is our most beloved and most common tree. It has roots that stretch back to all the old European cultures but Britain has more ancient oaks than all the other European countries put together. More than half the ancient oaks in the world are in Britain. Many of our ancestors - the Angles, the Saxons, the Norse - came to the British Isles in longships made of oak. For centuries the oak touched every part of a Briton's life - from cradle to coffin It was oak that made the 'wooden walls' of Nelson's navy, and the navy that allowed Britain to rule the world. Even in the digital Apple age, the real oak has resonance - the word speaks of fortitude, antiquity, pastoralism. The Glorious Life of the Oak explores our long relationship with this iconic tree; it considers the life-cycle of the oak, the flora and fauna that depend on the oak, the oak as medicine, food and drink, where Britain's mightiest oaks can be found, and it tells of oak stories from folklore, myth and legend. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Humans Nearly Vanished: The Catastrophic Explosion of the Toba Volcano Author: Donald R. Prothero Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Some 73,000 years ago, the Mount Toba supervolcano in today’s Indonesia erupted, releasing the energy of a million tons of explosives. So much ash and debris was injected into the stratosphere that it partially blocked the sun’s radiation and caused global temperatures to drop for a decade. In this book, Donald R. Prothero presents the controversial argument that the Toba catastrophe nearly wiped out the human race, leaving only about a thousand to ten thousand breeding pairs of humans worldwide. Human genes today show evidence of a “genetic bottleneck,” an effect seen when a population of organisms becomes so small that their genetic diversity is greatly reduced. This group of survivors could be the ancestors of all humans alive today. Prothero explores the geological and biological evidence supporting the Toba bottleneck theory, revealing how the explosion itself was discovered and offering insight into how the world changed afterward and what might happen if such an eruption occurred today. Donald R. Prothero Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Humans Nearly Vanished: The Catastrophic Explosion of the Toba Volcano Author: Donald R. Prothero Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Some 73,000 years ago, the Mount Toba supervolcano in today’s Indonesia erupted, releasing the energy of a million tons of explosives. So much ash and debris was injected into the stratosphere that it partially blocked the sun’s radiation and caused global temperatures to drop for a decade. In this book, Donald R. Prothero presents the controversial argument that the Toba catastrophe nearly wiped out the human race, leaving only about a thousand to ten thousand breeding pairs of humans worldwide. Human genes today show evidence of a “genetic bottleneck,” an effect seen when a population of organisms becomes so small that their genetic diversity is greatly reduced. This group of survivors could be the ancestors of all humans alive today. Prothero explores the geological and biological evidence supporting the Toba bottleneck theory, revealing how the explosion itself was discovered and offering insight into how the world changed afterward and what might happen if such an eruption occurred today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Humans Nearly Vanished: The Catastrophic Explosion of the Toba Volcano Author: Donald R. Prothero Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Some 73,000 years ago, the Mount Toba supervolcano in today’s Indonesia erupted, releasing the energy of a million tons of explosives. So much ash and debris was injected into the stratosphere that it partially blocked the sun’s radiation and caused global temperatures to drop for a decade. In this book, Donald R. Prothero presents the controversial argument that the Toba catastrophe nearly wiped out the human race, leaving only about a thousand to ten thousand breeding pairs of humans worldwide. Human genes today show evidence of a “genetic bottleneck,” an effect seen when a population of organisms becomes so small that their genetic diversity is greatly reduced. This group of survivors could be the ancestors of all humans alive today. Prothero explores the geological and biological evidence supporting the Toba bottleneck theory, revealing how the explosion itself was discovered and offering insight into how the world changed afterward and what might happen if such an eruption occurred today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Therapy of Trees: Harness the Healing Energy of Forest Bathing and Natural Landscapes Author: Marco Nieri, Marco Mencagli Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In The Secret Therapy of Trees, Marco Mencagli and Marco Nieri explore the relationship between plants and organisms, and illustrate how to benefit from nature's positive impact on our psychological and physical well-being. Our connection to nature is deeply rooted in the history of our evolution. And yet, we have less contact with green space now than ever, and our stress and anxiety levels are at an all-time high. The Secret Therapy of Trees helps us rediscover the restorative value of our natural environment and presents the science behind green therapies like forest bathing and bioenergetic landscapes, explaining which are the most effective and how to put them into practice to achieve the best possible results. Studies have shown that increased exposure to green space can result in a regulated heartbeat, lowered blood pressure, reduced aggressiveness, improved memory skills and cognitive function, and a healthier immune system. Just one visit to a forest can bring positive effects (hint: monoterpenes, the natural essential oils in plants, have numerous positive effects on health), and even a mindful walk through a semi natural park can alleviate physical and psychological stress. With multiple studies backing its findings and thorough explanations for each technique, The Secret Therapy of Trees is a treasure trove of tips on how to harness the regenerative power of plants and reconnect with our planet's natural spaces, bringing us health and happiness. You'll also discover: * Which plants purify the environment at home and in the office * The benefits of negative ions and where to find them * How to recharge through contact with trees Marco Nieri, Marco Mencagli Tue, 09 Jul 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354501 thebookvoice.com 5:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Therapy of Trees: Harness the Healing Energy of Forest Bathing and Natural Landscapes Author: Marco Nieri, Marco Mencagli Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In The Secret Therapy of Trees, Marco Mencagli and Marco Nieri explore the relationship between plants and organisms, and illustrate how to benefit from nature's positive impact on our psychological and physical well-being. Our connection to nature is deeply rooted in the history of our evolution. And yet, we have less contact with green space now than ever, and our stress and anxiety levels are at an all-time high. The Secret Therapy of Trees helps us rediscover the restorative value of our natural environment and presents the science behind green therapies like forest bathing and bioenergetic landscapes, explaining which are the most effective and how to put them into practice to achieve the best possible results. Studies have shown that increased exposure to green space can result in a regulated heartbeat, lowered blood pressure, reduced aggressiveness, improved memory skills and cognitive function, and a healthier immune system. Just one visit to a forest can bring positive effects (hint: monoterpenes, the natural essential oils in plants, have numerous positive effects on health), and even a mindful walk through a semi natural park can alleviate physical and psychological stress. With multiple studies backing its findings and thorough explanations for each technique, The Secret Therapy of Trees is a treasure trove of tips on how to harness the regenerative power of plants and reconnect with our planet's natural spaces, bringing us health and happiness. You'll also discover: * Which plants purify the environment at home and in the office * The benefits of negative ions and where to find them * How to recharge through contact with trees Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Therapy of Trees: Harness the Healing Energy of Forest Bathing and Natural Landscapes Author: Marco Nieri, Marco Mencagli Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In The Secret Therapy of Trees, Marco Mencagli and Marco Nieri explore the relationship between plants and organisms, and illustrate how to benefit from nature's positive impact on our psychological and physical well-being. Our connection to nature is deeply rooted in the history of our evolution. And yet, we have less contact with green space now than ever, and our stress and anxiety levels are at an all-time high. The Secret Therapy of Trees helps us rediscover the restorative value of our natural environment and presents the science behind green therapies like forest bathing and bioenergetic landscapes, explaining which are the most effective and how to put them into practice to achieve the best possible results. Studies have shown that increased exposure to green space can result in a regulated heartbeat, lowered blood pressure, reduced aggressiveness, improved memory skills and cognitive function, and a healthier immune system. Just one visit to a forest can bring positive effects (hint: monoterpenes, the natural essential oils in plants, have numerous positive effects on health), and even a mindful walk through a semi natural park can alleviate physical and psychological stress. With multiple studies backing its findings and thorough explanations for each technique, The Secret Therapy of Trees is a treasure trove of tips on how to harness the regenerative power of plants and reconnect with our planet's natural spaces, bringing us health and happiness. You'll also discover: * Which plants purify the environment at home and in the office * The benefits of negative ions and where to find them * How to recharge through contact with trees https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nose to Tail: A Holistic Guide to Training Your Dream Dog Author: Louise Harding Narrator: Louise Harding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you dream of owning a loving, obedient, well-mannered dog? Do you find yourself overwhelmed by your dog's bad behaviour? Do you want to train your dog and don't know where to start? Now there is a book for you. Champion trainer Louise Harding will be your own personal expert, coaching you and your dog. Louise will help you: -Choose a dog who's right for you and your family -To understand what makes dogs tick -Discover your dog's unique traits, personality and energy level Using her exclusive reward based training method, you will learn how to: -See the world through your dog's eyes -Become a dog behaviour detective -Develop your own individual training plan for success -Train your dog with the basic behaviours for a happy home-life -Expand your training to ensure you and your dog are safe and confident out and about And much more! Imagine if you could unlock the secrets of a master trainer and make training easier and fun for you and your dog. This book will show you how and help you communicate and nurture a strong life-long bond with your dog. Louise Harding Sat, 01 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354459 thebookvoice.com 4:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nose to Tail: A Holistic Guide to Training Your Dream Dog Author: Louise Harding Narrator: Louise Harding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you dream of owning a loving, obedient, well-mannered dog? Do you find yourself overwhelmed by your dog's bad behaviour? Do you want to train your dog and don't know where to start? Now there is a book for you. Champion trainer Louise Harding will be your own personal expert, coaching you and your dog. Louise will help you: -Choose a dog who's right for you and your family -To understand what makes dogs tick -Discover your dog's unique traits, personality and energy level Using her exclusive reward based training method, you will learn how to: -See the world through your dog's eyes -Become a dog behaviour detective -Develop your own individual training plan for success -Train your dog with the basic behaviours for a happy home-life -Expand your training to ensure you and your dog are safe and confident out and about And much more! Imagine if you could unlock the secrets of a master trainer and make training easier and fun for you and your dog. This book will show you how and help you communicate and nurture a strong life-long bond with your dog. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nose to Tail: A Holistic Guide to Training Your Dream Dog Author: Louise Harding Narrator: Louise Harding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Do you dream of owning a loving, obedient, well-mannered dog? Do you find yourself overwhelmed by your dog's bad behaviour? Do you want to train your dog and don't know where to start? Now there is a book for you. Champion trainer Louise Harding will be your own personal expert, coaching you and your dog. Louise will help you: -Choose a dog who's right for you and your family -To understand what makes dogs tick -Discover your dog's unique traits, personality and energy level Using her exclusive reward based training method, you will learn how to: -See the world through your dog's eyes -Become a dog behaviour detective -Develop your own individual training plan for success -Train your dog with the basic behaviours for a happy home-life -Expand your training to ensure you and your dog are safe and confident out and about And much more! Imagine if you could unlock the secrets of a master trainer and make training easier and fun for you and your dog. This book will show you how and help you communicate and nurture a strong life-long bond with your dog. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354434 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Plea for the Animals: The Moral, Philosophical, and Evolutionary Imperative to Treat All Beings with Compassion Author: Matthieu Ricard Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A powerful and wide-ranging indictment of the treatment of animals by humans—and an eloquent plea for animal rights Every cow just wants to be happy. Every chicken just wants to be free. Every bear, dog, or mouse experiences sorrow and feels pain as intensely as any of us humans do. In a compelling appeal to reason and human kindness, Matthieu Ricard here takes the arguments from his bestsellers Altruism and Happiness to their logical conclusion: that compassion toward all beings, including our fellow animals, is a moral obligation and the direction toward which any enlightened society must aspire. He chronicles the appalling sufferings of the animals we eat, wear, and use for adornment or 'entertainment,' and submits every traditional justification for their exploitation to scientific evidence and moral scrutiny. What arises is an unambiguous and powerful ethical imperative for treating all of the animals with whom we share this planet with respect and compassion. Matthieu Ricard Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354434 thebookvoice.com 11:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Plea for the Animals: The Moral, Philosophical, and Evolutionary Imperative to Treat All Beings with Compassion Author: Matthieu Ricard Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A powerful and wide-ranging indictment of the treatment of animals by humans—and an eloquent plea for animal rights Every cow just wants to be happy. Every chicken just wants to be free. Every bear, dog, or mouse experiences sorrow and feels pain as intensely as any of us humans do. In a compelling appeal to reason and human kindness, Matthieu Ricard here takes the arguments from his bestsellers Altruism and Happiness to their logical conclusion: that compassion toward all beings, including our fellow animals, is a moral obligation and the direction toward which any enlightened society must aspire. He chronicles the appalling sufferings of the animals we eat, wear, and use for adornment or 'entertainment,' and submits every traditional justification for their exploitation to scientific evidence and moral scrutiny. What arises is an unambiguous and powerful ethical imperative for treating all of the animals with whom we share this planet with respect and compassion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Plea for the Animals: The Moral, Philosophical, and Evolutionary Imperative to Treat All Beings with Compassion Author: Matthieu Ricard Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A powerful and wide-ranging indictment of the treatment of animals by humans—and an eloquent plea for animal rights Every cow just wants to be happy. Every chicken just wants to be free. Every bear, dog, or mouse experiences sorrow and feels pain as intensely as any of us humans do. In a compelling appeal to reason and human kindness, Matthieu Ricard here takes the arguments from his bestsellers Altruism and Happiness to their logical conclusion: that compassion toward all beings, including our fellow animals, is a moral obligation and the direction toward which any enlightened society must aspire. He chronicles the appalling sufferings of the animals we eat, wear, and use for adornment or 'entertainment,' and submits every traditional justification for their exploitation to scientific evidence and moral scrutiny. What arises is an unambiguous and powerful ethical imperative for treating all of the animals with whom we share this planet with respect and compassion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354399 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gathering Moss: A Natural and Cultural History of Mosses Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer Narrator: Robin Wall Kimmerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 12 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Living at the limits of our ordinary perception, mosses are a common but largely unnoticed element of the natural world. Gathering Moss is a beautifully written mix of science and personal reflection that invites listeners to explore and learn from the elegantly simple lives of mosses. Robin Wall Kimmerer's book is not an identification guide, nor is it a scientific treatise. Rather, it is a series of linked personal essays that will lead general readers and scientists alike to an understanding of how mosses live and how their lives are intertwined with the lives of countless other beings, from salmon and hummingbirds to redwoods and rednecks. Kimmerer clearly and artfully explains the biology of mosses, while at the same time reflecting on what these fascinating organisms have to teach us. Drawing on her diverse experiences as a scientist, mother, teacher, and writer of Native American heritage, Kimmerer explains the stories of mosses in scientific terms as well as in the framework of indigenous ways of knowing. In her book, the natural history and cultural relationships of mosses become a powerful metaphor for ways of living in the world. Robin Wall Kimmerer Wed, 19 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354399 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gathering Moss: A Natural and Cultural History of Mosses Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer Narrator: Robin Wall Kimmerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 12 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Living at the limits of our ordinary perception, mosses are a common but largely unnoticed element of the natural world. Gathering Moss is a beautifully written mix of science and personal reflection that invites listeners to explore and learn from the elegantly simple lives of mosses. Robin Wall Kimmerer's book is not an identification guide, nor is it a scientific treatise. Rather, it is a series of linked personal essays that will lead general readers and scientists alike to an understanding of how mosses live and how their lives are intertwined with the lives of countless other beings, from salmon and hummingbirds to redwoods and rednecks. Kimmerer clearly and artfully explains the biology of mosses, while at the same time reflecting on what these fascinating organisms have to teach us. Drawing on her diverse experiences as a scientist, mother, teacher, and writer of Native American heritage, Kimmerer explains the stories of mosses in scientific terms as well as in the framework of indigenous ways of knowing. In her book, the natural history and cultural relationships of mosses become a powerful metaphor for ways of living in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gathering Moss: A Natural and Cultural History of Mosses Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer Narrator: Robin Wall Kimmerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 12 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Living at the limits of our ordinary perception, mosses are a common but largely unnoticed element of the natural world. Gathering Moss is a beautifully written mix of science and personal reflection that invites listeners to explore and learn from the elegantly simple lives of mosses. Robin Wall Kimmerer's book is not an identification guide, nor is it a scientific treatise. Rather, it is a series of linked personal essays that will lead general readers and scientists alike to an understanding of how mosses live and how their lives are intertwined with the lives of countless other beings, from salmon and hummingbirds to redwoods and rednecks. Kimmerer clearly and artfully explains the biology of mosses, while at the same time reflecting on what these fascinating organisms have to teach us. Drawing on her diverse experiences as a scientist, mother, teacher, and writer of Native American heritage, Kimmerer explains the stories of mosses in scientific terms as well as in the framework of indigenous ways of knowing. In her book, the natural history and cultural relationships of mosses become a powerful metaphor for ways of living in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354397 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marsh Builders: The Fight for Clean Water, Wetlands, and Wildlife Author: Sharon Levy Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Swamps and marshes once covered vast stretches of the North American landscape. The destruction of these habitats, long seen as wastelands that harbored deadly disease, accelerated in the twentieth century. Today, the majority of the original wetlands in the U.S. have vanished, transformed into farm fields or buried under city streets. In The Marsh Builders, Sharon Levy delves into the intertwined histories of wetlands loss and water pollution. The book's springboard is the tale of a years-long citizen uprising in Humboldt County, California, which led to the creation of one of the first U.S. wetlands designed to treat city sewage. The book explores the global roots of this local story: the cholera epidemics that plagued nineteenth-century Europe; the researchers who invented modern sewage treatment after bumbling across the insight that microbes break down pollutants in water; and the discovery that wetlands act as efficient filters for the pollutants unleashed by modern humanity. Sharon Levy Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354397 thebookvoice.com 12:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marsh Builders: The Fight for Clean Water, Wetlands, and Wildlife Author: Sharon Levy Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Swamps and marshes once covered vast stretches of the North American landscape. The destruction of these habitats, long seen as wastelands that harbored deadly disease, accelerated in the twentieth century. Today, the majority of the original wetlands in the U.S. have vanished, transformed into farm fields or buried under city streets. In The Marsh Builders, Sharon Levy delves into the intertwined histories of wetlands loss and water pollution. The book's springboard is the tale of a years-long citizen uprising in Humboldt County, California, which led to the creation of one of the first U.S. wetlands designed to treat city sewage. The book explores the global roots of this local story: the cholera epidemics that plagued nineteenth-century Europe; the researchers who invented modern sewage treatment after bumbling across the insight that microbes break down pollutants in water; and the discovery that wetlands act as efficient filters for the pollutants unleashed by modern humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marsh Builders: The Fight for Clean Water, Wetlands, and Wildlife Author: Sharon Levy Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Swamps and marshes once covered vast stretches of the North American landscape. The destruction of these habitats, long seen as wastelands that harbored deadly disease, accelerated in the twentieth century. Today, the majority of the original wetlands in the U.S. have vanished, transformed into farm fields or buried under city streets. In The Marsh Builders, Sharon Levy delves into the intertwined histories of wetlands loss and water pollution. The book's springboard is the tale of a years-long citizen uprising in Humboldt County, California, which led to the creation of one of the first U.S. wetlands designed to treat city sewage. The book explores the global roots of this local story: the cholera epidemics that plagued nineteenth-century Europe; the researchers who invented modern sewage treatment after bumbling across the insight that microbes break down pollutants in water; and the discovery that wetlands act as efficient filters for the pollutants unleashed by modern humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354082 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boiling Point Author: Maude Barlow Narrator: Kelly Fanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 27, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Passionate and cogent, this could be the most important book of the year for Canadians We are complacent. We bask in the idea that Canada holds 20% of the worldÕs fresh water Ñ water crises face other countries, but not ours. We could not be more wrong. In Boiling Point, bestselling author and activist Maude Barlow lays bare the issues facing CanadaÕs water reserves, including long-outdated water laws, unmapped and unprotected groundwater reserves, agricultural pollution, industrial-waste dumping, boil-water advisories, and the effects of deforestation and climate change. This will be the defining issue of the coming decade, and most of us have no idea that it is on our very own doorstep. Barlow is one of the worldÕs foremost water activists and she has been on the front lines of the worldÕs water crises for the past 20 years. She has seen first-hand the scale of the water problems facing much of the world, but also many of the solutions that are being applied. In Boiling Point, she brings this wealth of experience and expertise home to craft a compelling blueprint for CanadaÕs water security. Maude Barlow Fri, 27 Jul 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354082 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boiling Point Author: Maude Barlow Narrator: Kelly Fanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 27, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Passionate and cogent, this could be the most important book of the year for Canadians We are complacent. We bask in the idea that Canada holds 20% of the worldÕs fresh water Ñ water crises face other countries, but not ours. We could not be more wrong. In Boiling Point, bestselling author and activist Maude Barlow lays bare the issues facing CanadaÕs water reserves, including long-outdated water laws, unmapped and unprotected groundwater reserves, agricultural pollution, industrial-waste dumping, boil-water advisories, and the effects of deforestation and climate change. This will be the defining issue of the coming decade, and most of us have no idea that it is on our very own doorstep. Barlow is one of the worldÕs foremost water activists and she has been on the front lines of the worldÕs water crises for the past 20 years. She has seen first-hand the scale of the water problems facing much of the world, but also many of the solutions that are being applied. In Boiling Point, she brings this wealth of experience and expertise home to craft a compelling blueprint for CanadaÕs water security. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boiling Point Author: Maude Barlow Narrator: Kelly Fanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 27, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Passionate and cogent, this could be the most important book of the year for Canadians We are complacent. We bask in the idea that Canada holds 20% of the worldÕs fresh water Ñ water crises face other countries, but not ours. We could not be more wrong. In Boiling Point, bestselling author and activist Maude Barlow lays bare the issues facing CanadaÕs water reserves, including long-outdated water laws, unmapped and unprotected groundwater reserves, agricultural pollution, industrial-waste dumping, boil-water advisories, and the effects of deforestation and climate change. This will be the defining issue of the coming decade, and most of us have no idea that it is on our very own doorstep. Barlow is one of the worldÕs foremost water activists and she has been on the front lines of the worldÕs water crises for the past 20 years. She has seen first-hand the scale of the water problems facing much of the world, but also many of the solutions that are being applied. In Boiling Point, she brings this wealth of experience and expertise home to craft a compelling blueprint for CanadaÕs water security. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Rain: Tracking a Vanished Civilization Across the American Southwest Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A "beautifully written travelogue" that draws on the latest scholarly research as well as a lifetime of exploration to light on the extraordinary Anasazi culture of the American Southwest (Entertainment Weekly).  The greatest "unsolved mystery" of the American Southwest is the fate of the Anasazi, the native peoples who in the eleventh century converged on Chaco Canyon (in today's southwestern New Mexico) and built what has been called the Las Vegas of its day, a flourishing cultural center that attracted pilgrims from far and wide, a vital crossroads of the prehistoric world. The Anasazis' accomplishments -- in agriculture, in art, in commerce, in architecture, and in engineering -- were astounding, rivaling those of the Mayans in distant Central America. By the thirteenth century, however, the Anasazi were gone from Chaco. Vanished. What was it that brought about the rapid collapse of their civilization? Was it drought? pestilence? war? forced migration? mass murder or suicide? For many years conflicting theories have abounded. Craig Childs draws on the latest scholarly research, as well as on a lifetime of adventure and exploration in the most forbidding landscapes of the American Southwest, to shed new light on this compelling mystery. Craig Childs Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351143 thebookvoice.com 15:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Rain: Tracking a Vanished Civilization Across the American Southwest Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A "beautifully written travelogue" that draws on the latest scholarly research as well as a lifetime of exploration to light on the extraordinary Anasazi culture of the American Southwest (Entertainment Weekly).  The greatest "unsolved mystery" of the American Southwest is the fate of the Anasazi, the native peoples who in the eleventh century converged on Chaco Canyon (in today's southwestern New Mexico) and built what has been called the Las Vegas of its day, a flourishing cultural center that attracted pilgrims from far and wide, a vital crossroads of the prehistoric world. The Anasazis' accomplishments -- in agriculture, in art, in commerce, in architecture, and in engineering -- were astounding, rivaling those of the Mayans in distant Central America. By the thirteenth century, however, the Anasazi were gone from Chaco. Vanished. What was it that brought about the rapid collapse of their civilization? Was it drought? pestilence? war? forced migration? mass murder or suicide? For many years conflicting theories have abounded. Craig Childs draws on the latest scholarly research, as well as on a lifetime of adventure and exploration in the most forbidding landscapes of the American Southwest, to shed new light on this compelling mystery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Rain: Tracking a Vanished Civilization Across the American Southwest Author: Craig Childs Narrator: Craig Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A "beautifully written travelogue" that draws on the latest scholarly research as well as a lifetime of exploration to light on the extraordinary Anasazi culture of the American Southwest (Entertainment Weekly).  The greatest "unsolved mystery" of the American Southwest is the fate of the Anasazi, the native peoples who in the eleventh century converged on Chaco Canyon (in today's southwestern New Mexico) and built what has been called the Las Vegas of its day, a flourishing cultural center that attracted pilgrims from far and wide, a vital crossroads of the prehistoric world. The Anasazis' accomplishments -- in agriculture, in art, in commerce, in architecture, and in engineering -- were astounding, rivaling those of the Mayans in distant Central America. By the thirteenth century, however, the Anasazi were gone from Chaco. Vanished. What was it that brought about the rapid collapse of their civilization? Was it drought? pestilence? war? forced migration? mass murder or suicide? For many years conflicting theories have abounded. Craig Childs draws on the latest scholarly research, as well as on a lifetime of adventure and exploration in the most forbidding landscapes of the American Southwest, to shed new light on this compelling mystery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351112 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green and Prosperous Land: A Blueprint for Rescuing the British Countryside Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘One of the most important books of the decade’ Country Life Finally, a practical, realistic plan to rescue, preserve and enhance nature. News about Britain’s wildlife and ecosystems tends to be grim. In Green and Prosperous Land, Oxford economist and Natural Capital Committee chair Dieter Helm shares his radical but tangible plan for positive change. This pragmatic approach to environmentalism includes a summary of Britain’s green assets, a look towards possible futures and an achievable 25-year plan for a green and prosperous country. The bold generational plan assesses the environment as a whole, explains the necessity of protecting and enhancing our green spaces and offers a clear, financially sound strategy to put Britain on a greener path. Helm’s arguments expose the economic inefficiencies in our environmental policies and thus highlight the need for change. Leaving behind the current sterile and ineffective battle between the environment and the economy, this revolutionary plan champions the integration of the economy and the environment together to deliver sustainable, eco-friendly economic growth. There is hope, and there is time, but we must act now. Dieter Helm Thu, 07 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351112 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green and Prosperous Land: A Blueprint for Rescuing the British Countryside Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘One of the most important books of the decade’ Country Life Finally, a practical, realistic plan to rescue, preserve and enhance nature. News about Britain’s wildlife and ecosystems tends to be grim. In Green and Prosperous Land, Oxford economist and Natural Capital Committee chair Dieter Helm shares his radical but tangible plan for positive change. This pragmatic approach to environmentalism includes a summary of Britain’s green assets, a look towards possible futures and an achievable 25-year plan for a green and prosperous country. The bold generational plan assesses the environment as a whole, explains the necessity of protecting and enhancing our green spaces and offers a clear, financially sound strategy to put Britain on a greener path. Helm’s arguments expose the economic inefficiencies in our environmental policies and thus highlight the need for change. Leaving behind the current sterile and ineffective battle between the environment and the economy, this revolutionary plan champions the integration of the economy and the environment together to deliver sustainable, eco-friendly economic growth. There is hope, and there is time, but we must act now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green and Prosperous Land: A Blueprint for Rescuing the British Countryside Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘One of the most important books of the decade’ Country Life Finally, a practical, realistic plan to rescue, preserve and enhance nature. News about Britain’s wildlife and ecosystems tends to be grim. In Green and Prosperous Land, Oxford economist and Natural Capital Committee chair Dieter Helm shares his radical but tangible plan for positive change. This pragmatic approach to environmentalism includes a summary of Britain’s green assets, a look towards possible futures and an achievable 25-year plan for a green and prosperous country. The bold generational plan assesses the environment as a whole, explains the necessity of protecting and enhancing our green spaces and offers a clear, financially sound strategy to put Britain on a greener path. Helm’s arguments expose the economic inefficiencies in our environmental policies and thus highlight the need for change. Leaving behind the current sterile and ineffective battle between the environment and the economy, this revolutionary plan champions the integration of the economy and the environment together to deliver sustainable, eco-friendly economic growth. There is hope, and there is time, but we must act now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ice at the End of the World: An Epic Journey into Greenland's Buried Past and Our Perilous Future Author: Jon Gertner Narrator: Jon Gertner, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A riveting, urgent account of the explorers and scientists racing to understand the rapidly melting ice sheet in Greenland, a dramatic harbinger of climate change “Jon Gertner takes readers to spots few journalists or even explorers have visited. The result is a gripping and important book.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Washington Post • The Christian Science Monitor • Library Journal Greenland: a remote, mysterious island five times the size of California but with a population of just 56,000. The ice sheet that covers it is 700 miles wide and 1,500 miles long, and is composed of nearly three quadrillion tons of ice. For the last 150 years, explorers and scientists have sought to understand Greenland—at first hoping that it would serve as a gateway to the North Pole, and later coming to realize that it contained essential information about our climate. Locked within this vast and frozen white desert are some of the most profound secrets about our planet and its future. Greenland’s ice doesn’t just tell us where we’ve been. More urgently, it tells us where we’re headed. In The Ice at the End of the World, Jon Gertner explains how Greenland has evolved from one of earth’s last frontiers to its largest scientific laboratory. The history of Greenland’s ice begins with the explorers who arrived here at the turn of the twentieth century—first on foot, then on skis, then on crude, motorized sleds—and embarked on grueling expeditions that took as long as a year and often ended in frostbitten tragedy. Their original goal was simple: to conquer Greenland’s seemingly infinite interior. Yet their efforts eventually gave way to scientists who built lonely encampments out on the ice and began drilling—one mile, two miles down. Their aim was to pull up ice cores that could reveal the deepest mysteries of earth’s past, going back hundreds of thousands of years. Today, scientists from all over the world are deploying every technological tool available to uncover the secrets of this frozen island before it’s too late. As Greenland’s ice melts and runs off into the sea, it not only threatens to affect hundreds of millions of people who live in coastal areas. It will also have drastic effects on ocean currents, weather systems, economies, and migration patterns. Gertner chronicles the unfathomable hardships, amazing discoveries, and scientific achievements of the Arctic’s explorers and researchers with a transporting, deeply intelligent style—and a keen sense of what this work means for the rest of us. The melting ice sheet in Greenland is, in a way, an analog for time. It contains the past. It reflects the present. It can also tell us how much time we might have left. Jon Gertner Tue, 11 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351099 thebookvoice.com 12:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ice at the End of the World: An Epic Journey into Greenland's Buried Past and Our Perilous Future Author: Jon Gertner Narrator: Jon Gertner, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A riveting, urgent account of the explorers and scientists racing to understand the rapidly melting ice sheet in Greenland, a dramatic harbinger of climate change “Jon Gertner takes readers to spots few journalists or even explorers have visited. The result is a gripping and important book.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Washington Post • The Christian Science Monitor • Library Journal Greenland: a remote, mysterious island five times the size of California but with a population of just 56,000. The ice sheet that covers it is 700 miles wide and 1,500 miles long, and is composed of nearly three quadrillion tons of ice. For the last 150 years, explorers and scientists have sought to understand Greenland—at first hoping that it would serve as a gateway to the North Pole, and later coming to realize that it contained essential information about our climate. Locked within this vast and frozen white desert are some of the most profound secrets about our planet and its future. Greenland’s ice doesn’t just tell us where we’ve been. More urgently, it tells us where we’re headed. In The Ice at the End of the World, Jon Gertner explains how Greenland has evolved from one of earth’s last frontiers to its largest scientific laboratory. The history of Greenland’s ice begins with the explorers who arrived here at the turn of the twentieth century—first on foot, then on skis, then on crude, motorized sleds—and embarked on grueling expeditions that took as long as a year and often ended in frostbitten tragedy. Their original goal was simple: to conquer Greenland’s seemingly infinite interior. Yet their efforts eventually gave way to scientists who built lonely encampments out on the ice and began drilling—one mile, two miles down. Their aim was to pull up ice cores that could reveal the deepest mysteries of earth’s past, going back hundreds of thousands of years. Today, scientists from all over the world are deploying every technological tool available to uncover the secrets of this frozen island before it’s too late. As Greenland’s ice melts and runs off into the sea, it not only threatens to affect hundreds of millions of people who live in coastal areas. It will also have drastic effects on ocean currents, weather systems, economies, and migration patterns. Gertner chronicles the unfathomable hardships, amazing discoveries, and scientific achievements of the Arctic’s explorers and researchers with a transporting, deeply intelligent style—and a keen sense of what this work means for the rest of us. The melting ice sheet in Greenland is, in a way, an analog for time. It contains the past. It reflects the present. It can also tell us how much time we might have left. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ice at the End of the World: An Epic Journey into Greenland's Buried Past and Our Perilous Future Author: Jon Gertner Narrator: Jon Gertner, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A riveting, urgent account of the explorers and scientists racing to understand the rapidly melting ice sheet in Greenland, a dramatic harbinger of climate change “Jon Gertner takes readers to spots few journalists or even explorers have visited. The result is a gripping and important book.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Washington Post • The Christian Science Monitor • Library Journal Greenland: a remote, mysterious island five times the size of California but with a population of just 56,000. The ice sheet that covers it is 700 miles wide and 1,500 miles long, and is composed of nearly three quadrillion tons of ice. For the last 150 years, explorers and scientists have sought to understand Greenland—at first hoping that it would serve as a gateway to the North Pole, and later coming to realize that it contained essential information about our climate. Locked within this vast and frozen white desert are some of the most profound secrets about our planet and its future. Greenland’s ice doesn’t just tell us where we’ve been. More urgently, it tells us where we’re headed. In The Ice at the End of the World, Jon Gertner explains how Greenland has evolved from one of earth’s last frontiers to its largest scientific laboratory. The history of Greenland’s ice begins with the explorers who arrived here at the turn of the twentieth century—first on foot, then on skis, then on crude, motorized sleds—and embarked on grueling expeditions that took as long as a year and often ended in frostbitten tragedy. Their original goal was simple: to conquer Greenland’s seemingly infinite interior. Yet their efforts eventually gave way to scientists who built lonely encampments out on the ice and began drilling—one mile, two miles down. Their aim was to pull up ice cores that could reveal the deepest mysteries of earth’s past, going back hundreds of thousands of years. Today, scientists from all over the world are deploying every technological tool available to uncover the secrets of this frozen island before it’s too late. As Greenland’s ice melts and runs off into the sea, it not only threatens to affect hundreds of millions of people who live in coastal areas. It will also have drastic effects on ocean currents, weather systems, economies, and migration patterns. Gertner chronicles the unfathomable hardships, amazing discoveries, and scientific achievements of the Arctic’s explorers and researchers with a transporting, deeply intelligent style—and a keen sense of what this work means for the rest of us. The melting ice sheet in Greenland is, in a way, an analog for time. It contains the past. It reflects the present. It can also tell us how much time we might have left. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fate of Food: What We'll Eat in a Bigger, Hotter, Smarter World Author: Amanda Little Narrator: Amanda Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2019 NAUTILUS BOOK AWARD  In the fascinating story of the sustainable food revolution, an environmental journalist and professor asks the question: Is the future of food looking bleak—or better than ever?   “In The Fate of Food, Amanda Little takes us on a tour of the future. The journey is scary, exciting, and, ultimately, encouraging.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction Climate models show that global crop production will decline every decade for the rest of this century due to drought, heat, and flooding. Water supplies are in jeopardy. Meanwhile, the world’s population is expected to grow another 30 percent by midcentury. So how, really, will we feed nine billion people sustainably in the coming decades? Amanda Little, a professor at Vanderbilt University and an award-winning journalist, spent three years traveling through a dozen countries and as many U.S. states in search of answers to this question. Her journey took her from an apple orchard in Wisconsin to a remote control organic farm in Shanghai, from Norwegian fish farms to famine-stricken regions of Ethiopia.   The race to reinvent the global food system is on, and the challenge is twofold: We must solve the existing problems of industrial agriculture while also preparing for the pressures ahead. Through her interviews and adventures with farmers, scientists, activists, and engineers, Little tells the fascinating story of human innovation and explores new and old approaches to food production while charting the growth of a movement that could redefine sustainable food on a grand scale. She meets small permaculture farmers and “Big Food” executives, botanists studying ancient superfoods and Kenyan farmers growing the country's first GMO corn. She travels to places that might seem irrelevant to the future of food yet surprisingly play a critical role—a California sewage plant, a U.S. Army research lab, even the inside of a monsoon cloud above Mumbai. Little asks tough questions: Can GMOs actually be good for the environment—and for us? Are we facing the end of animal meat? What will it take to eliminate harmful chemicals from farming? How can a clean, climate-resilient food supply become accessible to all? Throughout her journey, Little finds and shares a deeper understanding of the threats of climate change and encounters a sense of awe and optimism about the lessons of our past and the scope of human ingenuity. Amanda Little Tue, 04 Jun 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fate of Food: What We'll Eat in a Bigger, Hotter, Smarter World Author: Amanda Little Narrator: Amanda Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2019 NAUTILUS BOOK AWARD  In the fascinating story of the sustainable food revolution, an environmental journalist and professor asks the question: Is the future of food looking bleak—or better than ever?   “In The Fate of Food, Amanda Little takes us on a tour of the future. The journey is scary, exciting, and, ultimately, encouraging.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction Climate models show that global crop production will decline every decade for the rest of this century due to drought, heat, and flooding. Water supplies are in jeopardy. Meanwhile, the world’s population is expected to grow another 30 percent by midcentury. So how, really, will we feed nine billion people sustainably in the coming decades? Amanda Little, a professor at Vanderbilt University and an award-winning journalist, spent three years traveling through a dozen countries and as many U.S. states in search of answers to this question. Her journey took her from an apple orchard in Wisconsin to a remote control organic farm in Shanghai, from Norwegian fish farms to famine-stricken regions of Ethiopia.   The race to reinvent the global food system is on, and the challenge is twofold: We must solve the existing problems of industrial agriculture while also preparing for the pressures ahead. Through her interviews and adventures with farmers, scientists, activists, and engineers, Little tells the fascinating story of human innovation and explores new and old approaches to food production while charting the growth of a movement that could redefine sustainable food on a grand scale. She meets small permaculture farmers and “Big Food” executives, botanists studying ancient superfoods and Kenyan farmers growing the country's first GMO corn. She travels to places that might seem irrelevant to the future of food yet surprisingly play a critical role—a California sewage plant, a U.S. Army research lab, even the inside of a monsoon cloud above Mumbai. Little asks tough questions: Can GMOs actually be good for the environment—and for us? Are we facing the end of animal meat? What will it take to eliminate harmful chemicals from farming? How can a clean, climate-resilient food supply become accessible to all? Throughout her journey, Little finds and shares a deeper understanding of the threats of climate change and encounters a sense of awe and optimism about the lessons of our past and the scope of human ingenuity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fate of Food: What We'll Eat in a Bigger, Hotter, Smarter World Author: Amanda Little Narrator: Amanda Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2019 NAUTILUS BOOK AWARD  In the fascinating story of the sustainable food revolution, an environmental journalist and professor asks the question: Is the future of food looking bleak—or better than ever?   “In The Fate of Food, Amanda Little takes us on a tour of the future. The journey is scary, exciting, and, ultimately, encouraging.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction Climate models show that global crop production will decline every decade for the rest of this century due to drought, heat, and flooding. Water supplies are in jeopardy. Meanwhile, the world’s population is expected to grow another 30 percent by midcentury. So how, really, will we feed nine billion people sustainably in the coming decades? Amanda Little, a professor at Vanderbilt University and an award-winning journalist, spent three years traveling through a dozen countries and as many U.S. states in search of answers to this question. Her journey took her from an apple orchard in Wisconsin to a remote control organic farm in Shanghai, from Norwegian fish farms to famine-stricken regions of Ethiopia.   The race to reinvent the global food system is on, and the challenge is twofold: We must solve the existing problems of industrial agriculture while also preparing for the pressures ahead. Through her interviews and adventures with farmers, scientists, activists, and engineers, Little tells the fascinating story of human innovation and explores new and old approaches to food production while charting the growth of a movement that could redefine sustainable food on a grand scale. She meets small permaculture farmers and “Big Food” executives, botanists studying ancient superfoods and Kenyan farmers growing the country's first GMO corn. She travels to places that might seem irrelevant to the future of food yet surprisingly play a critical role—a California sewage plant, a U.S. Army research lab, even the inside of a monsoon cloud above Mumbai. Little asks tough questions: Can GMOs actually be good for the environment—and for us? Are we facing the end of animal meat? What will it take to eliminate harmful chemicals from farming? How can a clean, climate-resilient food supply become accessible to all? Throughout her journey, Little finds and shares a deeper understanding of the threats of climate change and encounters a sense of awe and optimism about the lessons of our past and the scope of human ingenuity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How the Earth Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Origins by Lewis Dartnell, read by John Sackville. When we talk about human history, we focus on great leaders, mass migration and decisive wars. But how has the Earth itself determined our destiny? How has our planet made us? As a species we are shaped by our environment. Geological forces drove our evolution in East Africa; mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece; and today voting behaviour in the United States follows the bed of an ancient sea. The human story is the story of these forces, from plate tectonics and climate change, to atmospheric circulation and ocean currents. How are the Himalayas linked to the orbit of the Earth, and to the formation of the British Isles? By taking us billions of years into our planet’s past, Professor Lewis Dartnell tells us the ultimate origin story. When we reach the point where history becomes science we see a vast web of connections that underwrites our modern world and helps us face the challenges of the future. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the Earth’s awesome impact on the shape of human civilizations. (c) 2019, Lewis Dartnell (P) 2019 Penguin Audio Lewis Dartnell Thu, 31 Jan 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How the Earth Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Origins by Lewis Dartnell, read by John Sackville. When we talk about human history, we focus on great leaders, mass migration and decisive wars. But how has the Earth itself determined our destiny? How has our planet made us? As a species we are shaped by our environment. Geological forces drove our evolution in East Africa; mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece; and today voting behaviour in the United States follows the bed of an ancient sea. The human story is the story of these forces, from plate tectonics and climate change, to atmospheric circulation and ocean currents. How are the Himalayas linked to the orbit of the Earth, and to the formation of the British Isles? By taking us billions of years into our planet’s past, Professor Lewis Dartnell tells us the ultimate origin story. When we reach the point where history becomes science we see a vast web of connections that underwrites our modern world and helps us face the challenges of the future. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the Earth’s awesome impact on the shape of human civilizations. (c) 2019, Lewis Dartnell (P) 2019 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origins: How the Earth Shaped Human History Author: Lewis Dartnell Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Origins by Lewis Dartnell, read by John Sackville. When we talk about human history, we focus on great leaders, mass migration and decisive wars. But how has the Earth itself determined our destiny? How has our planet made us? As a species we are shaped by our environment. Geological forces drove our evolution in East Africa; mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece; and today voting behaviour in the United States follows the bed of an ancient sea. The human story is the story of these forces, from plate tectonics and climate change, to atmospheric circulation and ocean currents. How are the Himalayas linked to the orbit of the Earth, and to the formation of the British Isles? By taking us billions of years into our planet’s past, Professor Lewis Dartnell tells us the ultimate origin story. When we reach the point where history becomes science we see a vast web of connections that underwrites our modern world and helps us face the challenges of the future. From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the Earth’s awesome impact on the shape of human civilizations. (c) 2019, Lewis Dartnell (P) 2019 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counting Sheep Author: Axel Lindén Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Norwegian Wood meets The Tao of Pooh in this philosophical, witty, and heartwarming collection of daily observations from a Swedish academic-turned-sheep farmer who finds peace and meaning outside the hustle and bustle of modern, urban life. One of the fun things about keeping sheep is that now and then it feels like something other than a job or a duty. Perhaps the feeling can best be summed up by the idea that it’s not I who keep the sheep, but the sheep who keep me. When Axel Lindén leaves his literary life in the city for the farm he unexpectedly inherits—along with the ever-escaping flock of sheep that comes with it—he has a fairly naïve notion of what farm life will be: pure drudgery. But as time passes and Axel slowly settles into the rhythms of the farm and shepherding, his naiveté fades away and is gradually replaced with a new appreciation of the spiritual and emotional value of manual labor, caring for other living things, and staying connected to the earth. Capturing his observations and thoughts in short diary entries, Counting Sheep is a meditative and irresistibly delightful book that delves into the small wonders of our world and celebrates pastoral life, demonstrating that it’s often the little things in life that mean the most. Axel Lindén Tue, 20 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350649 thebookvoice.com 1:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counting Sheep Author: Axel Lindén Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Norwegian Wood meets The Tao of Pooh in this philosophical, witty, and heartwarming collection of daily observations from a Swedish academic-turned-sheep farmer who finds peace and meaning outside the hustle and bustle of modern, urban life. One of the fun things about keeping sheep is that now and then it feels like something other than a job or a duty. Perhaps the feeling can best be summed up by the idea that it’s not I who keep the sheep, but the sheep who keep me. When Axel Lindén leaves his literary life in the city for the farm he unexpectedly inherits—along with the ever-escaping flock of sheep that comes with it—he has a fairly naïve notion of what farm life will be: pure drudgery. But as time passes and Axel slowly settles into the rhythms of the farm and shepherding, his naiveté fades away and is gradually replaced with a new appreciation of the spiritual and emotional value of manual labor, caring for other living things, and staying connected to the earth. Capturing his observations and thoughts in short diary entries, Counting Sheep is a meditative and irresistibly delightful book that delves into the small wonders of our world and celebrates pastoral life, demonstrating that it’s often the little things in life that mean the most. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counting Sheep Author: Axel Lindén Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Norwegian Wood meets The Tao of Pooh in this philosophical, witty, and heartwarming collection of daily observations from a Swedish academic-turned-sheep farmer who finds peace and meaning outside the hustle and bustle of modern, urban life. One of the fun things about keeping sheep is that now and then it feels like something other than a job or a duty. Perhaps the feeling can best be summed up by the idea that it’s not I who keep the sheep, but the sheep who keep me. When Axel Lindén leaves his literary life in the city for the farm he unexpectedly inherits—along with the ever-escaping flock of sheep that comes with it—he has a fairly naïve notion of what farm life will be: pure drudgery. But as time passes and Axel slowly settles into the rhythms of the farm and shepherding, his naiveté fades away and is gradually replaced with a new appreciation of the spiritual and emotional value of manual labor, caring for other living things, and staying connected to the earth. Capturing his observations and thoughts in short diary entries, Counting Sheep is a meditative and irresistibly delightful book that delves into the small wonders of our world and celebrates pastoral life, demonstrating that it’s often the little things in life that mean the most. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Orangutans: My Cousins, My Friends - A Journey to Understand and Save the Person of the Forest Author: Leif Cocks Narrator: Paul Campion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 23, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this inspiring book, you will learn: • The 4 specific characteristics which differentiate the orangutans from other Great Apes • Why orangutans are the most intelligent beings on the planet today, second only to humans • Leif's personal journey to know and understand orangutans and how he came to be an expert witness in a human rights case on behalf of an orangutan named Sandra • The 5 things you can start doing today to help save the orangutans from extinction and preserve the last remaining populations of these critically endangered species in the wild • Learn how by protecting and conserving their rainforest habitat we can also save the planet for future generations • Plus the remarkable, heart warming stories of some of the orangutans, Leif has come to know as friends… and much, much more "I am often asked why I choose to work for orangutans. And my honest answer is, that in many ways, it was the orangutans who first chose me. As I’m sure you can imagine, my answer is often met with quizzical looks, raised eyebrows and an even greater curiosity on the part of the questioner. But the truth is that I never consciously planned to do this work. Nor did I envision myself as becoming an author, a speaker or an outspoken campaigner on their behalf. And I certainly had no idea that I would one day found and lead an international conservation charity, The Orangutan Project, to ensure the welfare and survival of our remarkable orange cousins. However, from experience, I’ve come to see that life has a way of putting unexpected possibilities and significant choices across our paths, and the decision is always our individual responsibility as to how we will respond. So it was for me, that by the time we started The Orangutan Project back in 1998, it had become the single, most obvious course of action for me to take. In fact, to not start the organisation and dedicate my life to this work was simply no-longer an option…." Leif Cocks Thu, 23 Aug 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350585 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Orangutans: My Cousins, My Friends - A Journey to Understand and Save the Person of the Forest Author: Leif Cocks Narrator: Paul Campion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 23, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this inspiring book, you will learn: • The 4 specific characteristics which differentiate the orangutans from other Great Apes • Why orangutans are the most intelligent beings on the planet today, second only to humans • Leif's personal journey to know and understand orangutans and how he came to be an expert witness in a human rights case on behalf of an orangutan named Sandra • The 5 things you can start doing today to help save the orangutans from extinction and preserve the last remaining populations of these critically endangered species in the wild • Learn how by protecting and conserving their rainforest habitat we can also save the planet for future generations • Plus the remarkable, heart warming stories of some of the orangutans, Leif has come to know as friends… and much, much more "I am often asked why I choose to work for orangutans. And my honest answer is, that in many ways, it was the orangutans who first chose me. As I’m sure you can imagine, my answer is often met with quizzical looks, raised eyebrows and an even greater curiosity on the part of the questioner. But the truth is that I never consciously planned to do this work. Nor did I envision myself as becoming an author, a speaker or an outspoken campaigner on their behalf. And I certainly had no idea that I would one day found and lead an international conservation charity, The Orangutan Project, to ensure the welfare and survival of our remarkable orange cousins. However, from experience, I’ve come to see that life has a way of putting unexpected possibilities and significant choices across our paths, and the decision is always our individual responsibility as to how we will respond. So it was for me, that by the time we started The Orangutan Project back in 1998, it had become the single, most obvious course of action for me to take. In fact, to not start the organisation and dedicate my life to this work was simply no-longer an option…." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Orangutans: My Cousins, My Friends - A Journey to Understand and Save the Person of the Forest Author: Leif Cocks Narrator: Paul Campion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 23, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this inspiring book, you will learn: • The 4 specific characteristics which differentiate the orangutans from other Great Apes • Why orangutans are the most intelligent beings on the planet today, second only to humans • Leif's personal journey to know and understand orangutans and how he came to be an expert witness in a human rights case on behalf of an orangutan named Sandra • The 5 things you can start doing today to help save the orangutans from extinction and preserve the last remaining populations of these critically endangered species in the wild • Learn how by protecting and conserving their rainforest habitat we can also save the planet for future generations • Plus the remarkable, heart warming stories of some of the orangutans, Leif has come to know as friends… and much, much more "I am often asked why I choose to work for orangutans. And my honest answer is, that in many ways, it was the orangutans who first chose me. As I’m sure you can imagine, my answer is often met with quizzical looks, raised eyebrows and an even greater curiosity on the part of the questioner. But the truth is that I never consciously planned to do this work. Nor did I envision myself as becoming an author, a speaker or an outspoken campaigner on their behalf. And I certainly had no idea that I would one day found and lead an international conservation charity, The Orangutan Project, to ensure the welfare and survival of our remarkable orange cousins. However, from experience, I’ve come to see that life has a way of putting unexpected possibilities and significant choices across our paths, and the decision is always our individual responsibility as to how we will respond. So it was for me, that by the time we started The Orangutan Project back in 1998, it had become the single, most obvious course of action for me to take. In fact, to not start the organisation and dedicate my life to this work was simply no-longer an option…." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350491 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animal Welfare Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Dogs, cats, rabbits and snakes, they make great pets but if you intend to care for any of these animals properly or if they are already a part of your family and you want to look after their welfare, then you need this course. Listen to the Animal Welfare Audiobook and you’ll gain the knowledge that will ensure your pet is happy, healthy and safe. Centre Of Excellence Wed, 22 Aug 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350491 thebookvoice.com 2:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animal Welfare Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Dogs, cats, rabbits and snakes, they make great pets but if you intend to care for any of these animals properly or if they are already a part of your family and you want to look after their welfare, then you need this course. Listen to the Animal Welfare Audiobook and you’ll gain the knowledge that will ensure your pet is happy, healthy and safe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animal Welfare Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Dogs, cats, rabbits and snakes, they make great pets but if you intend to care for any of these animals properly or if they are already a part of your family and you want to look after their welfare, then you need this course. Listen to the Animal Welfare Audiobook and you’ll gain the knowledge that will ensure your pet is happy, healthy and safe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vaquita: Science, Politics, and Crime in the Sea of Cortez Author: Brooke Bessesen Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In 2006, vaquita, a diminutive porpoise making its home in the Upper Gulf of California, inherited the dubious title of world’s most endangered marine mammal. Nicknamed “panda of the sea” for their small size and beguiling facial markings, vaquitas have been in decline for decades, dying by the hundreds in gillnets intended for commercially valuable fish, as well as for an endangered fish called totoaba. When international crime cartels discovered a lucrative trade in the swim bladders of totoaba, illegal gillnetting went rampant, and now the lives of the few remaining vaquitas hang in the balance. Author Brooke Bessesen takes us on a journey to Mexico’s Upper Gulf region to uncover the story. She interviewed townspeople, fishermen, scientists, and activists, teasing apart a complex story filled with villains and heroes, a story whose outcome is unclear. When diplomatic and political efforts to save the little porpoise failed, Bessesen followed a team of veterinary experts in a binational effort to capture the last remaining vaquitas and breed them in captivity—the best hope for their survival. In this fast-paced, soul-searing tale, she learned that there are no easy answers when extinction is profitable. Whether the rescue attempt succeeds or fails, the world must ask itself hard questions. When vaquita and the totoaba are gone, the black market will turn to the next vulnerable species. What will we do then? Brooke Bessesen Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350412 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vaquita: Science, Politics, and Crime in the Sea of Cortez Author: Brooke Bessesen Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In 2006, vaquita, a diminutive porpoise making its home in the Upper Gulf of California, inherited the dubious title of world’s most endangered marine mammal. Nicknamed “panda of the sea” for their small size and beguiling facial markings, vaquitas have been in decline for decades, dying by the hundreds in gillnets intended for commercially valuable fish, as well as for an endangered fish called totoaba. When international crime cartels discovered a lucrative trade in the swim bladders of totoaba, illegal gillnetting went rampant, and now the lives of the few remaining vaquitas hang in the balance. Author Brooke Bessesen takes us on a journey to Mexico’s Upper Gulf region to uncover the story. She interviewed townspeople, fishermen, scientists, and activists, teasing apart a complex story filled with villains and heroes, a story whose outcome is unclear. When diplomatic and political efforts to save the little porpoise failed, Bessesen followed a team of veterinary experts in a binational effort to capture the last remaining vaquitas and breed them in captivity—the best hope for their survival. In this fast-paced, soul-searing tale, she learned that there are no easy answers when extinction is profitable. Whether the rescue attempt succeeds or fails, the world must ask itself hard questions. When vaquita and the totoaba are gone, the black market will turn to the next vulnerable species. What will we do then? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vaquita: Science, Politics, and Crime in the Sea of Cortez Author: Brooke Bessesen Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In 2006, vaquita, a diminutive porpoise making its home in the Upper Gulf of California, inherited the dubious title of world’s most endangered marine mammal. Nicknamed “panda of the sea” for their small size and beguiling facial markings, vaquitas have been in decline for decades, dying by the hundreds in gillnets intended for commercially valuable fish, as well as for an endangered fish called totoaba. When international crime cartels discovered a lucrative trade in the swim bladders of totoaba, illegal gillnetting went rampant, and now the lives of the few remaining vaquitas hang in the balance. Author Brooke Bessesen takes us on a journey to Mexico’s Upper Gulf region to uncover the story. She interviewed townspeople, fishermen, scientists, and activists, teasing apart a complex story filled with villains and heroes, a story whose outcome is unclear. When diplomatic and political efforts to save the little porpoise failed, Bessesen followed a team of veterinary experts in a binational effort to capture the last remaining vaquitas and breed them in captivity—the best hope for their survival. In this fast-paced, soul-searing tale, she learned that there are no easy answers when extinction is profitable. Whether the rescue attempt succeeds or fails, the world must ask itself hard questions. When vaquita and the totoaba are gone, the black market will turn to the next vulnerable species. What will we do then? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350164 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horizon Author: Barry Lopez Narrator: James Naughton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: THE NEW YORK TIMES • NPR • THE GUARDIAN From pole to pole and across decades of lived experience, National Book Award-winning author Barry Lopez delivers his most far-ranging, yet personal, work to date. Horizon moves indelibly, immersively, through the author’s travels to six regions of the world: from Western Oregon to the High Arctic; from the Galápagos to the Kenyan desert; from Botany Bay in Australia to finally, unforgettably, the ice shelves of Antarctica.   Along the way, Lopez probes the long history of humanity’s thirst for exploration, including the prehistoric peoples who trekked across Skraeling Island in northern Canada, the colonialists who plundered Central Africa, an enlightenment-era Englishman who sailed the Pacific, a Native American emissary who found his way into isolationist Japan, and today’s ecotourists in the tropics. And always, throughout his journeys to some of the hottest, coldest, and most desolate places on the globe, Lopez searches for meaning and purpose in a broken world. Barry Lopez Tue, 19 Mar 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350164 thebookvoice.com 22:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horizon Author: Barry Lopez Narrator: James Naughton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: THE NEW YORK TIMES • NPR • THE GUARDIAN From pole to pole and across decades of lived experience, National Book Award-winning author Barry Lopez delivers his most far-ranging, yet personal, work to date. Horizon moves indelibly, immersively, through the author’s travels to six regions of the world: from Western Oregon to the High Arctic; from the Galápagos to the Kenyan desert; from Botany Bay in Australia to finally, unforgettably, the ice shelves of Antarctica.   Along the way, Lopez probes the long history of humanity’s thirst for exploration, including the prehistoric peoples who trekked across Skraeling Island in northern Canada, the colonialists who plundered Central Africa, an enlightenment-era Englishman who sailed the Pacific, a Native American emissary who found his way into isolationist Japan, and today’s ecotourists in the tropics. And always, throughout his journeys to some of the hottest, coldest, and most desolate places on the globe, Lopez searches for meaning and purpose in a broken world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horizon Author: Barry Lopez Narrator: James Naughton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: THE NEW YORK TIMES • NPR • THE GUARDIAN From pole to pole and across decades of lived experience, National Book Award-winning author Barry Lopez delivers his most far-ranging, yet personal, work to date. Horizon moves indelibly, immersively, through the author’s travels to six regions of the world: from Western Oregon to the High Arctic; from the Galápagos to the Kenyan desert; from Botany Bay in Australia to finally, unforgettably, the ice shelves of Antarctica.   Along the way, Lopez probes the long history of humanity’s thirst for exploration, including the prehistoric peoples who trekked across Skraeling Island in northern Canada, the colonialists who plundered Central Africa, an enlightenment-era Englishman who sailed the Pacific, a Native American emissary who found his way into isolationist Japan, and today’s ecotourists in the tropics. And always, throughout his journeys to some of the hottest, coldest, and most desolate places on the globe, Lopez searches for meaning and purpose in a broken world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Peril: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Seeds Author: Claire Hope Cummings Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Life on earth is facing unprecedented challenges from global warming, war, and mass extinctions. The plight of seeds is a less visible but no less fundamental threat to our survival. Seeds are at the heart of the planet's life-support systems. Their power to regenerate and adapt are essential to maintaining our food supply and our ability to cope with a changing climate. In Uncertain Peril, environmental journalist Claire Hope Cummings exposes the stories behind the rise of industrial agriculture and plant biotechnology, the fall of public interest science, and the folly of patenting seeds. She examines how farming communities are coping with declining water, soil, and fossil fuels, as well as with new commercial technologies. Will genetically engineered and 'terminator' seeds lead to certain promise, as some have hoped, or are we embarking on a path of uncertain peril? Will the 'doomsday vault' under construction in the Arctic, designed to store millions of seeds, save the genetic diversity of the world's agriculture? To answer these questions and others, Cummings takes readers from the Fertile Crescent in Iraq to the island of Kaua'i in Hawai'i; from Oaxaca, Mexico, to the Mekong Delta in Vietnam. She examines the plight of farmers who have planted transgenic seeds and scientists who have been persecuted for revealing the dangers of modified genes. At each turn, Cummings looks deeply into the relationship between people and plants. She examines the possibilities for both scarcity and abundance and tells the stories of local communities that are producing food and fuel sustainably and providing for the future. The choices we make about how we feed ourselves now will determine whether or not seeds will continue as a generous source of sustenance and remain the common heritage of all humanity. It comes down to this: whoever controls the future of seeds controls the future of life on earth. Uncertain Peril is a powerful reminder that what's at stake right now is nothing less than the nature of the future. Claire Hope Cummings Tue, 18 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Peril: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Seeds Author: Claire Hope Cummings Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Life on earth is facing unprecedented challenges from global warming, war, and mass extinctions. The plight of seeds is a less visible but no less fundamental threat to our survival. Seeds are at the heart of the planet's life-support systems. Their power to regenerate and adapt are essential to maintaining our food supply and our ability to cope with a changing climate. In Uncertain Peril, environmental journalist Claire Hope Cummings exposes the stories behind the rise of industrial agriculture and plant biotechnology, the fall of public interest science, and the folly of patenting seeds. She examines how farming communities are coping with declining water, soil, and fossil fuels, as well as with new commercial technologies. Will genetically engineered and 'terminator' seeds lead to certain promise, as some have hoped, or are we embarking on a path of uncertain peril? Will the 'doomsday vault' under construction in the Arctic, designed to store millions of seeds, save the genetic diversity of the world's agriculture? To answer these questions and others, Cummings takes readers from the Fertile Crescent in Iraq to the island of Kaua'i in Hawai'i; from Oaxaca, Mexico, to the Mekong Delta in Vietnam. She examines the plight of farmers who have planted transgenic seeds and scientists who have been persecuted for revealing the dangers of modified genes. At each turn, Cummings looks deeply into the relationship between people and plants. She examines the possibilities for both scarcity and abundance and tells the stories of local communities that are producing food and fuel sustainably and providing for the future. The choices we make about how we feed ourselves now will determine whether or not seeds will continue as a generous source of sustenance and remain the common heritage of all humanity. It comes down to this: whoever controls the future of seeds controls the future of life on earth. Uncertain Peril is a powerful reminder that what's at stake right now is nothing less than the nature of the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Peril: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Seeds Author: Claire Hope Cummings Narrator: David Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Life on earth is facing unprecedented challenges from global warming, war, and mass extinctions. The plight of seeds is a less visible but no less fundamental threat to our survival. Seeds are at the heart of the planet's life-support systems. Their power to regenerate and adapt are essential to maintaining our food supply and our ability to cope with a changing climate. In Uncertain Peril, environmental journalist Claire Hope Cummings exposes the stories behind the rise of industrial agriculture and plant biotechnology, the fall of public interest science, and the folly of patenting seeds. She examines how farming communities are coping with declining water, soil, and fossil fuels, as well as with new commercial technologies. Will genetically engineered and 'terminator' seeds lead to certain promise, as some have hoped, or are we embarking on a path of uncertain peril? Will the 'doomsday vault' under construction in the Arctic, designed to store millions of seeds, save the genetic diversity of the world's agriculture? To answer these questions and others, Cummings takes readers from the Fertile Crescent in Iraq to the island of Kaua'i in Hawai'i; from Oaxaca, Mexico, to the Mekong Delta in Vietnam. She examines the plight of farmers who have planted transgenic seeds and scientists who have been persecuted for revealing the dangers of modified genes. At each turn, Cummings looks deeply into the relationship between people and plants. She examines the possibilities for both scarcity and abundance and tells the stories of local communities that are producing food and fuel sustainably and providing for the future. The choices we make about how we feed ourselves now will determine whether or not seeds will continue as a generous source of sustenance and remain the common heritage of all humanity. It comes down to this: whoever controls the future of seeds controls the future of life on earth. Uncertain Peril is a powerful reminder that what's at stake right now is nothing less than the nature of the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350082 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collapse of Western Civilization: A View from the Future Author: Naomi Oreskes, Erik M. Conway Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The year is 2393, and the world is almost unrecognizable. Clear warnings of climate catastrophe went ignored for decades, leading to soaring temperatures, rising sea levels, widespread drought, and—finally—the disaster now known as the Great Collapse of 2093, when the disintegration of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet led to mass migration and a complete reshuffling of the global order. Writing from the Second People's Republic of China on the 300th anniversary of the Great Collapse, a senior scholar presents a gripping and deeply disturbing account of how the children of the Enlightenment—the political and economic elites of the so-called advanced industrial societies—failed to act, bringing about the collapse of Western civilization. Dramatizing science in ways traditional nonfiction cannot, The Collapse of Western Civilization reasserts the importance of scientists and the work they do, providing a welcome moment of clarity amid the cacophony of climate-change literature. Naomi Oreskes, Erik M. Conway Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350082 thebookvoice.com 2:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collapse of Western Civilization: A View from the Future Author: Naomi Oreskes, Erik M. Conway Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The year is 2393, and the world is almost unrecognizable. Clear warnings of climate catastrophe went ignored for decades, leading to soaring temperatures, rising sea levels, widespread drought, and—finally—the disaster now known as the Great Collapse of 2093, when the disintegration of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet led to mass migration and a complete reshuffling of the global order. Writing from the Second People's Republic of China on the 300th anniversary of the Great Collapse, a senior scholar presents a gripping and deeply disturbing account of how the children of the Enlightenment—the political and economic elites of the so-called advanced industrial societies—failed to act, bringing about the collapse of Western civilization. Dramatizing science in ways traditional nonfiction cannot, The Collapse of Western Civilization reasserts the importance of scientists and the work they do, providing a welcome moment of clarity amid the cacophony of climate-change literature. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collapse of Western Civilization: A View from the Future Author: Naomi Oreskes, Erik M. Conway Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: The year is 2393, and the world is almost unrecognizable. Clear warnings of climate catastrophe went ignored for decades, leading to soaring temperatures, rising sea levels, widespread drought, and—finally—the disaster now known as the Great Collapse of 2093, when the disintegration of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet led to mass migration and a complete reshuffling of the global order. Writing from the Second People's Republic of China on the 300th anniversary of the Great Collapse, a senior scholar presents a gripping and deeply disturbing account of how the children of the Enlightenment—the political and economic elites of the so-called advanced industrial societies—failed to act, bringing about the collapse of Western civilization. Dramatizing science in ways traditional nonfiction cannot, The Collapse of Western Civilization reasserts the importance of scientists and the work they do, providing a welcome moment of clarity amid the cacophony of climate-change literature. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Riverman: An American Odyssey Author: Ben Mcgrath Narrator: TBD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘Brilliant, clear, and humane’ Elizabeth Gilbert ‘Miraculous and hopeful’ Emma Straub Riverman: An American Odyssey uncovers the story of an extraordinary man and his puzzling disappearance, and paints a picture of the singular spirit of America’s riverbank towns. ‘The peace of mind I found, largely alone, on that white-water mecca convinced me that life was capable of exquisite pleasure and undefined meaning deep in the face of failure. The experience itself is the reward.’ Dick Conant On his forty-third birthday, Dick Conant, a golden boy who never quite grew up as those around him expected, stepped into a homemade boat to embark on a journey despite a gathering snowstorm. Among his possessions was a Gideon Bible and biographies of Einstein and Bismark. It was the beginning of an all-consuming odyssey by an unconventional man into the watery arteries of America, a journey to the unreported margins of society. He was to spend the next twenty years canoeing thousands of miles of rivers and their innumerable smaller tributaries, from one end of the country to the other. ‘I can, and I will!’ he said. And then, in 2014, he disappeared. Not long before Conant’s upturned canoe was found in a brackish North Carolina bay, Ben McGrath met Conant by chance as he paddled down the Hudson, headed for Florida. McGrath set out to find the people whose lives, like his own, had been touched by their encounter with the great river wanderer. Along the way he meets eccentrics and ne’er-do-wells drawn straight from the pages of Mark Twain, a vast network of friends and acquaintances who would forever remember this brilliant and charming man even after a single meeting. Riverman is the story of a restless soul who was as troubled as he was charismatic, a contemporary folk hero who slips the moorings of ordinary civilised life to tap into what Thoreau called ‘a yearning toward all wildness.’ It is also a riveting portrait of an America we rarely see: a nation of unconventional characters, small river towns, and long forgotten waterways. Ben Mcgrath Tue, 05 Apr 2022 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349707 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Riverman: An American Odyssey Author: Ben Mcgrath Narrator: TBD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘Brilliant, clear, and humane’ Elizabeth Gilbert ‘Miraculous and hopeful’ Emma Straub Riverman: An American Odyssey uncovers the story of an extraordinary man and his puzzling disappearance, and paints a picture of the singular spirit of America’s riverbank towns. ‘The peace of mind I found, largely alone, on that white-water mecca convinced me that life was capable of exquisite pleasure and undefined meaning deep in the face of failure. The experience itself is the reward.’ Dick Conant On his forty-third birthday, Dick Conant, a golden boy who never quite grew up as those around him expected, stepped into a homemade boat to embark on a journey despite a gathering snowstorm. Among his possessions was a Gideon Bible and biographies of Einstein and Bismark. It was the beginning of an all-consuming odyssey by an unconventional man into the watery arteries of America, a journey to the unreported margins of society. He was to spend the next twenty years canoeing thousands of miles of rivers and their innumerable smaller tributaries, from one end of the country to the other. ‘I can, and I will!’ he said. And then, in 2014, he disappeared. Not long before Conant’s upturned canoe was found in a brackish North Carolina bay, Ben McGrath met Conant by chance as he paddled down the Hudson, headed for Florida. McGrath set out to find the people whose lives, like his own, had been touched by their encounter with the great river wanderer. Along the way he meets eccentrics and ne’er-do-wells drawn straight from the pages of Mark Twain, a vast network of friends and acquaintances who would forever remember this brilliant and charming man even after a single meeting. Riverman is the story of a restless soul who was as troubled as he was charismatic, a contemporary folk hero who slips the moorings of ordinary civilised life to tap into what Thoreau called ‘a yearning toward all wildness.’ It is also a riveting portrait of an America we rarely see: a nation of unconventional characters, small river towns, and long forgotten waterways. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Riverman: An American Odyssey Author: Ben Mcgrath Narrator: TBD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: ‘Brilliant, clear, and humane’ Elizabeth Gilbert ‘Miraculous and hopeful’ Emma Straub Riverman: An American Odyssey uncovers the story of an extraordinary man and his puzzling disappearance, and paints a picture of the singular spirit of America’s riverbank towns. ‘The peace of mind I found, largely alone, on that white-water mecca convinced me that life was capable of exquisite pleasure and undefined meaning deep in the face of failure. The experience itself is the reward.’ Dick Conant On his forty-third birthday, Dick Conant, a golden boy who never quite grew up as those around him expected, stepped into a homemade boat to embark on a journey despite a gathering snowstorm. Among his possessions was a Gideon Bible and biographies of Einstein and Bismark. It was the beginning of an all-consuming odyssey by an unconventional man into the watery arteries of America, a journey to the unreported margins of society. He was to spend the next twenty years canoeing thousands of miles of rivers and their innumerable smaller tributaries, from one end of the country to the other. ‘I can, and I will!’ he said. And then, in 2014, he disappeared. Not long before Conant’s upturned canoe was found in a brackish North Carolina bay, Ben McGrath met Conant by chance as he paddled down the Hudson, headed for Florida. McGrath set out to find the people whose lives, like his own, had been touched by their encounter with the great river wanderer. Along the way he meets eccentrics and ne’er-do-wells drawn straight from the pages of Mark Twain, a vast network of friends and acquaintances who would forever remember this brilliant and charming man even after a single meeting. Riverman is the story of a restless soul who was as troubled as he was charismatic, a contemporary folk hero who slips the moorings of ordinary civilised life to tap into what Thoreau called ‘a yearning toward all wildness.’ It is also a riveting portrait of an America we rarely see: a nation of unconventional characters, small river towns, and long forgotten waterways. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349644 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Planet: The Story of Fire Through Time Author: Andrew C. Scott Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Raging wildfires have devastated vast areas of California and Australia in recent years, and predictions are that we will see more of the same in coming years as a result of climate change. But this is nothing new. Since the dawn of life on land, large-scale fires have played their part in shaping life on Earth. Andrew C. Scott tells the whole story of fire's impact on our planet's atmosphere, climate, vegetation, ecology, and the evolution of plant and animal life. It has caused mass extinctions, and it has propelled the spread of flowering plants. The exciting evidence we can now draw on has been preserved in fossilized charcoal, found in rocks hundreds of millions of years old, from all over the world. These reveal incredibly fine details of prehistoric plants, and tell us about climates from deep in earth's history. They also give us insight into how early hominids and humans tamed fire and used it. Looking at the impact of wildfires in our own time, Scott also looks forward to how we might better manage them in future, as climate change has an increasing effect on our world. Andrew C. Scott Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349644 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Planet: The Story of Fire Through Time Author: Andrew C. Scott Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Raging wildfires have devastated vast areas of California and Australia in recent years, and predictions are that we will see more of the same in coming years as a result of climate change. But this is nothing new. Since the dawn of life on land, large-scale fires have played their part in shaping life on Earth. Andrew C. Scott tells the whole story of fire's impact on our planet's atmosphere, climate, vegetation, ecology, and the evolution of plant and animal life. It has caused mass extinctions, and it has propelled the spread of flowering plants. The exciting evidence we can now draw on has been preserved in fossilized charcoal, found in rocks hundreds of millions of years old, from all over the world. These reveal incredibly fine details of prehistoric plants, and tell us about climates from deep in earth's history. They also give us insight into how early hominids and humans tamed fire and used it. Looking at the impact of wildfires in our own time, Scott also looks forward to how we might better manage them in future, as climate change has an increasing effect on our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Planet: The Story of Fire Through Time Author: Andrew C. Scott Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Raging wildfires have devastated vast areas of California and Australia in recent years, and predictions are that we will see more of the same in coming years as a result of climate change. But this is nothing new. Since the dawn of life on land, large-scale fires have played their part in shaping life on Earth. Andrew C. Scott tells the whole story of fire's impact on our planet's atmosphere, climate, vegetation, ecology, and the evolution of plant and animal life. It has caused mass extinctions, and it has propelled the spread of flowering plants. The exciting evidence we can now draw on has been preserved in fossilized charcoal, found in rocks hundreds of millions of years old, from all over the world. These reveal incredibly fine details of prehistoric plants, and tell us about climates from deep in earth's history. They also give us insight into how early hominids and humans tamed fire and used it. Looking at the impact of wildfires in our own time, Scott also looks forward to how we might better manage them in future, as climate change has an increasing effect on our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Timefulness: How Thinking Like a Geologist Can Help Save the World Author: Marcia Bjornerud Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Few of us have any conception of the enormous timescales in our planet's long history, and this narrow perspective underlies many of the environmental problems we are creating for ourselves. The passage of nine days, which is how long a drop of water typically stays in Earth's atmosphere, is something we can easily grasp. But spans of hundreds of years—the time a molecule of carbon dioxide resides in the atmosphere—approach the limits of our comprehension. Our everyday lives are shaped by processes that vastly predate us, and our habits will in turn have consequences that will outlast us by generations. Timefulness reveals how knowing the rhythms of Earth's deep past and conceiving of time as a geologist does can give us the perspective we need for a more sustainable future. Marcia Bjornerud shows how geologists chart the planet's past, explaining how we can determine the pace of solid Earth processes such as mountain building and erosion and comparing them with the more unstable rhythms of the oceans and atmosphere. These overlapping rates of change in the Earth system—some fast, some slow—demand a poly-temporal worldview, one that Bjornerud calls 'timefulness.' Marcia Bjornerud Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349634 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Timefulness: How Thinking Like a Geologist Can Help Save the World Author: Marcia Bjornerud Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Few of us have any conception of the enormous timescales in our planet's long history, and this narrow perspective underlies many of the environmental problems we are creating for ourselves. The passage of nine days, which is how long a drop of water typically stays in Earth's atmosphere, is something we can easily grasp. But spans of hundreds of years—the time a molecule of carbon dioxide resides in the atmosphere—approach the limits of our comprehension. Our everyday lives are shaped by processes that vastly predate us, and our habits will in turn have consequences that will outlast us by generations. Timefulness reveals how knowing the rhythms of Earth's deep past and conceiving of time as a geologist does can give us the perspective we need for a more sustainable future. Marcia Bjornerud shows how geologists chart the planet's past, explaining how we can determine the pace of solid Earth processes such as mountain building and erosion and comparing them with the more unstable rhythms of the oceans and atmosphere. These overlapping rates of change in the Earth system—some fast, some slow—demand a poly-temporal worldview, one that Bjornerud calls 'timefulness.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Timefulness: How Thinking Like a Geologist Can Help Save the World Author: Marcia Bjornerud Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Few of us have any conception of the enormous timescales in our planet's long history, and this narrow perspective underlies many of the environmental problems we are creating for ourselves. The passage of nine days, which is how long a drop of water typically stays in Earth's atmosphere, is something we can easily grasp. But spans of hundreds of years—the time a molecule of carbon dioxide resides in the atmosphere—approach the limits of our comprehension. Our everyday lives are shaped by processes that vastly predate us, and our habits will in turn have consequences that will outlast us by generations. Timefulness reveals how knowing the rhythms of Earth's deep past and conceiving of time as a geologist does can give us the perspective we need for a more sustainable future. Marcia Bjornerud shows how geologists chart the planet's past, explaining how we can determine the pace of solid Earth processes such as mountain building and erosion and comparing them with the more unstable rhythms of the oceans and atmosphere. These overlapping rates of change in the Earth system—some fast, some slow—demand a poly-temporal worldview, one that Bjornerud calls 'timefulness.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mother Knows Best: The Natural Way to Train Your Dog Author: Carol Lea Benjamin Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: With more than 150,000 copies sold, Mother Knows Best is one of the top training books of all time. Based on the natural way a mother dog trains her puppies, Benjamin's training method is humane, effective, and all natural. Carol Lea Benjamin Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349547 thebookvoice.com 5:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mother Knows Best: The Natural Way to Train Your Dog Author: Carol Lea Benjamin Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: With more than 150,000 copies sold, Mother Knows Best is one of the top training books of all time. Based on the natural way a mother dog trains her puppies, Benjamin's training method is humane, effective, and all natural. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mother Knows Best: The Natural Way to Train Your Dog Author: Carol Lea Benjamin Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: With more than 150,000 copies sold, Mother Knows Best is one of the top training books of all time. Based on the natural way a mother dog trains her puppies, Benjamin's training method is humane, effective, and all natural. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geology: A Very Short Introduction Author: Jan Zalasiewicz Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this Very Short Introduction Jan Zalasiewicz gives a brief introduction to the fascinating field of geology. Describing how the science developed from its early beginnings, he looks at some of the key discoveries that have transformed it, before delving into its various subfields, such as sedimentology, tectonics, and stratigraphy. Analyzing the geological foundations of the Earth, Zalasiewicz explains the interlocking studies of tectonics, geophysics, and igneous and metamorphic petrology and geochemistry; and describes how rocks are dated by radiometric dating. Considering the role and importance of geology in the finding and exploitation of resources (including fracking), he also discusses its place in environmental issues, such as foundations for urban structures and sites for landfill, and in tackling issues associated with climate change. Zalasiewicz concludes by discussing the exciting future and frontiers of the field, such as the exploration of the geology of Mars. Jan Zalasiewicz Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349548 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geology: A Very Short Introduction Author: Jan Zalasiewicz Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this Very Short Introduction Jan Zalasiewicz gives a brief introduction to the fascinating field of geology. Describing how the science developed from its early beginnings, he looks at some of the key discoveries that have transformed it, before delving into its various subfields, such as sedimentology, tectonics, and stratigraphy. Analyzing the geological foundations of the Earth, Zalasiewicz explains the interlocking studies of tectonics, geophysics, and igneous and metamorphic petrology and geochemistry; and describes how rocks are dated by radiometric dating. Considering the role and importance of geology in the finding and exploitation of resources (including fracking), he also discusses its place in environmental issues, such as foundations for urban structures and sites for landfill, and in tackling issues associated with climate change. Zalasiewicz concludes by discussing the exciting future and frontiers of the field, such as the exploration of the geology of Mars. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geology: A Very Short Introduction Author: Jan Zalasiewicz Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: In this Very Short Introduction Jan Zalasiewicz gives a brief introduction to the fascinating field of geology. Describing how the science developed from its early beginnings, he looks at some of the key discoveries that have transformed it, before delving into its various subfields, such as sedimentology, tectonics, and stratigraphy. Analyzing the geological foundations of the Earth, Zalasiewicz explains the interlocking studies of tectonics, geophysics, and igneous and metamorphic petrology and geochemistry; and describes how rocks are dated by radiometric dating. Considering the role and importance of geology in the finding and exploitation of resources (including fracking), he also discusses its place in environmental issues, such as foundations for urban structures and sites for landfill, and in tackling issues associated with climate change. Zalasiewicz concludes by discussing the exciting future and frontiers of the field, such as the exploration of the geology of Mars. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homer and the Holiday Miracle: A True Story Author: Gwen Cooper Narrator: Gwen Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Homer, the world-renowned Blind Wonder Cat, returns this holiday season with an ins-purr-ational tale filled with holiday cheer! Fifteen years earlier, doctors had warned that Homer—a tiny, sightless kitten—was unlikely to survive and probably wouldn’t have much of a life even if he did. Miraculously and against all the odds, however, Homer grew into a feline dynamo who scaled seven-foot bookcases with ease, saved his human mom’s life when he chased a late-night burglar from their apartment, and rose to global fame—paving the way for other special-needs animals once considered “unadoptable.” Now, only two weeks before Christmas, with doctors once again decreeing that Homer didn’t have much time—that he wouldn’t even make it to Christmas Eve—Homer showed everyone that he still had one more miracle left in him. The heroic blind cat proved again, once and for all, that hope and love aren’t things you see with your eyes. You see them with your heart. Humorous and heartwarming, Homer and the Holiday Miracle will leave you filled with the true spirit of the season. Gwen Cooper Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349158 thebookvoice.com 0:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homer and the Holiday Miracle: A True Story Author: Gwen Cooper Narrator: Gwen Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Homer, the world-renowned Blind Wonder Cat, returns this holiday season with an ins-purr-ational tale filled with holiday cheer! Fifteen years earlier, doctors had warned that Homer—a tiny, sightless kitten—was unlikely to survive and probably wouldn’t have much of a life even if he did. Miraculously and against all the odds, however, Homer grew into a feline dynamo who scaled seven-foot bookcases with ease, saved his human mom’s life when he chased a late-night burglar from their apartment, and rose to global fame—paving the way for other special-needs animals once considered “unadoptable.” Now, only two weeks before Christmas, with doctors once again decreeing that Homer didn’t have much time—that he wouldn’t even make it to Christmas Eve—Homer showed everyone that he still had one more miracle left in him. The heroic blind cat proved again, once and for all, that hope and love aren’t things you see with your eyes. You see them with your heart. Humorous and heartwarming, Homer and the Holiday Miracle will leave you filled with the true spirit of the season. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homer and the Holiday Miracle: A True Story Author: Gwen Cooper Narrator: Gwen Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Homer, the world-renowned Blind Wonder Cat, returns this holiday season with an ins-purr-ational tale filled with holiday cheer! Fifteen years earlier, doctors had warned that Homer—a tiny, sightless kitten—was unlikely to survive and probably wouldn’t have much of a life even if he did. Miraculously and against all the odds, however, Homer grew into a feline dynamo who scaled seven-foot bookcases with ease, saved his human mom’s life when he chased a late-night burglar from their apartment, and rose to global fame—paving the way for other special-needs animals once considered “unadoptable.” Now, only two weeks before Christmas, with doctors once again decreeing that Homer didn’t have much time—that he wouldn’t even make it to Christmas Eve—Homer showed everyone that he still had one more miracle left in him. The heroic blind cat proved again, once and for all, that hope and love aren’t things you see with your eyes. You see them with your heart. Humorous and heartwarming, Homer and the Holiday Miracle will leave you filled with the true spirit of the season. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349157 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Life in a Cat House: True Tales of Love, Laughter, and Living with Five Felines Author: Gwen Cooper Narrator: Laurence Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Celebrate the human-feline bond with all its joys, mysteries, and life-changing moments. Gwen Cooper—author of the blockbuster international bestseller Homer’s Odyssey: A Fearless Feline Tale, or How I Learned about Love and Life with a Blind Wonder Cat—returns with the ongoing adventures of her much-beloved, world-famous fur family. Ideal for new listeners and longtime fans alike, this collection of eight purr-fect cat stories is filled with all the humor and heart Gwen’s devoted readership has come to know and love. An adorable, five-week-old rescue kitten slowly learns to trust the woman who saved her. An obsessive cat teaches himself to play fetch and demands it morning and night from his hapless mom—whether she’s working, sleeping, eating, bathing, or trying to enjoy some “alone time” with her husband. And Homer, the Blind Wonder Cat himself, returns triumphant in a new story about life and love after worldwide fame. Listen to all eight stories in one sitting, or savor each gem of a “tail” on its own. My Life in a Cat House will leave you laughing out loud, shedding an occasional tear, and hugging your own cat a little bit closer. Gwen Cooper Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349157 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Life in a Cat House: True Tales of Love, Laughter, and Living with Five Felines Author: Gwen Cooper Narrator: Laurence Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Celebrate the human-feline bond with all its joys, mysteries, and life-changing moments. Gwen Cooper—author of the blockbuster international bestseller Homer’s Odyssey: A Fearless Feline Tale, or How I Learned about Love and Life with a Blind Wonder Cat—returns with the ongoing adventures of her much-beloved, world-famous fur family. Ideal for new listeners and longtime fans alike, this collection of eight purr-fect cat stories is filled with all the humor and heart Gwen’s devoted readership has come to know and love. An adorable, five-week-old rescue kitten slowly learns to trust the woman who saved her. An obsessive cat teaches himself to play fetch and demands it morning and night from his hapless mom—whether she’s working, sleeping, eating, bathing, or trying to enjoy some “alone time” with her husband. And Homer, the Blind Wonder Cat himself, returns triumphant in a new story about life and love after worldwide fame. Listen to all eight stories in one sitting, or savor each gem of a “tail” on its own. My Life in a Cat House will leave you laughing out loud, shedding an occasional tear, and hugging your own cat a little bit closer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Life in a Cat House: True Tales of Love, Laughter, and Living with Five Felines Author: Gwen Cooper Narrator: Laurence Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Celebrate the human-feline bond with all its joys, mysteries, and life-changing moments. Gwen Cooper—author of the blockbuster international bestseller Homer’s Odyssey: A Fearless Feline Tale, or How I Learned about Love and Life with a Blind Wonder Cat—returns with the ongoing adventures of her much-beloved, world-famous fur family. Ideal for new listeners and longtime fans alike, this collection of eight purr-fect cat stories is filled with all the humor and heart Gwen’s devoted readership has come to know and love. An adorable, five-week-old rescue kitten slowly learns to trust the woman who saved her. An obsessive cat teaches himself to play fetch and demands it morning and night from his hapless mom—whether she’s working, sleeping, eating, bathing, or trying to enjoy some “alone time” with her husband. And Homer, the Blind Wonder Cat himself, returns triumphant in a new story about life and love after worldwide fame. Listen to all eight stories in one sitting, or savor each gem of a “tail” on its own. My Life in a Cat House will leave you laughing out loud, shedding an occasional tear, and hugging your own cat a little bit closer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forest Therapy: Seasonal Ways to Embrace Nature for a Happier You Author: Sarah Ivens Narrator: Moira Quirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From a bestselling author, a guide to building a happier life by connecting with nature–without having to go too far the comfort of your own home. Perfect for fans of The Nature Fix and The Little Book of Hygge. Research shows that spending time outside can improve your immune system, combat stress hormones, lower blood pressure, and boost self-esteem. Yet everyday life prevents us from connecting with the outdoors. Forest Therapy shares why getting back to nature is critically important for our well-being, and offers fun, easy practices to break out of hibernation.   Addressing all four seasons, Forest Therapy offers inspiration for utilizing the power of nature to deepen your relationships with family, friends, and, most importantly, yourself. From a simple walk in the woods to DIY natural beauty products, this charming, illustrated guide will help improve your health and happiness–so you can live your best life out in the open air. Sarah Ivens Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349055 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forest Therapy: Seasonal Ways to Embrace Nature for a Happier You Author: Sarah Ivens Narrator: Moira Quirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From a bestselling author, a guide to building a happier life by connecting with nature–without having to go too far the comfort of your own home. Perfect for fans of The Nature Fix and The Little Book of Hygge. Research shows that spending time outside can improve your immune system, combat stress hormones, lower blood pressure, and boost self-esteem. Yet everyday life prevents us from connecting with the outdoors. Forest Therapy shares why getting back to nature is critically important for our well-being, and offers fun, easy practices to break out of hibernation.   Addressing all four seasons, Forest Therapy offers inspiration for utilizing the power of nature to deepen your relationships with family, friends, and, most importantly, yourself. From a simple walk in the woods to DIY natural beauty products, this charming, illustrated guide will help improve your health and happiness–so you can live your best life out in the open air. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forest Therapy: Seasonal Ways to Embrace Nature for a Happier You Author: Sarah Ivens Narrator: Moira Quirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From a bestselling author, a guide to building a happier life by connecting with nature–without having to go too far the comfort of your own home. Perfect for fans of The Nature Fix and The Little Book of Hygge. Research shows that spending time outside can improve your immune system, combat stress hormones, lower blood pressure, and boost self-esteem. Yet everyday life prevents us from connecting with the outdoors. Forest Therapy shares why getting back to nature is critically important for our well-being, and offers fun, easy practices to break out of hibernation.   Addressing all four seasons, Forest Therapy offers inspiration for utilizing the power of nature to deepen your relationships with family, friends, and, most importantly, yourself. From a simple walk in the woods to DIY natural beauty products, this charming, illustrated guide will help improve your health and happiness–so you can live your best life out in the open air. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349051 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink Beer, Think Beer: Getting to the Bottom of Every Pint Author: John Holl Narrator: John Holl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning journalist and beer expert, a thoughtful and witty guide to understanding and enjoying beer Right here, right now is the best time in the history of mankind to be a beer drinker. America now has more breweries than at any time since prohibition, and globally, beer culture is thriving and constantly innovating. Drinkers can order beer brewed with local yeast or infused with moondust. However, beer drinkers are also faced with uneven quality and misinformation about flavors. And the industry itself is suffering from growing pains, beset by problems such as unequal access to taps, skewed pricing, and sexism. Drawing on history, economics, and interviews with industry insiders, John Holl provides a complete guide to beer today, allowing readers to think critically about the best beverage in the world. Full of entertaining anecdotes and surprising opinions, Drink Beer, Think Beer is a must-read for beer lovers, from casual enthusiasts to die-hard hop heads. John Holl Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349051 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink Beer, Think Beer: Getting to the Bottom of Every Pint Author: John Holl Narrator: John Holl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning journalist and beer expert, a thoughtful and witty guide to understanding and enjoying beer Right here, right now is the best time in the history of mankind to be a beer drinker. America now has more breweries than at any time since prohibition, and globally, beer culture is thriving and constantly innovating. Drinkers can order beer brewed with local yeast or infused with moondust. However, beer drinkers are also faced with uneven quality and misinformation about flavors. And the industry itself is suffering from growing pains, beset by problems such as unequal access to taps, skewed pricing, and sexism. Drawing on history, economics, and interviews with industry insiders, John Holl provides a complete guide to beer today, allowing readers to think critically about the best beverage in the world. Full of entertaining anecdotes and surprising opinions, Drink Beer, Think Beer is a must-read for beer lovers, from casual enthusiasts to die-hard hop heads. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink Beer, Think Beer: Getting to the Bottom of Every Pint Author: John Holl Narrator: John Holl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From an award-winning journalist and beer expert, a thoughtful and witty guide to understanding and enjoying beer Right here, right now is the best time in the history of mankind to be a beer drinker. America now has more breweries than at any time since prohibition, and globally, beer culture is thriving and constantly innovating. Drinkers can order beer brewed with local yeast or infused with moondust. However, beer drinkers are also faced with uneven quality and misinformation about flavors. And the industry itself is suffering from growing pains, beset by problems such as unequal access to taps, skewed pricing, and sexism. Drawing on history, economics, and interviews with industry insiders, John Holl provides a complete guide to beer today, allowing readers to think critically about the best beverage in the world. Full of entertaining anecdotes and surprising opinions, Drink Beer, Think Beer is a must-read for beer lovers, from casual enthusiasts to die-hard hop heads. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Way the World Ends: How Droughts and Die-offs, Heat Waves and Hurricanes Are Converging on America Author: Jeff Nesbit Narrator: Jeff Nesbit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'With This is the Way the World Ends Jeff Nesbit has delivered an enlightening - and alarming - explanation of the climate challenge as it exists today. Climate change is no far-off threat. It's impacting communities all over the world at this very moment, and we ignore the scientific reality at our own peril. The good news? As Nesbit underscores, disaster is not preordained. The global community can meet this moment — and we must.' —Senator John Kerry A unique view of climate change glimpsed through the world's resources that are disappearing. The world itself won’t end, of course. Only ours will: our livelihoods, our homes, our cultures. And we’re squarely at the tipping point. Longer droughts in the Middle East. Growing desertification in China and Africa. The monsoon season shrinking in India. Amped-up heat waves in Australia. More intense hurricanes reaching America. Water wars in the Horn of Africa. Rebellions, refugees and starving children across the globe. These are not disconnected events. These are the pieces of a larger puzzle that environmental expert Jeff Nesbit puts together Unless we start addressing the causes of climate change and stop simply navigating its effects, we will be facing a series of unstoppable catastrophes by the time our preschoolers graduate from college. Our world is in trouble – right now. This Is the Way the World Ends tells the real stories of the substantial impacts to Earth’s systems unfolding across each continent. The bad news? Within two decades or so, our carbon budget will reach a point of no return. But there’s good news. Like every significant challenge we’ve faced—from creating civilization in the shadow of the last ice age to the Industrial Revolution—we can get out of this box canyon by understanding the realities, changing the worn-out climate conversation to one that’s relevant to every person. Nesbit provides a clear blueprint for real-time, workable solutions we can tackle together. Jeff Nesbit Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Way the World Ends: How Droughts and Die-offs, Heat Waves and Hurricanes Are Converging on America Author: Jeff Nesbit Narrator: Jeff Nesbit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'With This is the Way the World Ends Jeff Nesbit has delivered an enlightening - and alarming - explanation of the climate challenge as it exists today. Climate change is no far-off threat. It's impacting communities all over the world at this very moment, and we ignore the scientific reality at our own peril. The good news? As Nesbit underscores, disaster is not preordained. The global community can meet this moment — and we must.' —Senator John Kerry A unique view of climate change glimpsed through the world's resources that are disappearing. The world itself won’t end, of course. Only ours will: our livelihoods, our homes, our cultures. And we’re squarely at the tipping point. Longer droughts in the Middle East. Growing desertification in China and Africa. The monsoon season shrinking in India. Amped-up heat waves in Australia. More intense hurricanes reaching America. Water wars in the Horn of Africa. Rebellions, refugees and starving children across the globe. These are not disconnected events. These are the pieces of a larger puzzle that environmental expert Jeff Nesbit puts together Unless we start addressing the causes of climate change and stop simply navigating its effects, we will be facing a series of unstoppable catastrophes by the time our preschoolers graduate from college. Our world is in trouble – right now. This Is the Way the World Ends tells the real stories of the substantial impacts to Earth’s systems unfolding across each continent. The bad news? Within two decades or so, our carbon budget will reach a point of no return. But there’s good news. Like every significant challenge we’ve faced—from creating civilization in the shadow of the last ice age to the Industrial Revolution—we can get out of this box canyon by understanding the realities, changing the worn-out climate conversation to one that’s relevant to every person. Nesbit provides a clear blueprint for real-time, workable solutions we can tackle together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Way the World Ends: How Droughts and Die-offs, Heat Waves and Hurricanes Are Converging on America Author: Jeff Nesbit Narrator: Jeff Nesbit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: 'With This is the Way the World Ends Jeff Nesbit has delivered an enlightening - and alarming - explanation of the climate challenge as it exists today. Climate change is no far-off threat. It's impacting communities all over the world at this very moment, and we ignore the scientific reality at our own peril. The good news? As Nesbit underscores, disaster is not preordained. The global community can meet this moment — and we must.' —Senator John Kerry A unique view of climate change glimpsed through the world's resources that are disappearing. The world itself won’t end, of course. Only ours will: our livelihoods, our homes, our cultures. And we’re squarely at the tipping point. Longer droughts in the Middle East. Growing desertification in China and Africa. The monsoon season shrinking in India. Amped-up heat waves in Australia. More intense hurricanes reaching America. Water wars in the Horn of Africa. Rebellions, refugees and starving children across the globe. These are not disconnected events. These are the pieces of a larger puzzle that environmental expert Jeff Nesbit puts together Unless we start addressing the causes of climate change and stop simply navigating its effects, we will be facing a series of unstoppable catastrophes by the time our preschoolers graduate from college. Our world is in trouble – right now. This Is the Way the World Ends tells the real stories of the substantial impacts to Earth’s systems unfolding across each continent. The bad news? Within two decades or so, our carbon budget will reach a point of no return. But there’s good news. Like every significant challenge we’ve faced—from creating civilization in the shadow of the last ice age to the Industrial Revolution—we can get out of this box canyon by understanding the realities, changing the worn-out climate conversation to one that’s relevant to every person. Nesbit provides a clear blueprint for real-time, workable solutions we can tackle together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underland: A Deep Time Journey Author: Robert MacFarlane Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for the Best Nonfiction Audiobook at the New York Festival Radio Awards 2020. A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE 2019 WINNER OF THE STANFORD DOLMAN TRAVEL BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2020 'You'd be crazy not to read this book' The Sunday Times A Guardian Best Book of the 21st Century From the internationally bestselling, prize-winning author of Landmarks, The Lost Words and The Old Ways In Underland, Robert Macfarlane takes us on a journey into the worlds beneath our feet. From the ice-blue depths of Greenland's glaciers, to the underground networks by which trees communicate, from Bronze Age burial chambers to the rock art of remote Arctic sea-caves, this is a deep-time voyage into the planet's past and future. Global in its geography, gripping in its voice and haunting in its implications, Underland is a work of huge range and power, and a remarkable new chapter in Macfarlane's long-term exploration of landscape and the human heart. SHORTLISTED FOR THE RSL ONDAATJE PRIZE 2020 'Macfarlane has invented a new kind of book, really a new genre entirely' The Irish Times 'He is the great nature writer, and nature poet, of this generation' Wall Street Journal 'Macfarlane has shown how utterly beautiful a brilliantly written travel book can still be' Observer on The Old Ways 'Irradiated by a profound sense of wonder... Few books give such a sense of enchantment; it is a book to give to many, and to return to repeatedly' Independent on Landmarks 'It sets the imagination tingling...like reading a prose Odyssey sprinkled with imagist poems' The Sunday Times on The Old Ways © Robert Macfarlane 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Robert MacFarlane Fri, 03 May 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549 thebookvoice.com 13:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underland: A Deep Time Journey Author: Robert MacFarlane Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for the Best Nonfiction Audiobook at the New York Festival Radio Awards 2020. A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE 2019 WINNER OF THE STANFORD DOLMAN TRAVEL BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2020 'You'd be crazy not to read this book' The Sunday Times A Guardian Best Book of the 21st Century From the internationally bestselling, prize-winning author of Landmarks, The Lost Words and The Old Ways In Underland, Robert Macfarlane takes us on a journey into the worlds beneath our feet. From the ice-blue depths of Greenland's glaciers, to the underground networks by which trees communicate, from Bronze Age burial chambers to the rock art of remote Arctic sea-caves, this is a deep-time voyage into the planet's past and future. Global in its geography, gripping in its voice and haunting in its implications, Underland is a work of huge range and power, and a remarkable new chapter in Macfarlane's long-term exploration of landscape and the human heart. SHORTLISTED FOR THE RSL ONDAATJE PRIZE 2020 'Macfarlane has invented a new kind of book, really a new genre entirely' The Irish Times 'He is the great nature writer, and nature poet, of this generation' Wall Street Journal 'Macfarlane has shown how utterly beautiful a brilliantly written travel book can still be' Observer on The Old Ways 'Irradiated by a profound sense of wonder... Few books give such a sense of enchantment; it is a book to give to many, and to return to repeatedly' Independent on Landmarks 'It sets the imagination tingling...like reading a prose Odyssey sprinkled with imagist poems' The Sunday Times on The Old Ways © Robert Macfarlane 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underland: A Deep Time Journey Author: Robert MacFarlane Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for the Best Nonfiction Audiobook at the New York Festival Radio Awards 2020. A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE 2019 WINNER OF THE STANFORD DOLMAN TRAVEL BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2020 'You'd be crazy not to read this book' The Sunday Times A Guardian Best Book of the 21st Century From the internationally bestselling, prize-winning author of Landmarks, The Lost Words and The Old Ways In Underland, Robert Macfarlane takes us on a journey into the worlds beneath our feet. From the ice-blue depths of Greenland's glaciers, to the underground networks by which trees communicate, from Bronze Age burial chambers to the rock art of remote Arctic sea-caves, this is a deep-time voyage into the planet's past and future. Global in its geography, gripping in its voice and haunting in its implications, Underland is a work of huge range and power, and a remarkable new chapter in Macfarlane's long-term exploration of landscape and the human heart. SHORTLISTED FOR THE RSL ONDAATJE PRIZE 2020 'Macfarlane has invented a new kind of book, really a new genre entirely' The Irish Times 'He is the great nature writer, and nature poet, of this generation' Wall Street Journal 'Macfarlane has shown how utterly beautiful a brilliantly written travel book can still be' Observer on The Old Ways 'Irradiated by a profound sense of wonder... Few books give such a sense of enchantment; it is a book to give to many, and to return to repeatedly' Independent on Landmarks 'It sets the imagination tingling...like reading a prose Odyssey sprinkled with imagist poems' The Sunday Times on The Old Ways © Robert Macfarlane 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347377 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Wolves: Lessons from the Sawtooth Pack Author: Jamie Dutcher, Jim Dutcher Narrator: Traber Burns, Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the world-famous couple who lived alongside a three-generation wolf pack comes this book of inspiration, drawn from the wild, that will fascinate animal lovers and nature lovers alike. For six years Jim and Jamie Dutcher lived intimately with a pack of wolves, gaining their trust as no one has before. In this book the Dutchers reflect on the virtues they observed in wolf society and behavior. Each chapter exemplifies a principle, such as kindness, teamwork, playfulness, respect, curiosity, and compassion. Their heartfelt stories combine into a thought-provoking meditation on the values shared between the human and the animal world. Jamie Dutcher, Jim Dutcher Tue, 04 Dec 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347377 thebookvoice.com 5:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Wolves: Lessons from the Sawtooth Pack Author: Jamie Dutcher, Jim Dutcher Narrator: Traber Burns, Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the world-famous couple who lived alongside a three-generation wolf pack comes this book of inspiration, drawn from the wild, that will fascinate animal lovers and nature lovers alike. For six years Jim and Jamie Dutcher lived intimately with a pack of wolves, gaining their trust as no one has before. In this book the Dutchers reflect on the virtues they observed in wolf society and behavior. Each chapter exemplifies a principle, such as kindness, teamwork, playfulness, respect, curiosity, and compassion. Their heartfelt stories combine into a thought-provoking meditation on the values shared between the human and the animal world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Wolves: Lessons from the Sawtooth Pack Author: Jamie Dutcher, Jim Dutcher Narrator: Traber Burns, Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From the world-famous couple who lived alongside a three-generation wolf pack comes this book of inspiration, drawn from the wild, that will fascinate animal lovers and nature lovers alike. For six years Jim and Jamie Dutcher lived intimately with a pack of wolves, gaining their trust as no one has before. In this book the Dutchers reflect on the virtues they observed in wolf society and behavior. Each chapter exemplifies a principle, such as kindness, teamwork, playfulness, respect, curiosity, and compassion. Their heartfelt stories combine into a thought-provoking meditation on the values shared between the human and the animal world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347341 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising: Dispatches from the New American Shore Author: Elizabeth Rush Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Harvey. Maria. Irma. Sandy. Katrina. We live in a time of unprecedented hurricanes and catastrophic weather events, a time when it is increasingly clear that climate change is neither imagined nor distant―and that rising seas are transforming the coastline of the United States in irrevocable ways. In this highly original work of lyrical reportage, Elizabeth Rush guides readers through some of the places where this change has been most dramatic, from the Gulf Coast to Miami, and from New York City to the Bay Area. For many of the plants, animals, and humans in these places, the options are stark: retreat or perish in place. Weaving firsthand accounts from those facing this choice―a Staten Islander who lost her father during Sandy, the remaining holdouts of a Native American community on a drowning Isle de Jean Charles, a neighborhood in Pensacola settled by escaped slaves hundreds of years ago―with profiles of wildlife biologists, activists, and other members of the communities both currently at risk and already displaced, Rising privileges the voices of those usually kept at the margins. At once polyphonic and precise, Rising is a shimmering meditation on vulnerability and on vulnerable communities, both human and more than human, and on how to let go of the places we love. Elizabeth Rush Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347341 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising: Dispatches from the New American Shore Author: Elizabeth Rush Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Harvey. Maria. Irma. Sandy. Katrina. We live in a time of unprecedented hurricanes and catastrophic weather events, a time when it is increasingly clear that climate change is neither imagined nor distant―and that rising seas are transforming the coastline of the United States in irrevocable ways. In this highly original work of lyrical reportage, Elizabeth Rush guides readers through some of the places where this change has been most dramatic, from the Gulf Coast to Miami, and from New York City to the Bay Area. For many of the plants, animals, and humans in these places, the options are stark: retreat or perish in place. Weaving firsthand accounts from those facing this choice―a Staten Islander who lost her father during Sandy, the remaining holdouts of a Native American community on a drowning Isle de Jean Charles, a neighborhood in Pensacola settled by escaped slaves hundreds of years ago―with profiles of wildlife biologists, activists, and other members of the communities both currently at risk and already displaced, Rising privileges the voices of those usually kept at the margins. At once polyphonic and precise, Rising is a shimmering meditation on vulnerability and on vulnerable communities, both human and more than human, and on how to let go of the places we love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising: Dispatches from the New American Shore Author: Elizabeth Rush Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Harvey. Maria. Irma. Sandy. Katrina. We live in a time of unprecedented hurricanes and catastrophic weather events, a time when it is increasingly clear that climate change is neither imagined nor distant―and that rising seas are transforming the coastline of the United States in irrevocable ways. In this highly original work of lyrical reportage, Elizabeth Rush guides readers through some of the places where this change has been most dramatic, from the Gulf Coast to Miami, and from New York City to the Bay Area. For many of the plants, animals, and humans in these places, the options are stark: retreat or perish in place. Weaving firsthand accounts from those facing this choice―a Staten Islander who lost her father during Sandy, the remaining holdouts of a Native American community on a drowning Isle de Jean Charles, a neighborhood in Pensacola settled by escaped slaves hundreds of years ago―with profiles of wildlife biologists, activists, and other members of the communities both currently at risk and already displaced, Rising privileges the voices of those usually kept at the margins. At once polyphonic and precise, Rising is a shimmering meditation on vulnerability and on vulnerable communities, both human and more than human, and on how to let go of the places we love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Instructions: Indigenous Wisdom for Living Spirit-Based Change Author: Sherri Mitchell Narrator: Sherri Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A “profound and inspiring” collection of ancient indigenous wisdom for “anyone wanting the healing of self, society, and of our shared planet” (Peter Levine, author of Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma). A Penobscot Indian draws on the experiences and wisdom of the First Nations to address environmental justice, water protection, generational trauma, and more. Drawing from ancestral knowledge, as well as her experience as an attorney and activist, Sherri Mitchell addresses some of the most crucial issues of our day—including indigenous land rights, environmental justice, and our collective human survival. Sharing the gifts she has received from the elders of her tribe, the Penobscot Nation, she asks us to look deeply into the illusions we have labeled as truth and which separate us from our higher mind and from one another.   Sacred Instructions explains how our traditional stories set the framework for our belief systems and urges us to decolonize our language and our stories. It reveals how the removal of women from our stories has impacted our thinking and disrupted the natural balance within our communities.   For all those who seek to create change, this book lays out an ancient world view and set of cultural values that provide a way of life that is balanced and humane, that can heal Mother Earth, and that will preserve our communities for future generations. Sherri Mitchell Tue, 30 Apr 2019 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Instructions: Indigenous Wisdom for Living Spirit-Based Change Author: Sherri Mitchell Narrator: Sherri Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A “profound and inspiring” collection of ancient indigenous wisdom for “anyone wanting the healing of self, society, and of our shared planet” (Peter Levine, author of Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma). A Penobscot Indian draws on the experiences and wisdom of the First Nations to address environmental justice, water protection, generational trauma, and more. Drawing from ancestral knowledge, as well as her experience as an attorney and activist, Sherri Mitchell addresses some of the most crucial issues of our day—including indigenous land rights, environmental justice, and our collective human survival. Sharing the gifts she has received from the elders of her tribe, the Penobscot Nation, she asks us to look deeply into the illusions we have labeled as truth and which separate us from our higher mind and from one another.   Sacred Instructions explains how our traditional stories set the framework for our belief systems and urges us to decolonize our language and our stories. It reveals how the removal of women from our stories has impacted our thinking and disrupted the natural balance within our communities.   For all those who seek to create change, this book lays out an ancient world view and set of cultural values that provide a way of life that is balanced and humane, that can heal Mother Earth, and that will preserve our communities for future generations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sacred Instructions: Indigenous Wisdom for Living Spirit-Based Change Author: Sherri Mitchell Narrator: Sherri Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A “profound and inspiring” collection of ancient indigenous wisdom for “anyone wanting the healing of self, society, and of our shared planet” (Peter Levine, author of Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma). A Penobscot Indian draws on the experiences and wisdom of the First Nations to address environmental justice, water protection, generational trauma, and more. Drawing from ancestral knowledge, as well as her experience as an attorney and activist, Sherri Mitchell addresses some of the most crucial issues of our day—including indigenous land rights, environmental justice, and our collective human survival. Sharing the gifts she has received from the elders of her tribe, the Penobscot Nation, she asks us to look deeply into the illusions we have labeled as truth and which separate us from our higher mind and from one another.   Sacred Instructions explains how our traditional stories set the framework for our belief systems and urges us to decolonize our language and our stories. It reveals how the removal of women from our stories has impacted our thinking and disrupted the natural balance within our communities.   For all those who seek to create change, this book lays out an ancient world view and set of cultural values that provide a way of life that is balanced and humane, that can heal Mother Earth, and that will preserve our communities for future generations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Down to the Wire: Confronting Climate Collapse Author: David W. Orr Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Down to the Wire is a sober and eloquent assessment of climate destabilization and an urgent call to action. David Orr describes how political negligence, an economy based on the insatiable consumption of trivial goods, and a disdain for the well-being of future generations have brought us to the tipping point that biologist Edward O. Wilson calls 'the bottleneck.' Due to our refusal to live within natural limits, we now face a long emergency of rising temperatures, rising sea-levels, and a host of other related problems that will increasingly undermine human civilization. Climate destabilization to which we are already committed will change everything, and to those betting on quick technological fixes or minor adjustments to the way we live now, Down to the Wire is a major wake-up call. But this is not a doomsday book. Orr offers a wide range of pragmatic, far-reaching proposals—some of which have already been adopted by the Obama administration—for how we might reconnect public policy with rigorous science, bring our economy into alignment with ecological realities, and begin to regard ourselves as planetary trustees for future generations. He offers inspiring real-life examples of people already responding to the major threat to our future. David W. Orr Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346976 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Down to the Wire: Confronting Climate Collapse Author: David W. Orr Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Down to the Wire is a sober and eloquent assessment of climate destabilization and an urgent call to action. David Orr describes how political negligence, an economy based on the insatiable consumption of trivial goods, and a disdain for the well-being of future generations have brought us to the tipping point that biologist Edward O. Wilson calls 'the bottleneck.' Due to our refusal to live within natural limits, we now face a long emergency of rising temperatures, rising sea-levels, and a host of other related problems that will increasingly undermine human civilization. Climate destabilization to which we are already committed will change everything, and to those betting on quick technological fixes or minor adjustments to the way we live now, Down to the Wire is a major wake-up call. But this is not a doomsday book. Orr offers a wide range of pragmatic, far-reaching proposals—some of which have already been adopted by the Obama administration—for how we might reconnect public policy with rigorous science, bring our economy into alignment with ecological realities, and begin to regard ourselves as planetary trustees for future generations. He offers inspiring real-life examples of people already responding to the major threat to our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Down to the Wire: Confronting Climate Collapse Author: David W. Orr Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Down to the Wire is a sober and eloquent assessment of climate destabilization and an urgent call to action. David Orr describes how political negligence, an economy based on the insatiable consumption of trivial goods, and a disdain for the well-being of future generations have brought us to the tipping point that biologist Edward O. Wilson calls 'the bottleneck.' Due to our refusal to live within natural limits, we now face a long emergency of rising temperatures, rising sea-levels, and a host of other related problems that will increasingly undermine human civilization. Climate destabilization to which we are already committed will change everything, and to those betting on quick technological fixes or minor adjustments to the way we live now, Down to the Wire is a major wake-up call. But this is not a doomsday book. Orr offers a wide range of pragmatic, far-reaching proposals—some of which have already been adopted by the Obama administration—for how we might reconnect public policy with rigorous science, bring our economy into alignment with ecological realities, and begin to regard ourselves as planetary trustees for future generations. He offers inspiring real-life examples of people already responding to the major threat to our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346958 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seaweed Chronicles: A World at the Water’s Edge Author: Susan Hand Shetterly Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Glimpse the wonders of a hidden world. An ancient, and vital, part of nature's ecosystem, seaweed is now emerging as an increasingly important source of food in a world faced with diminishing natural resources. In Seaweed Chronicles, acclaimed nature writer Susan Hand Shetterly opens a window into the world of this fascinating organism by providing an elegant, often poetic look at life on the rugged shore of the Gulf of Maine. Shetterly offers a close look at the life cycle of seaweed, and introduces us to the men and women who farm and harvest it—and their increasingly difficult task of protecting this critical natural resource against forces both natural and man-made. Ideal for fans of such books as The Hidden Life of Trees and How to Read Water, Seaweed Chronicles is a beautiful tribute to a little-known part of our country and a significant contribution to our understanding of our natural habitat. Susan Hand Shetterly Tue, 07 Aug 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346958 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seaweed Chronicles: A World at the Water’s Edge Author: Susan Hand Shetterly Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Glimpse the wonders of a hidden world. An ancient, and vital, part of nature's ecosystem, seaweed is now emerging as an increasingly important source of food in a world faced with diminishing natural resources. In Seaweed Chronicles, acclaimed nature writer Susan Hand Shetterly opens a window into the world of this fascinating organism by providing an elegant, often poetic look at life on the rugged shore of the Gulf of Maine. Shetterly offers a close look at the life cycle of seaweed, and introduces us to the men and women who farm and harvest it—and their increasingly difficult task of protecting this critical natural resource against forces both natural and man-made. Ideal for fans of such books as The Hidden Life of Trees and How to Read Water, Seaweed Chronicles is a beautiful tribute to a little-known part of our country and a significant contribution to our understanding of our natural habitat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seaweed Chronicles: A World at the Water’s Edge Author: Susan Hand Shetterly Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Glimpse the wonders of a hidden world. An ancient, and vital, part of nature's ecosystem, seaweed is now emerging as an increasingly important source of food in a world faced with diminishing natural resources. In Seaweed Chronicles, acclaimed nature writer Susan Hand Shetterly opens a window into the world of this fascinating organism by providing an elegant, often poetic look at life on the rugged shore of the Gulf of Maine. Shetterly offers a close look at the life cycle of seaweed, and introduces us to the men and women who farm and harvest it—and their increasingly difficult task of protecting this critical natural resource against forces both natural and man-made. Ideal for fans of such books as The Hidden Life of Trees and How to Read Water, Seaweed Chronicles is a beautiful tribute to a little-known part of our country and a significant contribution to our understanding of our natural habitat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346908 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Song for the River Author: Philip Connors Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the last working fire lookouts comes this sequel to the award-winning Fire Season―a story of calamity and resilience in the world’s first wilderness. A dozen years into his dream job keeping watch over the Gila National Forest of New Mexico, Philip Connors bore witness to the blaze he had always feared: a megafire that forced him off his mountain by helicopter and forever changed the forest and watershed he loved. It was one of many transformations that arrived in quick succession, not just fire and flood but the death of a fellow lookout in a freak accident and a tragic plane crash that rocked the community he called home. Beginning as an elegy for a friend he cherished like a brother, A Song for the River opens into a chorus of voices singing in celebration of a landscape redolent with meaning―and the river that runs through it, whose waters are threatened by a potential dam. The ways of water and the ways of fire, the lines tragedy carves on a life, the persistent renewal of green shoots sprouting from ash: these are the subjects of A Song for the River. Its argument on behalf of things wild and free could not be more timely; the goal is nothing less than permanent protection for that rarest of things in the American West, a free-flowing river―the sinuous and gorgeous Gila. It must not perish. Philip Connors Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346908 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Song for the River Author: Philip Connors Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the last working fire lookouts comes this sequel to the award-winning Fire Season―a story of calamity and resilience in the world’s first wilderness. A dozen years into his dream job keeping watch over the Gila National Forest of New Mexico, Philip Connors bore witness to the blaze he had always feared: a megafire that forced him off his mountain by helicopter and forever changed the forest and watershed he loved. It was one of many transformations that arrived in quick succession, not just fire and flood but the death of a fellow lookout in a freak accident and a tragic plane crash that rocked the community he called home. Beginning as an elegy for a friend he cherished like a brother, A Song for the River opens into a chorus of voices singing in celebration of a landscape redolent with meaning―and the river that runs through it, whose waters are threatened by a potential dam. The ways of water and the ways of fire, the lines tragedy carves on a life, the persistent renewal of green shoots sprouting from ash: these are the subjects of A Song for the River. Its argument on behalf of things wild and free could not be more timely; the goal is nothing less than permanent protection for that rarest of things in the American West, a free-flowing river―the sinuous and gorgeous Gila. It must not perish. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Song for the River Author: Philip Connors Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: From one of the last working fire lookouts comes this sequel to the award-winning Fire Season―a story of calamity and resilience in the world’s first wilderness. A dozen years into his dream job keeping watch over the Gila National Forest of New Mexico, Philip Connors bore witness to the blaze he had always feared: a megafire that forced him off his mountain by helicopter and forever changed the forest and watershed he loved. It was one of many transformations that arrived in quick succession, not just fire and flood but the death of a fellow lookout in a freak accident and a tragic plane crash that rocked the community he called home. Beginning as an elegy for a friend he cherished like a brother, A Song for the River opens into a chorus of voices singing in celebration of a landscape redolent with meaning―and the river that runs through it, whose waters are threatened by a potential dam. The ways of water and the ways of fire, the lines tragedy carves on a life, the persistent renewal of green shoots sprouting from ash: these are the subjects of A Song for the River. Its argument on behalf of things wild and free could not be more timely; the goal is nothing less than permanent protection for that rarest of things in the American West, a free-flowing river―the sinuous and gorgeous Gila. It must not perish. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbridled Faith: 100 Devotions from the Horse Farm Author: Cara Whitney Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Explore the timeless wisdom of God's Word through this beautiful horse devotional.Horses nuzzle their way into our hearts and have a way of teaching us a lot about ourselves, about life, and even about God. Just ask horse enthusiast Cara Whitney, wife of comedian and actor Dan Whitney (aka Larry the Cable Guy).Through years spent working with these majestic animals—Cara Whitney has learned countless spiritual lessons that have brought her closer to God.In 100 heartfelt devotions, you'll ·Learn about being flexible in your faith from a gangly legged colt. ·Discover the secret to overcoming temptation through a horse's 'sneak and eat' game. ·From a pony with a sweet tooth, find out why we should be glad God doesn’t answer yes to all of our prayers. ·Be reminded that you are priceless to God from a one-eyed quarter horse named Roanie. Unbridled Faith is the perfect daily devotional for horse lovers Cara Whitney Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346878 thebookvoice.com 4:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbridled Faith: 100 Devotions from the Horse Farm Author: Cara Whitney Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Explore the timeless wisdom of God's Word through this beautiful horse devotional.Horses nuzzle their way into our hearts and have a way of teaching us a lot about ourselves, about life, and even about God. Just ask horse enthusiast Cara Whitney, wife of comedian and actor Dan Whitney (aka Larry the Cable Guy).Through years spent working with these majestic animals—Cara Whitney has learned countless spiritual lessons that have brought her closer to God.In 100 heartfelt devotions, you'll ·Learn about being flexible in your faith from a gangly legged colt. ·Discover the secret to overcoming temptation through a horse's 'sneak and eat' game. ·From a pony with a sweet tooth, find out why we should be glad God doesn’t answer yes to all of our prayers. ·Be reminded that you are priceless to God from a one-eyed quarter horse named Roanie. Unbridled Faith is the perfect daily devotional for horse lovers Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbridled Faith: 100 Devotions from the Horse Farm Author: Cara Whitney Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Explore the timeless wisdom of God's Word through this beautiful horse devotional.Horses nuzzle their way into our hearts and have a way of teaching us a lot about ourselves, about life, and even about God. Just ask horse enthusiast Cara Whitney, wife of comedian and actor Dan Whitney (aka Larry the Cable Guy).Through years spent working with these majestic animals—Cara Whitney has learned countless spiritual lessons that have brought her closer to God.In 100 heartfelt devotions, you'll ·Learn about being flexible in your faith from a gangly legged colt. ·Discover the secret to overcoming temptation through a horse's 'sneak and eat' game. ·From a pony with a sweet tooth, find out why we should be glad God doesn’t answer yes to all of our prayers. ·Be reminded that you are priceless to God from a one-eyed quarter horse named Roanie. Unbridled Faith is the perfect daily devotional for horse lovers https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Teeth: A True Story of Survival and Obsession Among America's Great White Sharks Author: Susan Casey Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Travel thirty miles north, south, or east of San Francisco city hall and you'll be engulfed in a landscape of thick traffic, fast enterprise, and six-dollar cappuccinos. Venture thirty miles due west, however, and you will find yourself on what is virtually another planet: a spooky cluster of rocky islands called the Farallones. Journalist Susan Casey was in her living room when she first glimpsed this strange place and its resident sharks, their dark fins swirling around a tiny boat in a documentary. These great whites were the alphas among alphas, the narrator said, some of them topping eighteen feet in length, and each fall they congregated here off the northern California coast. That so many of these magnificent and elusive animals lived in the 415 area code, crisscrossing each other under the surface like jets stacked in a holding pattern, seemed stunningly improbably–and irresistible. Within a matter of months she was in a seventeen-foot Boston Whaler, being hoisted up a cliff face onto the barren surface of Southeast Farallon Island–part of the group known to nineteenth-century sailors as the "Devil's Teeth." There she joined the two biologists who study the sharks, bunking down in the island's one habitable building, a haunted, 120-year-old house spackled with lichen and gull guano. Less than forty-eight hours later she had her first encounter with the famous, terrifying jaws and was instantly hooked. The Devil's Teeth offers a rare glimpse into the lives of nature's most mysterious predators, and of those who follow them. Here is a vivid dispatch from an otherworldly outpost, a story of crossing the boundary between society and an untamed place where humans are neither wanted nor needed. Susan Casey Tue, 03 May 2005 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346792 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Teeth: A True Story of Survival and Obsession Among America's Great White Sharks Author: Susan Casey Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Travel thirty miles north, south, or east of San Francisco city hall and you'll be engulfed in a landscape of thick traffic, fast enterprise, and six-dollar cappuccinos. Venture thirty miles due west, however, and you will find yourself on what is virtually another planet: a spooky cluster of rocky islands called the Farallones. Journalist Susan Casey was in her living room when she first glimpsed this strange place and its resident sharks, their dark fins swirling around a tiny boat in a documentary. These great whites were the alphas among alphas, the narrator said, some of them topping eighteen feet in length, and each fall they congregated here off the northern California coast. That so many of these magnificent and elusive animals lived in the 415 area code, crisscrossing each other under the surface like jets stacked in a holding pattern, seemed stunningly improbably–and irresistible. Within a matter of months she was in a seventeen-foot Boston Whaler, being hoisted up a cliff face onto the barren surface of Southeast Farallon Island–part of the group known to nineteenth-century sailors as the "Devil's Teeth." There she joined the two biologists who study the sharks, bunking down in the island's one habitable building, a haunted, 120-year-old house spackled with lichen and gull guano. Less than forty-eight hours later she had her first encounter with the famous, terrifying jaws and was instantly hooked. The Devil's Teeth offers a rare glimpse into the lives of nature's most mysterious predators, and of those who follow them. Here is a vivid dispatch from an otherworldly outpost, a story of crossing the boundary between society and an untamed place where humans are neither wanted nor needed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Teeth: A True Story of Survival and Obsession Among America's Great White Sharks Author: Susan Casey Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Travel thirty miles north, south, or east of San Francisco city hall and you'll be engulfed in a landscape of thick traffic, fast enterprise, and six-dollar cappuccinos. Venture thirty miles due west, however, and you will find yourself on what is virtually another planet: a spooky cluster of rocky islands called the Farallones. Journalist Susan Casey was in her living room when she first glimpsed this strange place and its resident sharks, their dark fins swirling around a tiny boat in a documentary. These great whites were the alphas among alphas, the narrator said, some of them topping eighteen feet in length, and each fall they congregated here off the northern California coast. That so many of these magnificent and elusive animals lived in the 415 area code, crisscrossing each other under the surface like jets stacked in a holding pattern, seemed stunningly improbably–and irresistible. Within a matter of months she was in a seventeen-foot Boston Whaler, being hoisted up a cliff face onto the barren surface of Southeast Farallon Island–part of the group known to nineteenth-century sailors as the "Devil's Teeth." There she joined the two biologists who study the sharks, bunking down in the island's one habitable building, a haunted, 120-year-old house spackled with lichen and gull guano. Less than forty-eight hours later she had her first encounter with the famous, terrifying jaws and was instantly hooked. The Devil's Teeth offers a rare glimpse into the lives of nature's most mysterious predators, and of those who follow them. Here is a vivid dispatch from an otherworldly outpost, a story of crossing the boundary between society and an untamed place where humans are neither wanted nor needed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate: A New Story Author: Charles Eisenstein Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A stirring case for a wholesale reimagining of the framing, tactics, and goals we employ in our journey to heal from ecological destruction   With research and insight, Charles Eisenstein details how the quantification of the natural world leads to a lack of integration and our “fight” mentality. With an entire chapter unpacking the climate change denier’s point of view, he advocates for expanding our exclusive focus on carbon emissions to see the broader picture beyond our short-sighted and incomplete approach. The rivers, forests, and creatures of the natural and material world are sacred and valuable in their own right—not simply for carbon credits or preventing the extinction of one species versus another. After all, when you ask someone why they first became an environmentalist, they’re likely to point to the river they played in, the ocean they visited, the wild animals they observed, or the trees they climbed when they were a kid. This refocusing away from impending catastrophe and our inevitable doom cultivates meaningful emotional and psychological connections and provides real, actionable steps to caring for the earth. Freeing ourselves from a war mentality and seeing the bigger picture of how everything from prison reform to saving the whales can contribute to our planetary ecological health, we resist reflexive postures of solution and blame and reach toward the deep place where commitment lives. Charles Eisenstein Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate: A New Story Author: Charles Eisenstein Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A stirring case for a wholesale reimagining of the framing, tactics, and goals we employ in our journey to heal from ecological destruction   With research and insight, Charles Eisenstein details how the quantification of the natural world leads to a lack of integration and our “fight” mentality. With an entire chapter unpacking the climate change denier’s point of view, he advocates for expanding our exclusive focus on carbon emissions to see the broader picture beyond our short-sighted and incomplete approach. The rivers, forests, and creatures of the natural and material world are sacred and valuable in their own right—not simply for carbon credits or preventing the extinction of one species versus another. After all, when you ask someone why they first became an environmentalist, they’re likely to point to the river they played in, the ocean they visited, the wild animals they observed, or the trees they climbed when they were a kid. This refocusing away from impending catastrophe and our inevitable doom cultivates meaningful emotional and psychological connections and provides real, actionable steps to caring for the earth. Freeing ourselves from a war mentality and seeing the bigger picture of how everything from prison reform to saving the whales can contribute to our planetary ecological health, we resist reflexive postures of solution and blame and reach toward the deep place where commitment lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate: A New Story Author: Charles Eisenstein Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A stirring case for a wholesale reimagining of the framing, tactics, and goals we employ in our journey to heal from ecological destruction   With research and insight, Charles Eisenstein details how the quantification of the natural world leads to a lack of integration and our “fight” mentality. With an entire chapter unpacking the climate change denier’s point of view, he advocates for expanding our exclusive focus on carbon emissions to see the broader picture beyond our short-sighted and incomplete approach. The rivers, forests, and creatures of the natural and material world are sacred and valuable in their own right—not simply for carbon credits or preventing the extinction of one species versus another. After all, when you ask someone why they first became an environmentalist, they’re likely to point to the river they played in, the ocean they visited, the wild animals they observed, or the trees they climbed when they were a kid. This refocusing away from impending catastrophe and our inevitable doom cultivates meaningful emotional and psychological connections and provides real, actionable steps to caring for the earth. Freeing ourselves from a war mentality and seeing the bigger picture of how everything from prison reform to saving the whales can contribute to our planetary ecological health, we resist reflexive postures of solution and blame and reach toward the deep place where commitment lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Teeth: A True Story of Survival and Obsession Among America's Great White Sharks Author: Susan Casey Narrator: Susan Casey Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Travel thirty miles north, south, or east of San Francisco city hall and you'll be engulfed in a landscape of thick traffic, fast enterprise, and six-dollar cappuccinos. Venture thirty miles due west, however, and you will find yourself on what is virtually another planet: a spooky cluster of rocky islands called the Farallones. Journalist Susan Casey was in her living room when she first glimpsed this strange place and its resident sharks, their dark fins swirling around a tiny boat in a documentary. These great whites were the alphas among alphas, the narrator said, some of them topping eighteen feet in length, and each fall they congregated here off the northern California coast. That so many of these magnificent and elusive animals lived in the 415 area code, crisscrossing each other under the surface like jets stacked in a holding pattern, seemed stunningly improbable--and irresistible. Casey knew she had to see them for herself. Within a matter of months she was in a seventeen-foot Boston Whaler, being hoisted up a cliff face onto the barren surface of Southeast Farallon Island--part of the group know to the nineteenth-century sailors as "Devil's Teeth." There she joined the two biologists who study the sharks, bunking down in the island's one habitable building, a haunted, 120-year-old house spackled with lichen and gull guano. Less than forty-eight hours later she had her first encounter with the famous, terrifying jaws and was instantly hooked. Curiousity yielded to obsession, and when the opportunity arose to return for a longer stay she jumped at it. But as Casey readied herself for shark season, she had no way of preparing for what she would find among the dangerous, forgotten islands. The Devil's Teeth offers a rare glimpse into the lives of nature's most mysterious predators, and of those who follow them. Here is a vivid dispatch from an otherworldly outpost, a story of crossing the boundary between society and an untamed place where humans are neither wanted nor needed. Susan Casey Tue, 03 May 2005 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346732 thebookvoice.com 5:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Teeth: A True Story of Survival and Obsession Among America's Great White Sharks Author: Susan Casey Narrator: Susan Casey Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Travel thirty miles north, south, or east of San Francisco city hall and you'll be engulfed in a landscape of thick traffic, fast enterprise, and six-dollar cappuccinos. Venture thirty miles due west, however, and you will find yourself on what is virtually another planet: a spooky cluster of rocky islands called the Farallones. Journalist Susan Casey was in her living room when she first glimpsed this strange place and its resident sharks, their dark fins swirling around a tiny boat in a documentary. These great whites were the alphas among alphas, the narrator said, some of them topping eighteen feet in length, and each fall they congregated here off the northern California coast. That so many of these magnificent and elusive animals lived in the 415 area code, crisscrossing each other under the surface like jets stacked in a holding pattern, seemed stunningly improbable--and irresistible. Casey knew she had to see them for herself. Within a matter of months she was in a seventeen-foot Boston Whaler, being hoisted up a cliff face onto the barren surface of Southeast Farallon Island--part of the group know to the nineteenth-century sailors as "Devil's Teeth." There she joined the two biologists who study the sharks, bunking down in the island's one habitable building, a haunted, 120-year-old house spackled with lichen and gull guano. Less than forty-eight hours later she had her first encounter with the famous, terrifying jaws and was instantly hooked. Curiousity yielded to obsession, and when the opportunity arose to return for a longer stay she jumped at it. But as Casey readied herself for shark season, she had no way of preparing for what she would find among the dangerous, forgotten islands. The Devil's Teeth offers a rare glimpse into the lives of nature's most mysterious predators, and of those who follow them. Here is a vivid dispatch from an otherworldly outpost, a story of crossing the boundary between society and an untamed place where humans are neither wanted nor needed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Teeth: A True Story of Survival and Obsession Among America's Great White Sharks Author: Susan Casey Narrator: Susan Casey Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 3, 2005 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: Travel thirty miles north, south, or east of San Francisco city hall and you'll be engulfed in a landscape of thick traffic, fast enterprise, and six-dollar cappuccinos. Venture thirty miles due west, however, and you will find yourself on what is virtually another planet: a spooky cluster of rocky islands called the Farallones. Journalist Susan Casey was in her living room when she first glimpsed this strange place and its resident sharks, their dark fins swirling around a tiny boat in a documentary. These great whites were the alphas among alphas, the narrator said, some of them topping eighteen feet in length, and each fall they congregated here off the northern California coast. That so many of these magnificent and elusive animals lived in the 415 area code, crisscrossing each other under the surface like jets stacked in a holding pattern, seemed stunningly improbable--and irresistible. Casey knew she had to see them for herself. Within a matter of months she was in a seventeen-foot Boston Whaler, being hoisted up a cliff face onto the barren surface of Southeast Farallon Island--part of the group know to the nineteenth-century sailors as "Devil's Teeth." There she joined the two biologists who study the sharks, bunking down in the island's one habitable building, a haunted, 120-year-old house spackled with lichen and gull guano. Less than forty-eight hours later she had her first encounter with the famous, terrifying jaws and was instantly hooked. Curiousity yielded to obsession, and when the opportunity arose to return for a longer stay she jumped at it. But as Casey readied herself for shark season, she had no way of preparing for what she would find among the dangerous, forgotten islands. The Devil's Teeth offers a rare glimpse into the lives of nature's most mysterious predators, and of those who follow them. Here is a vivid dispatch from an otherworldly outpost, a story of crossing the boundary between society and an untamed place where humans are neither wanted nor needed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life on Earth Author: David Attenborough Narrator: David Attenborough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A new edition of David Attenborough’s groundbreaking Life on Earth. Winner of Best Non-Fiction Audiobook at the New York Radio Awards 2019. Shortlisted for Best Audiobook at the Specsavers National Book Awards 2018. Shortlisted for Futurebook of the Year at the Futurebook Awards 2018. The nation’s greatest voice, David Attenborough, reads a brand-new edition of Life on Earth, now available as an audiobook for the first time. David Attenborough’s unforgettable meeting with gorillas became an iconic moment for millions of television viewers. Life on Earth, the series and accompanying book, fundamentally changed the way we view and interact with the natural world, setting a new benchmark of quality, influencing a generation of nature lovers. Told through an examination of animal and plant life, this is an astonishing celebration of the evolution of life on earth, with a cast of characters drawn from the whole range of organisms that have ever lived on this planet. Attenborough’s perceptive, dynamic approach to the evolution of millions of species of living organisms takes the reader on an unforgettable journey of discovery from the very first spark of life to the blue and green wonder we know today. Now, to celebrate the 40th anniversary of the book’s first publication, David Attenborough has revisited Life on Earth, completely updating and adding to the original text, taking account of modern scientific discoveries from around the globe. This special anniversary edition provides a fitting tribute to an enduring wildlife classic, destined to enthral the generation who saw it when first published and bring it alive for a whole new generation. This audiobook includes wildlife sounds from BAFTA Award winning sound recordist, Chris Watson, who has worked extensively with David Attenborough on his BBC projects. A soundscape appears at the beginning of each chapter to provide a fully immersive experience of the habitat and some of the species described. A full list of the tracks, as they appear in the audiobook, is available below. - Prologue – Acacia scrubland dawn chorus in the Masai Mara, Kenya, featuring White-browed Robin-chat. - Chapter One, The Infinite Variety – Tropical rain forest in Panama with the calls of Montezuma oropendola. - Chapter Two, Building Bodies – Fish and crustaceans recorded underwater on a coral reef off Seligan island, Borneo. - Chapter Three, The First Forests – Geysir and geothermal activity at Haukadalur hot springs in Iceland. This track also features the Strokkur geysir erupting. - Chapter Four, The Swarming Hordes – Evening insect chorus in the Conkouati forest reserve, Republic of Congo. - Chapter Five, The Conquest of The Waters – Ocean currents through sea kelp recorded at a depth of 8m, Moray Firth, Scotland. - Chapter Six, Invasion of The Land – Reed frog chorus at sunset, Amboseli National Park, Kenya. - Chapter Seven, A Watertight Skin – Seawash around basking marine iguanas, Isla San Cristóbal, Galapagos. - Chapter Eight, Lords of The Air – Springtime dawn chorus with nightingale, Hambleton wood, Rutland Water nature reserve, UK. - Chapter Nine, Eggs, Pouches and Placentas – forest chorus along riverside platypus territory, Queensland, Australia. - Chapter Ten, Theme and Variation – Common Pipistrelle bats echolocating after sunset, Holystone woodland, Northumberland. - Chapter Eleven, The Hunters and The Hunted – Spotted hyena contact calls at midnight in the Masai Mara, Kenya. - Chapter Twelve, A Life in The Trees – Black howler monkeys calling across the tree canopy at sunrise in Belize. - Chapter Thirteen, The Compulsive Communicators – Street market, Ramnagar, Uttarakhand, Northern India. - Epilogue – Beach habitat in mangroves with Great frigatebirds and red footed boobies, Isla Genovesa, Galapagos. David Attenborough Thu, 20 Sep 2018 07:56:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346359 thebookvoice.com 12:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life on Earth Author: David Attenborough Narrator: David Attenborough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A new edition of David Attenborough’s groundbreaking Life on Earth. Winner of Best Non-Fiction Audiobook at the New York Radio Awards 2019. Shortlisted for Best Audiobook at the Specsavers National Book Awards 2018. Shortlisted for Futurebook of the Year at the Futurebook Awards 2018. The nation’s greatest voice, David Attenborough, reads a brand-new edition of Life on Earth, now available as an audiobook for the first time. David Attenborough’s unforgettable meeting with gorillas became an iconic moment for millions of television viewers. Life on Earth, the series and accompanying book, fundamentally changed the way we view and interact with the natural world, setting a new benchmark of quality, influencing a generation of nature lovers. Told through an examination of animal and plant life, this is an astonishing celebration of the evolution of life on earth, with a cast of characters drawn from the whole range of organisms that have ever lived on this planet. Attenborough’s perceptive, dynamic approach to the evolution of millions of species of living organisms takes the reader on an unforgettable journey of discovery from the very first spark of life to the blue and green wonder we know today. Now, to celebrate the 40th anniversary of the book’s first publication, David Attenborough has revisited Life on Earth, completely updating and adding to the original text, taking account of modern scientific discoveries from around the globe. This special anniversary edition provides a fitting tribute to an enduring wildlife classic, destined to enthral the generation who saw it when first published and bring it alive for a whole new generation. This audiobook includes wildlife sounds from BAFTA Award winning sound recordist, Chris Watson, who has worked extensively with David Attenborough on his BBC projects. A soundscape appears at the beginning of each chapter to provide a fully immersive experience of the habitat and some of the species described. A full list of the tracks, as they appear in the audiobook, is available below. - Prologue – Acacia scrubland dawn chorus in the Masai Mara, Kenya, featuring White-browed Robin-chat. - Chapter One, The Infinite Variety – Tropical rain forest in Panama with the calls of Montezuma oropendola. - Chapter Two, Building Bodies – Fish and crustaceans recorded underwater on a coral reef off Seligan island, Borneo. - Chapter Three, The First Forests – Geysir and geothermal activity at Haukadalur hot springs in Iceland. This track also features the Strokkur geysir erupting. - Chapter Four, The Swarming Hordes – Evening insect chorus in the Conkouati forest reserve, Republic of Congo. - Chapter Five, The Conquest of The Waters – Ocean currents through sea kelp recorded at a depth of 8m, Moray Firth, Scotland. - Chapter Six, Invasion of The Land – Reed frog chorus at sunset, Amboseli National Park, Kenya. - Chapter Seven, A Watertight Skin – Seawash around basking marine iguanas, Isla San Cristóbal, Galapagos. - Chapter Eight, Lords of The Air – Springtime dawn chorus with nightingale, Hambleton wood, Rutland Water nature reserve, UK. - Chapter Nine, Eggs, Pouches and Placentas – forest chorus along riverside platypus territory, Queensland, Australia. - Chapter Ten, Theme and Variation – Common Pipistrelle bats echolocating after sunset, Holystone woodland, Northumberland. - Chapter Eleven, The Hunters and The Hunted – Spotted hyena contact calls at midnight in the Masai Mara, Kenya. - Chapter Twelve, A Life in The Trees – Black howler monkeys calling across the tree canopy at sunrise in Belize. - Chapter Thirteen, The Compulsive Communicators – Street market, Ramnagar, Uttarakhand, Northern India. - Epilogue – Beach habitat in mangroves with Great frigatebirds and red footed boobies, Isla Genovesa, Galapagos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life on Earth Author: David Attenborough Narrator: David Attenborough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11 Genres: Animals & Nature Publisher's Summary: A new edition of David Attenborough’s groundbreaking Life on Earth. Winner of Best Non-Fiction Audiobook at the New York Radio Awards 2019. Shortlisted for Best Audiobook at the Specsavers National Book Awards 2018. Shortlisted for Futurebook of the Year at the Futurebook Awards 2018. The nation’s greatest voice, David Attenborough, reads a brand-new edition of Life on Earth, now available as an audiobook for the first time. David Attenborough’s unforgettable meeting with gorillas became an iconic moment for millions of television viewers. Life on Earth, the series and accompanying book, fundamentally changed the way we view and interact with the natural world, setting a new benchmark of quality, influencing a generation of nature lovers. Told through an examination of animal and plant life, this is an astonishing celebration of the evolution of life on earth, with a cast of characters drawn from the whole range of organisms that have ever lived on this planet. Attenborough’s perceptive, dynamic approach to the evolution of millions of species of living organisms takes the reader on an unforgettable journey of discovery from the very first spark of life to the blue and green wonder we know today. Now, to celebrate the 40th anniversary of the book’s first publication, David Attenborough has revisited Life on Earth, completely updating and adding to the original text, taking account of modern scientific discoveries from around the globe. This special anniversary edition provides a fitting tribute to an enduring wildlife classic, destined to enthral the generation who saw it when first published and bring it alive for a whole new generation. This audiobook includes wildlife sounds from BAFTA Award winning sound recordist, Chris Watson, who has worked extensively with David Attenborough on his BBC projects. A soundscape appears at the beginning of each chapter to provide a fully immersive experience of the habitat and some of the species described. A full list of the tracks, as they appear in the audiobook, is available below. - Prologue – Acacia scrubland dawn chorus in the Masai Mara, Kenya, featuring White-browed Robin-chat. - Chapter One, The Infinite Variety – Tropical rain forest in Panama with the calls of Montezuma oropendola. - Chapter Two, Building Bodies – Fish and crustaceans recorded underwater on a coral reef off Seligan island, Borneo. - Chapter Three, The First Forests – Geysir and geothermal activity at Haukadalur hot springs in Iceland. This track also features the Strokkur geysir erupting. - Chapter Four, The Swarming Hordes – Evening insect chorus in the Conkouati forest reserve, Republic of Congo. - Chapter Five, The Conquest of The Waters – Ocean currents through sea kelp recorded at a depth of 8m, Moray Firth, Scotland. - Chapter Six, Invasion of The Land – Reed frog chorus at sunset, Amboseli National Park, Kenya. - Chapter Seven, A Watertight Skin – Seawash around basking marine iguanas, Isla San Cristóbal, Galapagos. - Chapter Eight, Lords of The Air – Springtime dawn chorus with nightingale, Hambleton wood, Rutland Water nature reserve, UK. - Chapter Nine, Eggs, Pouches and Placentas – forest chorus along riverside platypus territory, Queensland, Australia. - Chapter Ten, Theme and Variation – Common Pipistrelle bats echolocating after sunset, Holystone woodland, Northumberland. - Chapter Eleven, The Hunters and The Hunted – Spotted hyena contact calls at midnight in the Masai Mara, Kenya. - Chapter Twelve, A Life in The Trees – Black howler monkeys calling across the tree canopy at sunrise in Belize. - Chapter Thirteen, The Compulsive Communicators – Street market, Ramnagar, Uttarakhand, Northern India. - Epilogue – Beach habitat in mangroves with Great frigatebirds and red footed boobies, Isla Genovesa, Galapagos.